Digital PDFs

QV068-GZ

November 1984

374 pages

Original

17MB

Document:	Rainbow MS-DOS V2.05 Technical Documentation Nov84
Order Number:	QV068-GZ
Revision:	0
Pages:	374
Original Filename:	QV068-GZ_Rainbow_MS-DOS_V2.05_Technical_Documentation_Nov84.pdf

OCR Text

QV068-GZ

MSTM-DOS V2.05
Technical Documentation

digital equipment corporation

First Printing, November 1984
© Digital Equipment Corporation 1984. All Rights Reserved.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may
appear in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may
only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by DIGITAL or its affiliated companies.
CP/M and CP/M-86 are registered trademarks of Digital Research Inc.
CP/M-80 is a trademark of Digital Research Inc.
MS is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Z80 is a registered trademark of Zilog, Inc.
8088 is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

~D~DDmD'"
DEC
DECmate
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter
DIBOL

Printed in U.S.A.

MASSBUS
PDP

P/OS
Professional
Rainbow
RSTS
RSX

UNIBUS
VAX
VMS

VT
Work Processor

V2.05 Technical Documentation

Recommended Documents
Contains a list of additional reading materials.

Rainbow MSTM-DOS V2.11 Update Notes
These update notes contain information about the MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system. Use
them in conjunction with the Rainbow MS-DOS V2.05 Programmer's Guide if you are using the
MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system.

Rainbow MSTM-DOS V2.05 Programmer's Guide
This programmer's guide describes the Rainbow computer hardware and firmware. It also describes the MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system, and differences between Version 2.01 and
Version 2.05. The guide describes the BIOS, and the additional functions under the MS-DOS
Version 2.05 operating system.
The appendix lists the Rainbow specifications for on-disk structures, plus additional information
about the MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system functions.

Rainbow MSTM-DOS V2.05 BIOS Listings
These listings contain the MS-DOS V2.05 Basic Input/Output System (BIOS).

Microsoft MSTM-DOS Operating System Programmer's Reference Manual
This manual (for system programmers) contains descriptions and examples of MS-DOS system
calls and interrupts. It covers installation information for device drivers. There is also technical
information about disk allocation, control blocks, work areas, EXE file structure and loading.

Microsoft MSTM_DOS Operating System Macro Assembler Manual
This manual describes Microsoft's utility programs used for developing assembly language programs. They include the:
• Macro Assembler
• LINK Linker
• LIB Library Manager
• CREF Cross Reference
• DEBUG

Rainbow Guidelines for Producing Translatable Products
This document explains how to design and build software and write text so that they can be easily
translated into other languages.

~ended Documents
Other Technical Documentation Kits
1.

Rainbow CP/M-S6/S0 V2.0 Technical Documentation (QV067-GZ)

2. Rainbow 100 + /lOOB Technical Documentation (QV069-GZ)

Additional Documents
1.

Letterprinter 100 User Documentation Package CEK-LP100-UG-001)
Includes:
Letterprinter 100 Operator Guide
LA100-Series Programmer Reference Manual
Letterprinter 100 Installation Guide
Letterprinter 100 Operator and Programmer Reference Card

2. Letterwriter 100 User Documentation Package (EK-LW100-UG-001)
Includes:
Letterwriter 100 Operator Guide
Letterwriter 100 Installation Guide
LA100-Series Programmer Reference Manual
3. Installing and Using the LQP02 Printer (AA-L662B-TKl
4. Installing and Using the LA50 Printer CEK-OLA50-UG-00l)
Includes:
LA50 Printer Programmer Reference Manual
5. Rainbow 100 Extended Communications Option Programmer's
Reference Guide (AA-Vl72A-TV)
6. PC100 Rainbow 100B System Unit IPB CEK-SB100-IPl
Includes:
EK-ORX50-IP
EK-LK201-IP
EK-VR201-IP
7. VT102 Video Terminal User Guide CEK-VT102-UG-003)
8. CP/M Operating System Manual CAA-X637A-TV)

HOW TO ORDER
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
If you want to order additional documentation by phone:

And you live in:

Call:

Between the hours of:

New Hampshire, Alaska or
Hawaii

603-884-6660

8:30 AM and 6:00 PM
Eastern Time

Continental USA or Puerto Rico

1-800-258-1710

8:30 AM and 6:00PM
Eastern Time

Canada (Ottawa-Hull)

613-234-7726

8:00 AM and 5:00 PM
Eastern Time

Canada (British Columbia)

1-800-267 -6146

8:00 AM and 5:00 PM
Eastern Time

Canada (all other)

112-800-267 -6146

8:00 AM and 5:00 PM
Eastern Time

If you want to order additional documentation by direct mail:

And you live in:

Write to:

USA or Puerto Rico

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
ATTN: Peripherals and Supplies Group
P.O. Box CS2008
Nashua, NH 03061
NOTE: Prepaid orders from Puerto Rico must be
placed with the local DIGITAL subsidiary
(Phone 809-754-7575)
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT OF CANADA LTD.
940 Belfast Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1G 4C2
Attn: P&SG Business Manager
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
Peripherals and Supplies Group
P&SG Business Manager
c/o Digital's local subsidiary or approved distributor

Canada

Other than USA,
Puerto Rico or Canada

TO ORDER MANUALS WITH EK PART NUMBERS
WRITE OR CALL
P&CS PUBLICATIONS
Circulation Services
10 Forbes Road
NR03/W3
Northboro, Massachusetts 01532
(617)351-4325

MSTM_DOS Version 2.11
Update Notes

November 1984

This update note contains some additional information for those users of
the MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system.
If you are currently using the MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system
disregard the information contained in this update note. However, we
recommend you save this update note in case you ever purchase the
MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system.

© Digital Equipment Corporation 1984. All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
MS ,M is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation

The PRINT Command
The first time you use the PRINT command after starting the
MS-DOS operating system, it prompts you for the name of the 1 i st
device. Because the default is "PRN:", (wh i ch is the normal
printer por t) , you just need to press the IIReturn" key to
continue.
The FORMAT Utility
If you use the FORMAT utility to format an MS-DOS disk and
specify a volume identification, you can use the SYS command to
create a new MS-DOS system volume.
Directory Paths
The MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system supports a feature known
as IIdirectory paths", which allows you to create and maintain
private areas or II sub-directories ll on the same volume.
The
following are some more "hintsll on how to use sub-directories and
paths:
1.

If you specify a directory path in a command line other than
COpy, TYPE or DI R, it is ignored, because COMMAND.COM does
not process directory paths.
COPY, DIR and TYPE process
paths themselves.

If you mistakenly type a "\11 in front of an otherwise
legitimate command (for example, \bin\masm), the MS-DOS
operating system returns immediately to the prompt without
any message being displayed.

Using the EDLIN Editor
When us i ng the EDL I N ed i tor, use the III nterrupt" key to generate
an Ilescape ll character when required instead of the Escape key
(Fll (ESC».
Using the CTTY Command
If you use the IICTTY" command to change the console from device
IICON:" to device IIAUX: II , for example, expl icit references to
device IICON: II in subsequent commands continue to be honored. For
example, the command "COPY CON:TEXT.TXT II takes input from device
"CON: II rather than device "AUX: II , as expected.

Using the RECOVER Utility Program
The MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system includes a uti lity
program ca 11 ed liRE COVER" for recover i ng "bad spots" on your
diskettes. It is described in the Chapter 5 of the Rainbow
MS-DOS Version ~ Advanced User's Guide contained in your
operating system kit. DIGITAL recommends. however, that you use
this command only as a "last resort" to recover fi les from a bad
diskette. This is because RECOVER could misinterpret data that
may NOT be corrupted. which could lead to unpredictable results.
Using the PROMPT Command
When you use the PROMPT command with the $p option. be sure that
you specify an existing drive.
Using this option with a
non-existent drive requires that you reset the system.
Interrupt Vectors
The MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system allows you to get or set
al I the MS-DOS interrupt vectors. 20H through 27H. using DOS
function request 25H and 35H.
Serial I/O Functions
The MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system implements:
1.

The serial I/O function 14 "Set/Clear Modem Signals."

The serial I/O function 21 "Program Device Interrupt."

Using Ports
The MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system supports 7M
and
the
communications
port.
printer
port.
communications port.

for the
extended

Buffer Overflows
When you use the communication 10CTL functions and the serial
receive buffer overflows. the last character is SUB (lAh). The
MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system uses a bit to flag whether
or not a real SUB character has been received or an actual
overflow has occurred. The most significant bit of the character
status byte (CHAR_STAT)
is set when the serial receive buffer
overflows.

Device Number
With the MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system. the device number
for the communication IOCTL functions O. 3. 17. 19. 21. and 23 is
placed into the communication control blocks or the interrupt
service routine description.
IOCTL Communication Driver
The MS-DOS Version 2.11 operating system contains a new IOCTL
communication driver. function 26. Function 26 returns a double
word pointer to a direct high performance entrance into the
communications drivers.
It bypasses the normal front end of
MS-DOS. This direct entrance avoids the overhead of MS-DOS and
the lack of MS-DOS re-entry.
NOTE
This function is not available in
previous
versions
of
the
MS-DOS
operating system.
Therefore.
any
app1 ication
programs
using
function 26 wi 11 not work under previous versions
of DIGITALis MS-DOS operating system.
Use function 26 only in situations that require faster re-entry
access to the communications drivers. To use function 26:
ENTRY
AX
= 4402H
BX
= File handle
DS:DX = Packet address
FUNCTION in packet = 26
(no other entries used)
Invoke with INT 21H
EXIT
FUNCRET = FFH
BUFFER = Double word pointer to the
entry of the communications driver
NOTE
Call function 26 only once when initializing your
app1 ication.

After function 26 gives you the entry address. you use all
other IOCTl functions by calling the drivers as follows:

the

E5:DI = Packet
Dl
= Device number
I = Communications port
2 = Printer port
2 = Extended communications port
Invoke the function by performing a:
CAll DWORD PTR (buffer)
Where buffer = buffer of the packet returned by
your previous function 26 call
All returns in the packet and actions performed are identical
those functions invoked through MS-DOS INT 21H.

MSTM-OOS V2.05
Programmer's Guide

digital equipment corporation

First Printing, November 1984
© Digital Equipment Corporation 1984. All Rights Reserved.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may
appear in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may
only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by DIGITAL or its affiliated companies.
MS is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Lotus 1-2-3 is a trademark of Lotus Development Corp.
UNIX is a trademark of Bell Laboratories.
Concurrent CP/M is a trademark of Digital Research inc.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

~D~DDmD'·
DEC
DECmate
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter
DIBOL

GIGI
MASS BUS
PDP

P/OS
Professional
Rainbow
RSTS

RSX
UNIBUS
VAX
VMS
VT
Work Processor

The postage-prepaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this
document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist us in preparing future
documentation.

Printed in U.S.A.

CONTENTS

CHAPTER

RAINBOW HARDWARE
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7

1.8
1.9
1. 10
1. 11

1. 12
1. 13
1. 14
1. 15
1. 16
1. 16.1

1.16.2
1.16.3
CHAPTER 2
2. 1

2.2

2·3
2.4
2·5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2·9
2.10
2. 11

2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15

2.16
2.17
2.18

2.19
2.20

INTRODUCTION ••
• • 1-1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
. . . ••
1-1
PROCESSORS . . . • • •
. . . . . . . . 1-5
RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY •
• • 1-5
NON-VOLATILE MEMORY (NVM)
1-7
VIDEO DISPLAY MEMORY.
• • • 1-7
READ ONLY MEMORY
1-7
DISKETTES
• 1-8
KEYBOARD • • • •
• • 1-8
INTERRUPTS . • •
1-9
VIDEO MONITOR . • • •
1-11
I/O CONTROL PORTS
1-11
COMMUNICATIONS AND PRINTER INTERFACES
1-14
SYSTEM RESET
1-16
AUTO-START .•
.
1-17
OPTIONAL I/O DEVICES.
1-17
Color Graphics Option
1-17
Extended Communications Option.
Hard Disk Option • • • • • • • •

1-18

FIRMWARE
INTRODUCTION
• 2-1
GENERAL
2-1
UTILITY FUNCTIONS
2-3
FUNCTION OOH CONSOLE OUT
2-4
CONSOLE IN, CONSOLE IN STATUS, AND LEVEL-1 CONSOLE
IN.
•. • • . • . .
• • • 2-4
FUNCT ON 02H CONSOLE IN (LEVEL-2)
• • 2-6
FUNCT ON 04H CONSOLE IN STATUS (LEVEL-2)
• • 2-7
FUNCT ON 06H CONSOLE IN (LEVEL-I)
2-7
FUNCT ON 08H DISABLE CURSOR • • • . • •
• • • 2-8
FUNCT ON OAH ENABLE CURSOR • • • • • • .
• • • 2-8
FUNCT ON OCH INITIALIZE INTERRUPT VECTORS
• • 2-8
FUNCT ON OEH RETURN CLOCK RATE .•
2-9
FUNCT ON 10H SET KEYBOARD LEOS . . ••
.
· 2-9
FUNCT ON 12H CLEAR KEYBOARD LEOS . • • . . • •
· 2-9
FUNCT ON 14H SEND DATA TO SCREEN. . ••
•
2-10
FUNCT ON 16H INITIALIZE COMMUNICATIONS/PRINTER
8274 TO SET-UP PARAMETERS .
••.
2-10
FUNCTION 18H RAW KEYBOARD DATA..
•.
2-11
FUNCTION lAH RETURN ROM VERSION NUMBER.
2-12
FUNCTION 1CH RELOCATE INTERRUPT VECTORS
2-12
FUNCTION 1EH RING THE KEYBOARD BELL
2-13

iii

2.21
2.22
2.23
2.24
CHAPTER 3

FUNCTION 20H GET/SET DIGITAL 8/7 BIT CHARACTER
CODE USAGE IN NVM
STACK CONSIDERATIONS • • • •
SYSTEM PARAMETER DATA
LEVEL-l CONSOLE-IN FUNCTION KEY CODES • • • • •

2-13
2-14
2-14
2-15

MS-DOS

3. 1
3.1.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4. 1

OVERVIEW • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• 3-1
MS-DOS Operating System Versions.
• 3-2
LOADING THE MS-DOS OPERATING SYSTEM
· 3-2
DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE CONTENTS •••
· 3-5
COMMANDS • • . • . • • • • • . • • •
· 3-6
Rainbow MS-DOS Version 2.05 Special Command
Caveats • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • •
• . 3-6
3.4.2
Generic Commands • • . • • • • • • • . •
• • 3-8
3.4.3
MS-DOS Version 2.05 Additional Commands
3-12
DEVICE NAMES. . . . • . • •
• •.•
3.5
3-13
3.6
EDITING AND FUNCTION KEYS
• • . . . • . • . 3-13
MS-DOS
PROGRAMS
AND
ROUTINES
/
3.7
3-14
Command Processor
3.7. 1
3-15
3.7.2
Command Execution . • . .
3-15
Program Segment Prefix
3.7.3
3-15
3.8
DOS • • • . •
. • • .
3-16
3.8. 1
General
• • • • 3-16
3.8.2
Dlsk Drives
3-16
Disk Fi 1es •
3.8.3
3-16
3.8.4
Disk Organization
3-17
Clusters . . . .
3.8.5
3-17
3.8.6
Directory
3-18
Directory Fields
3.8.7
3-19
3.8.8
File Attributes
3-21
3.8.9
File Allocation Table (FAT)
· . •. 3-21
3.8.10
Sector Translation • • • • •
• • • •
3-23
3.8. 11
File Control Blocks • • • •
• • • • 3-24
3.8.12
Extended File Control Blocks ••
• • •• 3-25
3.8.13
Wi ldcards
3-25
B lOS • • • • • • • • • •
3.9
• • •• 3-25
3.9. 1
Serial I/O • • • • • • • • • •
3-25
3.9.1.1
Logical and Physical Device Assignments
3-25
3.9.1.2
Cross CPU Communications.
• • • . 3-26
IBM Diskettes
..••
3.9·1.3
3-26
3.9.1.4
MDR I VE • • • •
• • • • .
3-27
3.10
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS. • • • • •
• . • . • • . . 3-27
3.10.1
I/O Programming
3-28
3.10.2
Interrupt Types
3-28
3.10.3
Modifying Interrupt Vectors
· . . . 3-30

CHAPTER 4
4. 1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4·5
4.4.6
4.4.7
4.4.8
4.4.9
4.4.10
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
CHAPTER 5
5. 1
5. 1. 1
5. 1.2
5. 1.3
5.1.4
5·1.5
5.1.6
5. 1 .7
5.1.8
5·2
5.2. 1
5.3
5.3. 1
5·3.2
5.4
5·5
5·5·1
5.6
5.6. 1
5.6.2
5·7

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
INTRODUCTION.
DEVICE DRIVERS
SERIAL I/O DEVICES
FUNCTIONS NOT PROVIDED
PROTOCOLS . • . . . .
RECEIVE AUTO XON/XOFF
TRANSMIT AUTO XON/XOFF .
ALTERNATE CONTROL CHARACTERS FOR XON/XOFF
PROTOCOL • . . . . . •
MODEM SIGNAL CONTROL.
BREAK TRANSMISSION AND DETECTION
PROGRAMMING OF PORTS . . . . .
RECEIVE CHARACTER AND TRANSMIT BUFFER EMPTY
INTERRUPTS
......•.•.
. .
APPLICATION SUPPLIED BUFFER SIZE AND SPACE
COMMUNICATION CONTROL BLOCK
CALLING PROCESS
..... .
LOGICAL ASSIGNMENT OF DEVICES, AND DEFAULT
SETT INGS . . . . . . . . . . .
DISK CONTROL FUNCTIONS . . . .
VERSION 2.01 DISKETTE FUNCTIONS
VERSION 2.05 DISKETTE FUNCTIONS . • . •
VERSION 2.05 WINCHESTER • . . .

· 4-1
· 4-1
4-2
· 4-3
· 4-3
• 4-4
• 4-4
· 4-4
• 4-4
· 4-4
4-4
• 4-5
4-5
4-6
4-9
4-12
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
DIRECT ROM CALLS . . • .
5-1
I BM ROM Ca 11 s (I NT 10)
· 5-1
Rainbow ROM Calls (INT 18H under the MS-DOS
operating system)
5-1
Set Mode . . . . . . .
5-2
Set/Read Cursor position.
5-2
Paging . . . . . . . . .
• 5-2
Read Attribute and Character.
· 5-3
Write Character at the Current Cursor Position. 5-3
Write Character and Attribute
· 5-3
KEYBOARD INTERFACE (IBM COMPUTER)
· 5-6
Generic MS-DOS calls (INT 21H)
5-6
DIRECT ROM CALLS . . . .
5-7
I BM ROM Ca 11 s (I NT 16)
5-7
Rainbow ROM Calls (INT 40)
5-7
IBM SHIFT KEY STATUS . . . . .
5-7
DISK INTERFACE . . • . . . . .
5-7
Generic MS-DOS Calls . . .
5-7
DIRECT HARDWARE/FIRMWARE/BIOS CALLS
. . 5-8
I BM ROM Ca 11 s (I NT 13) . . . • . . •
· 5-8
Rainbow Floppy Diskette Calls (INT 65) and
Winchester Calls (IOcn 44)
· 5-8
SAMPLE PROGRAM . . . . . • . . . . . . .
5-8
v

5.S
APPENDIX A
A. 1

A.2

A.3
A. 3. 1
A.3.2
A.4
A.4.1
A.4.2

A.4.3
A.4.4

A.4.5
A.4.6

A.4.7
A.4.8

A.4.9
A.4.10
APPENDIX B
B. 1

B.2
B.3
B.4

PROGRAMMING HINTS

5-10

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
INTRODUCTION.
GOALS . . . .
CONVENTIONS . . • .
Disk Address Space
Checksums
RESERVED AREAS
Pre-Boot . •
Home Block (HOM)
Bad Address Table (BAT)
Alternate Sector Table (AST)
Disk Partition Data (DPD)
Operating System Name Table (OSN)
System Boot Program Area .
Track Layout . . . . . . . • . . .
Partition Alternate Sector Table (PAS)
Operating System Bootstraps

• A-I
• A-I
• A-2
A-2
• A-2
• A-3
· A-4
A-4
• A-5
· A-6

A-7
· A-9
· A-9

A-l0
A-II
A-12

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
CONFIGURATION FILES IN MS-DOS VERSION 2.0
VERSION INCOMPATIBILITIES
.••.
DIFFERENCES AND ADDITIONS TO INT 24H HARD ERROR
HANDLER (S) . . . . • . • . . • .
MS-DOS 2.0 UTILITY EXTENSIONS

• B-1
· B-2

Rainbow Computer . . . •
Rainbow 100 System Block Diagram . . . •
Rainbow 100+/100B System Block Diagram.
• .
zSO Ports
808S Ports . . . . . . •
Communications and Printer Port Signal Paths
Level-l Character Format.
Keyboard LEDs . . . . . . .
MS-DOS Memory Map . . . .
Sorted Diskette Directory
MS-DOS Directory Entries.
Format of a Directory Entry
Beginning of Fi Ie Allocation Table (FAT)
Interpreted File Al location Table Entries

• 1-2

B-4

· B-6

INDEX
FIGURES
1-1

1-2

1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
2-1
2-2

3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5

3-6

1-3

• 1-4
1-12

1-13
1-15

2-5
· 2-9
· 3-4
3-11
3-1S

3-19
3-22
3-23

TABLES
1-1
1-2

1-3
1-4
2-1
2-2

3-1

3-2
4-1

4-2
4-3
5-1
5-2

5-3
5-4

• •
Rainbow 100B Optional Memory
8088 Interrupt Types
••••.
Z80A I nterrupt Type • • . •
Baud Rates Available . • • .
System Parameter Data Flags
Level-l Console-In Function Key Codes
MS-DOS Operating System Files on System Diskette
Rainbow Computer MS-DOS Interrupt Vector
Assignments •• • . •
• •••.•••••
Communications Control Block Format . . • . • •
Communications Control Block Parameter Values
Baud Rates • . . . . .
.
Memory Map for Video.
Character Attributes.
IBM Attribute Byte Bit Mask
Rainbow Attribute Byte Bit Mask
. .

vi i

• 1-6

1-10
1-1 1
1-16

2-15
2-16

· 3-5
3-29

· 4-7

· 4-8
. 4-9

· 5-4
· 5-5
· 5-5
. 5-6

PREFACE

INTENDED READERS
This guide is intended for experienced programmers who wish to write
applications and programs for the Rainbow 100, 100+, and 100B
computers. It provides an overview of the various documents that form
the Rainbow MS-DOS Version ~ Technical Documentation Kit.
Readers who wish to learn how to use Microsoft's Macro Assembler
should study the Microsoft MS-DOS Operating System Macro Assembler
Manual contained in this kit.
Guide Organization
Chapter

describes the Rainbow's hardware.

Chapter 2 discusses the Rainbow's firmware, (the features provided
its Read Only Memory (ROM)).

Chapter 3 introduces the MS-DOS operating system: its components, and
how it stores and retrieves disk files. Chapter 3 also mentions some
differences between MS-DOS Version 2.05 and Version 2.01.
Chapter 4 describes the MS-DOS BIOS, and the
provided in the BIOS of MS-DOS Version 2.05.

additional

functions

Chapter 5 describes some of the differences between the Rainbow
Use this chapter if you want to convert
computer and the IBM PC.
programs from one system to the other. or if you want to write
programs that will run on either system. This chapter also includes a
list of caveats and some useful programming examples.
Appendix A contains Rainbow specifications for on-disk structures.
Appendix B contains several
functions.

Microsoft

articles

relating

MS-DOS

CHAPTER 1
RAINBOW HARDWARE

1• 1

I NTRODUCT ION

This chapter describes the Rainbow computer hardware, emphasi2ing
those features of interest to programmers. This chapter assumes that
you know the operation and characteristics of the Rainbow hardware by
studying the manuals shipped with every Rainbow computer.
The Installation Guide provided with each Rainbow computer describes
the system components. The guide illustrates the system unit, monitor
unit and keyboard unit.
This chapter describes the hardware in general. Detailed descriptions
are given for items relevant to programmers. The definitive hardware
specification, however, is the system specification for the Rainbow
computer you are using.

1.2

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 shows the Rainbow computer.
three parts:
•

System unit

•

Keyboard

•

Monitor

1-1

The base

system

consists

RAINBOW HARDWARE

Figure 1-1:

Rainbow Computer

The system unit contains the system module. a large printed circuit
board where the logic circuits of the system are located. The Rainbow
100+ computer includes a Winchester hard disk drive. Figures 1-2 and
1-3 show the system block diagrams for the Rainbow 100 and Rainbow
100+/1008 computers.

1-2

RAINBOW HARDWARE

FEOQO

ROM 2 (SOOn

FCOOO

ROM 1

FAOOO

ROM 0

EFOOO

ATTRIBUTE RAM

EEOOO

SCREEN RAM

EOQ40

$HAOQWNVM

EDOOO

NVM

ECOOD

SHADOW NVM

r-----.,

r------,

CNTL

I
L
_____ J

INTERNAL I
I INTERNAL I
dr1 WINCHESTER
~ WINCHESTER I

:: I... _____ J
II

ONLY ONE OF
THESE TWO MAY
BE INSTALL ED

40000

192K
OPTIONAL

30000

DYNAMIC
RAM
WITH
PARITY

20000
64K
OPTIONAL
DYNAMIC

RAM
WITH
PARITY

Z·80A

Figure 1-2:

Rainbow 100 System Block Diagram

1-3

r------,

r-----'

! ~_! COLOR I
MONITOR :
I... _____ JiIJ!L _____
COLOR

GRAPHICS

RAINBOW HARDWARE
FCOoo
F8000
F4000

FOCOD
EFOOO
EEOOO
E0040
EDOOO

ROM 1 (BOOT)

-------ROM 1 SHADOW
ROM 0

-------ROM 0 SHADOW

ATTRIBUTE RAM

SCREEN RAM
SHADOW NVM
NVM
SHAOOW NVM

00000

coooo
576K

BOooO
512K

Aoaoo

r-I

DYNAMIC

"AM

90000

r-----~

WITH
PARITY

r-----'

INTERNAL I
I INTERNAL I
d WINCHESTER
r----1 WINCHESTER I

Ii L
I
::

OPTIONAL

CNTL
_____

L _____ J

ONLY ONE OF
THESE TWO MAY
BE INSTALLED

n
" j------.,

80000

384K
70000

'Ll
Y

EXT

COMM
L ______
Jf-U

32QK
60000

r------.,

50000

192K

40000
128K
30000

84K

ALL ADDRESSES IN HEX

20000l=====~
6.K
STANDARD
OYNAMIC

RAM

Z-8OA

Figure 1-3:

Rainbow 100+/100B System Block Diagram

1-4

r-----..,

! n 1 MONITOR
COLOR
II
L _____ J r-u!L _____
COLOR

GRAPHICS

RAINBOW HARDWARE
1.3

PROCESSORS

The Rainbow computer uses dual microprocessors. an 8088 and a Z80A.
These work together to provide the Rainbow computer's functionality.
System functions are divided between the 8088 and Z80A.
The Z80A
controls the disk drives, while the 8088 controls the video output,
keyboard, communications input/output (I/O), printer I/O, and all
optional devices.
Both microprocessors can access certain shared random access memory
(RAM), and each can also access private memory. The 8088 clock rate
is 4.815 Mhz, and the Z80A clock rate is 4.012 Mhz.

1.4

RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY

The Rainbow 100A contains 64K bytes of RAM.
When DIGITAL first
shipped the Rainbow computer you could increase this RAM by inserting
an optional memory expansion card.
This optional RAM card was
available in two sizes: 64K bytes and 192K bytes for a system total
of either 128K bytes or 256K bytes. A 64K byte card is not upgradable
to a larger size.
DIGITAL has since announced an adapter card for Rainbow computers that
permits it to use the expansion RAM option. This makes it possible
for all Rainbow computers to add a total of 768K bytes of memory.
The basic Rainbow 100B contains 128K bytes of RAM. You can expand the
memory from 192K bytes to 896K bytes in multiples of 64K bytes.
The expansion memory is contained on a printed circuit card that holds
from one to three "banks" of nine memory chips each. All chip
positions are socketed so that the chips can be field instal led. Each
bank can be fi lIed with nine memory chips yielding either of two
capacities:
•

64K bytes

•

256K bytes

As a result. the card can have any of nine possible configurations
from 64K bytes to 768K bytes. Table 1-1 shows various configurations.
You can purchase the option in 128K byte or 256K byte configuration.
You can also purchase expansion kits containing nine 64K-bit or nine
256K-b i tRAM ch i ps (suff i c i ent for one bank) .

1-5

RAINBOW HARDWARE
Table 1-1:

Rainbow 100B Optional Memory

SIZE (K)
128 (Base Conf i gurat ion)
192
256 (Base Conf i gurat ion)
320
384
512
576
768

CHIP SIZES IN
BANK 1
BANK 2
64K
64K
256K
256K
256K
256K
256K
256K

64K
64K
64K
64K
256K
256K
256K

BANK 3
64K
64K
64K
256K

The optional expansion memory contains parity checking circuitry.
A
non-maskable interrupt is generated if a parity error occurs. Its
handler (which is in the firmware) normally causes the system to
display an error message, then halt. Should an appl ication program
perform some other form of error trapping, it must II take over ll the
interrupt and provide its own handler.
All of the memory except for the Z80A ' s 2K-Private RAM (see next
paragraph) is of the dynami c type. Such memory must be "refreshed"
every few milliseconds to insure that its data is not
lost.
Refreshing is done by special circuits that use some of the available
memory access cycles. The 8088, Z80A, direct memory access (OMA) and
refresh circuitry all access this memory independently of one another.
When one device attempts to access memory while another is in the
process of doing so, the attempting device must wait until the memory
is available.
This is known as "contention. 1I Notice that such
contention usually makes it impossible to program precise timing
loops.
The Z80A can address a total of only 64K bytes, and therefore
access memory locations at addresses greater than OFFFFH.

cannot

Both microprocessors can address the 62K bytes of RAM in their address
space of 00800H through OFFFFH.
This shared RAM allows the two
microprocessors to pass data to one another. a necessary requirement
of the Ra i nbow computer I s archi tecture.
Both the 8088 and Z80A have 2K bytes of private RAM in the address
space of 00000 to 007FFH. The 8088 private RAM is part of the 64K
dynamic RAM, of which the top 62K is shared. The Z80A private RAM is
of the static type.
As such, it neither needs refreshing nor
experiences contention for access cycles with the 8088 or other
devices.
This memory should be used for time-critical Z80A routines,
such as programmed diskette reading and writing.

1-6

RAINBOW HARDWARE
The extended communications option contains Direct Memory Access
capabil ities.
Such DMA operations can only be performed to and from
the dynamic RAM in Address space 00000 through OFFFFH.

1.5

NON-VOLATILE MEMORY (NVM)

The Rainbow computer has 256 nibbles of non-volatile memory, which
retains stored values even when you turn the power off. The system
uses this memory to store its Set-Up values. It is located at address
EDOOOH through EDOFFH, but should not be directly accessed by
appl ication programs.
The Rainbow 100B firmware provides a slightly different set of NVM
parameters than the Rainbow I~Ols NVM parameters. Also, the Rainbow
100BIs Set-Up automatically determines and displays the size of
installed RAM, whereas the Rainbow I~Ols Set-Up simply stores whatever
value you enter there, whether it accurately reflects the size of
installed RAM or not.
Although the NVM is addressed as bytes of data, only the low four bits
of the data have meaning. This is due to the 256 x 4 organization of
the NVM chip. The four most significant bits of each NVM data byte
are ignored when written, and unpredictable when read.

1.6

VIDEO DISPLAY MEMORY

The video logic can use up to 4K bytes of screen RAM and 4K bytes of
attribute RAM. Data to be displayed is placed in this RAM by firmware
routines. This memory should not be directly accessed by appl ication
programs.
The firmware provides functions for modifying the display
memory. Portions of the Screen and Attribute RAM are also used for
firmware variables, flags, pointers, stack, buffer and so forth.
Accessing these RAM locations can cause a system reset or cause the
system to stop.

1.7

READ ONLY MEMORY

The Rainbow 100 contains 24K bytes, and the Rainbow 100B 32K bytes, of
Read Only Memory (ROM). This ROM contains diagnostic, VT102 terminal
emulation, and VT102 console routines. These routines are also known
as the system firmware.
The diagnostics are described in the manuals you received with your
computer.
The VT102 terminal emulation is described in the Terminal
Emulation Manual. Read the "Functional Anomal ies" found in the system
specification if you want to program a remote host to work with the
Rainbow computer as a terminal.
1-7

RAINBOW HARDWARE
1.8

DISKETTES

The basic Rainbow computers include a dual-disk drive that can store
400K bytes of data on each of two 5 1/4 inch diskettes. You can add a
second dual-disk drive, bringing the total on-line diskette storage
capacity to 1600K bytes, or 1.6 megabytes. A Rainbow computer can
contain either a Winchester type hard disk or the second RX50 drive,
not both.
(See "Hard Disk Option".) You install the optional disk
drive in the system module housing.
A separate card containing a Western Digital 1793 Disk Controller
chip, and related logic circuits provides control of the diskettes.
This diskette controller card is part of the basic system.
You must format diskettes before can write on them.
DIGITAL-type
RX50K diskettes have been preformatted for ten 512-byte sectors per
track and can be used immediately. Non-DIGITAL diskettes (and those
that have lost format data) must be formatted for the Rainbow computer
before you can use them.
The MS-DOS operat i ng system a 1so requ i res that diskettes be Ilsoftll
formatted for its use.
This is a different operation than the
physical formatting required by the hardware. The MS-DOS Version 2.05
operating system contains a special format utility (FORMAT) that you
can use to phys i ca 11 y and "softll format your diskettes.
The 1793 Disk Controller chip has been hard-wired to read and write
only in double-density mode. The RX50 accesses 80 tracks spaced at 96
tracks per inch (96 TPI). The RX50 can also read 48 TPI diskettes
with proper software, as can diskettes having different numbers of
sectors (for examp I e. IBM 8 and 9 sector diskettes).

1.9

KEYBOARD

The keyboard communicates with the system module through an 8251 A
Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) by means of a
cable. The cable attaches to the monitor module, using a modular
telephone connector.
The keyboard signals then pass through the
monitor1s cable to the system unit.
Pressing a key causes a single uniquely coded byte to be serially
transmitted to the system unit where it generates an interrupt 26H.
The normal interrupt handler is contained in the firmware. It places
the incoming keycode into a buffer. from which it can be obtained by
the appl ication software. This routine is complex and is used by both
the Terminal mode and Console mode firmware. Appl ications should NOT
attempt to do keyboard processing. but should use the functions
provided in the firmware for accessing keyboard characters.

1-8

RAINBOW HARDWARE
1.10

INTERRUPTS

Both the 8088 and Z80A microprocessors have interrupt capabil ities.
Hardware
signals
or
software
instructions can generate 8088
interrupts. You can program each processor to interrupt the other.
The Rainbow computerls operating system always treats one of the
processors as a "master" and the other as a "slave." When the master
requires the slave to perform a function, it notifies the slave by
generating an interrupt to it.
The original slave then becomes a
master and the original master becomes a slave.
The Rainbow 100B hardware interrupts can be assigned two sets of
interrupt vectors under software control. The Rainbow 100BIs firmware
provides routines to move the interrupt vectors from one location to
another.
This is necessary because the Rainbow computerls hardware
and MS-DOS operating system both use some of the same interrupts. The
firmware relocation function is intended only for use by the MS-DOS
operating system. If you try to change vectors from within an
appl ication you cannot use MS-DOS.
If you access the hardware
directly instead of by the firmware the keyboard-related access
capabil ities are destroyed.
The system module generates a vertical frequency interrupt either 50
or 60 times per second, determined by a Set-Up parameter. The
firmware video display refresh routines use this interrupt.
These
refresh routines include a software interrupt 44H call that the
operating systems use. They, in turn, generate an interrupt 64H, as a
source of real-time signals for application use.
The MS-DOS operating system moves many interrupt vectors to alternate
locations upon being loaded.
Appl ications must always use the
switched values. Tables 1-2 and 1-3 show the hardware-generated
interrupts and addresses.

1-9

RAINBOW HARDWARE
Table 1-2:

8088 Interrupt Types
Hardware Generated

Priority

Interrupt Source

Highest 2
2
I
6
I
2
I
2.6
I
3
I
2.6
I

Parity error
02
Vert Freq Interrupt
20/AO
21/Al
7201 (Ext Comm I nt 1)
Graphics Option
22/A2
DMA (Ext Comm Opt)
23/A3
24/A4
7201 (Comm/Pr inter)
7201 (Ext Comm I nt 0)
25/A5
(or Winchester controlled)
8251 A (Keyboard)
26/A6
Z80A
27/A7

I
I

Lowest

Type No. (Hex)
Norm/Relocated

Address (Hex)
Norm/Relocated
08
80/280
84/284
88/288
8C/28c
90/290
94/294
98/298
9C/29C

Software Generated
5
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Firmware Functions
O/S Clock Tic
MS-DOS
MS-DOS System Functions
MS-DOS
MS-DOS
MS-DOS
MS-DOS
MS-DOS
MS-DOS
Appl. Clock Tic

18
2C/AC
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

60
BO/2BO
80
84
88
8c
90
94
98
9C
190

NOTES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Relocated interrupt codes and addresses are only
applicable to the Rainbow 100+ and 100B computers.
Initialized by INT 18H Function OCH.
Reset/disabled by INT 18H Function 16H.
MS-DOS reserves all interrupts 20H through 3FH for
its own use.
MS-DOS remaps Int 28H (normal Firmware entry) to
18H for a appl ications use during its startup
operation.
There are signal path names to the Extended
Communications Option connector.
The Extended
Communications Option only uses 23H and 25H. but
other devices can use all three types.

1-10

RAINBOW HARDWARE
Table 1-3:

Z80A Interrupt Type

Only

8088

1.11

VIDEO MONITOR

RST 6

30H

The video control logic controls the data displayed on the video
monitor.
The DCOll and DC012 DIGITAL chips are used for the control
logic. The system specification explains the operation of the video
control logic.

1.12

I/O CONTROL PORTS

The 8088 and Z80A processors each send and receive data and control
information to I/O devices through ports.
Special In and Out
instructions of the microprocessor access these ports (Addresses).
Figures 1-4 and 1-5 show the addresses (port numbers) at which the
several I/O devices are accessed. These figures also show bit use.
Most of the ports are latches; that is, they hold the data placed in
them until it is changed. Input and output ports are independent of
one another. Output ports can only be written into, while input ports
can only be read.
NOTE
Data sent to an output port is generally NOT readable
by an Input instruction to the same port address.

1-11

RAINBOW HARDWARE
ZSO PORTS
INPUT (READ)

zao BY 8088
(ANY VALUE)

CLEAR INT. OF

OUTPUT (WRITE)

HEX PORT
ADDRESS: •

INTERRUPT 8088

(ANY VALUE)

FLOPPY DIAGNOSTIC WAITE REG

(20H)

21,

I I I I EfNO+EOE
mop
LED
LEo
LEo
o _ RESET"" OUT 20 '" INVERTED _ Z80 RESET
1 = SET = OUT 21 = NORMAL

1793 STATUS REG

see 1793 DATA SHEET

1793 COMMAND REG

.0,

see 1793 DATA SHEET

.,,

~NOT NORM ALL Y USED, BUT IS

1793 TRACK REG.
CURRENT TRACK #

1793 TRACK REG

1793 SECTOR REG
LAST SECTOR LOADED,
TRACK # FROM READ HEADER OP.

1793 SECTOR REG.

.2,

SECTOR FOR NEXT R/W

1793 DATA REG.

1793 DATA REGISTER

DATA IN

USED TO FOOL 1793 FOR VT·180 DISKS)

....

• EACH PORT ADDRESS SHOWN IS ALSO ACTIVATED BY THREE SHADOW ADDRESSES; E.G. OX, 1X,

OATAOU1,
TRACK If FOR seEK

ax & IX ALL INTERRUPT THE 8088.
BU·2239

Figure 1-4:

z80 Ports

1-12

RAINBOW HARDWARE
8088 PORTS

Q!d1fl[I

INPUT

#
(HEX)

BIT

CLEAR I0Il INTERRUPT
(ANY VALUE)

INTERRUPT THE

zao

(ANY VALUE)

COMM AND LED REGISTER

LED

lIED I ml

LED

DTR

SRTS

SPD
SEL

DC-011 WRITE REG.

COMM BIT RATE REGISTER
TRANSMIT

ISEE

BIT

RATE

REC

TABLE)

BIT
(SEE

RATE

TABLE)

MAINTENANCE PORT

DC-012 WRITE REGISTER

PRINTER BIT RATE REGISTER

l~j'l

~'T RA~

(~E TABL~)

1=EXT

KB DATA REO

KB DATA REG

8251A

KB STATUS AEG

I I I I I I I I
DSR

BRK

E:PTY

EXTENDED CDMM OPTION:

K8 COMMAND REG

8251A

SYN

RX
RDY

I I

TX
RDY

SEE

: 8251A

: DATA

:SHEET

OPTION SELECT 1
7201

COMM

DATA IN REG.

DATA OUT REG

PRINTER

STATUS REG

COMM

PRINTER

EXTENDED GRAPHICS OPTION:

OPTION SELECT

EXTENDED COMM OPTION:

OPTION SELECT 2

Figure 1-5:

COMMAND REGISTER

7201

8088 Ports

1-13

BU·2240

REV

RAINBOW HARDWARE
1.13

COMMUNICATIONS AND PRINTER INTERFACES

The basic Rainbow computer communicates to external devices through
two
interfaces
the communications interface and the printer
interface. These interfaces share a single Intel 8274 (or Nec 7201)
Un i versa I
Synchronous
Asynchronous Rece i ver Transm i tter (USART)
Multi-Protocol Serial Controller (MPSC) chip mounted on the system
motherboard.
The Intel data sheet and application notes contained in the Rainbow
100+/100B
Technical Documentation Kit,
(order number QV069-GZ),
describe the operation of the 8274 chiP:- Both interfaces use PB25
25-pin connectors mounted on the rear of the system module. The
Communication interface connector is a male (DB-25P), while the
printer connector is a female (DB-25S).
The communications port
provides full modem support (in conjunction with I/O port 2) for both
asynchronous and bisynchronous modes.
It has an RS-423 compatible
interface conforming to CCITT V.21, V.22, and V.23 specifications.
This port supports ful 1- and half-duplex modems and break detection.
The firmware uses the communications port to attach to a host computer
The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system
when in terminal mode.
provides an extensive set of system functions for controlling the
communications, printer, and optional communications ports.
The printer port also has an RS-423 interface, which is compatible
with both DIGITAL and non-DIGITAL printers. Both the firmware and the
MS-DOS operating system use the printer port to send asynchronous data
to serial printers such as the DIGITAL LA50, LA100, or LQP02 printers.
Data Terminal Ready (DTR) is supported for this port and can be used
by software to control printers or other devices that do not support
the XON/XOFF protocol. The Rainbow 100B's terminal mode supports both
XON/XOFF and DTR protocols simultaneously. This means that the device
attached to the Rainbow 100B's printer port must assert DTR, or no
data is sent to the printer, and the system stops.
In console mode under the MS-DOS operating system. two protocols can
be selected for the printer port. The Rainbow computer and the MS-DOS
operating system default to the XON/XOFF protocol. To enable DTR, the
printer port must be specifically programmed by the application or
utility.
Figure 1-6 shows the signal paths to the communications and printer
ports.
Table
1-4
shows
baud rates avai lable for both the
communications and printer ports. You initially select these ports by
the Set-Up parameters, but they can also be selected as shown in Table
1-4 or by using the special serial I/O system functions of the MS-DOS
operating system.

1-14

RAINBOW HARDWARE

COMM PORT
CONNECTOR (MALE I

PORT
LOOP BACK

TxO . .

~
2

AxOA

TXCA

Rxe ...

CTSB

RxDB

,-!)-{)

MPSC
(7201
OR
8274)

oeD . .

-{)r>

OUTPUT
PORT 2

I I I I
LED

CTS, r--

.!- TxDs

LED LED

LED I RTS I DTR ISRTS

~~~

19
23

4""0-

6
12
INPUT
PORT 2

ExT TxC

ExT RxC
RTS
DTR
SRTS
SPEED SEL

SIG GND

liNT I
rMHFUI RLSD I CTS I DSR
Z80 8088 ENBL

RCV DATA

PORT
LOOP BACK

XMIT OAT A

SCF

iCOMMI
RI

RLSD
CTS
DSR
SI
RI

'---

PRINTER PORT
CONNECTOR (FEMALE)

3
2
20

+5
lK
+5

ro1

XMIT DATA
RCV DATA
DTR
DSR
CTS

SIG. GND

BU-2241

Figure 1-6:

Communications and Printer Port Signal Paths

1-15

RAINBOW HARDWARE
Table 1-4:

Baud Rates Available

Rate

Comm

50
75
110
134.5
150
200
300
600
1200
1800
2000
2400
3600
4800
9600
19200

'I:

Nibble
Value

,'c

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C

'I:
'I:

'I:
,";
~'c

'I:

,'c
'I:
'I:

,'c

'I:

Printer

Bit 0-2
Value

'I:

'I:
'I:
'I:

'I:

To set communication port baud rates, transfer a byte with two nibbles
from the above table to port 06H. The high nibble sets the receive
rate, and the low nibble sets the transmit rate.
To set printer baud rates, transfer a byte with bits 0-2 set to the
value from the above table to port OEH. Notice that bit 3 of this
port selects the external clock for the communications port, so use
care when setting printer baud rates.

1.14

SYSTEM RESET

You automatically clear the 8088 when you turn on the computer.
You
can also clear the 8088 processor at any time by pressing Ctrl/Set-Up
in Set-Up mode. A special watchdog timer can also reset the system in
the event it is not refreshed within a period of 100 milliseconds or
the interrupts are off. The video display routines in the firmware
refresh the circuit.
It is important that appl ication programs
disable interrupts for no longer than 100 ms.
or this circuit can
reset the system.
If an application must disable interrupts for a longer period, the
interrupts
off circuitry can be temporari ly disabled.
Such a
procedure can adversely affect the video display and any real-time
dependent system operations.

1-16

RAINBOW HARDWARE
The correct procedure for temporarily
circuitry is as follows:

disabling

the

interrupts

off

circuitry

Disable interrupts using the CLI instruction

Disable
the
interrupts
off
detection
transferring a OOH to 8088 I/O port lOCH.

Enable interrupts with the STI instruction when ready.
The
interrupts off detection circuit is automatically enabled.

1.15

AUTO-START

When you reset the Rainbow system. the system automatically tests
several components.
When the tests are completed. a main menu is
displayed that offers a choice of disk drives from which to start the
operating system.
(The Rainbow 1006 contains a new Set-Up feature
that automatically starts the operating system without requiring you
to press any keys.)

1.16

OPTIONAL I/O DEVICES

Three optional I/O
computers:

1.16.1

devices

are

available

•

A color graphics option

•

An extended communications option

•

A hard disk option

for

the

Rainbow

series

Color Graphics Option

This option consists of a printed circuit board containing a special
bit-mapped color video graphics controller chip and related logic that
you mount on the motherboard.
The Rainbow computer can operate in text mode or text and graphics
mode.
In text mode (VT100 text mode). the graphics option video is
disabled and the standard video control logic (DCOll and DC012) drives
the monitor.
In text and graphics mode, the option's video control
logic drives the monitor. (You need a color monitor to display color
graphics). Monochrome graphics can also be obtained using the VR201.
The Rainbow Computer Color/Graphics Programmers Reference Guide is
included in the Rainbow 100+/1008 Technical Documentation Kit. (order
number QV069-GZ).
1-17

RAINBOW HARDWARE
1.16.2

Extended Communications Option

An extended communications option provides additional communications
capabilities.
This (option consists of a printed circuit card that
mounts in two 40-pin connectors on the
system
module.
Its
communication outputs are available on D-subminiature connectors at
the left rear of the system module.
The option provides the Rainbow computer with a separate high-speed
communications port that can support clustering and local area
networking. Asynchronous bit- and byte-synchronous capabilities are
provided.
This option uses a 8274 Multi-Protocol Serial Controller
(MPSC) and a 8273 Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller.
The 8274 MPSC used in the extended communications option is the same
as the MPSC used by the standard communications/printer ports. The
BIOS of the MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system includes a full set
of routines for control I ing the standard communications/printer ports
and the ports of this option for asynchronous operations. The Rainbow
100 Extended Communications Option Programmer IS Reference Guide.
(order number AA-V172A-TV). describes the option. You cannot use this
option if you have a hard disk because both options mount (and use)
the same motherboard connectors.

1.16.3

Hard Disk Option

Two 5-1/4 inch diameter Winchester hard disks are optionally available
for the Rainbow 100 and 100B computers. They differ only in the
amount of storage they provide. The RD50 hard disk stores up to 5M
bytes and the RD5l up to 10M bytes of data in fixed-length blocks on 5
1/4 inch (130mm) diameter rigid magnetic disks.
They use what is
called
Winchester
technology. and are contained in a sealed.
non-removable enclosure. The Rainbow 100+ computer comes with a 10M
byte RD51.
The controller logic is contained in a printed circuit board that
occupies the extended communications option slot on the system module
motherboard. It can control one ST506-interface compatible Winchester
drive. (The ST506 interface is an industry standard interface.)
The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system contains BIOS drivers for the
Winchester hard disk option. and the distribution diskette includes a
Each
backup and restore utility for use with the Winchester.
Winchester
drive
comes
with
util ities
for initializing and
partitioning the disk according to your requirements.
Partitioning
assigns logical drive names (for example, E:. F:) to all or part of
the drive. and initializes them for the operating system(s) to be
used.

1-18

RAINBOW HARDWARE
The ROM of the Rainbow 100+ and 100B computers contains code so you
can start the system from the Winchester instead of from a diskette.
An upgrade kit is available that permits a Winchester disk to be field
installed in the Rainbow computer. You cannot start the operating
system from the Winchester disk if you upgraded your Rainbow 100A
computer to include this hard disk. This is because its ROM does not
contain the necessary code. The Rainbow can configure the Winchester
disk for either the CP/M-86/80 operating system. the MS-DOS operating
system. or both.
The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system contains drivers
for
programming the hard disk. however. so that fi les and data can be
written and read using the hard disk system functions.
Sophisticated
users can us the primitive disk operations contained in the BIOS.
Chapter 3 discusses these operations.
You cannot use this option if you have an extended communications
option because both options mount (and use) the same motherboard
connectors.

1-19

CHAPTER 2
FIRMWARE

2.1

INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the basic functional ity of the IIconsole" as
seen by an application program.
It also describes the uti lity
functions you can use with appl ication programs. To use this chapter,
you should be famil iar with:

2.2

•

The Rainbow system specification for your particular
computer

•

The video controller chips

Rainbow

GENERAL

The programs in ROM (firmware) include:
1.

Diagnostic routines

Terminal and console emulation routines

Set-Up routines,

8088 and Z80A routines for loading the operating system

The manuals that come with your Rainbow computer describe
Set-Up and startup routines.

diagnostic,

The Rainbow 100+/100B Terminal Emulation Manual
(contained in the
Kit,
(order number
Rainbow
100+/100B
Technical
Documentation
QV069-GZ)), which describes terminal mode.
The Rainbow 100+ and 100B computer's firmware includes an auto-start
capabil ity.
This lets you start the operating system from one of the
possible disk drives without selecting the drive from the main menu.

2-1

FIRMWARE
The following I ist details the functions that are available in
Rainbow 100+ and looe ROMs which differ in the Rainbow 100 ROMs:

the

•

The BELL character does not cause a hesitation the first time
it "beeps, II but hes i tates on I y for subsequent BELL characters
that occur too close together.

•

A new Set-Up parameter permits a choice of
or Shift-Lock mode for the "Lock" key.

•

Every ROM set supports all keyboard variations. At startup,
the firmware asks you to select a keyboard if the stored
Set-Up parameters indicate that none had previously been
selected. The NVM then stores the choice.

•

A new
Set-Up
parameter
allows
you
to
invoke
a
National-Replacement-Character set for country-specific use.

•

The "Compose" algorithm is implemented. Details are provided
in the manuals that come with your Rainbow computer.

•

The printer portis DTR line is monitored when in terminal
mode. If it is not asserted, printing does not occur.

•

Pressing Ctrl/2 through
control codes.

•

Ctrl/<symbol> keys are no longer shift-dependent.

•

The Escape sequences for "Erase-in-line" and "Display" now
accept selective parameters instead of ignoring all after the
first parameter.

•

All Set-Up text and all error messages are displayed in
languages appropriate to the keyboard type you selected and
the language-cluster supported by the installed ROM set.

Ctrl/8

keys

either

generates

Caps-Lock

the

proper

IShift-2" and IShift-3" escape sequences apply only to
• Single
the next following graphic character, and are not canceled by
an intervening
character.

escape

sequence

other

•

The "Print Screen" key generates an ESC [ I 2
mode.

•

Ctrl/xx keys auto-repeat.

•

Set-Up automatically determines the amount of
and displays it.

2-2

non-graphic
in

console

installed

RAM

FIRMWARE
Details
of
the
implementation
of
language-clustering.
national-replacement characters. and so forth. are describes in the
Rainbow 100+/1006 System Specification (contained in the Rainbow
100+/1006 Technical Documentation Kit, (order number QV069-GZ.»

2.3

UTILITY FUNCTIONS

The console mode of VT102 emulation acts like a VT102 console
(although without modem control or local echo). As such, it must
accept characters for display and control. and it must supply
characters entered at the keyboard. These. plus several other ut iIi ty
functions. are provided for use by programs as follows:
•

Send a character to the
(Conso 1e-Out)

"console "

for

•

Obtain a character from the keyboard (Level-2 Console-In)

•

Determine if a keyboard key has
Status)

•

Leve 1 1 (16 bit) Conso 1e- I n

•

Enable and disable the cursor

•

Initialize interrupt vectors

•

Return the clock rate

•

Set and clear LEDs on the keyboard

•

Send a string of data to the screen

•

Initialize the Comm/Printer 8274 chip to Set-Up parameters

•

Return "Raw" keyboard data

been

display

depressed

control

(Console-In

In addition to the above, the Rainbow 100+ and 1'006 computers have the
following functions:
•

Return ROM version number

•

Relocate interrupt vectors

•

Ring keyboard bell

•

Get/Set character set usage as per NVM

2-3

FIRMWARE
For more information, refer to
particular Rainbow computer.

the

system

specification

for

your

You invoke all functions by setting up the desired function number and
other parameters in 8088 registers then executing a software interrupt
18H. Place the desired function code in the 01 register and parameter
data in other registers according to the needs of the function. The
application program should save all registers it needs before issuing
the INT 18H, because the firmware routines save only CS:, SS:, and
OS: •

2.4

FUNCTION OOH CONSOLE OUT

This function sends the character in the AL register to the "console"
where it is displayed.
It accepts and processes ASCI I and 8-bit
multi-national characters as a VTl02, that is. escape sequences and
control characters are executed
ENTRY
AL = Character to be displayed
EXIT
None

2.5

CONSOLE IN, CONSOLE IN STATUS, AND LEVEL-l CONSOLE IN

Pressing a keyboard key generates an Interrupt 26H in the 8088
processor.
The keyboard's UART passes a one-byte character code
identifying the particular key to the firmware's keyboard interrupt
handler. This code is analyzed to determine whether an action must be
performed (such as entering Set-Up, Lock mode), or whether the key
represents a character to be passed to the application.
If a character is passed to an application, the keycode is stored as
the low-byte of a two byte entry in a 30-byte first-in-first-out raw
key buffer. The high-byte contains three flags that are set according
to whether the Shift, Ctrl, and/or Lock keys were depressed or in
effect. When the character is removed from the raw key buffer, the
keycode is translated to it ASCI I value, or, if a function key, to a
function key number. If it is a function key. a fourth function key
flag is also set. Figure 2-1 illustrates this.

2-4

FIRMWARE
Hi Byte
<-Not->
Used

Lo Byte

7 654 3 2 I 0

, I , I
, I , I

<---Keycode--->

7 654 3 2

Bit

I , I I__ Function key flag. I=Function key
, , I_Shift Flag.
I=Shift key in effect
, 1__ Control flag.
I=Ctrl key depressed
, _ _ Caps Lock Flag. I=Caps lock in effect
NOTE
The function-key flag is added only when a Console-In
function causes the character to be extracted from the
raw key buffer.
Figure 2-1:

Level-l Character Format

Each
Firmware functions can obtain input in either of two levels.
16-bit character code stored in the raw key buffer remains there
unt i 1 :
•

A Level-l Console-In

•

A Level-l raw key function call is made

•

one of the Level-2 routines requires a character

The Level-2 Console-In routine also contains a buffer.
Whenever you
invoke the Level-2 Console-In function, the next character in its
buffer, if any, is returned to the application. Usually, no character
is present in the buffer, so the routine performs the equivalent of a
Level-l Console-In call to obtain a character from the raw key buffer.
If a character is available in the raw key buffer, it is removed.
it is an ASCI I character, it is placed into the Level-2 buffer.

If the character represents a function key code, an escape sequence
for the key is placed in the Level-2 buffer. That is why the Level-2
buffer is required.
DON'T MIX LEVEL-l AND LEVEL-2 FUNCTIONS.

2-5

FIRMWARE
Notice that the Level-2 Console-In Status function also causes a
character to be removed from the raw key buffer in the event the
Level-2 buffer is empty and the raw key buffer is not empty. This can
cause confusion, if you mix Level-l and Level-2 Console-In and
Console-In Status calls. If there were a character available in the
Raw Key buffer when you performed a Level-2 Console Status function,
you would be informed that a character was available. But if you then
attempted to obtain that character using the Level-l Console-In
function, you would not get it, because it had been removed from the
raw key buffer by.the Level-2 Console Status function and transferred
into the Level-2 buffer.
Programs should insure that the Level-2 buffer is empty (by repeatedly
testing
its status and obtaining and discarding any remaining
characters) before using the Level-l Console-In function.
The console emulation code can recognize and respond to escape
sequences requesting status. cursor position, or other information.
The responses are ASCI I escape sequences which are placed directly
into the Level-2 buffer.

2.6

FUNCTION 02H CONSOLE IN (LEVEL-2)

This function fetches a character from the keyboard buffer.
ENTRY
None
EXIT
AL = Character from the keyboard buffer (if one was available)
CL = OOH, No character available
= FFH, A character was returned in AL
NOTE
This function does NOT wait for a key to be depressed,
if no character is available.

2-6

FIRMWARE

2.7

FUNCTION 04H CONSOLE IN STATUS (LEVEL-2)

This function determine
Level-2 buffer.

whether

character

available

the

ENTRY
None
EXIT
CL = OOH, No character available
= FFH, A character is available in the Level-2 buffer
NOTE

The character, if any, remains in the Level-2 buffer,
but the function may cause the raw key buffer to
become empty.

2.8

FUNCTION 06H CONSOLE IN (LEVEL-l)

This function fetches a 16-bit character from the Raw Key buffer.
ENTRY
None
EXIT
AX
16-bit character from Raw Key buffer
CL = OOH, if no character is avai lable
= OlH, if any characters remain in the Level-2 buffer from a
previous Level-2 call, whether or not characters are in the
Raw Key buffer
= FFH, if a character is avai lable (returned in AX)
NOTE

OlH is returned to remove
mixing
surrounding
the
functions.

some of the complexity
of Level-l and Level-2

The two bytes representing the character in the raw key buffer are
placed in the AX register after being analyzed and translated (see
Figure 2-1 above).

2-7

FIRMWARE
For non-function keys, the function key flag is zero. and the low-byte
contains the character code, either ASCI I or 8-bit multinational,
according to the keyboard type being used. The effect of Shift, Ctrl
and Caps-Lock has already been taken into account for the character.
For function keys, the Function key flag is a I, and the low-byte
contains a number that identifies which function key it is. Your
Rainbow system specifications I ist these numbers.

2.9

FUNCTION 08H DISABLE CURSOR

2.10

FUNCTION OAH ENABLE CURSOR

These functions make the cursor visible (Enable), and invisible
(Disable). They insure that the cursor control logic is not disturbed
by Function 14H. They must be used in pairs, preceding and following
the use of function 14H. They are "nested" functions; it takes as
many enables as disables to redisplay the cursor.
If enabled when
already visible. a "ghost" can appear when the cursor is moved.

2.11

FUNCTION OCH INITIALIZE INTERRUPT VECTORS

Function OCH initializes the following interrupt vectors to
their default firmware routines:
Type Number
(Hex)
02
20

23
25

26
2C

point

Use
NMI for RAM parity error
Vertical frequency refresh
Graphics controller option
Ext Comm Option DMA controller
Ext Comm Option 8274
Keyboard 8251A
Time Tic from Vert Refresh

In addition. the extended communications option and the graphics
option are reset to their disabled states. This function should not
be used by application programs because it destroys the MS-DOS
interrupt structure.

2-8

FIRMWARE
2.12

FUNCTION OEH RETURN CLOCK RATE

This function determines the current Set-Up clock rate.
ENTRY
None
EXIT
AL = OOH, to indicate 60Hz clock
= OlH, to indicate 50Hz clock

2.13

FUNCTION 10H SET KEYBOARO LEOS

2.14

FUNCTION 12H CLEAR KEYBOARD LEOS

These functions Set and Clear the keyboard light emitting diodes
(LEOs). They do not cause any action that can be impl ied by the label
of the LED being affected. Firmware normally maintains all but the
"compose" LED in the proper state.
(On Rainbow 100+ and 100B
computers, the compose LEO is also handled by the firmware.)
Register AL contains a bit pattern to set (Function lOH). or clear
(Function 14H). the LEOs. A 1 in a bit indicates the LEO to be set
(by function 10H) or cleared (by function 12H).
LEOs
whose
corresponding bits are zero remain unchanged. Figure 2-2 shows the
keyboard LEOs:
Bits
LED
765 4 3 2 1 0
I
I I I I_Wai t
I
I I I_Compose
I
I 1_ _ Lock
I
I
Hold

Figure 2-2:

MUST BE 1
Keyboard LEOs

2-9

FIRMWARE
2.15

FUNCTION 14H SEND DATA TO SCREEN

This function sends more than one character at a time to the screen.
Entire strings. up to the length of one 1 ine. can be sent. along with
their attributes. in a single function call.
Your Rainbow system
specification describes the meaning of characters and attributes.
ENTRY
AX = OOOOH. Characters and attributes
= OOOIH, Attributes only
= 0002H, Characters only
BH = Column number (1 thru 80, or 1 thru 132)
BL = Line Number (1 thru 24)
The maximum column number is a function of
(80/132) and 1 ine width (single/double).
length destroys the screen image.

the screen width
Exceeding the line

CX = Number of characters or attributes to transfer
You are responsible for ensuring that the number of characters
does not exceed the end-of-line.
OX = Offset to the start of Attributes relative to the user1s
register
SI = Offset to the start of Characters relative to the user1s
register
BP = Copy of user's OS register

OS
OS

Both OX and SI must be relative to the same value of OS.

2. 16

FUNCTION 16H INITIALIZE COMMUNICATIONS/PRINTER
PARAMETERS

8274

SET-UP

This function:
In i t i ali zes the Communications/Printer 8274 to the Set-Up
• parameters

• Performs a channel reset for both channels A and B
•

Sets the baud rates

•

Set the number of bits per character

•

Sets receive and transmit clock rates

•

Enables receive
Printer ports

and

transmit

2-10

for

the

Communication

and

FIRMWARE
All this is done according to the Set-Up parameters.
NOTE
When data/parity is 7M or 7S, the 8274 is actually set
for 8N.

2.17

FUNCTION 18H RAW KEYBOARD DATA

This function is provided for diagnostic purposes.
Figure 2-1 (above) indicates that the Shift, Lock and Ctrl keys can
only be read in conjunction with another key by looking at the flag
bits in AH. The Set-Up key is not detectable by a program, but you
can look at the screen to determine if you are in Set-Up mode. The
Hold Screen key is not detectable by a program, but the Hold Screen
LED is 1 it.
An appl ication program can determine whether or not the Rainbow is
Set-Up mode.
ENTRY
None
EXIT
AX = Flag bits and keycode, as contained in the Raw Key buffer
CL = 0, no key available
I, key available
NOTE
The character is removed from the buffer
NOTE
The following four functions are not available on
Rainbow 100.

2-11

the

FIRMWARE
2.18

FUNCTION lAH RETURN ROM VERSION NUMBER

This function returns an ASCI I text string. identifying the
number of the ROMs. to the user1s buffer. The format is:

version

MM.mm L
MM identifies the major version. mm the minor revision. both expressed
in ASCI I numerals. In general. minor revisions affect only one ROM.
while the major version affects both ROMs.
L is the language
variation.
mm and L are each followed by a Null (OOH) byte for
delimiting purposes.
Programs or operating systems can use this function to determine the
version and/or language of the ROMs. If you use this function on a
Rainbow 100 computer. the buffer remains empty. identifying the unit
as a Rainbow 100 computer. The Rainbow system specification contains
details of version numbers and language IDs.
ENTRY
DI = 1AH
DX = Offset Address of 8 byte buffer
BP = Segment address of 8 byte buffer
EXIT
None

2.19

FUNCTION 1CH RELOCATE INTERRUPT VECTORS

The Rainbow 100+ and 100B computers provide for changing interrupt
codes 20H through 27H that are associated with the hardware generated
interrupts to AOH through A7H under software control.
When this is
done it is also usually necessary to move the interrupt vectors
associated with each interrupt to its new vector address.
Function
lAH provides a convenient way to do this.
ENTRY
AH = Interrupt code into whose vector the first source vector
relocated.
Must be either AOH. DOH (defaults to 20H).
20H.
AL = Interrupt code whose vector is the first of group to
relocated.
Must be either OOH (defaults to 20H). 20H,
AOH.
(If AX = OOH. default vectors are simply initialized)

2-12

is
or
be
or

FIRMWARE
CX = Number of vectors to be relocated.
(the defaul t) .
01 = lCH Function Number

If zero, 16 is relocated

EXIT
CX = 0, to indicate a successful move
NOTE
This function is provided for use by the MS-DOS
operating system and other operating systems. if
required. Any use by appl ication programs destroys
the
operating system1s interrupt structure.
The
format of the calling process is general, but the only
source and target addresses supported in the Version
05 ROM are 20H to/from AOH.

2.20

FUNCTION IEH RING THE KEYBOARD BELL

This function rings the keyboard bell.
It is a convenience
programs that use these firmware functions frequently.

2.21

for

FUNCTION 20H GET/SET DIGITAL 8/7 BIT CHARACTER CODE USAGE IN NVM

This function provides a method of reading or changing the NVM bit(s)
that control character code usage. These can also be set or reset in
Set-Up.
ENTRY
AH = 0, for SET
= I , for GET
AL = 0, for DIG ITAL-8 bit character set
= I , for 7-bit national replacement character codes
EX IT (GET)
AL = 0, for DIGITAL-8
= I , for 7-bit national replacement character codes

2-13

FIRMWARE
2.22

STACK CONSIDERATIONS

Both hardware and software interrupts place three words of addresses
and flags onto whatever stack is currently being used. either the
operating system1s. your program1s. or the firmware's.
In addition. the firmware's hardware interrupt handlers push their
registers onto the current stack. and can be interrupted in turn by
other hardware devices whose handlers push even more on the current
stack. Therefore all appl ication programs should provide a stack with
at least 62 bytes more than are required by the application itself.
which is the worst case possible.
Another stack-related precaution is that appl ication handlers for
hardware interrupts should NOT use either registers or the stack for
passing parameters. because these might get changed by an intervening
interrupt process. Nor should they use a private stack of their own.
The firmware interrupt handlers test to determine whether their own
stack is in place. if not, one is set up. This can cause problems.
Consider the following situation. A user's hardware interrupt handler
is in place for. say. the Communications port. and the handler sets up
its own stack. If a character were to be received during execution of
the latter part of the video refresh routine, (when interrupts are
enabled). and the user's interrupt handler had set up its stack. then
a keyboard interrupt was generated. The Firmware's keyboard routine
would find a non-firmware stack in place. so would again set up the
firmware's stack. in doing so it destroys the original video refresh
routine's pushed environment. crashing the system. Software generated
interrupt handlers do not have this problem since they can never
interrupt a hardware handler.

2.23

SYSTEM PARAMETER DATA

The firmware maintains one 16-bit word of flags in Attribute RAM at
location EFFFEH, which describes the system state. These flags are
used primari Iy by the firmware. but can be used by application
programs for special purposes.
When this word is loaded into a
register. its bits have the following meaning:

2-14

FIRMWARE
Table 2-1:
Bit

System Parameter Data Flags
Flag

Meaning when:
0

0
1
2

3
4
5
6
* 7

8
9
10
**11
12
13
14
15

Emulator:
On/Off Line:
Set-Up mode:
Hold Screen
Scro 11 I/P:
Reserved
Reserved
Print Screen Key:
Comm Opt Present:
RX50 Ctrl Bd. :
Graphics Bd.:
Memory Option:
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Console Mode
On-Li ne
Normal
Normal
Normal

Terminal Mode
Off-Line
Set-Up mode
Hold Scrn in effect
Sm Scroll in process

Not Pressed
Present
Present
Present
Present

Pressed
Not present
Not present
Not present
Not Present

* The Print Screen Key flag bit is only in the

Rainbow 100+ and
100B computers.
The firmware sets this bit whenever you press
the Print Screen Key. but does not reset it. If an application
tests this bit more than once. it must reset the flag bit after
each test.

** The memory

option bit is only meaningful for Rainbow
computers equipped with a Rainbow 100 expansion RAM board.

2.24

100

LEVEL-1 CONSOLE-IN FUNCTION KEY CODES

The Level-l (16-bit) Console-In function of the Rainbow computer's
firmware returns a one in bit 0 of the most significant byte of the
16-bit value if the depressed key is a function key.
In this case.
the least significant byte is not the ASCI I value of the character.
but is an arbitrary code used to identify which key was depressed.
The codes generated are shown in Table 2-2.

2-15

FIRMWARE
Table 2-2:
Key

Level-l Console-In Function Key Codes
Level-l
Key
Code
(Hex)

HeJp
Do
Compose
Print Screen
F4
F6
F7
F8

F9
FlO

F14
F17
F18

F19
F20
Find
Insert
Remove
Select
Prev Screen
Next Screen
Up-Arrow
Notes:

Level-2
Esc Seq

[ 2 8 ....

[ 2 9 ....

Esc
Esc
2 * Esc
3 + Esc
5
Esc
7 Esc
9 Esc
B Esc
D Esc
F Esc
11
Esc
13
Esc
15
Esc
17
Esc
19
Esc
lB
Esc
lD
Esc
IF
Esc
21
Esc
23
Esc
25
Esc
27 1\ Esc

[ 1 0 ....

[ 1 2 ....

[

4 ....

[

7""

[ 1 8 ....
[ 1 9 ....
[ 2 0 ....
[ 2 1 ....

[ 2 6 ....
[ 3 1 ....
[ 3 2 ....

[ 3 3 ....
[ 34 ....
[ 1 ....
[ 2 ....

[ 3 ....
[ 4 ....

[ 5 ....
[ 6 ....

[ A

Key

Level-l
Key
Code
(Hex)

Level-2
Esc Seq

29 1\ Esc [ 8
Down-Arrow
28 1\ Esc [ C
Right-Arrow
20 1\ Esc [ D
Left-Arrow
2F # 0
Keypad 0
Keypad 1
32 # 1
Keypad 2
35 # 2
Keypad 3
38 # 3
Keypad 4
3B # 4
Keypad 5
3E # 5
41 # 6
Keypad 6
Keypad 7
44 # 7
Keypad 8
47 # 8
Keypad 9
4A # 9
4D # Keypad Dash
Keypad Comma 50 #
Keypad Period 53 #
Keypad Enter 56 # (CR)
Keypad PFI
59 .... Esc 0 P
Keypad PF2
5C .... Esc 0 Q
5F .... Esc 0 R
Keypad PF3
62 .... Esc 0 S
Keypad PF4
Break
65
not ret.

Compose key Esc sequence returned only by Rainbow 100
+ Print Screen key Esc sequence returned only by Rainbow
and 100B
1\ These depend on Cursor Key mode and ANSI I/VT52 mode
# These depend on Keypad mode and ANSI I/VT52 mode
.... These depend on ANSI I/VT52 mode
Sequences shown are for ANSI I mode

2-16

100+

CHAPTER 3
MS-DOS

This chapter contains two parts:
•

Part A describes the operation of the MS-DOS operating system
(including its internal and external commands)

•

Part B describes the principle parts of the MS-DOS
system

operating

Part A - Operation of MS-DOS

3.1

OVERVIEW

MS-DOS is an operating system for micro-computers using Intel 8086 and
8088 microprocessors. An operating system is a program that controls
the overall operation of a computer.
It provides an environment
within the computer that enables you to easily perform operations such
as:
•

Starting a program

•

Copying files

•

Displaying a directory of files

•

Simplifying programming

The MS-DOS operating system provides functions for commonly-used
operations and I/O operations that are hardware-independent. Thus,
you can write an appl ication program to run under the MS-DOS operating
system without requiring a detailed knowledge of the computer's
hardware. Such a program runs on any computers that can run the
MS-DOS operating system, as long as the computer has the appropriate
peripherals. The "DOS II in MS-DOS stands for Disk Operating System,
which means that MS-DOS provides all the logical operations necessary
for writing and reading files to and from disk storage devices.

3-1

MS-DOS
3.1.1

MS-DOS Operating System Versions

The MS-DOS operating system has evolved through a number of versions.
Microsoftls Version 2.0 of the MS-DOS operating system is the basis
for DIGITALis Version 2.01 and Version 2.05.
The MS-DOS Version 2.01 operating system does not contain Winchester
hard disk support; the MS-DOS Version 2.05 does. Other features were
also added to the BIOS of Version 2.05, and several new utilities were
added to its distribution diskette. Among these are:
•

MDRIVE, which lets you use excess RAM to be used as
logical disk drive

fast,

•

RDCPM, which reads files from Rainbow CP/M-86/80 diskettes

•

MEDIACHK, which permits the checking of media to be disabled,
resulting in faster disk operations

•

BACKUP. a utility for making and restoring backup
the Winchester hard disk

copies

Both MS-DOS operating system Version 2.01 and Version 2.05 run on the
Rainbow 100, 100+, and 100B, provided it has at least 128K bytes of
RAM. Only Version 2.05 includes Winchester disk drivers.
Programs written to run under the MS-DOS Version 2.01 operating system
run under the MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system.

3.2

LOADING THE MS-DOS OPERATING SYSTEM

DIGITAL suppl ies the MS-DOS operating system on a diskette.
Such a
diskette is called a system diskette. A system diskette contains the
system files:
•

IO.SYS

•

MSDOS.SYS

•

COMMAND.COM

These system files contain the MS-DOS operating system code.
The
outermost tracks of all MS-DOS-formatted diskettes store a loader
program, and three data areas (for keeping track of files stored on
the diskette).
The number of tracks required to store the loader
program and data areas ~aries according to the capacity of a diskette
track.
Rainbow computer diskettes use about three and 1/5 tracks for
this.

3-2

MS-DOS
Files are stored on the remainder of the diskette.
Non-system
diskettes differ from system diskettes only in that they do not
contain the three system files.
The Rainbow computer contains a small ROM-resident routine that reads
the first sector of the outermost track (track 0) of the diskette in
the startup (BOOT) drive whenever you turn on or reset the system.
This sector contains a small program that reads a loader program from
the remainder of the reserved tracks into RAM and starts it executing.
The loader program reads two IIhidden ll system files (MSDOS.SYS, 10.SYS)
plus the file COMMAND.COM, from the diskette into RAM, and starts
execution.
This process is known as starting or BOOTing the system.
IO.SYS is loaded just above the 8088 interrupt vector space, and
MSDOS.SYS,
which contains interrupt handlers, service routines,
buffers, control areas and installed device drivers, is loaded
immediately above IO.SYS.
The fi Ie COMMAND. COM contains:
•

A II res ident" part

•

A "trans i ent" part

The resident part is loaded just above MSDOS.SYS and contains
interrupt handlers for those interrupt types used by the MS-DOS
operating system plus code to reload the transient part of the file.
The transient part contains code for all of the internal commands and
the batch file processor. It is loaded in the highest addressed RAM
avai lable in the system. The transient part of COMMAND.COM:
•

Issues the prompt

•

Reads the command from the keyboard or batch file

•

Executes the command itself (internal commands) or
command-line

•

Loads a program file (external command)

•

Starts execution.

builds

The external command is loaded into the lowest avai lable free memory.
The MS-DOS operating system maintains a table of available memory,
which keeps track of where each program is loaded.
Whenever an application or external command finishes execution and
returns control to the MS-DOS operating system, the resident part of
COMMAND.COM determines, by a check-sum process, whether the transient
part needs to be reloaded. If necessary, it reloads the transient
part before issuing its prompt.

3-3

MS-DOS
Application programs are loaded in the area of memory between the
parts of COMMAND. COM.

two

Figure 3-1 shows an MS-DOS memory map:
Top of Available RAM
Displays prompt
Command Interpreter
Gets Cmd from Kbd/.BAT
Bui Ids command line
Loads and Executes
External Commands
Executes Internal Cmds
Processes Batch Files

COMMAND.COM
(Transient part May be overlaid by
External Commands)

256 Byte User Stack
for .COM programs
External Command(s)
.COM or .EXE files
Contains Auto-Exec code
Inits lowest Segment
Address

COMMAND.COM
(Initiali2ation part)
(Overlaid by Ext Cmds)

Reload Transient part
Int. 23H (Ctrl/e exit)
Int. 24H (Fat. Err exit)
Error hand I er s

COMMAND.COM
(Resident part)

Buffers
Control Areas
Installed Device Drivers
Interrupt Handlers
Service Routines
(Int 21H Functions)

MSDOS.SYS

IO.SYS

MS-DOS

3ffH
Interrupt Vectors
OOOH

---------------------------

Figure 3-1:

MS-DOS Memory Map

3-4

Interface to Hardware

MS-DOS

3.3 DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE CONTENTS
Table 3-1 lists the MS-DOS operating system files stored on the system
diskettes.
Table 3-1:

MS-DOS Operating System Files on System Diskette

Standard MS-DOS Files
F i 1e name
Function
COMMAND.COM
MSDOS.SYS
* IO.SYS
EDLIN.COM
DEBUG.COM
LINK.EXE
CHKDSK.COM
% FORMAT. COM
SYS.COM
DISKCOPY.COM
RECOVER.COM
PRINT.COM
MORE.COM
SORT.EXE
FIND.EXE
EXE2BIN.EXE
FC.EXE
~(

MS-DOS Command Processor
MS-DOS Operating System
Hardware-Operating System Interface
Line Editor
Debugger
Linker
Checks diskettes
Formats diskettes
Transfers System
Copies entire diskettes
Recovers diskettes
Print Spooler
Reviews Text
Sorts Text
Finds a string in a file(s) or std input
Converts .EXE files to .COM
Compares files

Non-Standard MS-DOS Fi les
MASM.EXE
CREF . EXE

Macro Assembler
Cross Reference Utility for MASM

Files only on Rainbow computer MS-DOS V2.05 Diskette
CONFIG.SYS
MDRIVE.SYS
MDR IVE . COf"1
BACKUP.EXE
MEDIACHK.EXE
RDCPM.EXE
README.HLP

System configuration file (Req'd by MDRIVE)
Virtual Memory diskette
II

Hard disk Backup & Restore Uti 1 ity
Enables/Disables Media Checking function
Reads CP/M Formatted diskette files
Addenda and Errata to Rainbow computer
documentation

Denotes "h i dden" f i 1es

% Different levels of functionality in the two
Rainbow computer MS-DOS versions

3-5

MS-DOS

3.4 COMMANDS
The MS-DOS operating system uses the term IIcommand ll as both a verb and
a noun. When MS-DOS issues a prompt such as IIA>". it waits for you to
type a command. This is the verb use. The code that performs the
operation is called a command. It is the command processor part of
the MS-DOS operating system that issues the prompt and invokes the
program with the command name you typed.
NOTE
Any program stored as a diskette file is called an
external command.
This is because such a program is
not internal to the operating system.
It is a
command. because its name must be given in response to
the command prompt.

3.4.1

Rainbow MS-DOS Version 2.05 Special Command Caveats

The following section describes some caveats you should keep
as you use the MS-DOS operating system.

mind

FORMAT
There are two formatting processes used with diskettes.
The
first. and most general. is physical formatting. This is the
process whereby synchronizing data is placed on
a
newly
manufactured diskette.
This synchronizing data is required in
order for the diskette controller circuits to read and write data
to the diskette. The MS-DOS operating system. however. uses the
term "formatting" to mean an entirely different process.
This
process initializes a blank. but physically-formatted diskette.
with an area for storing the diskette directory and a table
called the File Allocation Table (FAT).
Both types of formatting must be done for MS-DOS diskettes.
DIGITALis RX50 diskettes are already physically formatted. but
diskettes that have been damaged by exposure to magnetic fields
may have to be physically reformatted.
The MS-DOS Version 2.01 formatting program only initializes a
blank diskette and creates the fi Ie allocation table (FAT). The
MS-DOS Version 2.05 formatting program physically formats the
diskette and then initializes it. (Use the FORMAT commandls /1
switch to format both ways).
The syntax for the FORMAT command is:
FORMAT d:[/S][/I][/V]

3-6

MS-DOS
Also, the MS-DOS Version 2.05 FORMAT command does NOT format a
diskette
in the default drive.
See the section entitled
IIExterna I Commands" later
in
th is
chapter
for
further
information.
The MS-DOS initialized Winchester disk partitions
MS-DOS formatted but not physically formatted.

can

also

If you specify a volume label when the FORMAT program asks for
one, you cannot later make this diskette into a system diskette
using the SYS command. If you do this, the operating system
displays an error message to the effect that there is no space on
the diskette for system files. To make a system diskette, either
format the diskette with the "/S" command option (with or without
a volume label) or format the diskette without a volume label,
then use SYS.
The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system's FORMAT command also
performs
MS-DOS
soft
formatting on Winchester partitions
previously created by the partitioning
formatting
util ity
distributed with the Winchester hardware option. However, the
"/I" switch for physically formatting the Winchester disk is
inoperative, and does nothing if invoked. Hard formatting a
Winchester disk can only be done with the above mentioned
partitioning formatting utility.
DISKCOPY
Diskettes receiving the files copied by the DISKCOPY command must
have
been
previously
"physically"
formatted, not MS-DOS
formatted. Diskettes that are specially formatted, such as the
Lotus 1-2-3 system diskettes, should NOT be copied using the
DISKCOPY command, because their special
features
can
be
corrupted.
Use a backslash character when using path names.
Pressing Ctrl/C stops a program if the running program notices
the key sequence or if it uses system functions to test for the
key sequence. When BREAK is on, all system functions include
th i s test.
The command processor can read commands from the disk file as
well as accepting them from the keyboard. This file must have an
extension of .BAT. The fi Ie contains several MS-DOS command
lines, each of which are executed by the command processor once
you type the file name at the prompt.

3-7

MS-DOS
The command processor has also been arranged to automatically
search
the
BOOT
disk
for a batch file with the name
"AUTOEXEC.BAT" immediately after the BOOT operation. If one is
found, the file is executed as if you had entered the name
AUTOEXEC at the prompt. However, the normal prompts for TIME and
DATE are bypassed.
If your system expects to use TIME or DATE
during the session, the AUTOEXEC command file should include
entries for the TIME and DATE commands.
You can use the following commands in command files:
•

ECHO

•

FOR

•

GOTO

•

PAUSE

•

REM

•

SH 1FT

3.4.2

Generic Commands

This sections describes the external MS-DOS
Rainbow computer.

commands

unique

the

BREAK
Most application programs that expect, to use Ctrl/C use the
system function provided for this purpose. It is not necessary,
in this case, for the operator to first invoke the BREAK OFF
command.
CHKDSK
Do NOT use the CHKDSK command with the IF option for an IBM
diskette under Rainbow computer's MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating
system.
If the IBM diskette is double-sided. it can
be
destroyed.

3-8

MS-DOS
COpy
You can use character I/O device names (such as PRN, AUX) as file
names for the COpy command.
When copying from a serial I/O device (for example, from another
computer by means of the AUX device (communications port) or the
PRN device (printer port)). the operation does not work as
expected.
Instead, carriage return characters are removed from
the data stream, characters are not echoed to the input device,
and either a single Ctrl/Z or two successive carriage-return
characters ends the COpy operation.
CTTY
The CTTY command changes the device used for interactive entry by
the operator, but does not change any device names. For example,
the command CTTY AUX causes all operator commands to be expected
from the AUX port.
If another terminal, such as a VT100, is
connected to the communications port (AUX) , it can be used for
controlling the Rainbow computer. However, if, whi Ie doing this,
you enter the command COPY file name CON, the file is displayed
on the Rainbow computer's screen, not on your VT100. Similarly
the command COPY CON file name places whatever is typed on the
Rainbow computer's keyboard into the file, not the VT100's
keyboard.
ECHO OFF
The ECHO OFF command is echoed.
EXE2BIN
Use this external command to convert .EXE files into .COM
The

files.

GOTO
A Batch-F i 1e I abe 1 is def i ned by a lead i ng co 1on (II: ") •
The
characters following the colon define a label. The characters
following a GOTO must BE a label. They do not define the label.

3-9

MS-DOS
PRINT
The file using the IC switch, and all fi Ie entries following it
in the print queue, are removed from the print queue until you
type a IP switch.
The first time you use the PRINT command after starting the
MS-DOS operating system, it prompts you for the name of the list
device, the default being PRN (also shown in the prompt).
Just
press the <Return> key, unless you wish to specify some other
port.
RECOVER
RECOVER attempts to read and process data from a bad diskette.
The data may be bad and can cause unpredictable, or incorrect,
results. DIGITAL recommends, however, that you use this command
only as a last resort to recover fi les from a bad diskette.
SORT
Use the SORT command to sort any text fi Ie. Be sure that each
line has the same fixed-length fields. SORT can be pipelined for
multiple-field sorts, such as for DATE and TIME. When performing
multiple-field sorts, the secondary, or least significant sorts,
must be performed first, and the primary, or most significant
sorts, last.
Figure 3-2 shows a diskette DIRectory sorted by both date and
time.
The two I ines giving the number of files and the volume
label are included in the sort process. If the last sort had
been- from column 24 instead of 22, the I ine containing 40448
would have been somewhere within the sorted list.
The command
was invoked from the B drive because SORT creates temporary files
on the default diskette and the diskette in the A drive was write
protected. The SORT command was on the diskette in the A drive.

3-10

MS-DOS

---------------------------------------------------B>DIR A: IA:SORT/+34IA:SORT/+22

Directory of

A:\

LINK
EXE
42368
1-06-83 4:36p
FIND
EXE
1-14-83 6:35p
5796
MORE
COM
4364
1-14-83 6:42p
RECOVER COM
2277
2-01-83
2:22p
EXE2BIN EXE
1649
2-01-83
9: 19a
FC
EXE
2-01-83
2553
9:36a
DEBUG
COM
11764
2-01-83 10:13a
DISKCOPY COM
1419
2-14-83
4:39p
EDLIN
COM
4489
4:31p
5-17-83
SORT
EXE
1360 5-17-83
4:34p
CONFIG
SYS
20
9-17-83
6:27p
PRINT
COM
9-18-83 11 : 58p
3335
CHKDSK
COM
6330
9-19-83 12:00a
SYS
COM
850
9-26-83
5:04p
COMMAND COM
15925
9-26-83 11:21a
MDRIVE
COM
873
9-27-83 10:38p
MDRIVE
SYS
9-27-83 11: 46p
953
FORMAT
COM
19405 10-07-83 12:27p
MEDIACHK EXE
1396 10-10-83
9:25a
MASM
EXE
77440 10-12-83
3:36p
CREF
EXE
13824 10-12-83 3:39p
BACKUP
EXE
72534 10-13-83 5:55p
RDCPM
EXE
9194 10-14-83 9:45a
README
HLP
18238 10-17-83 7:42a
24 Fi 1e (s)
40448 bytes free
Volume in drive A is MS-DOS V2.05

---------------------------------------------------Figure 3-2:

Sorted Diskette Directory

3-11

MS-DOS
3.4.3

MS-DOS Version 2.05 Additional Commands

RDCPM
The README.HLP file. stored on the
MS-DOS
Version
distribution diskette. describes the RDCPM command.

2.05

RDCPM DIR B:[filename.typ]
This command displays the directory of files on
CP/M-86/80
diskette
in
drive B:
matching the
specification. No default is allowed for the drive.
default file specification is *.*.

the
file
The

RDCPM READ B:[filename.typ] [A:][path]
This command copies all files on the CP/M diskette in drive
B:
matching the file specification to the directory
described by "path" on MS-DOS drive A:.
No default is
allowed for B:. The default file specification is *.*. The
default drive is the current MS-DOS default drive.
The
default path is the current directory.
If the path is
spec i f i ed. it mus t ex is t.
RDCPM TYPE B:[filename.typ]
This command types the contents of files on the CP/M
diskette in drive B: matching the file specification. No
default is allowed for B:. The default file specification
is ,'c. ,·c.
MED I ACHf(
The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system BIOS contains code that
checks the type of disk media in a disk drive on every read and
write operation to that drive.
This checking takes time to
execute. and on large files can slow down operation. MEDIACHK is
a program that disables. or enables. this media
checking
function.
When disabled. COPY operations proceed faster than
when they are enabled.
MEDIACHK
This command displays the current setting
MEDIACHK ON
This command turns MEDIACHK on
MEDIACHK OFF
This command turns MEDIACHK off
3-12

MS-DOS

3.5

DEVICE NAMES

File names beginning with CON, AUX, LST, PRN, and NUL are illegal
because they are used by the MS-DOS operating system to identify the
following character I/O devices:
AUX - Communications Port
AUX2 - Extended Communications Port
CON - Console Device (Keyboard/Video Monitor)
PRN - Printer Port
When you use these device names, you need only type the name, although
the MS-DOS operating system will also accept them followed by a colon.

3.6

EDITING AND FUNCTION KEYS

The MS-DOS operating system lets you easily edit command lines you
have entered at the keyboard. EDLIN, the MS-DOS line editor, provides
these same editing functions. EDLIN is described in the users manuals
that came with your MS-DOS operating system kit.
This section
describes some additional information on EDLIN.
When editing an existing file, EDLIN changes the extension of the
or i gina I copy to • BAK.· I f two f i I es have the same name, i tis
difficult to determine which file was the original of the .BAK file.
Therefore, avoid giving files the same file name.
To insert an "ESC" character, use the <Interrupt> key, rather than the
<ESC> key.
The syntax for (C)opy includes a comma between the line number and the
"C". This is optional.
When in (I)nsert mode, pressing Ctrl/C returns to the EDLIN command
prompt. A Ctrl/l sometimes also exits the (I)nsert mode. The latter,
however, usually must be followed by pressing the Return key. If the
Ctrl/l is immediately followed by other characters before the Return,
the Ctrl/l code is entered in the text, and (I)nsert is not stopped.

3-13

MS-DOS
Part B - Principle Parts

3.7 MS-DOS PROGRAMS AND ROUTINES
The programs and routines that make up the MS-DOS operating system are
divided into three major functional areas:
1.

COMMAND.COM - Command Processor
The file COMMAND.COM is the command processor.
It is the
part of the MS-DOS operating system that accepts, interprets,
and acts upon the commands you enter on the console keyboard.
It recognizes and executes the lIinternal ll commands, and loads
"external commands" (programs) and starts execution.
It is
also called an MS-DOS "shell."

DOS - Disk Operating System
DOS, contained in the fi Ie MSDOS.SYS, performs logical I/O
and disk operations, either in response to requests by the
command processor's internal commands, or in response to your
external commands.
DOS also contains a number of useful
"system calls," or functions. These functions provide disk
and other I/O operations to programs through a standardized
access method, making programs transportable from one system
to another. and greatly simplifying their preparation.

BIOS - Basic Input - Output System
ihe Basic Input - Output System (BIOS) contains routines that
control the hardware of the computer system. These are
custom written for each system and are contained in the file
10.SYS. Included are routines that:
•

Display a character on the logical console device

•

Send a character to the logical printing device

•

Read a record from a disk

•

Write a record to a disk

The DOS routines and system
routines to perform all I/O

functions

access

these

BIOS

Generally. the command processor and DOS portions of every MS-DOS
operating system are byte-for-byte. bit-for-bit identical. as provided
by Microsoft. while the BIOS is customized for the system's particular
hardware.

3-14

MS-DOS

3.7.1

Command Processor

After you start the MS-DOS operating system. a prompt is displayed on
your screen. such as "A>". This tells you that the MS-DOS operating
system is ready to receive a command. and that default disk operations
are to be performed on the A: drive. The command processor displays
the prompt. and either executes. or loads and starts. the command.

3.7.2 Command Execution
When you type a command name at the keyboard. the command processor
evaluates it. First. it determines whether it is an internal command.
If it is an internal command. it is immediately executed.
If it is
not, it attempts to find a file having the specified name on the
specified drive, or if no drive was specified, on the default drive.
The command processor expects that the file type associated with the
file name is to be either .COM •• EXE. or .BAT. and searches for them
in that order.
If a command file, with the name specified in the
command line. cannot be found, the operating system displays the
message IIlnval id Command. 1I and issues another prompt.
When the command processor finds the specified .COM or .EXE file. it
reads the file into RAM. Files of both types are usually loaded into
the lowest available memory.

3.7.3 Program Segment Prefix
After loading an external command file. the command
processor
initial izes the first 256 bytes of the program segment with several
values for use by the loaded program.
These first 256 bytes are
called the Program Segment Prefix (PSP). Therefore. all application
programs must begin at offset IOOH. One of the DOS System functions
(EXEC) can also be invoked by an application program to load another
program file. and it. too. has a PSP.
After initializing the Program Segment Prefix. the command processor
starts program execution. Once the external command is started. the
command processor is not used again until the program terminates.
The Microsoft Operating System Programmer's Reference Manual provides
a deta i 1ed descr i pt i on of the PSP and its contents. (Th is manua lis
contained in this kit.)

3-15

MS-DOS

3.8 DOS
3.8. I General
The DOS (Disk Operating System) constitutes the heart of the MS-DOS
operating system.
It performs all logical disk I/O operations,
call ing on the BIOS routines to read and write. It also provides a
large number of useful system functions, which application programs
can call to do disk and other I/O operations.

3.8.2

Disk Drives

The MS-DOS operating system can access several disk drives.
Each is
identified by a single letter, "A,II "B," "C,". Disk drives can be
either actual physical drives, or IIvirtual" or IIlogical" drives, such
as portions of one large capacity hard disk.
Hard disks can often store more data than can be accommodated by one
MS-DOS drive name. so they are subdivided into several partitions.
Each partition can store a portion of the total
partition is then given a "logical ll drive name.

disk

space.

Each

A logical drive can even be a part of RAM. The MS-DOS Version 2.05
operating system includes a utility called MDRIVE that sets up an area
of RAM as a fast access memory disk. Files can be COPYed in and out
of it, as with any other logical drive. MDRIVE is useful when running
programs such as editors. Of course, it is necessary to COPY files
into it before editing and to COpy any that have been modified back to
a physical disk before turning off the power.

3.8.3 Disk Files
Central to the MS-DOS operating system is its method for storing and
accessing data files on disks.
The MS-DOS operating system was
originally written to work with diskettes, and it still does.
However, it also works with hard disks.

3-16

MS-DOS

3.8.4

Disk Organization

The MS-DOS operating system reserves one or more of the first tracks
of a disk for storing a loader program. These first track are called
the "system tracks." You us all remaining tracks for storing files.
System diskettes contain the MS-DOS operating system in three fi les:
•

IO.SYS,

•

MS-DOS.SYS

•

COMMAND.COM

The two .SYS fi les are hidden.
command.

They are

not

displayed

the

DIR

The MS-DOS operating system writes data to disk fi les in "logical"
records, which can be any length. but are usually 128 bytes each.
Data files are written wherever there are empty locations. and there
can be many locations containing portions of a fi Ie. Entries are made
in a Directory and a Fi Ie Allocation Table for each fi Ie on a disk
that tel I the MS-DOS operating system where the fi Ie is stored on the
disk.

3.8.5

Clusters

Because even a small diskette can store a great many 128 byte records.
it is impossible to have the directory and File Allocation Table keep
track of each one.
Instead. MS-DOS divides a disk's capacity into
larger groups. called "clusters." that contain several logical records
each.
The data storage area of each disk is addressed in terms of these
clusters.
They are numbered with zero at the beginning of the data
portion of the disk and "spiral" inward with increasing cluster
numbers through the remainder of the disk.
It is the number of
clusters containing a fi Ie's data that are stored in the disk's
directory and Fi Ie Allocation Table.
The fi~st few clusters on each disk are reserved to store its
directory. the number depending upon the capacity of the disk and
cluster size. Disks can have capacities ranging from less than lOOK
bytes to many megabytes. Cluster sizes can be 512. lK. 2K. 4K. or 8K
bytes. The Rainbow computer's MS-DOS RX50 diskettes use a cluster
size of 512 bytes. whi Ie the Winchester drives use a cluster size of
either 2K or 4K bytes, depending on the size of the partition.
The
first two clusters on the Rainbow computer's RX50 diskettes are
reserved for the Directory.

3-17

MS-DOS
Each MS-DOS disk contains an 10 byte to identify the disk type.
MS-DOS Version 2.05 determines. through this byte. the characteristics
of the disks to be read.

3.8.6

Directory

Figure 3-3 shows the contents of the first eight directory entries for
MS-DOS Version 2.05 system diskette. These are stored in the first
logical record of the first cluster. The left side of the figure
shows the contents in hex notation. while the right side displays the
same data in ASC I I (non-d i sp I ayab 1e bytes are shown as dots) .
Byte
(Hex)

Contents (Hex)

Contents (ASC I I)
SYS· ....

0000 494F202020202020 5359532700000000
0010 00000000000091BA 4807020000300000

0020 4053444F53202020 5359532700000000
0030 000000000000864C 3C071AOOE6420000

MSOOS
SYS· ....
....... L < •••• B..

0040 434F4040414E4420 434F402000000000
0050 000000000000AF5A 3A073C00353EOOOO

COMMAND COM ...•
••••••. Z :.<.5> .•

0060 4D5320444F532056 3230350800000000
0070 0000000000006074 4E07000000000000

MS-DOS V 205 •....
...... 't N...•...

0080 434F4E4649472020 5359532000000000
0090 0000000000006C93 31075C0014000000

CONFIG
SYS ... .
...... 1. 1.\ .... .

OOAO 4044524956452020 5359532000000000
OOBO 00000000000009BO 3B075DOOB9030000

MDRIVE
SYS ... .
......•. ;.J .... .

OOCO 4445425547202020 434F4D2000000000
0000 000000000000A551 41065FOOF42DOOOO

DEBUG
COM ... .
•....•. Q A. . . - ..

OOEO 43484B44534B2020 434F4D2000000000
OOFO 0000000000001300 33077600BA180000

CHKDSK

Figure 3-3:

MS-DOS Directory Entries

3-18

H •••• 0 ••

COM ....
3. v •••••

MS-DOS

3.8.7

Directory Fields

Every file on a disk. whether a hard disk or diskette. has an entry in
either the root directory or a subordinate directory. Subordinate
directories are actually files that have a directory entry in their
"parent's" directory. Each directory entry contains thirty-two bytes.
As illustrated in Figure 3-4. the first byte tells MS-DOS if it is
active or not. that is. whether it contains information about a file.
If not, this byte is either OOH or E5H.

BYTE OFFSET (HEX)
2

I 'I' I '0' I

'S'

'Y'

'S'

271 00

I I I I
~I"

FILENAME

TYPE--.j

ACTIVITY BYTE

I I
00

l!--RESERVED--!

00 = DIR ENTRY NEVER USED
2E = ENTRY IS FOR A DIRECTORY
IF SECOND BYTE IS ALSO 2E
CLUSTER # IS FOR PARENT DIR.
(0 CLUSTER # INDICATES PARENT IS ROOT.)
E5 = DELETED DIRECTORY
ALL OTHERS = FIRST LETTER OF FILENAME.

READ ONLY
HIDDEN FILE
L...-_ _ SYSTEM FILE
'-----VOLUME LABEL
' - - - - - - SUB-DIRECTORY
'-------ARCHIVE BIT
L - - - - - - - - N O T USED

BYTE OFFSET (HEX)
10

I
I.

RESERVED

I I I I I I I
~I
I IC~0~~~R
TIME
DATE
CREATED CREATED

NO.

I--FILE SIZE---.l
(BYTES)

NOTE: ALL DATA STORED IN LS, RS SEQUENCE
BU·2290

Figure 3-4:

Format of a Directory Entry

When a disk or diskette is newly formatted, all directory entries have
their first byte set to zero to indicate that they have never been
used. When the operating system writes files to the disk or diskette.
the first empty directory entries are always assigned first.

3-19

MS-DOS
When the operating system deletes
directory entry is changed to
directory search operations.

a f i Ie. the first byte of its
an E5H. This arrangement· speeds up

If a directory entry is en:ountered whose first byte is zero. the
remainder of the disk or diskette must be empty. This first. or
activity byte. is 2EH if the file is a sub-directory. Further. if its
first two bytes are 2EH. the first cluster field of the directory
entry contains the cluster number where the "Parentis" Directory is
stored. This value is zero if the parent is the root directory.
If a directory entry is active. the
letter of the file name.

first

byte

contains

the

first

For active directory entries:
Byte (s)

Contents

OO-OA
OB
OC-15

File name and file type
Attribute flags
Reserved by MS-DOS
Time that the file last written
Date that the file last written
First cluster where file is stored
(contained in least three significant nibbles)
Number of bytes in the file

16-17
18-19
IA-1B
IC-IF

When a file is DELeted. all but the first byte of its directory entry
remains on the disk.
All file allocation table entries containing
cluster numbers allocated to the deleted file are reset to zero. This
releases the disk space for use by other fi les. This also generally
makes it impossible to reclaim a deleted file. unless the file was
small enough to be contained in the single cluster whose address is in
the directory entry. Small files can sometimes be reclaimed because
the number of the first cluster assigned to the file is still in the
deleted directory entry. This is only possible if the directory entry
was not reused for a new file by an intervening COpy or other
file-creating activity.

3-20

MS-DOS
3.8.8

File Attributes

You can assign MS-DOS files one or more of six possible attributes.
such as IIRead-Onlyli or IIHidden.1I Assign these attributes by setting
the appropriate bits of the attribute byte in offset OBH of the
directory entry. using System Function 43H. The meaning for each bit
of OBH follows:
Bit

Meaning When Set

Not used.

Arch i ve bit.

File is a Sub-Directory.

Directory Entry is Volume Label. not fi Ie.
set. all other bits are ignored.

Fi Ie is IIS ys tem,1I does not display in Directory

Set liOn" each time f i lei s wr i t ten or closed.

If this bit

File is IIHidden,1I does not display in Directory

File is Read-Only.

The archive bit is useful for programs that make backup copies of
files. All file write and close operations set this bit to On (1). A
backup, or lIarchivingli program, should reset it to Off (0) after
successfully copying the fi Ie. In this way, the backup program can
determine which of the fi les have been changed since the last backup
copy was made, and I imit its copying to these.
The BACKUP utility on the MS-DOS system diskette has
copies only files with the archive bit set.

3.8.9

option

that

File Allocation Table (FAT)

The MS-DOS operating system maintains a special Fi Ie Allocation Table
(FAT) on each disk. The FAT stores the cluster-numbers allocated to
files on the disk. Generally, disks are arranged with at least two
copies of this table as insurance against accidental loss. If this
table cannot be read, the fi les stored on the disk cannot be located,
even though their data may be intact.
The FAT stores each cluster number in three half-byte "nibbles." This
allows a maximum of 4096 clusters per disk file, because twelve bits
can uniquely identify only 4096 locations. The first byte of the FAT
usually contains a disk identifier.
3-21

MS-DOS

Rainbow Disk Identifiers

Diskette

V2.01

V2.05

FAH

Winchester Hard
Disk

F8H

Rainbow computer diskettes have been assigned FAH by
DIGITAL.
Microsoft has assigned bytes FC,FDH,FEH, and FFH for systems disk
configurations.
The second and third bytes of the FAT are always FFH. They assist in
identifying the FAT, and also insure that the first FAT cluster entry
begins on a byte boundary. Remember that it takes three bytes to
store two FAT entries.
The first two clusters of a Rainbow computer's RX50 diskette are
always assigned to the directory itself, so the first cluster number
assigned to a file is number 02, because cluster numbers begin with
zero.
Figure 3-5 shows the first 128 bytes of the FAT from the same MS-DOS
Version 2.05 system diskette whose directory entries are shown in
Figure 3-3. Notice that the three-nibble cluster entries appear mixed
up.
This is the way they appear on the diskette when the FAT is
examined using DEBUG. When the FAT is read by. the MS-DOS operating
system, however, they are interpreted as illustrated in Figure 3-6.
When a diskette is initialized by the FORMAT program, all FAT entries
are set to zero to indicate that the cluster location is not assigned
to a fi le, and that it is suitable for storing data.
Any clusters
spanning diskette defects have their FAT entries set to FF7H. The
MS-DOS operating system skips over such clusters automatically,
allowing the remainder of the diskette to be used.
Byte
(Hex)

Contents (Hex)

0000 FAFFFF0340000560 0007800009AOOOOB
0010 COOOODEOOOOFOOOI 1120011340011560
0020 0117800ll9FOFF1B COOllDEOOllF0002
0030 2120022340022560 0227800229A0022B
0040 C0022DE0022F0003 3120033340033560
0050 0337800339A0033B FOFF3DE0033F0004
0060 4120044340044560 0447800449A0044B
0070 C0044DE0044F0005 512005~340055560
Figure 3-5:

Beginning of Fi Ie Allocation Table (FAT)

3-22

MS-DOS
Byte
(Hex)

Contents (Hex)

0000 FAFFFF0340000560 0007800009AOOOOB
0000 FAFFFF0030040050 0600700800900AOO

As stored on diskette
As interpreted

0010 COOOODEOOOOFOOOI 1120011340011560
0010 BOOCOODOOEOOF0100ll01201301401501

As stored on diskette
As interpreted

Figure 3-6:

Interpreted File Allocation Table Entries

The first cluster number assigned to a file is contained in the file's
directory entry.
When this cluster becomes filled with data, the
MS-DOS operating system scans the FAT table from the top until it
finds a table entry of zero, indicating an empty cluster. It then
places the number of this newly assigned cluster into the FAT location
of the cluster pointed to by the directory entry. Similarly, whenever
a new cluster is assigned to a file, its number is placed into the FAT
location for the previous cluster. In this way a fi Ie is linked from
cluster to cluster. The FAT entry for the last cluster of a file is
set to any value from FF8H through FFFH.
The Microsoft Operating System Programmer1s Reference Manual describes
these file and directory operations in detail.
(This manual is
contained in this kit.)

3.8.10

Sector Translation

Some computer systems store data on a disk using an interlace, that
is, sectors are written in a non-contiguous sequence around a track.
This is because time is required for computing and getting ready for
the next sector's read or write operation. If this next sector1s data
were to be written to the disk's next physical sector. the latter
might have already passed under the read head, thereby requiring a
full revolution of the disk to access it. To avoid this. the record
is written at a physical sector, separated by one or more intervening
sectors. This interlacing can be accomplished in either of two ways:
•

One method is to format the disk with interlaced physical
sector numbers. such as in the sequence 1,3.5.7,9.2.4.6.8.10 •

•

The other way is to format the physical sectors sequentially
and do a logical translation of the desired sector number
before performing the physical read or write operation.

3-23

MS-DOS

3.8.11

•

When this method is used. the logical sector number specified
by
the MS-DOS operating system to the disk-driver is
translated to obtain the correct physical sector. Files are
written on Rainbow computer RX50 diskettes using this latter
scheme. that is. in the sequence of physical
sectors
1.3.5.7.9.2.4.6,8.10.

•

For the hard disk drive. the sequence of physical sectors
1,8,15.6,13,4,11.2.9,0,7.14.5,12,3,10.

File Control Blocks

When a program needs to read or write data to a fi Ie. certain
information about the fi Ie must be passed to the MS-DOS operating
system so that it can "open" the file.
(locate its directory. and
access its data records.) Such information can be passed to the MS-DOS
operating system using a Fi Ie Control Block (FCB).
A FCB consists of a 36 or 43-byte area in memory. It can be located
anywhere the program finds convenient. The command processor sets up
one or two default "unopened ll FCBs in the Program Segment Prefix when
a file is loaded. for the convenience of the programmer.
FCBs are either "unopened" or "opened.1I An lIunopened ll FCB must be set
up before an lIopenll system function is executed. It need only contain
file 10 information (drive, file name, and file type).
All other
bytes are usually set to zero. The offset relative to OS of a filels
FCB is placed by the program into the OX register prior to invoking
the desired MS-DOS disk function. The "open" system function locates
the fi leis directory and copies the remaining FeB fields from it for
use by subsequent fi Ie operations.
The FCB thereby becomes an
"opened ll FCB.
After all file operations are complete. the application program should
IICLOSE II the fi Ie. The CLOSE operation copies the newly updated data
from the FCB back onto the diskls directory and FAT. Closing is not
necessary
if only Read operations were performed. because the
directory and FAT were not changed.
If the close operation were
omitted after data had been written to the fi Ie, however, the
file-size field of the directory is not updated and would not agree
with the FAT.

3-24

MS-DOS

3.B.12

Extended File Control Blocks

An extended FCB is required when creating or searching for directory
entries of files having special attributes. The extension consists of
a seven byte prefix appended to the FCB.
Byte (s)

Contents

FFH
OOH
Attributes (See above)

2-6
1

3.B.13 Wildcards
When the MS-DOS operating system searches the directory of a disk for
a matching file name. it accepts as a match any character in those
positions of the FCB's fi Ie name and file type that contain question
marks ("?"). Aster i sks are expanded to quest i on marks throughout the
remainder of the file name and/or fi Ie type fields by the command
processor and by system function 29H. This "Wi ld Card" feature makes
mUltiple file operations possible.

3.9

BIOS

The BIOS is that part of the MS-DOS operating system that directly
controls the hardware of the system. Each I/O device is controlled by
a "driver." The standard drivers are contained in the fi Ie 10.SYS. one
of the two system fi les found in all MS-DOS implementations. Certain
features and functions are required by the MS-DOS operating system.
since the command processor and the MS-DOS operating system use the
I/O drivers provided in 10.SYS for all I/O. and they must be able to
properly interface to it.

3.9.1

Serial I/O

3.9.1.1 Logical and Physical Device Assignments - The generic MS-DOS
operating system communicates with three logical. serial I/O devices:
•

Console (CON:)

•

Auxiliary (AUX:)

•

Print (PRN:)

The names in parentheses are the names
recognizes as logical devices.

3-25

the

MS-DOS

operating

system

MS-DOS
The
Rainbow
computer's
MS-DOS
implementations
assign
the
keyboard/video monitor as the CON device. the communications port as
the AUX device. and the printer port as the PRN device. In addition.
they provide an additional device driver called AUX2 to the optional
extended communications port.
The generic MS-DOS operating system also includes a CLOCK as
its standard devices. for which there is a driver in 10.SYS.

one

The MS-DOS operating system lets you
install
additional.
or
alternative. device drivers. All that is necessary is for the desired
driver to be on the system diskette as a file. and its name contained
in a batch text file named CONFIG.SYS. When you start the operating
system. it looks to see if the CONFIG.SYS file exists on the diskette.
and if so. loads all drivers named. If these have the same name as a
default driver. they preempt the latter. In this way special drivers
can be easily loaded for new I/O operations.
The Microsoft Operating System Programmer's Reference Manual describes
the rules for writing new device drivers and the operations available
through the CONFIG.SYS fi Ie.
(This manual is contained in this kit.)

3.9.1.2 Cross CPU Communications - The Z80A handles all diskette I/O
in the Rainbow computer.
Whenever the disk driver of MS-DOS is
called. it calls the Z80A to perform the actual operation.
The
routines for these operations are contained in the Z80A ' s private RAM.
having been placed there during the loading operation.

3.9.1.3 IBM Diskettes - The I/O drivers of MS-DOS Version 2.01 and
Version 2.05 operating systems automatically identify and read RX50.
IBM-8 and IBM-9 sectored single sided diskettes. and VTl80 diskettes.
MS-DOS files from any of the four types of single-sided diskette can
be both read and written. However. data written to IBM diskettes is
usually unreadable by the IBM PC. because the narrow head of the RX50
cannot fully erase the wide data tracks of
these
diskettes.
Therefore. writing to IBM diskettes is not recommended. If it is
absolutely necessary to write to an IBM diskette. try formatting a new
diskette on the IBM drive. and COPY the Rainbow computer fi Ie onto it.
Once you are able to read such a fi Ie on the IBM PC. COpy it to
another IBM diskette for safekeeping.

3-26

MS-DOS
3.9.1.4 MDRIVE - The Rainbow computer's MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating
system includes a new device driver that can utilize some of available
RAM as a logical disk drive. The system diskette contains a program
called "MDRIVE.COM" You can use MDRIVE to set up this logical disk
drive. Memory is assigned in groups of 64K bytes.
MS-DOS can read
and write files to this "disk" the same as it does to any real disk.
The advantage is that files can be accessed quickly, because they are
already in RAM.
You need at least 196K bytes of RAM to use MDRIVE, in which case you
have one 64K block of RAM used as a logical drive. Files to be
accessed must be COPYed into and out of the MDRIVE before and after
use.
MDRIVE stores the number of 64K blocks in MDRIVE.SYS, which is
referenced in CONFIG.SYS through the DEVICE statement.
(You must
maintain CONFIG.SYS.) The drive name is the next available drive
letter (E - I). For example. if you have 1 hard disk partition (drive
E:), then MDR I VE is dr i ve F:.
NOTE
You must always configure MDRIVE from the drive that
you are going to start the operating system from.

3.10

SYSTEM FUNCTIONS

In addition to reading and writing disk files. the MS-DOS operating
system provides some 80 different system functions for performing I/O
and other tasks. Application programs can use and invoke these system
functions.
Generally, the system functions are invoked by loading
parameters into registers and invoking interrupt 21H.
Chapter I of
the Microsoft MS-DOS 0.5.
Programmer's Reference Manual describes
these system functions. and how to invoke them.
(This manual is
contained in this kit.)
NOTE
The MS-DOS operating system does
not
generally
undertake to save any CPU registers when performing
the system functions. Therefore, application programs
must save the contents of those registers that need
preserving BEFORE calling the function, and then
restore them afterwards.

3-27

3.10.1

I/O Programming

The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system includes
system functions that:

several

additional

•

Provide enhanced serial I/O control

•

Permit application programs to control the ports without
need for programming at the hardware level

the

You need to know how the MPSC is programmed as a prerequisite to
understanding the serial I/O functions, as they all relate to MPSC
programming. This information is described in:
•

The Rainbow CP/M-86/80 Vl.O Tech Doc Kit (order number
QV043-GZ).
(This kit contains information about the Rainbow
100 computer.)

•

The Rainbow MS-DOS V2.01 Technical Doc Kit (order number
QV025-GZ).
(This kit contains information about the Rainbow
100 computer.)

•

The Rainbow
QV069-GZ) •

•

The Rainbow Extended Communication
Option
Reference Guide (order number AA-VI72A-TV).

100+/1008

Technical

Doc

Kit

(order

number

Programmer's

Chapter 5 provides details of these additional System Functions.

3.10.2

Interrupt Types

The 8088 interrupt types used by the MS-DOS operating system include
several that are also used by the Rainbow computer's hardware and
firmware. To resolve this conflict, hardware interrupts 20H through
27H are reassigned to other types. MS-DOS Version 2.01 includes a
special routine in the interrupt handlers of those interrupts common
to both the hardware and the MS-DOS operating system. This routine
determines whether the interrupt was generated by the hardware or by
software.
If it determines that hardware generated the interrupt, it
issues a software interrupt to the alternate interrupt type.
(See
Table 3-2.)

3-28

MS-DOS
Table 3-2:

Rainbow Computer MS-DOS Interrupt Vector Assignments

Function

Interrupt Type
(Hex)
V2.01

8088 Processor
Divide by zero
Single step
NMI used for Memory Parity
error or 8087 error
Break point instruction
Overflow

V2.05

100

100+
100B

100

100+
100B

1
2

3
4

40
42
43

AO
A2
A3
A4
A5

46
47

A6
A7

Software Interrupts
50/60 hz timer
Direct diskette I/O
Firmware functions

64
65

MS-DOS Interrupts
program terminate
function call
terminate address
Control-Break exit address
fatal error address
absolute disk read
absolute disk write
terminate, stay resident

20
21
22/FO
23/Fl
24/F2
25
26

20
21
22/FO
23/Fl
24/F2
25
26
27

20
21
22/FO
23/F1
24/F2
25
26
27

Hardware Interrupts
Video refresh
Graphics option
Ext. Comm. DMA
Comm/printer 7201
Ext. Comm. i nt 0
(or Wi nchester)
Keyboard
Int from Z80A

Reserved by MS-DOS

3-29

MS-DOS
The system module used in the Rainbow 100+ and 1008 computers includes
circuitry that permits the hardware interrupt types to be set to
either of two values, 20H through 27H, or AOH through A7H.
The firmware of the Rainbow 100+ and 100B computers includes a user
callable function that moves several interrupt vectors from one
location to another. The MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system selects
the alternative hardware interrupts and moves their vectors so that no
conflict between hardware and software generated interrupts exists.
During system reset, the Rainbow computer's firmware initializes the
interrupt vector for interrupt 28H (40 decimal) with the address of
its built-in user callable functions. Interrupt 28H is also used by
the operating system, however, so both MS-DOS Version 2.01 and Version
2.05 move the vector for the firmware functions to interrupt 18H.
Programs that invoke the firmware routines must use software interrupt
lBH.

3.10.3

Modifying Interrupt Vectors

Interrupt 21H. and MS-DOS system functions 25H and 35H. which set and
get interrupt vectors for MS-DOS interrupts 20H through 27H. do not
work for all of the interrupts. Appl ications which need to change
these interrupt vectors should do so as follows:
•

MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system running on Rainbow .100+
or 1008 computers
Vectors for types 20H through 27H may be set and obtained
interrupt 21H, as well as by functions 25H and 35H .

•

MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system running on
100

the

Rainbow

Vectors for types 22H. 23H. and 24H may be set or obtained by
interrupt 21H. as well as by functions 25H and 35H.
Vectors for the remaining types must be changed by placing the new
address into specific memory locations. These must be in the usual
double-word format. The memory locations are:
Type #
(Hex)
20
2I

26
27

Memory Location
(Hex)
40:0294
40:0298
40:02AO
40:02A4
40:02AB

3-30

MS-DOS
•

MS-DOS Version 2.01 operating system running on
Series Computer

any

Rainbow

Memory Location

(Hex)

20
21
25

40:0228
40:022F
40:0233
40:0237
40:0238

26
27

3-31

CHAPTER 4
MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS

4. 1

I NTRODUCT I ON

This chapter describes
Version 2.05 BIOS.

special

functions

provided

DOS System Function 44H - 10CTL calls most of these
to permit device control operations.

the

special

MS-DOS
features

Chapter 2 describes some additional functions of the firmware.

4.2

DEVICE DRIVERS

The MS-DOS operating system requires a BIOS routine for each device on
a system.
These are called device drivers.
(The Microsoft MS-DOS
Operating System Programmer's Reference Manual describes how these
drivers routines are constructed, and the functions they provide.)
There are two types of device drivers:
•

Serial I/O device drivers,

•

Disk drivers.

The MS-DOS operating system calls serial devices "Character" devices
and disk drivers "Block" drivers. The names reflect the amount of
data handled during one call to the driver.
One device driver can
accommodate more than one actual device, as long as the devices are
i dent i ca I.

4-1

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
When the MS-DOS operating system reads or writes data to a disk file.
or sends a character to a port. it calls on the driver to perform the
actual read or write operation. The file 10.SYS contains drivers.
Each driver provides the following functions:
•

Initialization routines when you start the operating system

•

Media checking function (disk drivers only)

•

BIOS parameter block building (disk drivers only)

•

Optional 10CTL I/O control routines

•

Input and output routines

•

Status routines

•

Empty or "flush" routines

The optional 10CTL function is usually provided because some
characteristics may need to be changed by an application.

device

The MS-DOS operating system accesses these 10CTL functions through
Function
44H.
The
MS-DOS Version 2.05 operating system has
implemented several 10CTL functions for its serial I/O
ports.
diskettes. and Winchester hard disk.
Some of the diskette and
Winchester hard disk functions that would normally be accessed through
Function 44H (IOCTL). have been implemented through software interrupt

65H.
Various functions provided for each device type in
described below.

Version

2.05

are

4.3 SERIAL I/O DEVICES
Functions Invoked by Function 44H - 10CTL
DOS Function 44H invokes all 25 additional serial I/O functions.
Most of these provide enhanced serial I/O port control and permit
application programs to control these ports completely without the
need for programming at the hardware level.
To understand these Serial I/O functions. you should be familiar with
the operation of the Multi-Protocol Serial Controller chip (Nec 7201
or Intel 8274 MPSC). because many of the terms and functions relate to
it.

4-2

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
The Serial I/O functions operate with three ports:
•

Communication port (PORT A of the MPSC = AUX:)

•

Printer port (PORT B of the MPSC = PRN:)

•

Extended communications option port (PORT B of the
AUX2)

option

Notice that the ports are not identical, nor are all the functions
appropriate for all ports. Certain baud rates and modem signals are
not available for printer PORT A of the Extended Communications
option.

4.4

FUNCTIONS NOT PROVIDED

The foilowing functions are not provided:
Full modem-control protocols
Synchronous protocols
Extended communication option's PORT A (RS 422)

4.4. I

PROTOCOLS

Asynchronous Support
Primitive routines are
protocols.

provided

support

only

asynchronous

Limited Modem Control
Limited Modem Control is provided so that application programs do
not need to directly control the hardware.
It also gives
application programs a way to determine the state of the signals
corresponding
to
each
incoming
and
outgoing character.
Characters received are assumed valid only when Receive Line
Signal Detect (RLSD)
is asserted, and the receive character is
enabled. Characters are transmitted only when Clear To Send
(CTS) is on.
Data Leads Only
Characters are transmitted and received regardless of the
of Data Termi nal Ready (DTR) and Request To Send (RTS).

4-3

state

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
4.4.2

RECEIVE AUTO XON/XOFF
Auto XON/XOFF is supported at the driver level to handle receipt
of XON/XOFF. If this feature is not selected, received XON/XOFF
characters are stored as data in the circular buffer.

4.4.3

TRANSMIT AUTO XON/XOFF
This option monitors the
receive
character
buffer,
and
automatically transmits XON and XOFF characters when the number
of characters in the buffer exceeds certain I imits.
For this
option to be effective, the appl ication program must supply a
receive character buffer of adequate size.

4.4.4

ALTERNATE CONTROL CHARACTERS FOR XON/XOFF PROTOCOL
The appl ication program can specify control characters, other
than DCI (1IH) and DC3(13H), to be used for the XON/XOFF protocol.

4.4.5

MODEM SIGNAL CONTROL
The application program can set or clear
signals without accessing the hardware.

4.4.6

the

modem

control

BREAK TRANSMISSION AND DETECTION
Breaks can be sent for any duration, as determined by the
application program.
When a break is detected on a receiving
device, a flag is set, which the appl ication program can use as
requ ired.

4.4.7

PROGRAMMING OF PORTS
Ports can easily be programmed without directly accessing the
hardware.
The management of the interdependencies of ports is
also provided, thereby rei ieving the appl ication program of this
difficult task.
Appl ication programs pass control and other
information to the routines by a Communication Control Block
(CCB) , as described below.

4-4

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS

4.4.8

RECEIVE CHARACTER AND TRANSMIT BUFFER EMPTY INTERRUPTS
Functions are provided that install
appl ication's interrupt handler upon:

and

pass

•

Receipt of a character

•

Detecting that the transmitter buffer is empty

control

You can program the MPSC to generate interrupts under these two
conditions. Any such interrupt handlers must also be disabled by
the appl ication program before termination. Functions are also
provided to do this.

4.4.9

APPLICATION SUPPLIED BUFFER SIZE AND SPACE
An appl ication can specify its own buffer size and location to be
used for received characters. Each received character occupies
two bytes in the buffer. One byte contains the character, the
other byte contains information about the status of the port at
the time the character was received (buffer overrun, parity
error, break detection) .
Applications should specify a buffer of at least 512 bytes if
they use the auto transmit XON/XOFF feature. Such appl ications
must be careful to restore the regular buffer before termination.

4-5

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS

4.4.10

COMMUNICATION CONTROL BLOCK

MPSC control and setup information is passed between application
programs and the functions through a Communication Control Block
(CCB). Each cell of the CCB is a byte. except for the address
and length of the optional user-specified buffer.
Notice that not all possible values are appropriate for all three
ports. nor are all combinations of supported features allowed
(for example. only Mark and Space are provided for 7 bits
characters. and some values are included only for future support
(for example. 7200 baud rate).
It is necessary to create or modify a CCB whenever a different
configuration is required for a port. Each field of the CCB must
be filled with the appropriate code for the desired parameter.
Only those parameters that need to be changed must be filled.
Those to remain unchanged must contain zero. When a passed value
is not appropriate. the high order bit of the byte or word
parameter is set to indicate an error.
NOTE
Though
some
validity
checking
on
passed
parameters is performed. it is not guaranteed.
The application program must insure that the
rules
and
interfaces
specified
below are
carefully followed.

4-6

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Table 4-1:

Communications Control Block Format

Offset
(Hex)

Offset Contents

Possible values

Device number
Modem Control

l=communications, 2=printer,
3=extended comm
l=data only, 2=1 imited modem control

Stop bits

1=one, 2=one and one half, 3=two

Data bits **

5, 6, 7, 8, 75, 7M

Parity **

Even, Odd, None

Receive baud

Transmit baud

17 values ( no 7200 baud)
[printer cannot spl it baud rates]
17 values (no 7200 baud)

XON character

If alt XON character to be used

XOFF character

If alt XOFF character to be used

RCV XON/XOFF

On or Off

XMT XON/XOFF

On or Off

Alternate
buffer size

If auto XMT XON/XOFF selected, user
receive buffer is strongly suggested.
An error is returned if the user buffer
size is less than default.

start address
of buffer in
off set, segment
format.

This field must have entry if user
buffer size is non-zero.

o
I
E

** Data bits and parity should be specified together.

all

fields

of the CCB, zero means no change is requested
If an alternate receive buffer is selected, a non-zero value
greater than 50H must be entered. Otherwise the start address for
the buffer is ignored and the default buffer is used.

4-7

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Table 4-2:

Communications Control Block Parameter Values
Device Number:
123
(AUX) (PRN) (AUX2)
Default Values:

Parameter Values:
Modem Contro I :
o = No Change
I = Data Leads
2 = Limited Modem Control
Auto XON/XOFF:
0
No Change
I = On
2 = Off

RCV: 2
XMT: 2

2
2

Stop Bits:
0 = No Change
I = One
2 = one and one-half
3 = two (s top bits)
Data Bits:
0 = No Change
I =5
2 = 6
3 = 7
4 = 8
5 = 7+Space
6
7+Mark
Parity:
o = No change
I = even
2 = odd
3
none
Note:

Data bits and Parity
should be specified
together (see note) •
4
5

Data bits and Parity
should be specified
together (see note) •

If parity is specified without data bits also being specified
for a new configuration, an error might be returned if the
parity specified is odd or even and the data bits previously in
effect were 7M or 7S.

XON character:

II H

XOFF character:

13H

Baud Rate - ReV (See table for values)
- XMT

IOH
10H

OEH
OEH

IOH
IOH

50H

Buffer Size:

(16-bi t words)

4-8

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Table 4-3:

Baud Rates
<---Hex Value placed in CCB--->
Comm.

50
75
110
134.5
150
200
300
600
1200
1800
2000
2400
3600
4800
7200
9600
19200

Printer (*)

Ext. Comm.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

3
4
5

A
B
C

D
E

6
7
8
9
A
B
C

7
8
9

E D

,,;'; ....~

,t~";':

,'c";'r,,

10 0
11

D Default Setting

* Transmit and Receive Baud rates for tne printer port

must

always

MS-DOS

system

be the same.
,'# ...',.
,,~

,,~

7200 Baud is not available for any port.
Not available

4.5

CALLING PROCESS

App1 ication programs access functions by means
function 44H (IOCTL). Entry conditions follow:

NOTE
If the port number specified is inval id. the function
might be ignored or an error condition might be
returned. Appl ication programs must determine whether
a device is installed. This can be done by invoking
the "Read Device Setup" function

4-9

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 44H - I/O CONTROL FOR DEVICES
ENTRY
AH = 44H
AL = Function code
Both 02H and 03H work for either READ or WRITE
BX = Handle number
03H = AUX
04H = PRN
(AUX2 must be "Opened" via MS-DOS to get handle number)
DS:DX = 10CTL Packet Address
EXIT
Returned Data in 10CTL packet
The format of the IOCTL packet is:
Offset
0
1

3
4 to n

Label

Description

Function
Func_retC

Sub-function Number
Function return code:
FFH = successful, o = unsuccessful
Character Input or Output
Character Status
Block Buffer

Character
Char_Stat
Buffer

The appl ication program must supply the device number in
the
appl icable buffer field. Set-up parameters must be passed each time a
different set-up is required. The entry to each parameter either
contains zero, if the parameter is to remain unchanged, or a value
from 1 to the largest appl icable number for that parameter. On return
to the caller, the high order bit of the appropriate byte is set. if
the particular option requested is not supported.
However. this is
not guaranteed if a value is outside of the range specified.
MODEM SIGNALS - Modem signals that are available are listed below.
Notice that unused bits are undefined. See Functions 13 and 14 below
for full description of their use.

4-10

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Incoming signals.
Bit
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
17161514131211101
+-------+---+---+---+---+---+---+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 RI
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
I I I 1 I I I SRLSD (or SPDI, Bell 212A
I
I
I
I
1
1
speed indicator)
I I I I I IDSR

1
1

1
IRLSD

leTS

NOTE
SRLSO and SPOI signals are assigned to the same
physical I ine. It is up to the application program to
determine which one is connected.
The remainder of
the specification refers to this physical I ine as the
signal SRLSD.
Also. control signals sometimes use connector pins
other than those shown so that they can be monitored.
The signals named in this document refer to the
corresponding pin-outs and not the specific signals.
Outgoing signals that can be asserted.
Bits
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
1 7 1 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 I 2 ~I 1 I 0 I
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
I I I I I I I I SP (speed select)

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I
I

I I I
I 1 I SRTS
I 1
I I OTR
I
I RTS

4-11

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS

4.6 LOGICAL ASSIGNMENT OF ~EVICES. AND DEFAULT SETTINGS
The two ports on the motherboard are assigned as follows:
PORT A to AUX
PORT B to PRN
I
PORT B on the extended communications option is assigned to AUX2

If the port (device) number is invalid. the function might be
or return an error condition.

ignored

It is up to the application program to determine if the device is
installed.
Do this by invoking the "Read Device Setup Values"
function.
FUNCTION 0 - PROGRAM DEVICE
This function reprograms the indicated device to the values specified
in the CCB. It has no effect on the state of receiver enable.
ENTRY
(FUNCTI ON)
(BUF FER)

=0
= cce

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

= FFH. all functions programmed successfully
= 0 not all functions programmed

successfully.
The
fields that cannot be programmed in the control
block are marked with high order bit set.
NOTE

RCV interrupts MUST be disabled before invoking this
function. if the start address of the User1s Buffer is
changed by this function. Use Function 5 to do this.

4-12

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 1 - PROGRAM DEVICE TO DEFAULT NVM SETTINGS
This function reprograms the device to the defauit values specified in
NVM.
The optional communications port is set to the same values as
the comm port. The receiver is enabled.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION) - 1
EXIT
None
NOTE
RCV interrupts MUST be disabled before invoking this
function, if the start address of the User's Buffer is
changed by this function. Use Function 5 to do this.
FUNCTION 2 - SET DEVICE TO USE DEFAULT BUFFER
This function reprograms the device to use the default buffer.
This
must be done before program termination.
The default buffer is
reinitialized before it is used again.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

EXIT
None
NOTE
Interrupts MUST be disabled before invoking this
function, if the start address of the User's Buffer is
changed by this function.

4-13

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 3 - READ DEVICE SET-UP VALUES
This function returns, in the cce, information on the state of the
device. that is. how it is programmed. The application must fill in
the device number prior to the call to indicate which device is being
asked for. All other fields must be set to zero.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)
(BUFFER)

=3
= CCB data

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

= 0, illegal device number. or device not installed.
= FFH, operation successful

(BUFFER)

= Current Device Settings

FUNCTION 4 - ENABLE RECEIVER INTERRUPTS
This function enables the MPSC to receive characters.
Characters
received are placed in a circular buffer. In case of overruns, IAH is
stored in the buffer. Each character is stored along with its status.
Receiver-interrupts are normally enabled.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

EXIT
None
NOTE
The function
invalid.

ignored

4-14

the

device

number

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 5 - DISABLE RECEIVER INTERRUPTS
This function ignores received characters.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION) = 5
EXIT
None
FUNCTION 6 - READ INPUT DEVICE STATUS
This function reads the status of the device1s receive buffer.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

EX IT

= FF, character available
= 0 ,char not available

(FUNC_RETC)

FUNCTION 7 - READ INPUT CHARACTER, RETURN IF NONE AVAILABLE
This function reads the next character from the circular
none are available, return to the caller.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

= FF, character avai lable
=

0, char not available

(CHARACTER)

= character, if available.

(CHAR_STAT)

character status

Bit 7 =
Bit 6 =
Bit 5 =
Bit 4 =

Break character
Framing Error
Overrun error
Parity error

4-15

buffer.

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 8 - GET CHARACTER, RETURN WHEN AVAILABLE
This function reads the next character from the cireular
none are available, wait till one is available.

buffer.

ENTRY
(FUNCT ION)

EXIT
(CHARACTER)

= character

(CHAR_STAT)

= status of character

Bit 7 =
Bit 6 =
Bit 5 =
Bit 4 =

Break character
Framing error
Overrun error
Parity error
NOTE

The function
inval id.

ignored

the

device

number

FUNCTION 9 - READ OUTPUT DEVICE STATUS
This function reads the status of the transmitter.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 9

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

= FF transmitter ready
= 0 transmitter not ready or device number invalid
NOTE

If auto XON/XOFF is active, the state of the
status can change between 2 function calls.

4-16

output

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 10 - WRITE CHARACTER, RETURN IF UNABLE TO
it

This function puts a character into the transmit buffer, and does
return until the character is accepted.

not

This function puts the character in the transmitter.
unsuccessful, return to caller with appropriate error.

ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 10

(CHARACTER)

= character

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC) = FFH transmit successful
= 0 unable to transmit or device number invalid
NOTE
If auto XON/XOFF is enabled, the drivers
handle XON and XOFF characters.

monitor

and

FUNCTION 11 - PUT CHARACTER, RETURN WHEN SUCCESSFUL

ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 11

(CHARACTER) = character
EXIT
None
NOTE
This function is
i nval i d.

ignored

the

device

If auto XON/XOFF is enabled. the drivers
handle XON and XOFF characters.

l+-17

number

monitor

and

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 12 - TRANSMIT CHARACTER IMMEDIATELY
This function puts a character into the transmit buffer immediately.
ahead of other characters in the queue. if any. It ignores the state
of the modem signals. that is. if 1 imited modem control is used. it is
ineffective for this character. and the characters ahead of it in the
buffer. USE THIS FUNCTION ONLY IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS.
ENTRY
(FUNCT ION)

= 12

(CHARACTER)

= character

EXIT
None
NOTE
This function is
inval id.

ignored

the

device

If auto XON/XOFF is enabled. the drivers
handle XON and XOFF characters.

number

monitor

and

FUNCTION 13 - READ MOnEM SIGNALS
This function fetches the incoming modem signals and the state of
transmit/receive flags. (Not applicable to the Printer port.)
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 13

EXIT
(CHARACTER)

B t 7 = 1. modem signals cannot be read
B t (s) 5-6,
Undefined
Bt 4
1• RLSD (comm port pin 8)
B t 3 = 1 , CTS
(comm port pin 5)
(comm port pin 6)
B t 2 = 1• DSR
B t 1 = 1, SRLSD (comm port pin 12)
or
SPD I. bell 212A speed indicator
Bit 0 = 1• RI on (comm port pin 22)
I:

4-18

the

MS-DOS VERSION 2.0, EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS

Bit 7 = 1, XOFF transmitted
Bit 6 = 1. XOFF received
Bit 5 = 1, Receiver disabled
Bit (s) 1-4. Undef i ned
Bit 0 = 1, Transmitter empty
FUNCTION 14 - SET/RESET MODEM OUTPUT SIGNALS
This function changes the state of the outgoing modem signals to the
desired mask value.
Notice that this also clears unmasked signals.
The printer port's MODEM signals cannot be set.
Modem signals are
positive when asserted.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION) = 14
(CHARACTER)

= Modem signal mask

Bit (s) 4-7. Ignored
Bit 3 = 1 • RTS set
Bit 2 = 1 , DTR set
Bit 1 = 1 , SRTS set
Bit 0 = 1 , SP set

(connector pin 4)
(connector pin 20)
(connector pin 19)
(connector pin 23)

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC) = 0 modem signals cannot be set
FF modem signals set
FUNCTION 15 - TRANSMIT BREAK
This function latches the transmit-data line to a space condition
until "cease transmission of break" is requested. Invoke a CEASE
TRANSMISSION OF BREAK function after the desired BREAK time has
elapsed.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION) = 15
EXIT
None

4-19

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
NOTE
It is up to the application program to
appropriate) the transmitter is empty.

insure

(if

Notice also that the duration of the space condition
is completely up to the application program.
FUNCTION 16 - CEASE TRANSMISSION OF BREAK
This function returns the transmit-data line to a marking condition to
terminate a previous "transmit break" command.
ENTRY
(F UNCT ION)

= 16

EXIT
None
FUNCTION 17 - SET RECEIVE CHARACTER INTERRUPT
This function permits a user1s subroutine to be called upon each
received-character interrupt.
The call is made with a far call. and
the user1s routine must exit with a far return. The routine is called
after the interrupt is serviced and has been reenabled. If a second
interrupt occurs before this routine has been completed, it is not
called the second time.
When called, the routine has the following conditions:
1.

Interrupts off, and should remain off.

Stack is,already changed to communications stack.

All register should be preserved
Allow enough stack space for this.

4-20

the

called

routine.

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
The routine should not call any DOS functions.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 17

(BUFFER)
= 5-byte buffer:
Byte 0
= device number
Bytes 1-4 = offset and segment of routine to be called
EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

= 0 device inval id or not installed
= FF successful

FUNCTION 18 - CANCEL RECEIVE CHARACTER INTERRUPT
This function cancels any previous function 17 calls.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 18

EXIT
None
FUNCTION 19 - TRANSMIT BUFFER BECOMING EMPTY INTERRUPT
This function permits a user's subroutine to be called upon each
transmit-buffer-empty interrupt.
The call is made with a far call,
and the user's routine must exit with a far return.
The routine is
called after the interrupt is serviced and reenabled. If a second
interrupt should occur before the routine has finished, it is not
called the second time.
All registers should be preserved by
enough stack space for this.

4-21

the

called

routine,

allow

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
The routine should not call any DOS functions.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 19

(BUFFER)
= 5-byte buffer:
Byte 0
= device number
Bytes 1-4 = offset and segment routine to be called
EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

device invalid or not installed

= FF successful

FUNCTION 20 - CANCEL TRANSMIT BUFFER BECOMING EMPTY INTERRUPT
This function cancels any previous Function 19 calls.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 20

EXIT
None
FUNCTION 21 - SET USER DEFINED INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE
This function redefines the interrupt service routine for a given
device.
When an interrupt occurs for the device, the appl ication
service routine is called instead of the normally defined interrupt
service routine. Use this function only under unusual circumstances,
such as for asynchronous protocols, and then only if you are familiar
with the operation and programming requirements of the MPSC.
Register AX on entry to the call contains twice the value of MPSC
register 2B. The latter contains one of eight vector values according
to the source of the interrupt.
All registers should be preserved by the called routine.
stack space for this.
The routine should not call any DOS functions.

4-22

Allow enough

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Also. the installed driver sends an EOI instruction to the MPSC so the
called routine need not send this instruction.
ENTRY
BX
(FUNCTION)

= (Contents of MPSC Register 2B) * 2
= 21

(BUFFER) = 5-byte buffer:
Byte 0
= Device number
Bytes 1-4 = Offset and segment of routine to be called
EXIT
None
FUNCTION 22 - RESET DEVICE INTERRUPT VECTORS
This function resets the interrupt
system-defined service routine.

service

routine

back

the

ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 22

EXIT
None
FUNCTION 23 - SET EXTERNAL STATUS CHANGE INTERRUPT
This function permits a user's subroutine to be called upon each
external-status-change interrupt.
The call is made with a far call.
and the user's routine must exit with a far return.
ENTRY
(FUNCTION)

= 23

(BUFFER)
= 5-byte buffer:
Byte 0
= device number
Bytes 1-4 = Offset and segment of routine to be called
EXIT
(FUNC_RETC)

= 0 Device Illegal or not installed
= FF successfully canceled.

4-23

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION 24 - CANCEL EXTERNAL STATUS CHANGE INTERRUPT
This function cancels any previous function 23 call.
ENTRY
(F UNCT ION)

= 24

EXIT
None
FUNCTION 25 - NON-DESTRUCTIVE CHARACTER READ. NO WAIT
This function returns the next avai lable character in the device's
ring-buffer. if any. but does not remove the character from the
ring-buffer. This function allows the appl ication to look ahead one
input character.
ENTRY
(FUNCT ION)

EXIT
(FUNC_RETC) = FF if a char is available
= 0 if no char is available
(CHARACTER) = character. if available

4.7

DISK CONTROL FUNCTIONS

All diskette IOCTL-type functions are invoked using INT 65H. This is
instead of the usual MS-DOS IOCTL function 44H with INT 21H. because
using function 44H would cause drive motor problems.
The functions
are cal led differently under MS-DOS Version 2.01 and Version 2.05.
Both calling processes are described below to emphasize
their
differences.
The Winchester disk IOCTL functions are called by the MS-DOS IOCTL
function 44H using INT 21H. They can be invoked only with Version
2.05. since Version 2.01 does not support Winchester drives.
Since
Winchester media are not removable. the media check function need not
be enabled or disabled. so functions 6 - 8 are not defined for the
Winchester.

4-24

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
4.B

VERSION 2.01 DISKETTE FUNCTIONS
ENTRY
DS:BX = Pointer to control block:
Control Block Format
Offset

CTLBLK

C-D

DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
OW

E-F

2
3
4
5

TRACK
CURTRK

7-B

Function code:
o Write
1 Read
2 Media check
Drive code (O=A, l=B, 2=C, 3=0)
Track number (first is 0)
Sector number (first is 1)
Sector count (must be 1)
Current track (OFFH initially)
Format (must be 0, RX50 media only)
0, 0, 0, 0,

Offset of user buffer for one ful I sector
(512 bytes)
Segment of user buffer (Buffer must a 11 be in
shared memory ( OOBOOH to OFFFFH.)

EXIT
Carry NOT SET:
AL =
Function successful

Carry SET:
AL = 0

4
6

Write protected
Not ready, or busy
CRC error
Seek error
Robin media
Write fault
Lost data

EXAMPLE
MOV
INT
MOV

SETCURT:

JC
MOV
MOV

BX.offset CTLBLK
;saves only OS and ES
65H
; in case of error,
AH.OFFH
;track is unknown
SETCURT
AH,TRACK ;otherwise, track is as requested
CURTRK,AH ;set correctly before next call

4-25

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS

4.9 VERSION 2.05 DISKETTE FUNCTIONS
ENTRY
DS:BX = Pointer to control block DIFFERENT from 2.01:
Control Block Format
Offset

FCTlBl

4-5
6-7
8-9
A-B

Function code:
o Read
1 Write
2 Write with verify
3 Format track
4 Media check
5 Verify disk
6 Enable media check function
7 Disable media check function
8 Status of media check function
DB Drive code (O=A, I=B, 2=C, 3=0,
OFFH=physical unit)
DB Sector # (one-based, skewed if track> 1)
DB Physical unit (only if drive code = OFFH)
High nibble = unit number
(0 to 3 for diskettes A to D)
low nibble = head number
(normally 0, for first side)
OW Track number (first is 0)
OW Sector count (a 1ways 1, ignored)
OW Offset of user buffer (512 bytes)
OW Segment of user buffer (Buffer may be anywhere in
memory, except "format track" must be in absolute
00800H-OFFFFH.)

EXIT
Carry NOT SET:
For functions 0 - 5:
Al = 0 Function successful
For functions 6 - 8:
Al = 0 Media check function enabled
Media check function disabled

4-26

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Carry SET (functions 0 - 5 only) :
AL = 0 Write protected
2 Not ready, or busy
4 CRC error
6 Seek error
7 Robin media
10 Write fault
11 Lost data
EXAMPLE
MOV
INT

4.10

BX,offset FCTLBL
65H
;Functions 0 - 5 save BX, OS, ES
:Functions 6 - 8 save all except AX

VERSION 2.05 WINCHESTER
ENTRY
AH = 44H
AL = Function code (must be 4 or 5)
BL = Drive (O=default, 5=E, 6=F, 7=G, 8=H)
DS:DX = Pointer to control block DIFFERENT from diskette
Control Block Format
Offset

o DB Function code:
o Read
Write
Write with verify
3 Format track
4 Media check
5 Verify disk (simply returns AL=5)
Drive code
(4=E, 5=F, 6=G, 7=H, OFFH=physical unit)
Notice difference from drive value in BL
Sector number
(first is 1, skewed if track> 1)
Physical unit ( only if drive code = OFFH)
High nibble = unit
(0, has only one physical unit)
Low nibble = head or surface
(0 to 3, unit has 4 heads)
Notice that track = cyl inder and is not offset, and
that sector is not skewed, when performing physical
unit I/O.
2

DB
2

3 DB

4-27

MS-DOS VERSION 2.05 EXTENDED DOS FUNCTIONS
Offset
4-5

6-7 ow
8-9

A-B DW
C DB
D DB

Track number
(first is 0, offset from partition start)
Count of sectors (functions 0-2)
or tracks (tunct i on 3)
Offset of user buffer for either:
sector data (512 bytes each for read or write), or
track data (for formatting, 32 bytes per track, 2
each for 16 sectors, first is OOH for normal or BOH
for bad, second is logical sector number to write)
Segment of user buffer (may be anywhere in memory)
Returned status from driver
Error type bits (= AH, valid if status is 1, 3, or ODH)

EXIT
AL = Returned status:
00 Function successful
01 Error (during read, write, or format)
03 Write fault at drive (or 8-second timeout)
05 Invalid drive in BL or in WCTLBL
ODH Wr i te ver i fy er ror (dur i ng reread af ter wr i tel
OFH Soft read error (retr i es were done and worked)
OFFH Driver not called (only way to tell)
AH = Error type bits (for functions 0-3 only):
OIH Data Address Mark not found (during read)
02H Track 0 error (cannot restore to track 0)
04H Aborted (new command issued whi Ie busy)
10H 10 not found (or track number too large)
40H CRe error in data field (after 8 retries)
80H Bad block detect (sector is marked as bad)
EXAMPLE
MOV
MOV
MOV
INT

AX,4404H ;IOCTL function for disk
BL,5
;for drive E, first Winchester partition
DX,offset WCTLBL
21H
;saves DS, ES. SI. DI, BP

4-28

CHAPTER 5
MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES

5.1

DIRECT ROM CALLS

5. 1 • 1

I BM ROM Ca 1 1s (I NT 10)
•

Set mode

• Set cursor type

• Set cursor position
• Read cursor position
• Select active display page
• Scroll active page up
• Scroll active page down
•

Read attribute and character at current cursor position

•

Write attribute and character at current cursor position

•

Write character at current position

5.1.2

Rainbow ROM Calls (INT 18H under the MS-DOS operating system)
•

Write character at current position

•

Disable/enable cursor 0 Send data to screen

5-1

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
5.1.3

Set Mode
IBM computer
40x25 black _white
80x25 black _white
RAINBOW computer
ANSI Escape Sequences
ESC#5
Esc#6

5.1.4

- 80 x 24

- 40 x 24

Set/Read Cursor position
RAINBOW computer
ANSI Escape Sequences
ESC[#;#H
ESC[#;#R

Set Cursor position
Read Cursor position

The # refers to a numeric value.

5.1.5

Paging
RAINBOW computer
The Rainbow computer does not support a paging scheme for the
video.
If paging is required. you must write your own support
rout i ne (s) •

5-2

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES

5.1.6

Read Attribute and Character
RAINBOW computer
The Rainbow computer does not support reading attribute and
character.
You can write a routine to read the cursor position.
calculate the memory location. then return the character and
attr i bute set.

5.1.7

Write Character at the Current Cursor Position
IBM
Rainbow
Computer Computer
Function
Character
Page
# Repeat Char

= 10

AL
BH

01 = 0
AL
N/A
N/A

5.1.8 Write Character and Attribute
RAINBOW computer
A single system call
(see be low) •

can

write

multiple

characters/attributes

Rainbow Fast Access to Video Memory by ROM (INT 18H)
01 = 14
AX = T~ansfer type
o = Character _Attribute
1 = Attribute only
2 = Character only
BL = Line number (1-24)
BH = Column number (1-132)
CX = Number of Char/Attr to transfer
OX = Start address of Attributes
SI = Start address of Characters
BP = Segment code

5-3

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
Table 5-1:

Memory Map for Video

IBM computer
BOOOO to B3FFF

16K Character/Attribute RAM

Even bytes are Character RAM
Odd bytes are Attribute RAM
RAINBOW computer
EEOOO to EEFFF
EFOOO to EFFFF

4K Character RAM
4K Attribute RAM

Rainbow Video Memory Map - RAM Addresses
Direct video memory access routines start by issuing escape sequence
ESC[?31 with a generic INT 21H call. After receiving this escape
sequence, the video memory appears as follows for an 80 column
display:
(The addresses are for the first line of the display.)
EEOO:12 - EEOO:61
:62
:63-64

(80 characters)
Termination Char (FF)
Address of next line

Subsequent 1 ine addresses are I isted below:
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE

99H
120H
lA7H
22EH
6 2B5H
7 33CH
8 3C3H
9 44AH
10 4D1H
11 558H
12 5DFH
13 666H
14 6EDH
15 774H
2

3
4
5

5-4

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
LINE
LI NE
LI NE
LI NE
LI NE
LI NE
LI NE
LI NE
LI NE
LINE
Table 5-2:

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

7FBH
882H
909H
990H
A17H
A9EH
B25H
BACH
C33H
CBAH (Used when Scrolling)

Character Attributes

REVERSE VIDEO
BLINK
UNDERSCORE
BOLD

Table 5-3:
7
BI ink

IBM
Computer

RAINBOW
Computer

YES
YES
YES
YES

IBM At.tribute Byte Bit Mask

6 5 4
r g b
Foreground

Background

3
Intensity

Foreground

0
2
r g b
Background
Function

---------r

----------

--------

0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
1

0
0

Non display
Underline
White character
Reverse video

1
1

5-5

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
Table 5-4:

Rainbow Attribute Byte Bit Mask

Bit 3 = Underscore
o .. Underscore
I = No underscore
Bit 2 .. BI ink
o = BI ink
I = No bl ink
Bit I .. Bold

o = Bold

I = No bold

Bit 0 .. Reverse Video
o = Normal
I = Reverse video

5.2

KEYBOARD I NTERF ACE (I BM COMPUTER)

5.2. 1 Generic MS-DOS calls (I NT 21 H)

• Function (Read Keyboard and Echo)
• Function 6 (0 i rect Keyboard I/O)
• Function 7 (0 i rect Keyboard Input)
• Function 8 (Read Keyboard)
• Function 10 (Buffer Keyboard Input)
• Function 11 (Check Keyboard Input)
• Function 12 (F lush Buffer, Read Keyboard)
NOTE
These generic calls work the
Rainbow systems

5-6

same

both

IBM

and

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
5.3

DIRECT ROM CALLS

5.3. 1

I BM ROM Ca,ll s (I NT 16)
•

Keyboard Input (AH=O, character returned in AL)

•

Keyboard Status (AH=l, Z-flag set = no character. character
in AX) (Notice that this allows non-destructive read.)

•

Return the current shift status

5.3.2

5.4

Rainbow ROM Calls (INT 40)
•

Keyboard Input (DI=2, character returned in AL)

•

Keyboard Status (01=4, CL=O no char / CL=FFH, AL=char)

•

Level 1 Keyboard Input (liraw" key-code)

IBM SHIFT KEY STATUS

The Shift status is the second charter of a keyboard.
and other keys generate two-byte inputs.

Function

keys

The Rainbow computer generates an escape sequence when you type
special keys (for example, keypad) and function keys. These escape
sequences must then be parsed by the appl ication.

5.5
5.5.1

DISK INTERFACE
Generic MS-DOS Calls

All generic disk calls are equivalent in the two systems.

5-7

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES

5.6

DIRECT HARDWARE/FIRMWARE/BIOS CALLS

5.6. 1

I BM ROM Ca lIs ( I NT 13)

• Reset disk system
• Read status
• Read disk sector
• Write disk sector
• Verify disk sector
• Format disk
5.6.2

Rainbow Floppy Diskette Calls (INT
(IOCTL 44)

65)

and

Winchester

Calls

See Chapter Four for detai Is.
•

Read sector

•

Write sector

•

Write and verify

•

Format

•

Media check

•

Verify media (bad block check)

5.7 SAMPLE PROGRAM
The following sample program shows the use of MS-DOS system function
4BH (EXEC).
"Shelling" (a term used by the UNIX and XENIX operating
systems) means to invoke the operating system1s command processor to
load and start a program. The MS-DOS system function 4B is called
"EXEC". The sample program is written for assembly by Microsoft1s
MASM.
TITLE: Exec call test
PAGE: 60,132

5-8

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
Notice that no stack segment is defined. This is because the program
is linked as a .COM file that, when loaded, has all segment registers
set to the same value. Notice that the program is ORGed at lOOH.
This is necessary for
code

SEGMENT Icodesg l
ASSUME CS:code,DS:code,ES:code
OIOOH

Program entry point

MOV

SP,OFFSET stack

Set up local stack

MOV
MOV
INT

AH,09H
DX,OFFSET messl
2lH

Pr i nt "Before she 1111

MOV
MOV
SHR

BX,OFFSET lastloc+15
CX,4
BX,CL

BX := program size in
paragraphs

MOV
INT

AX,4AOOH
2lH

Deallocate unused memory

MOV
MOV
MOV

S I, 2CH
AX, CS: [S I]
WORD PTR parmblk,AX

Get environment address
from PSP+2CH

MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV

AX,CS
WORD PTR parm4,AX
WORD PTR parm8,AX
WORD PTR parmC,AX

Set segment registers
in parameter block

MOV
MOV
MOV

DX,OFFSET filenam
BX,OFFSET parmblk
AX,4BOOH

Set up exec call

PUSH
PUSH
MOV
MOV

DS
ES
CS:savess,SS
CS:savesp,SP

Save machine state

INT

2lH

Shell to DOS

MOV
MOV
POP
POP

SP,CS:savesp
SS,CS:savess
ES
DS

Restore machine state

ORG
exectest:

5-9

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
MOV
MOV
INT

AH,09H
DX,OFFSET mess2
2lH

Print "After shell"

INT

20H

Terminate program

savess
savesp

OW
OW

?
?

Holders for SS:SP

mess I
mess2

DB
DB

'Before shell ',ODH,OAH,'$'
'After shell ',ODH,OAH,'$'

f i 1enam DB

'A:\COMMAND.COM',O

parmblk OW
OW
parm4

Assume COMMAND.COM on A:

Parameter block
OFFSET coml i ne
OW
00
DW
5CH
parm8
OW
00
DW
6CH
parmC
OW
00
coml i ne DB
09H, I/e d i r A:',ODH
Command line
PAGE
stack

DB
LABEL

lastloc LABEL
code

Stack

BYTE

End of program

ENDS
END

5.8

128 DUP (7)
BYTE

exectest

PROGRAMMING HINTS

Keep the following programming hints in mind
Version 2.05 operating system:

when

Signals"

the

MS-DOS

Serial I/O Function 14 "Set/Clear
work.

Serial I/O Function 21 "Program Device Interrupt Vector" does
not work.

Data received from the communications port and printer port
when the character format has been set to 7M (7 bits, 8th bit
always Mark) always have the eighth bit set. The MPSC does
not strip off this bit, so the appl ication must strip it.

5-10

Modem

using

does

not

MS-DOS PROGRAMMING NOTES
4.

The BIOS reads IBM single-sided, 8- or 9-sectored diskettes.
However, it does NOT check to determine if a diskette in the
specified drive is double sided. As a result, the top side
(which contains the directory and FAT) is read if you try to
read a double-sided IBM diskette.
This falsely indicates
that all of the data can be accessed. Copy operations do not
work, however, because files are stored on both sides of the
double-sided diskettes, and the data on the lower side cannot
be read.

The MS-DOS Version 2.05 system diskette contains Z80A code
used for starting (BOOTing) the operating system.
The
computer stops if you try to hard format a write-protected
diskette using the /1 switch.

The FORMAT program on the MS-DOS Version 2.05 distribution
diskette contains an error that fails to place an error code
in the FAT if the last sector on the last track of a diskette
contained a hard error.
This is of minimal significance,
since diskettes having errors in sector 10 of track 79 are
probably extremely rare.

5-11

APPENDIX A
RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES

This appendix defines the layout of all software related disk
structures.
It also defines the contents of all fixed data blocks
necessary
for
supporting
various
system
configurations
and
app I i ca t ions.

A. I

I NTRODUCT ION

The on-disk structure accommodates disks
and removable media.

A.2

having

larger

capacitties.

GOALS
1.

Provide a disk structure suitable for supporting multiple
operating systems. as well as multiple logical disks.

Be able to support removable (mountable) media.

Support media interchange
computers.

A-I

between

Rainbow

and

non-Rainbow

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
A.3

CONVENTIONS

A.3.1

Disk Address Space

Internal pointers to disk addresses are in the form:
Disk Addresses

+----+----+----+
I

track

! sect! (3-bytes)

+----+----+----+

+----+----+
I length

(opt. 2-bytes)

+----+----+

The intersection of a cylinder and surface is a track. Each track has
a unique number assigned to it. The numbers are assigned sequentially
starting with track 0 located at cyl inder 0 - surface 0 and proceeding
downward within the cylinder until the last surface is reached. The
next track is the top surface of the next cyl inder. The formula for
computing track number from cylinder and surface numbers is:
track = surface + cylinder x (# of surfaces on disk)
For example, the track located on
4-surface disk would be track 14.

surface

cyl inder

Disk addresses can be viewed as monotonically increasing block numbers
starting at 1 (Cylinder 0, Surface 0, Sector 1) and continuing until
the end ~f the last usable cylinder-surface-sector. All sectors on a
track are used sequentially until the last sector of that track. The
next block is then the first sector of the next track.
For example
(for RD51):
Block 1
Block 16
Block 17
Block 64
Block 65

A.3.2

Track 0 (Cyl i nder 0, Surface 0) ,
Track 0 (Cy 1 i nder 0, Surface 0) ,
Track 1 (Cy 1 i nder 0, Surface 1),
Track 3 (Cy 1 i nder 0, Surface 3) ,
Track 4 (Cy 1 i nder 1 , Surface 0) ,

Sector
Sector
Sector
Sector
Sector

16
1
16
1

Checksums

Each reserved area of the on-disk structure contains a 16-bit checksum
value i~ bytes 4 and 5.
This value is computed by zeroing the
checksum bytes, then performing a cumulative modulo-16 addition of the
reserved area data. The data is treated as 16-bit quantities starting
with bytes 0 and 1. The resulting sum is complemented and a value of
1 is added to it. This number becomes the checksum. When a reserved
area is read, the checksum is verified by performing the same
modulo-16 addition, including the checksum quantity. The resulting
sum should be zero.

A-2

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
A.4

RESERVED AREAS

Tracks 0 and I contain information used to configure and maintain
system areas on the hard disk.
This data is accessed by various
util ities that need to know the extent of disk partitions and bad
regions. This data is duplicated on tracks 3 and 4. This area is not
usable by any operating system for their respective file structures.
The information stored on these tracks is:
•

PRE-BOOT - This block is to be read by new firmware.
It
contains a small program that reads and starts the primary
boot program.

•

HOM - This block contains the volume 10 of the disk, a
description of the physical disk layout, and pointers to the
other disk system areas.

•

BAT (Bad Address Table)
This area contains
identifying al I bad sectors on the disk.

•

AST (Alternate Sector Table)
This area contains the
addresses of bad sectors on the disk along with an alternate
sector address for each.

•

DPD (Disk Partition Data) - This area contains a description
of each disk partition, its logical assignment. and operating
system code.

•

OSN (Operating System Name Table) - This area contains the
name strings of each known operation system type code found
in the DPD.

•

BOOT - This area is reserved for the Winchester boot program.

bit

map

Other reserved areas are:
1.

PAS (Partition Alternate Sector Table) - This area contains
the addresses of all bad sectors in the partition along with
an alternate sector address for each. It occupies the first
sector in the first track of each partition (CP/M and
Concurrent CP/M only) •

Alternate Sector Area - This area is reserved for
alternate sectors in place of known bad sectors.

Maintenance Cylinder - This is the next to the last cylinder
and is reserved for use by the hard disk diagnostic.

Manufacturing Cyl inder - This is the last cyl inder and is
reserved
for
bad spot information written during the
manufacturing process.

A-3

use

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
A.4.1

Pre-Boot

This block contains the code necessary to read in the HOM block and
locate the Disk Boot Program.
It then reads in this program from I
consecutive sectors as specified by the HOM block and starts it at a
fixed address (to be determined at a later time). When a new HOM
block is written to the disk. this block should be initialized with a
small program that displays the message: "There is no bootable system
on this disk."

A.4.2

Home Block (HOM)

This block contains the data necessary to locate all other reserved
areas on the disk. It contains the Volume 10 (for removable media) as
well as the physical disk parameters. The home block data must fit
into 128 bytes in order to be compatible with disks that have a sector
size of 128 bytes. If the disk sector size is greater than 128 bytes,
then the remainder of the home block must be filled with zeros to
maintain a proper checksum.
Byte

Contents

0-2

HOM Block Identification (ASCI I characters).

Flag:

4-5

Checksum [Block Checksum := 0 (mod l6-bits)]

6-13

8-character VOL 10 (Default := "RAINBOW")

14-17

System 10 or serial number (Default := 0)

18-22

Disk Addresses/length of BAT or 0 if none.

23-27

Disk Addresses/length of DPD or 0 if none.

28-32

Disk Addresses/length of OSN or 0 if none.

33-37

Disk Addresses/length of BOOT or a if none.

38-42

Disk Addresses/length of AST or 0 if none.

43-44

Starting track number for alternate sector area.

Number of tracks reserved for alternate sector area.

$00 if partitioned;

else $FF

A-4

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
Byte

Contents

46-63

Auto-boot parameters:
46

Auto-boot Flag:

47-48

$FF if no auto-boot
$nn if auto-boot: nn is index into
DPD entries section of DPD block

Partition Boot Track

64-126 Physical Disk Parameters:
64-65
66
67-68
69
70-71
72-73
74-75
76

77
127

# of Cylinders
Sectors/Track
Sector size (bytes)
# of Surfaces
Maint. Cylinder #
Mfg. Data Cyl inder #
Write Pre-comp value
Step Rate
Disk Type Code, 10 = RD51;

12 = ROSO

Physical block # of this block (for example, 01 for HOM)

128-511 Must be zero (MBZ)

A. 4.3

Bad Address Ta-b I e (BAT)

This table contains a bit map identifying known bad sectors on the
disk.
The map is created by the hard disk util ity program using the
factory bad spot data and the diagnostic mapping data. The table is
treated as an array of 16-bit words. The number of words required
depends on the size of the disk.
(For the RD51, 1224 words are
needed.) A bit is accessed first by locating the word containing it
and then by locating the bit position within the word.
The bit
locations are a function of the sector disk address. The word offset
and bit position are computed as follows:
table value = (trk number X sectors/track) + (sector number - 1)
word offset = bits 4-23 of table value
bit position = bits 0-3 of table value
Because the entire table cannot fit in a single sector, multiple BAT
blocks are required. The header of each block identifies the range of
sector addresses whose bits are represented in that block's portion of
the table.

A-5

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
Byte

Contents

0-2

BAT Block Identification (ASCI I Characters)

Logical Block N~mber (LBN) - Relative block number within BAT
table.
(That is, the first BAT block is 0, the second is 1,
and so forth.)

4-5

Checksum [Block Checksum :=

6-8

Disk Address of the sector
entry in the block

9-11

Disk Address of the sector corresponding to the last bit entry
in the block

12-511

BAT entries, one bit each:
Bit value

o
1

A.4.4

° (mod 16-bits)]
corresponding

the

first

bit

Meaning
Corresponding sector is good
Corresponding sector is bad

Alternate Sector Table (AST)

This block contains an ordered 1 ist of known bad sectors on the disk
along with an alternate good sector for each. The disk utility
programs assign alternate good sectors to each bad sector specified in
the BAT blocks. The bad sector/alternate sector information relevant
to each partition is dupl icated in the PAS block located at the
beginning of the partition.
Byte

Contents

0-2

"AST" Block Identification (ASCII Characters)

Logical Block Number (LBN) - Relative block number within AST
table.
(That is, the first AST block is 0, the second is 1,
and so forth.)

4-5

Checksum [Block Checksum := 0 (mod 1G-bits)]

6-7

Maximum_Entry_Count
allowed in this block.

The maximum number of AST entries
(Max := 100 for 512 byte sectors.)

A-G

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
Byte

Contents (Cont.)

8-9

Entry_Count - The number of entries in this block. counting
bad sectors with or without alternate sectors and unassigned
alternate sectors.

10-11

Reserved

12-511

AST entries. 5-bytes each:

A.4.5

Offset

Contents

0-2

Disk Address of bad sector:
alternate sector is unassigned.

o means associated

Track offset of alternate
alternate track)

sector

Sector number of alternate good sector

good

(from

first

Disk Partition Data (DPO)

This area contains the data for partitioning the disk into logical.
assignable areas.
Areas are categorized by name and as type. This
data is constructed at sub-system installation time or whenever the
user wishes to repartition the disk.
Byte

Contents

0-2

"OPO" Block Identification (ASCI I Characters)

Logical Block Number (LBN) - Relative block number within OPO
table.
(That is. the first OPO block is O. the second is 1.
and so forth.)

4-5

Checksum [Block Checksum := 0 (mod 16-bits)]

6-7

Maximum_Entry_Count
allowed in this block.

8-9

Entry_Count - The number of OPO entries in this block.

10-31

Reserved

The maximum number of OPO entries
(Max := 15 for 512 byte sectors.)

A-7

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
Byte

Contents (Cont.)

32-511

DPD entries. 32-bytes each:
Offset

Contents

Flag:

$FF:= Non-existent; $OF := not initialized;
$ F0 : = i nit i ali zed.

Logical unit:

$00:= Unassigned; 1-63 := Assignment
within as (For CP/M: 1 = A. 2 = B. 3 =
C, and so forth.)

2-9

Partition name (ASCI I Alphanumeric characters)
[Default := IDISKnn"; nn := 01, 02, etc.]

Partition occurrence number
partitions of the same name).

OS type code:

12-13

First track number

14-15

Last track number

Number of PAS blocks at the beginning of the partition
(CP/M and Concurrent CP/M partitions only)

if Concurrent CP/M partition, directory size code:
o = default (256 entries for <5MB partition,
512 for >5MB partition)
1
256 entries
2 = 512 entries
3 = 1024 entries
4 = 2048 entries

if MS-DOS partition. cluster size code:
o = 2KB cluster
1 = 4KB cluster
2 = 8KB cluster
3 = 16KB cluster

if MS-DOS partition, number of FAT sectors (onl y
Version 3.0 or later of Hard Disk Util ity is used)

20-31

Reserved for Backup/Restore system.

(i .e.

0.1,2, .•.

for

Index into OS Name tab 1e (OSN)

A-8

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
A.4.6

Operating System Name Table (OSN)

This area contains the operating system name string table representing
the operating system type codes found in the OPO. This table may be
sparsely populated, therefore, it is not necessary to allocate
consecutive entries. Each entry is a zero filled 16-byte text string.
Byte

Contents

0-2

"OSN" Block Identification (ASCII Characters)

Logical Block Number (LBN) - Relative block number within OSN
table.
(That is, the first OSN block is 0, the second is 1,
and so forth.)

4-5

Checksum [Block Checksum := a (mod 16-bits)]

6-7

Maximum_Entry_Count
allowed in this block.

8-15

Reserved

16-511

OSN entries (16-bytes). Operating system name strings created
by the partition util ity. Name strings may consist of 1 to 16
ASCI I characters excluding CONTROL, SPACE and DEL characters.

A.4.7

System Boot Program Area

The maximum number of OSN entries
(Max := 31 for 512 byte sectors.)

This area contains a secondary bootstrap routine. This routine asks
you what operating system and partition should be used for booting.
It optionally uses the "Auto-boot" data if present in the HOM block.
Whenever this area is created, the PRE-BOOT block (0) should also be
written.

A-9

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
A.4.8

Track Layout

For a 10M byte RD51 disk with 16 sectors of 512 bytes each per track.
Track 0:
2

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
I PBOOT I HOM I DPD (0) I OPD (l) I OSN (0) I BAT (0) I BAT (l) I BAT (2) I
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
9

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
I BAT (3) I BAT (4) lAST (0) lAST (1) lAST (2) I * I * I ,'c
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
* = reserved

Track 1:

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
I
Secondary Bootstrap Program
!
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
9

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
I
Secondary Bootstrap Program
I
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
Track 2:

same as track 0

Track 3:

same as track

Tracks 4-19:

Alternate sectors

Tracks 20-1215:

Partitions

Tracks 1216-1219: Maintenance tracks
Tracks 1220-1223: Manuf~cturing tracks

A-10

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
For a 5M byte RD50 disk with 16 sectors of 512 bytes each per track.
Track 0:
2

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
! PBOOT 'HOM ! OPD (0) ! DPD (1) ! OSN (0) ! BAT (0) ! BAT (1) I BAT (2) !
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
9

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
lAST (0) lAST (1) I )',
I ,', I ~( I~;
* I * I
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
* = reserved

Track 1:

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
!
Secondary Bootstrap Program
!
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
9

+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
Secondary Bootstrap Program
+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
Track 2:

same as track 0

Track 3:

same as track

Tracks 4-12:

Alternate sectors

Tracks 20-603:

Partitions

Tracks 604-607: Maintenance tracks
Tracks 608-611 : Manufacturing tracks

A.4.9

Partition Alternate Sector Table (PAS)

This block contains an ordered list of known bad sectors within the
This
partition along with an alternate good sector for each.
information is a subset of that which is contained in the AST block.
It is provided for use by the operating system to prevent use of known
bad sectors. It is located in the first sector on the first track of
a CP/M or Concurrent CP/M partition. There is no PAS block for MS-DOS
partitions.

A-ll

RAINBOW ON DISK STRUCTURES
Byte

Contents

0-2

"PAS" Block Identification (ASCI I Characters)

Logical Block Number (LBN) - Relative block number within a
possible sequence of PAS blocks (That is. the first PAS block
is 0, the second is 1. and so forth.)

4-5

Checksum [Block Checksum := a (mod 16-bits)]

6-7

Maximum_Entry_Count
allowed in this block.

8-9

Entry_Count - The number of PAS entries in this block.

10-11

Reserved

12-511

PAS entries, 5-bytes each:

A.4.10

The maximum number of PAS entries
(Max := 100 for 512 byte sectors.)

Offset

Contents

0-2

Disk Addresses of bad sector

Track offset of alternate
a I ternate track)

Sector number of alternate good sector

good

sector

(from

first

Operating System Bootstraps

Individual operating system bootstraps reside on reserved areas within
their respective partitions, starting at the first sector after the
PAS block in the partition.

A-12

APPENDIX B
MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS

This appendix includes articles written by Microsoft Corporation.
Generally, they cover the same information covered in the MS-DOS
IIProgrammers Reference Manua 1." They are inc 1uded since they prov i de
additional, useful information.

B.l

CONFIGURATION FILES IN MS-DOS VERSION 2.0

The following are a
CONFIG.SYS:

list

commands

for

the

configuration

file

BUFFERS = <number>
This is the number of additional sector buffers to add to the
system I ist.
The effect of several BUFFERS commands is to
allocate a series of buffers.
FILES = <number>
This is the number of open files that the XENIX system calls
access.

can

DEVICE = <filename>
This installs the device driver in
list.

into

the

system

BREAK = <ON or OFF>
If ON is specified (the default is OFF), a check for AC at the
console input is made every time the system is called. ON
improves the ability to abort programs over previous versions of
the DOS.

B-1

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
SWITCHAR = <char>
Causes the DOS to return <char> as the current switch designator
character when the DOS call to return the switch character is
made. Default is 1/1.
AVAILDEV = <true or false>
The default is TRUE. which means both \dev\<dev> and <dev>
reference
the
device <dev>.
If FALSE is selected. only
\dev\<dev> refers to device <dev>. <dev> by itself means a file
in the current directory wi th the same name as one of the
devices.
SHELL = <filename>
Th i s beg i ns execut i on of the she 11 (top-l eve 1 command processor)
from <filename>.
Used when COMMAND.COM is not in the current
directory.
A typical configuration file might look like this:
BUFFERS = 10
FILES = 10
DEVICE = \bin\network.sys
BREAK = ON
SWITCHAR = SHELL = a:\bin\COMMAND.COM a:\bin /p
The default value for BUFFERS is OEM specific in that the OEM can
specify the number in the BIOS. A typical value is 2, the minimal
value is one. (The Rainbow's default is 4). The default value for
FILES is usually 8 (as above. it may be set by OEM BIOS) , so "FILES =
10" actually allocates only 2 new file channels.
If a number less
than. or equa I to. five is spec i f i ed. the command is ignored. (The
Rainbowls default is 8). BREAK defaults to OFF. SWITCHAR to I. and
AVAILDEV to TRUE.
Notice that the setting of SWITCHAR may effect
characters used on the SHELL line (this is true of COMMAND. COM) •

B.2

VERSION INCOMPATIBILITIES

Areas where Version 2.0 is not compatible with
the DOS •
•

versions

Direct calls to the BIOS
Any program which jumped directly to the BIOS by way
jump table at 40:0 no longer works.

the
\

B-2

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
•

FAT pointer calls
Programs that used system calls 27 and 28 to get a pointer to
the FAT no longer work. Because the FAT is now cached with
other disk resources, there is no fixed location in memory to
pass the address to.
The calls still exist, however, and
have the same format. THEY CAN ONLY BE USED TO GET THE FAT
10 BYTE.
On return ES:BX points to a FAT 10 BYTE for the
Drive. Doing anything except READing this ONE byte will
probably crash the system.
In order to get at the FAT,
programs first call DSKRESET (call 13) to flush out any dirty
buffers, and then make a GETDPB ca 11 (ca 11 31 or 50) to find
out which sector on the disk the FAT starts at, how big it
is, and how many copies of it there are. Then INT 25H and
INT 26H can be used to transfer the FAT in and out of the
programs memory space .

•

INT 25H and INT 26H
In order for the above to work, and in order to maintain some
order in the world of multi-surface disks, it is required
that INT 25H and 26H use the MS-DOS sector mapping rather
than some rather arbitrary head-cylinder-sector mapping.

The following subroutine reads the FAT into the area of memory
specified by DS:BX. DL contains the drive number, DL=O means read the
FAT from the default drive, DL=1 indicates read from drive A:, and so
on.
getfat:
push
push
mov
int
mov
mov
pop
pop
mov
or
j nz

bx
ds
ah,SO
21h
cx, [bx+1S]
dx, [bx+6]
ds
bx
a I,d I
aI, a I
driveok

get FAT sector count
first sector of FAT
restore FAT area pointer

mov
int
inc

ah, 19h
21h
a1

ask for default drive
get the default drive
map a=O to a=l

dec
int
pop
ret

al
2Sh
ax

map a=l to a=O
read the FAT into DS:BX
clean up the stack

save pointer to FAT area
request the dpb

is it the default drive?
if not, load FAT

dr iveok:

B-3

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS

B.3 DIFFERENCES AND ADDITIONS TO INT 24H HARD ERROR HANDLER(S)
For MS-DOS 2.0
Additional Constraints:
Under previous versions it was not explicitly stated that an INT
24H handler must preserve the ES register. It is now required
that INT 24H handlers preserve ES.
When it is desired to ignore an error, the same registers must be
preserved
as
when it is desired to retry the operation
(SS,SP,DS,BX,CX,DX) .
It was not clearly stated in the past, but it was true that only
system calls 1-12 can be made by an INT 24H handler. Making any
other calls destroys the DOS stack and its abil ity to retry or
ignore an error.
INT 24H handlers should always return to the DOS on a retry,
ignore, or abort. Fai lure to return to the DOS leaves the DOS in
an unstable state until a non 1-12 function call is made.
Additional features:
Character device errors are now handled by the INT 24H mechanism.
Previously only disk I/O errors were handled by the INT 24H
handler. Additional information is now passed to the INT 24H
handler in the BP and SI registers (which need not be preserved) •
BP:SI is a DWORD pointer to the Device Header of the device
causing the error. Information can be gotten from this header to
determine whether or not the device is a block or character
device; if the device is a character device, the name of the
device can also be obtained. The DEVICE-DRIVERS document for 2.0
contains the definition of this header format.
NOTE
AL
(drive
number
for
Disk
errors)
is
indeterminate on character device errors. Bit 7
of AH is always 1 for character device errors.
Previously bit 7 was 1 only in the case of a bad
memory image of the FAT.

8-4

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
LIST OF INT 24H ERROR CODES PASSED IN 01

o Write protect violation

* 1 Unknown unit

2 Drive not ready

* 3 Unknown command
4 CRC error
* 5 Bad drive request structure length
* 6 Seek error
* 7 Unknown media

8 Sector not found

* 9 Printer out of paper
A Write fault

* B Read fault

C General failure

* Denotes New Function
As mentioned above BP:SI points to the device header:
BP:SI->
+--------------------------------------+
I DWORD Pointer to next device
I
I (-1 if last device)
I
+--------------------------------------+
I WORD Attributes
I
I Bit 15 = 1 if char dev ice. 0 if b 1k I
I if bit 15 is 1
I
Bit 0 = 1 if Current sti device I
I
I
Bit I I i f Current sto output I
I
Bit 2
if Current NUL device I
I
Bit 3
if Current CLOCK dev I
I Bit 14 is the IOCTL bit (see below) I
I
I Bit 13 is the NON IBM FORMAT bit
+--------------------------------------+
I WORD Pointer to Device strategy
I
I
entry point
I
+--------------------------------------+
I WORD Pointer to Device interrupt
I
entry point
I
I
+--------------------------------------+
I 8-BYTE character device name field
I
I Character devices set a device name I
I For block devices the first byte is I
I The number of units
I
+--------------------------------------+
To tell if the error occurred on a block or character device you
look at bit 15 in the attribute field (WORD at BP:SI+4).

must

If the name of the character device is
bytes starting at BP:SI+10.

eight

B-5

desired.

look

the

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
B.4

MS-DOS 2.0 UTILITY EXTENSIONS

The following notation is used below:
[item]
item*
item+
{iteml

item is optional
item is repeated 0 or more times
item is repeated I or more times
item2} iteml is present or item 2 is
present, but not both
<object>
indicates a syntactic variable
BATCH COMMAND invocation
COMMAND [[<drive>:]<path>] [<CTTYDEV>] [/0] [/p] [/C <string>]
/P If present, COMMAND
transient command.

permanent,

/0 If present. COMMAND does not prompt for DATE and TIME when
comes up.

drive: Specifies device where command
current default drive if absent.

otherwise

looks

<path> Specifies a directory on device drive:
absent.

for

this

COMMAND.COM

root directory

<CTTYDEV> Name of the CTTY device.
/DEV/CON if absent and
command is permanent. The /DEV/ may be left off if AVAILDEV is
TRUE (see AVAILDEV above).

IC <string> If present. Ie must be the last switch.

This causes
COMMAND to try to execute the string as if the user had typed it
at the standard input.
COMMAND executes this single command
string then exits.
If the IP switch is present it is ignored
(can't have a single command. permanent COMMAND).
NOTE
ALL of the text on the command line after the /C
is just passed on. It is not processed for more
arguments. this is why IC must be last.
Redirection of standard input/standard output.
Programs that read from the keyboard and write to the screen are
said to be doing I/O to the standard input and standard output.
Using any of the following results in I/O to these standard
devices:
Writing to default handles 1 / read from default handle O.
Doing byte I/O using system calls I, 2. 6-12.

9-6

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
These standard devices may be redirected
following in command line arguments:

to/from

files

the

> <filename>
causes <filename> to be created (or truncated to zero
length) and then assigns standard output to that file. All
output from the command is placed in the file.

< <filename>
causes standard input to be assigned to <filename>.
All
input to the command comes from this file. If end-of-file
is reached, then system calls 1. 2.6-12 returns AZ. while
reading from handle 0 returns zero characters.
»

<filename>
causes <filename> to be opened (created if necessary) and
positions the write pointer at the end of the file so that
all output is appended to the file.

Notice that the above does not appear in the
the program being invoked sees.

command

line

that

Examples:
DIR *.ASM >FOO.LST
Sends the output of the dir command to the file FOO.LST.
FOR %0 IN (*.ASM) DO MASM %0; »ERRS.LST
Sends all error output from assembling every .ASM fi Ie
the fi Ie ERRS.LST.

into

Piping of standard I/O
It is often useful for the output of one program to be sent
as input to another program. A typical case is a program
that produces columnar output that must later be sorted.
The pipe feature allows this to occur naturally as
programs do all of their I/O to the standard devices.

the

For example. if we had a program SORT that read all of it's
standard input. sorted it and then wrote it to the standard
output. we could get a sorted directory I isting as follows:
DIR

I SORT

B-7

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
The I would cause all
left-hand command to
right-hand command.

standard output generated by the
be sent to the standard input of the

If we wanted the sorted directory to be sent to a
type:
DIR

file,

I SORT >FILE

and away it goes.
The piping feature is implemented as sequential execution of
the procedures with redirection to and from temporary files.
In the example above. the fol lowing would be an exact
equivalent:
DIR >\tmp\stdl
SORT >\tmp\stdl >FILE
The pipe is not a real pipe but rather a quasi-pipe that
uses temporary files to hold the input and output as it
sequentially executes the elements of the pipe. These files
are created in the current directory. of the current drive
and have the form %PIPEx%.$$$, where x is I or 2.
This
means that any program that runs in the pipe must be sure to
restore the current directory and drive, if it has changed
them, or the pipe files are lost.
COMMAND extensions
BREAK [{ON

I OFF}]

"BREAK ON" turns on the Control C check in the DOS function
dispatcher.
"BREAK OFF" turns it off. If no argument is given
the setting of BREAK is printed to the standard output in the
form:
BREAK is xxx
Where xxx is lIon ll or lIoffli.
CHD I R [{<dr i ve>:

I <path>}]

Change directory, or print current directory. If no argument
given, the current directory on the default drive is printed.
drive: alone is given, the current directory of drive
printed. Otherwise the current directory is set to path.
IICO II is accepted as an abbreviation.

B-8

is
If
is

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
CLS
Clear screen causes the ANSI escape sequence ESC[2J to be sent to
standard output.
COMMAND internal commands take path arguments.
DIR <path>
COpy <path> <path>
DEL (ERASE) <path>
If the path is a dir, all files in that dir are deleted.
NOTE
The "Are you sure (Y/N) " prompt for DEL and ERASE
now uses buffered standard input, so users must type
a return after their answer. This gives them the
chance to correct if they type Iyl by mistake.
TYPE <path> (must specify a file)
CTTY \DEV\dev - Change console TTY.

For instance:

CTTY \DEV\AUX
Would move all command I/O to the AUX port.
CTTY \DEV\CON
Would move it back to the normal device. The \dev\ prefix
may be left off if AVAILDEV is TRUE (see configuration-file
doc) .
ECHO [{ON

I OFF I <message>}]

Normally, commands in a BATCH file are'.echoed onto the standard
output as they are seen by COMMAND. ECHO OFF turns off this
feature. ECHO ON turns echoing back on. If ON or OFF is not
specified and there is text following the command, that text (a
message) is echoed to standard output. I f there are no arguments
at a 11, the current sett i ng of echo (on or off) is echoed to the
standard output in the form:
ECHO is xxx
Where xxx is lIonll or lIoffli.

B-9

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
EXIT
For COMMANDs run without the P switch. this causes COMMAND
return. For a normal COMMAND it causes a return to itself.
~OTO

<label>
Causes commands to be taken from the batch file beginning with
the line after the <label> definition. If no label has been
defined, the current batch file terminates.
Example:
:foo
REM looping .••
GOTO foo
produces an infinite sequence of messages:
REM 10oping ..• 1
NOTE
Labels are case insensitive. :FOO == :foo == :Foo

IF <condition> <command>
where <condition> is one of the following:
ERRORLEVEL <number>
true if and only if the previous program EXECed
had an exit code of <number> or higher.

COMMAND

<stringl> == <string2>
true if and only if <stringl> and <string2> are identical
after parameter substitution. Strings may not have embedded
delimiters.
EXIST <filename>
true if and only if <filename> exists.
NOT <condition>
true if and only if <condition> is false.

B-10

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
The IF statement allows conditional execution of commands.
When
the
<condition>
is true. then the <command> is executed
otherwise. the <command> is skipped.
Examples:
IF not exist \tmp\foo ECHO Canlt find file \tmp\foo
IF $lx == x ECHO Need at least one parameter
IF NOT ERRORLEVEL 3 LINK $1,.;
FOR %%<c> IN <set> DO <command>
<c> can be any character but 0.1.2.3 •••• 9 (so
confusion with the %0 - %9 batch parameters).

there

<set> is ( <item> * )
The %%<c> variable is sequentially set to each member of
<set> and then <command> is evaluated. If a member of <set>
is an expression involving * and/or ? then the variable is
set to each matching pattern from disk_ In this case only
one such <item> may be in the set. any <item>s after the
first are ignored.
Example:
FOR %%f IN ( *.ASM ) DO MASM %%f;
for %%f in (FOO BAR BLECH) do REM %%f to you
NOTE

The I%% lis needed so that after Batch parameter (%0
- %9) processing is done. there is one 1%1 left-. -If
only I%f l were there. the batch parameter processor
would see the 1%1 then look at If I , decide that I%f l
was an error (bad parameter reference) and throw out
the I%f I so that FOR wou 1d never see it. I f the FOR
is NOT in a batch fi Ie, then only ONE 1%1 should be
used.

:<label>
This is essentially a no-op. It defines a label in the batch
file for a subsequent GOTO_ It may also be used to put comment
lines in batch files since all lines that start with 1:1 are
ignored.

B-ll

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
MKDIR <path> - Make a directory.
"MD" is accepted as an abbreviation.
PATH [<path>{;<path>} *]
Set command search paths. This allows users to set directories
that should be searched for external commands after a search of
the current directory is made. The default value is NO PATH. In
addition there are two special cases: PATH with no arguments
prints the current path.
Path with the single argument 1;1
(i .e., "PATH ;") sets the NUL path (no directories other than the
current one searched). If no argument is given, the current
value of PATH is printed to the standard output in the form:
PATH=text of path
or
No path
PROMPT [<prompt-text>]
Set the system prompt. MS-DOS prompts are now user settable, all
of the text on the command line is taken to be the new prompt.
If no text is present the prompt is set to the default prompt.
There are meta strings for various special prompts. These are of
the form I$C I where c is one of the following:
$ - The

$ I character.

t - The time.
d - The date.
p - The current directory of the default drive.
v - The version number.
n - The default drive.
9 - The 1>1 character.

- The 1<1 character.
b - The

I II

character.

s - The

character.

e - The ESC character.

- A CR LF sequence.
B-12

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
EXAMPLE:
PROMPT $n>
Would set the normal MS-DOS prompt.
PROMPT Time = StS_Date = $d
Would set a two line prompt which printed
Time = (current time)
Date = (current date)
For ISC I sequences, lower case = upper case,
not on the above list is mapped to nothing.

and

any

character

RMDIR <path> - Remove a directory.
"RD" is accepted as an abbreviation.
The directory must be empty except for I . I and
<path> - A standard XENIX style path with the
of a drive spec:

I •• I •

optional

addition

A:\FOO\BAR Full path
\FOO\BAR Full path, current drive
FOO\BAR Current dir relative
A:FOO\BAR

SET (ENVNAME) = (ENVTEXT)
Set environment strings.
This command
instance:

inserts

strings

COMMAND's

environment.

SET PROMPT=Sn>
Duplicates the function of the PROMPT command.
SET PATH=p 1; p2
Duplicates the function of the PATH command.

B-13

For

MIC~OSOFT

ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS

SET foo=bar
Puts the string FOO=bar into
case mapping of (ENVNAME».

the

environment

(notice

the

NOTE
Environments are very flexible, and almost anything
can be put into the environment with the SET
command; the only requirement is that a single 1=1
be present in the string.
SH I FT
Currently, command files are limited to handl ing 10 parameters:
%0 through %9. To allow access to more than these, the command
SHIFT performs a IpOpl of the command line parameters:
if

%0 = "foo
%1 = "bar"
%2 = "blech"
%3 •.. %9 are empty

then a SHIFT results in the following:
%0 = "bar"
%1 = "blech"
%2 ••. %9 are empty
If there are more than 10 parameters given on a command line,
those that appear after the 10th (%9) are shifted one at a time
into %9 by successive shifts.
VER
Prints DOS version number.
VER I FY [{ON

I OF F} ]

Select/Deselect verify after write mode. This supplements the V
switch to the COpy command. Once turned ON, it stays on until
some program changes it (via the set verify system call) or the
VERIFY OFF command is given.
If no argument is given, the
current setting of VERIFY is printed ~o the standard output in
the form:
VERIFY is xxx
Where xxx is "on" or "offll.

B-14

MICROSOFT ARTICLES FOR PROGRAMMERS AND OEMS
VOL [<drive>:]
Prints the volume 10 of the disk in drive:.
the default drive.

B-15

No drive:

does

INDEX

AST
Alternate sector table. A-3.
A-6
Auto-repeat. 2-2
Auto-Start, 1-17
AUX, 3-13
AUX2, 3-13
BACKUP. 3-2. 3-5. 3-11. 3-21
BAT
Bad address table. A-3. A-5
Baud rates, 1-16. 4-9
BELL, 2-2
BIOS. 3-14, 3-25
BOOT. 3-3. A-3
BREAK. 3-8. B-8
Caps-lock. 2-2
CCB
Communication control block.
4-6
Format, 4-7
Parameter values, 4-8
CHDIR. B-8
Checksums, A-2
CHKDSK, 3-8
CLS, B-9
C1us ter i ng , 1-18
Clusters, 3-17
Color graphics option, 1-17
COMMAND, B-9
Command execution, 3-15
Command Processor. 3-6, 3-15
COMMAND.COM, 3-2, 3-3. 3-4, 3-5,
3-14, 3-17
Compose, 2-2
CON,3-13
CONFIG.SYS, 3-26
COpy, 3-9
Cross CPU communication, 3-26
CTTY. 3-9, B-9
Data Terminal Ready, 1-14
Default settings. 4-12
Device drivers, 4-1
Device names, 3-13
Directory entries. 3-18
Directory fields, 3-19

sable interrupts, 1-16
D sk address space, A-2
D sk control functions. 4-24
0 sk drives, 3-16
D sk organization, 3-17
D SKCOPY, 3-7
D skette
Controller, 1-8
Diskette form.atting, 1-8
Diskette functions
V2.01,4-25
V2.05. 4-26
Diskettes. 1-8
Display, 2-2
Distribution diskette contents,
3-5
DMA. 1-7
DOS. 3-1, 3-14, 3-16
Disk drives. 3-16
Extended functions, 4-1
DPD
Disk partition data. A-3, A-7
DTR, 2-2
0

ECHO OFF. 3-9
Editing keys. 3-13
Erase-in-l ine, 2-2
EXE2BIN, 3-9
EXIT, B-l0
Extended communications option.
1-18. 2-8
Extended DOS functions, 4-1
Extended file control block. 3-25
FAT. 3-6. 3-17. 3-21
Interpreted entries. 3-23
FCB
File control block. 3-24
File attributes, 3-21
Firmware. 1-7, 2-1
CONSOLE IN, 2-4
C.ONSOLE IN (LEVEL- 1). 2-4
CONSOLE IN STATUS, 2-4
Differing functions. 2-2
FUNCTION OOH - CONSOLE OUT. 2-4
FUNCTION 02H - CONSOLE IN
(LEVEL-2). 2-6

Index-l

Firmware (Cont.)
FUNCTION 04H - CONSOLE IN
STATUS (LEVEL-2), 2-7
FUNCTION 06H - CONSOLE IN
(LEVEL-l), 2-7
FUNCTION 08H - DISABLE CURSOR,
2-8
FUNCTION OAH - ENABLE CURSOR,
2-8
FUNCTION OCH - INITIALIZE
INTERRUPT VECTORS, 2-8
FUNCTION OEH - RETURN CLOCK
RATE, 2-9
FUNCTION 10H - SET KEYBOARD
LEDs,2-9
FUNCTION 12H - CLEAR KEYBOARD
LEOs, 2-9
FUNCTION 14H - SEND DATA TO
SCREEN, 2-10
FUNCTION 16H - INITIALIZE
COMM/PRINTER 8274 TO SET-UP
PARAMETERS, 2-10
FUNCTION 18H - RAW KEYBOARD
DATA, 2-11
FUNCTION 1AH - RETURN ROM
VERSION NUMBER, 2-12
FUNCTION 1CH - RELOCATE
INTERRUPT VECTORS, 2-12
FUNCTION 1EH - RING KEYBOARD
BELL, 2-13
FUNCTION 20H - GET/SET 7/8 BIT
CODE IN NVM, 2-13
Invoking functions, 2-4
Uti 1ity functions, 2-3
FORMAT, 3-6
FUNCTION 44H - IOCTL, 4-1, 4-2
I/O Device control, 4-10
Function keys, 3-13
Generic commands, 3-8
GOTO, 3-9
Graphics option, 2-8
Hard disk option, 1-18
Hardware, 1-1
Communications interface, 1-14
Diskettes, 1-8
General description, 1-1
I/0 con t r 0 1 po r t s, 1- 11
Inter rupts, 1-9
Keyboard, 1-2. 1-8
Mon i tor, 1- 2

Hardware (Cont.)
NVM, 1-7
Printer interface. 1-14
Processors, 1-5
RAM, 1-5
System module. 1-2
System Uni t, 1-2
Video display memory, 1-7
Video mon i tor. 1-11
Hints for programming, 5-10
Hold Screen key. 2-11
HOM
Home block, A-3, A-4
I/O control ports. 1-11
I/O devices
Opt i ona 1. 1-17
IBM diskettes, 3-26
INT 24H
Hard error handlers. 8-4
Interlace, 3-23
Interrupt vector assignment. 3-29
Interrupts
8088. 1-10
Alternate locations, 1-9
Z80A, 1-11
10.SYS. 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5. 3-14,
3-17, 3-25
Level-1 Console-In function key
codes, 2-15
Lock, 2-2
Logical device assignment, 3-25,
4-12
LST. 3-13
MDRIVE, 3-2, 3-5, 3-11, 3-16,
3-18. 3-27
MDRIVE.COM. 3-27
MEDIACHK, 3-2. 3-5, 3-11, 3-12
Microsoft articles, B-1
Version incompatibi 1 ities, 8-2
MKDIR, 8-12
Modifying interrupt vectors, 3-30
MS-DOS, 3-1
BIOS, 3-14, 3-25
Clusters. 3-17
Commands, 3-6
Device names, 3-13
Directory, 3-17. 3-18
Directory entries, 3-18
Directory fields, 3-19

Index-2

MS-DOS (Cont.)
Disk files, 3-16
Disk organization, 3-17
Distribution diskette contents,
3-5
DOS, 3-1, 3-14, 3-16
Editing keys, 3-13
Extended file control block.
3-25
FAT. 3-17. 3-21
File attributes, 3-21
File control block, 3-24
Function keys, 3-13
Generic commands, 3-8
Interlace, 3-23
Interrupt types. 3-28
Interrupt vector assignment.
3-29
Loader, 3-2
Loading, 3-2
Logical device assignment, 3-25
Memory map, 3-4
Modifying interrupt vectors,
3-30
Operation of. 3-1
Overview, 3-1
Physical device assignment,
3-25
Sector translation, 3-23
Standard files, 3-5
Structure of, 3-14
System functions. 3-27
V2.0, 3-2
V2.01, 3-2
V2.05, 3-2
V2.05 additional commands, 3-12
Wi ldcards, 3-25
MS-DOS V2.05
ALTERNATE CONTROL CHARACTERS
FOR XON/XOFF PROTOCOL, 4-4
Baud rates, 4-9
BREAK DETECTION, 4-4
BREAK TRANSMISSION, 4-4
BUFFER SIZE, 4-5
CCB, 4-6
Device drivers, 4-1
Disk control functions, 4-24
Extended DOS functions, 4-1
FUNCTION 00 - PROGRAM DEVICE,
4-12
FUNCTION 01 - PROGRAM DEVICE TO
DEFAULT NVM SETTINGS. 4-13

MS-DOS V2.05 (Cont.)
FUNCTION 02 - SET DEVICE TO USE
DEFAULT BUFFER, 4-13
FUNCTION 03 - READ DEVICE
SET-UP VALUES, 4-14
FUNCTION 04 - ENABLE RECEIVER
INTERRUPTS, 4-14
FUNCTION 05 - DISABLE RECEIVER
INTERRUPTS, 4-15
FUNCTION 06 - READ INPUT DEVICE
STATUS, 4-15
FUNCTION 07 - READ INPUT
CHARACTER, RETURN IF NONE
AVAILABLE, 4-15
FUNCTION 08 - GET CHARACTER,
RETURN WHEN AVAILABLE, 4-16
FUNCTION 09 - READ OUTPUT
DEVICE STATUS, 4-16
FUNCTION 10 - WRITE CHARACTER,
RETURN IF UNABLE TO, 4-17
FUNCTION 11 - PUT CHARACTER,
RETURN WHEN SUCCESSFUL,
4-17
FUNCTION 12 - TRANSMIT
CHARACTER IMMEDIATELY, 4-18
FUNCTION 13 - READ MODEM
SIGNALS, 4-18
FUNCTION 14 - SET/RESET MODEM
OUTPUT SIGNALS, 4-19
FUNCTION 15 - TRANSMIT BREAK,
4-19
FUNCTION 16 - CEASE
TRANSMISSION OF BREAK, 4-20
FUNCTION 17 - SET RECEIVE
CHARACTER INTERRUPT, 4-20
FUNCTION 18 - CANCEL RECEIVE
CHARACTER INTERRUPT, 4-21
FUNCTION 19 - TRANSMIT BUFFER
BECOMING EMPTY INTERRUPT,
4-21
FUNCTION 20 - CANCEL TRANSMIT
BUFFER BECOMING EMPTY
INTERRUPT, 4-22
FUNCTION 21 - SET USER DEFINED
INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE.
4-22
FUNCTION 22 - RESET DEVICE
INTERRUPT VECTORS, 4-23
FUNCTION 23 - SET EXTERNAL
STATUS CHANGE INTERRUPT,
4-23

Index-3

MS-DOS V2.05 (Cont.)
FUNCTION 24 - CANCEL EXTERNAL
STATUS CHANGE INTERRUPT,
4-24
FUNCTION 25 - NON-DESTRUCTIVE
READ. NO WAIT, 4-24
FUNCTION 44H - IOCTL, 4-1, 4-2
MODEM SIGNAL CONTROL, 4-4
Modem signals. 4-11
Programming ports. 4-4
Protocols. 4-3
RECEIVE AUTO XON/XOFF. 4-4
RECEIVE CHARACTER INTERRUPT.
4-5
Serial I/O devices. 4-2
TRANSMIT AUTO XON/XOFF. 4-4
TRANSMIT BUFFER EMPTY INTERRUPT.
4-5
MSDOS.SYS. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5.
3-14
Multi-Protocol Serial Controller.
1-14
National-replacement-character.
2-2
Ne twor king. 1-18
NVM. 1-7
OSN
Operating system name table.
A-3. A-9
Partitioning. 1-18
PAS
Partition alternate sector
table, A-3. A-ll
PATH. B-12
Physical device assignment. 3-25
PRE-BOOT. A-3. A-4
PRINT. 3-10
Print Screen key. 2-2
Print Screen key flag bit. 2-15
PRN. 3-13
Processors
Clock Rate. 1-5
Programming hints. 5-10
Programming notes. 5-1
PROMPT. B-12
Protocols. 4-3
PSP
Program segment prefix. 3-15

RAM. 1-5
Adapter card. 1-5
Banks. 1-5
Content i on. 1-6
DMA. 1-7
Dynamic. 1-6
Expans i on kits, 1-5
Non-maskable interrupts. 1-6
Optional. 1-5
Parity checking. 1-6
Private. 1-6
Shared. 1-6
Static. 1-6
RAM expansion. 2-15
Raw Key buffer. 2-5
RDCPM. 3-2. 3-5. 3-11. 3-12
RECOVER. 3-10
Refresh routines. 1-9
RMDIR. B-13
ROM. 1-7
Sample program. 5-8
Sector translation, 3-23
Serial I/O. 3-25
Serial I/O devices, 4-2
SET. B-13
Set-up key, 2-11
Shelling, 5-8
Shift-lock. 2-2
SORT. 3-10
Specifications
Disk structures. A-l
Stack. 2-14
System boot program area. A-9
System diskette. 3-2
System functions, 3-27
System parameter data. 2-14
System reset, 1-16
Track layout, A-IO
Universal Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter, 1-8
Universal Synchronous
Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter. 1-14
V2.0. 3-2
Configuration files. B-1
Uti! ity extensions. B-6
V2.01. 3-2
V2.0l Diskette functions. 4-25

Index-4

V2.05, 3-2
Additional commands, 3-12
V2.05 Diskette functions, ~-26
V2.05 Winchester disk functions,

Watchdog timer, 1-16
Wildcards, 3-25
Winchester disk function
V2.05, ~-27

~-27

VER, B-l~
Video display memory, 1-7
VOL, B-15

XON/XOFF, 1-14

Index-5

Rainbow™
MSTM-DOS V2.05
Programmer's Guide
QV068-GZ
READER'S COMMENTS

Did you find this manual understandable, usable, and well-organized? Please make suggestions for
improvement.

Did you find errors in this manual? If so, specify the error and the page number.

Please indicate the type of reader that you most nearly represent.

o First-time computer user

o Experienced computer user
o Application package user
o Programmer

o Other (please specifyl _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name'____________________________________________________________________
Date_____________________________________________________________________
Organization,______________________________________________________________
Street,____________________________________________________________________
City....,...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
State_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____

Zip Code
or Country_________________________________________________________________

I
I
I
I
I

-- -

~.--g~ ;
~

··;De~ Ta~--

Tgeara-

and

- - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Tfnll --------;~:;,;- --'

if Mailed in the
United States

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 33 MAYNARD MASS.
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

SOFTWARE PUBLICATIONS

200 FOREST STREET

MR01-2/L 12

MARLBOROUGH, MA

01752

1
I
I

Do Not Tear - Fold Here and Tape - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _I

I
1 CII
1 c::

1;:3

1111
1 c::

1..2

1<
I'"

18
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
I
1
1
1
1

1
I
1
1
I

MSTM_ DOS V2.05
BIOS Listings

digital equipment corporation

First Printing. November 1984

© Digital Equipment Corporation 1984. All Rights Reserved.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may
appear in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may
only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by DIGITAL or its affiliated companies.
MS is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

~D~DD~D'M
DEC
DECmate
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter
DIBOL

MASSBUS
PDP

P/OS
Professional
Rainbow
RSTS
RSX

UNIBUS
VAX
VMS

VT
Work Processor

The postage-prepaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this
document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist us in preparing future
documentation.

Printed in U.S.A.

Warning:
Start

No STACK segment
Stop

Length

OOOOOH 0215CH 2&IDH
02180H 02D&3H 07P4H
Origin

Group

0000:0

CaltDUp

Address
0000 10 ....
0000 lOa.
0000 00'1

021. 0710
0251 07CE
021& 071'
02&1 07AD
0000 2231
0000 lEI.
0000 lE7B
0000 203.

0258 0012
0000
0000

1105
134.

0000 1323
0000 1322
0000 132&
0000 OCI'I
0000 0114
0000 110B
021. 07AA
025. 0001

0000 1103
0000

1103

0000
02&.
02 ••
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

0013
0011
0001
0011
lCI2
lCA4
1$10
llAE
lSI"

0000 2433

0000 0214
0000 021&
0000 021C
0000 02AO
0000 02A4
0000 02A&
0000 000.

0000 2421"
0000 0111
0000 0050
0000 041a
0000 0.10
0000 ODCa
0000 0132
0000 223&
0000 2435
0000 l1C3
OZII. 0013
OZI. 000'
0000 2420
0000 10.1
0000 OAII
0000 OAI3
0000 OAI3
0000 11"11

N.me

COOl
IVIINITSIG

PUb1tcs by N•••

AUX
AUXZ
AUXZDIV
BADCOM
IADLD
IADOpM
IADII!
BIOSINIT
BRKOFF
IRKON
IUPFER
IUFI'ERS
CLK
CLKISR

CLK_ll_20
eLK

CLK-ADJ
CLTPN
CMDSTIt
CON
CRLPM
CUltltINT_DOS LOCATION
DATICOM
DAT."RT
DECDISK
DEPAULT DRIVE
DEVICE_LilT
DIVLST
DFL T'7201
DFL TaUI'
DFL TCDM
DFL TpltT
DFLTXCOM
DMAADR
DDSZOVIC
DOS21YIC
DDS24VIC
DDS21YEC
DOS2aYEC
DoS2'7YEC
DOS_POINTER
DRYNO
DSK
DIKDIY
DSKTBL
DSKTMR
DSK_INIT
DSK_IIT
INDUOS
IIXSTAT
PASTCON
PILlS
PINA~_OOS_LOCATIDN

"NCCOD
GITCHAR
GITI'TN
IIITPTNO
IIITI'IA
HACK7201

C1.SS

COOl
IVITIM_INIT

0000 0071
0000 OaDI
0000 001"
0000 ODII
0000 OIIE
0000 OCII'
0000 OAID
0000 OC3.
0000 ODDD
0000 01.1
0000 OCII
0000 1311'
0000 0111
0000 01.7
0000 2421
0000 lDll
0000 11'IA
0000 0.01'
0000 012A
0000 lCI'D
0000 02AD
0000 02D.
0000 021'e
0000 0322
0000 03 . .
0000 0370
0000 OD13
0000 1311
0000 244'
0000 0138
0000 OICD
02151 0001'
0000 ODD.
0000 0170
0000 2432
0000 lIDO
0000 llEl
0000 11"2
0000 1010
0000 1311
0000 lDIC
0000 1012
0000 242D
0000 24U
0000 2410
0000 OAID
0000 0001
0000 131'1'
0000 14"
0000 1513
0000 0100
0000 013.
0000 llCl
0000 101'1
0000 1113
0000 1I0B
0000 1101
0000 1312
0000 0011
0000 lDE2
0000 040D
0000 lECA

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
02S8
0211
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

lC1i1
lCDS
lEA7
1133
1I3D
lCIS
OA3S
031.
OE71
1111
2430
1.80
II'ID
2421
11'10
0131
0001
0000
071'.
101"
10lD
2421
1321
2431
0000 2410
0000 01''',
0000 11'10
0000 1111
0000 IIIC
0000 24U
0000 0140
0000 11'04
0000 110.
0000 04011
0000 III'S
0000 021A

AbS

Abs

HDIUYIS
HDSKO
HDSKDEY
HD _INIT
HI'DRMAT
HINIT
HIDCTL
HMCHK
HNI'MT
HRIAD
HYDISK
HYICTDII
HWRITI
HWRITIY
UIPKT
INCHAR
INITCDM
INITTIL
INI TAl
INSTAT
INT20
INT21
INT2.
INT21
INT21
INT27
INTHDL
INTIIIT
lOIN! T
MAXTRK
MC _I'LG
MEMDIIY SIZI
MN"ARTS
NDRY
NSECT
NYMCDM
NYMPRT
NYMXCDM
OUT CHAR
DUTHEX
DUTNDW
OUTS TAT
PACKIT
PACKIT_ADR
PACKET lAS I
PARTI TTDN
"ART_SIZI
PCCDM
PCPRT
PCXCDM
PHYSDISK
PRICDMP
PRG7201
PRN
PRTIAUD
PRTYCDM
PRTYPRT
PSTR
PTRSAVI
PUTCHAR
Rl00
RCYCANCIIL

RCVDIS
RCVENA
RCYINT
RDMDDEM
RDNYMCDM
RDSIITUP
RDXLT
RI INIT
RHOME
RUPT7201
SECND
SETMDDEM
STATCHG
STATUS
STCANCIL
STIPRATE
STRATIIGY
SYSINIT
SYISI Ie
TIMp_Slle
TEMP TRK
TI'DRMAT
TICKER
TRACKN
TTRACK
UP IAT
YECT7201
XIAUDI
XIAUD2
XI'RPKT
XLT_"
XMTCANCIL
XMTMTY
XDpTlDN
XRUpT7201
UOISII

Addr.s.
0000 0004
0000 0004
0000 0001
0000 0001
OODO 001 I
OODO 0011
OODO OOID
0000 OOU
0000 0071
0000 001t
0000 0013
0000 0100
0000 021A
0000 0214
0000 021.
0000 02lC
0000 02&0
0000 02&4
0000 02AI
0000 02&D
0000 02D.
0000 02~1

Publ tes by V.'",e
AbS
Abs

MIIPARTS
DDS_I'D INTIR
PART _SIZI
STRATltlY
PTRSAYI
DIYLST
DSKDIY
HDSKDIY
HDRIYIS
AUX2DIY
DICDlaK
PHYSDISK
ZIOISR
DDS20VIC
DDS21YIC
DDI2.YIC
DDS21YIC
DDI21YIC
DDI27VIC
111120
IIIT21
IIIT2'

0000 0322

lNT2.

0000 OUI

IIIT2.
IIIT27
RE INIT
RIOO
XOPTIDN
INITTBL
DSKTIL
CMDSTR
DSKTMR
DSK

0000 0370

0000 0311
0000 0400
0000 0401
0000 O'Of

0'1.

0000
0000 0114
0000

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

0510
OSIE
OICD
OIDE
012A
0132

0000 OA1D
0000 OA315
0000
0000

OAI3
OAI.

0000 OA.3
0000 OAIO
0000
0000

013&
OB3.

MC_~lG

HDSKO
INI TAl
DSK INT
PARTITION
RDXLT

GET~TNO
GET~TN

GETPEA
HIDCTL
MAXTRK
STEPRATE

0000 DIU
0000 0840
0000 0841

PRICOMP
XLT ~
HREiD

0000 0117
0000 OBaE

HWRITEY

0000 OBEE
0000 OC34
0000 OC3a

0000

Des,

0000 OC~E
0000 0013
0000
0000
0000

0011
DOC I
0000

0000

ono

0000 OE7E
0000 0",..5
0000 loaD
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

0000

10lF
10E.
10'"

10F.
1105
110B

I I C3
1321
1322
0000 1323
0000 132S
0000 134'
0000 1311
0000 1381
0000 1312
0000 13E~
0000 131'1'
0000
0000

0000

, .. 1

0000 1S13
0000 ISIO
0000 ISAE
0000 ISlf
0000 1500
0000 ISEI

HWRITE
HFORMAT
HMCHK
HYDISK

HINIT
ClTPN
INTHOL
HO INIT
OSK INIT
HN~MT

NDRY
RHOME

UP IAT
TEMP TRK
TEMP SEC
AUX2
PRN
AUX
ClK
CDN
FASTCON
TICKER
ClK 10 50
CLK 16 20
ClK AD'J
CLK!SR
INTRET

-- -

OUTHEX
PSTR

HVECTOR

PCCOM
PCPRT
PCXCOM
OFlTCOM
OP'LTPRT

DFLTXCDM
NYMCO ...

NYMPRT

15~2

NYMXCDM

0000 1603

DATaCOM

0000

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

1603

110B

DAT8PRT
PRTYPRT

1I2C
0000 II3D

PRTVCOM
PRTIAUO
XIAUOI
XBAUD2
RDNYMCOM

11 ••

RUPT7201

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

1I0a
1113
1111

III'S

XRUPT7201

1 Ie 1

PRG7201

0000
0000

Icn
ICA4
ICIS
ICOS
ICU
ICFO
101 I

DflT7201
DflTBUf
RDSETUP
RCVENA
RCYO IS
INSTAT
INCHAR

0000

1D48

GETCHAR

0000
0000
0000

0000 1012
0000 1010
0000 IOE2
0000 IDEC
0000 IE33
0000 IEIO
0000 tE7B
0000 1111
0000 IIA7
0000 tECA
0000 IED4
0000 1~04
0000 I~II
0000 I~'O

DUTSTAT
DUTCHAR
PUT CHAR
DUTNDW
RDMODEM
SITMOOIM
IRKON
IRKOFF
RCYINT
RCYCANCIL
XMYMTV
XMTCANCEl
HACK7201
veCT7201

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
02.1
02.1
0251
02S8
025'
028.
028'
0285
02.1
0255
02&8
02&'
02S8

"10
"10
"IA
2031
2231
2231
2410
2410
2421
2421
2421
2421
2420
2420
242E
242'
2430
2431
2432
2433
243.
24".
0000
OOOS
0001
0001
000'
0011
0012
0013
07.,
07AA
07AD
07CI
071!0

ITATCHG
ITCANCIIL
IUTCOM
IU"IR
IIOalN1T
IINDIIOS
PACKIET_IAa.
TTRACK
T'ORMAT
X'RPKT
PACKET_ADR
U.,KT
'NCCDD
PACKIIT
STATUS
DRVNO
SECNO
TRACKM
NSICT
OMAADR
IXSTAT
IOINIT
SVSINIT
CURRIINT DOS LOCATION
FINAL_ODS_LOCATION
DIVI CE_L 1ST
MIEMDRY_SIZE
DE'AULT DRIVE
IU"IRSnLlE5
IADOPM
CRL,M
lADS IZ
IADLD
IADCOM

0258 O·U'.

SVSSIZE

The Microsoft MACRO

Ass.mbl.~

02-20-84

1
2

PAGE

1-1

(

.0,132

•5

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
Copyright Ie) ' •• 3 Digita, Equipmant Corporation
All rights reserved.

7
8

10/05/83

•10
11
12
13

I.
15
11

17
18
11

20
21
22
23
2_
25

cgroup group code
0040

biosseo equ 401'1
.Top leve' 110 system module: contains the
.device tables for the minimum system.

(

publiC
public

strateoy.ptrsave.devlst,hdskdav.dOS po'nter,hdrives
dSkdev.aux2dev
-

8xtrn
8xtrn
8xtrn

CDN:NEAR,AUX:NEAR,PRN:NEAR, AUX2:NEAR
clk:n •• r.dsk:near

8xtrn

dsk_; nt : near

btosinit:n •• r

Th. M'c,.osoft MACRO

21
27
21

ASS."bl.,.

"AGE

1- 2

page
code seg_ent byte pUblic

0000

ass~me

'code'

cs:cgro~p.ds:cgraup

21
30
31
32
33
34
3&

:11
37
3a
31
40
41
42
43
.4

....
41
AI

;Intt;altz. ourselves and what's necessary for
:SYSIN!T, 'then pass control there.
;

0000
0001

0004

0000

c1;
J'"p

'nlt:
0000 I

biosinit
dw

;~tlled

in by BIOSINIT used by

;St.p1tsttc strategy routine for 2.00.
;

0001
0008

stratg proc far
st rat.egy:

0001

0001
0010

21,

Ie 01 0013 R

0011

SO
51

0011

11 0011

NOV
NOV

word ptr cs:pt.rsave,bx
word ptr cs:ptl"save+2,.s

ret
stratg .ndp
; Publ ic pointer save.

'?'?'?'?'?"P'?'?

ptrsave dd

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler

..
52
53

I~I

PAGE

, - 3

page
; 1/0 device table. This contains the five
;minimum devices: CON. AUX. PRN, CLOCK and
;disks. SYSINIT may load others later. but
;that's no concern to us here.

55
55

sa
SI

- -- - - - - - -- - - - -- - -- --- - - - - - - - - -- - -- -- -- - •• - ~+

80
81
&2
63

DWOR~_~~~~t~; ~:s~e:!v~:::ce

;

: ~-----~~-.~-~----- --------- ~-~--.-------.- ~+

Device attribute WORD
Bit 1S :: 1 for chactar devices.
o for alock devices.

as
&&
87
II
II

Cnarcter devices. (Bit 15:1)
Bit 0 :: 1 current sti device.
Bit 1
1 current sto device.
Bit 2 t 1 current NUL device.
Bit 3 :: 1 current Clock device.

70
71
72

; - -- -

70
75

Device interrupt pOinter.
Device name field.
;
Character devices are any valid name;
left just ified, in a space f; lled
field.
;
Black devices contain N of units in ;
the first byte.

a2
a3
84

; ~ - - - . - - - - - - ~ - - - . - - -- ~ - - - - - - -- _ .. - - - - - -- -_ ... _+

as
89

IS
98
17

sa
99

0015
0015
0019
001B
001D
001F

102
103

10.
105
106

0027 It 0040
ao03
0006 R
0000 E
43 4' 'E 20 20 20
20

0027
0027
002B
002D
002F
0031

100
101

--- - - ~ - - - --- _ .. -- -- ....... ~--- - ... -- - --- - -- --- -.+

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. - _ .. - - - - - - - - - _ .. - - - ~ - - .. - _ .. _+

90
91
92
.3
94

Bit 14 :: 1 IOCTl control bit.
_ ..... - - _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .... _ .. - _ .. - - - ..... - - - _. _ .... --+
Davice strategy pOinter.

76
77
78

0039
0039
003D
003F

0041
0043

dev 1st laba 1 word
condav: dw
auxdev,biosseg
dOl
aOO3h
dOl
st rat egy
dOl
con
db
'CON

auxdev:
0039

cooo

0040

dw
dOl
dw
dOl
db

0006 It
0000 E
41 5S sa 20 20 20
20 20

pr-ndev.biosseg

oeooon

strategy
au)(

'AUK

prndev:
00'. It 0040

COOO
0006 It
0000 E
50 52 41 20 20 20

dw
dw
dw
dw
db

clkdav,biosseg
OCOOOh
st ,.ategy
prn
'PRN

; pt r to next,
; char, st i , st 0 ,

~ORMAT

Tft.

Mlc~o.o't

107
10,
101
liD
III

112
11:1
114
liB

"'
117

11.

111
120
121
122
123
12'
121
121
127

12'

12.
130
131
132
133
13.
13.
131
137
131
131
140
141

MACRO A••••bl.~

02-20-'4

I'AIII

1- 4

20 20
00'.
00'.
00'"
0011
0013
0011

clkd.v:
00.0 It 00.0
'00'
0001 R
0000 E
43 'C ." 43 '1 20
20 20

IIskdeY,bfos.eo
'00.11
strategy
elk
'CLOCK

dSkdey:

0010
DOlO
0011
0013
DOl.
DOn

2000 """"
""""
0001 R

DOl"
00'"
0073
007.
0077
0071

1000 """"
""""
0001 R

0011
0011
DOl.
0017
DOl.
00 ••

IIw
dw
dw
dw

dw
dw
dw
dw

0000 I
02 00 00 00 00 00
00 00

-1, -1

2000h
inon-IBM co_petebl. without IOCTL
strategy
dsk
2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0

dw
dw
dw
dw

100011
strategy
dsk_lnt

hdskdev:

0000 E
01 00 00 00 00 00
00 00

hdrives db

-1,-1

wltll IDCTL

1.0.0.0,0,0.0,0

eux2dev:
OW
OW
OW
OW
DB

I'''''I' '1'1"

COOO
0001 R
0000 E
41

55 III 32 20 20

- 1, - 1

OCOOOH
st,.ateoy
a"x2

device name

'AUX2

20 20

code ends

0013

ond

The Microsaft MACRO Assellbler

...

02-20-1'

PAIlE

Syllbols-1

seg •• nts and oroups:
N

CGROUP
CODE

Size

. , ign

combine class

0083

BVTE

PUBLIC

Typo

Value

Attr

GRDUP

'CODE'

Sy.bols:
N a
AUX.
AUX2
AUX20EY.
AUXDI!V
BI OSi NIT
BIOSSEIl.
CLK.
CLKOEY
CON.
CONOllY
OIl..,LST
DDS POINTIIR.

osC

OIKOIIY
OSK_ INT.
HORIYES.
HOSKOIY.
IN IT

PRN.
PRNOEY
PTItSAYE.
STRATEIlY
STRATII

WarninG Severe
Irrors Irrors
0
0

NEAR 0000
NIIAR 0000
NEAR 0011
NEAR 002'7
NIIAR 0000
Number 00'0
L NIIAR 0000
L NIIAR OO,B
L NEAR 0000
L NEAR 001.
L WORD 0015
L WORD 0004
L NEAR 0000
L NEAR 005D
L NEAR 0000
L BVTE 0078
L NIIAR 001'
L NIIAR 0000
L NEAR 0000
L NIIAR 003.
L OWORO 0011
L NEAR 0001
F PROC
0001

CODE
COOII

Ixternal
External
Global
Ixternal
extern.l

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

extern.'
Global
Global
ext erna 1
Global
Externa'
Global
Global
Extern.l
Global
Globa'
Length aoooa

ly."O' Cr ••••••• r.nc.
AUX.
AUXZ
AUXZDI¥.
AUXDI¥

ZZ"
ZZ"

••

IIDIINIT
IlalIIG.

ZI"

callouP
CLK.
CLKalY
coal
call.
CaNDIY

11
23"
102
11
22"

al¥LIT
Dal_paINTIR.
alK.
DSKDIY
DSK_ INT.

23"

13"

..,.

Is "eflnltlon)

••

112
10."
27"

102

101

131

24"

'7"
3."
111
101
127

HDllnIS.
HDSKDIV.

11
11

12."
123"

UIT

33"

PRN.
PRllalV
PTRSAVI.

22"
IS

11
11

IDS
1 Dill'
43

10"

42"
11

STRATIGY
STRAU

C.of-l

I'
131
131"
14"

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mbl.r
DIC Rainbow Rx-So/Zao disk driver

lIS"

101

02-20-"

PAn

I-I

111

118

121

lSI

1
2
3

PAGE
TITLE
NAME

CDMPANY CON~IDINTIAL
Copyright IC) 1113 Digital equip.ent Corporation
All right s reserved .

I
7

••
10

10/01/83

11
12
13

cgroup group code
;

;Converts the standard BIOS data paCket to
;the RainDow zao packet and executes it.
;Returns nor •• l MSDOS error codes.

14
15
11

public
8xtrn

11
11

20
21
22
23
21
2S
21
21
21
21

30
31
32
33
31
31
31
31
31
31

10
41
42
43
41

II
I.
41

10,132
DEC Rainbow Rx-SO/Zao disk driver
DECDISK

···
··
·
··
···
···

;ZIO functton codes:
0013
0015
0011
0023
0021

OKRDtDM equ
OKWTCOM equ
OKCMCOM aqu
OKWVI'CaM aqu
OKVI'YCaM aqu
OKI'MTCaM aqu

13h
I4h
15h
IIh
23h
24h

:diSk read,
iCliSk wr ft ••
:.eCl'e CheCk.
iwrite wtth vertfy.
ivertfy d~sk co. . . nd
:for.at traCk/diSk com.and

0000
0002

tnt zao
gscr

aqu
aqu

0
2

:280 interrupt port.
itnterrupt status port,

XCOMMAND
XORIYE
XSltTOR
XPHaRY
XTRACK
XCaUNT

EOU
IOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU

0
1
2
3
4

8
OAH

;IDCTL PACKIT CDMMANO al'I'SIT
;DRIVI/SIDE D~I'SET
;SICTOR DI'I'SET
;PHYSICAL aRIYE CODE
;TRACK " TD USE
;" OF SltTDRS TD X~ER
;D~~SET DF DMA X~IR
;SEGMENT 01' DMA XFIR

0014

, 0000

0
0
0
0
0
0

decdisk,zlotsr,phySdisk
buffer:word. MC_~LG:.VTI

0001
0002
0003
0001
0001
0001
OOOA

XaMAO~I'

XDMASIG

•

0000
0001
0002

rxlO

EOU
EOU
IOU

DOh
Olh
02h

ireturn value for RXIO disks.
:m.dta check r.tu~n V.tUB for IBM a sector
i • • diaCheck return vatue for 11M 1 sector

0000
0001
0002

rxSOval equ
tblllevat equ
tbllleval aqu

DOh
01h
02h

iMSDOS vatue for rx50 diSkS
:IBM. sector diskS
ilIM. sector dtsks

tb.a
Itlml

10
II
52
13
.1

C
C
C
C
C

nclude todef.ash
Rainbow Interrupt nUNbers.
1-Apr-a3 sgs added dskto tnt vector
11-Mer-a3 sas added proftl. tnt vector lus.r ClOCk)
the int profile is called by the RTe interrupt .ervice .or each tick.

The Mlc~.soft MACRO Asse.ble~
OIlC Relnbow Rx-SO/ZIO disk d~lve~
II
.~

••'0

..
II

• 0014
• 002C
• 00"

12
13

~O
~1
~2
~3
~4
~S
~.
~~
~I

C
C
C
C
C
C

15
II
17
II
II

oa-20-14

• 0040
•

0041

• 0042
• 0043
• 004.
a 004'
• 00 ••
• 0047
•

001'

71
10

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

C
C

.The ax end ds reg1 st.,. don't ".ed to be saved Idone In

prO.1'. equ
elk Int equ

vert
co.d ...
aux_pr"
exc ...
",art

.ao

;DIIC

0011

0040

•

0041

•

0042

auxp

prnp

0043

C
C

•

0001
0002

12
13
14

IS
II
I~

II
II

100
101
102
103
104
10&
108
107

0000
0001

0002
•

0003

•

0004

•
•
•

0005
0008
0007

•

0001
000.
DOOA

loa

oooe

OOOE

101
110

0010

0012

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble,.
DEC Rainbow Rx~SO/Z.O disk driver

; 80Hz

int.

;dtrect diSk

fo~

for •• t

;na. vart. fraq.

40h
4th

42h
43h
44h
41h
41h

aqu
aqu
equ
aqu
equ
aqu

;DMA etrl opt tonal COIIIII.
;~201 co ..... /pro tnter
; extent ed COIIIII. opt ion
; new UART vaet or
;Z80 interrupt.
tn •• ROM access.

board

4~h

Ratnbow 10 port stu' f .

kdp
kSP

.uxdp
prndp

equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ

;

C
C
C

wprsnt
equ
xcpr-snt equ

C
C
C
C

C
C
C

c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c

;1211 data port: I
; 1211 status.
;~201
data,

10h
llh
40h
4th
42h
43h

;~201

co ..... nd.

; Values in XOPTION

C
C
C
II:

usa,. t "t.arfac. to clock tntarr".,t

•

aqu

spar •• 1 equ
5pa,.842 equ

•

12
13
14

clkls~l.

;100.

• 17-Ma,.-a3 sos changed to include tnt 20-21
;,nterrupt 22-24h ara duplicated at 42- •• h for conststancy.
;Thas. are the relocated Rainbow tntarrupts.
• interrupts, 20n-28h Movad to COh-.lh
;ATTeNTION Modules IOINIT and RelNIT .ay hava to ba
iChanoea if ;nt vectors 40n to .an ara Chanoad

C
C

• 0010

14h
aCh
IIh

equ

dskTo

C
C
C
C
C

~AGII

tWin";. preset

; XCDMM present.

include disk .• s~

,Physica' disk ID data paCket.
co ..... nd aqu
aqu
drtve
equ
track
sector
equ
count
aqu
aqu
curtrk
denSity aqu
gapl.n
aqu
equ
ann
equ
dt I
sacsi z
aqu
equ
dmaoff
dm.seg aqu
spt
equ
aqu
head

; read or write.
.phs. d,. iva,
;track.
istarttng sector,

0
1

2
3
4
5
6

count,
icur-rent track,
;N.A.
; N.A.
; N.A.
; N.A.
t sector siz8,
;DMA offset.
;DMA seg.ent
;sectors/track
.head,
; sac'to,.

7
8

•

10
12

I.
1&

02-aO-14

PAGE

page

111

112
113

114
115
116

0000
0000

zlOse;
zlOseg

segment at 0
ends

extrn
extrn
axtrn

packet adr:near
tformat:byta
ttrack:byta

117
118
111

120
121
122
123
124
125
121
12~

128
12.
130
131

132
133

13.
131
131
13~

138

;Pointers to the
extrn
extrn

ext rn
ext rn
ext rn
extrn
extrn
extrn
extrn
axtrn
axtrn

zao and ao.a packets.
,painter to "packet,returned painter from

xfrpkt:word
I "pkt : word

,The paCket

,Table for currant forNats. ona byte per drive.
,Current tracks. ana per drive. AS in TFDRMAT.

for the

paCka't : byt e
fnccod: byte
st at us: byt.
drvno:byte
secno: byte
trackn:byte
nsect:byt.
dmaadr:word
exst at : byt.

zao

zao.
zao paCket painters
.. unct i on code
retnd status.
drive and side.
sector II
track #I
II of sectors to process
DMA address labS)
extended status

The Nt cro.oft MACIIO A••••bl.r
DliC Ratnbow .x-so/zao disk driv.r
131
140
141
142
143
144
141
141
14'
141
141
1110
III

1&2
113
1114
1&.
,.1

,.,

1111
lSI

"0
",

"2
"3
"4
"S
"1

",
",
"1

110
'II
'12
113
114
lIS
116

,.,

I.'

'I'
180

'8'

182
183

code seg•• nt byte ~ubltc -code'
assu.. e cs:cgroup,ds:cgroup.es:z80seg
iconvert the 1105 packet for the Z'O • •ake the
irequest. The absolute address .. anae Must be
i1000 - ffff hex. as below that is zao private.
iand ~he Z80 cannot reach above it. A specta'
i-disk' Module is .. equrea.

0000
0001
0004

01
al
I. CO

0001
0001
oooa
0000
OOOF
0011
0013

32 02
IA
0'
DO 1i2
DO 1i2
DO 1i2
DO li2
2.: I. 1. 0000 Ii

----

CS.cdiSk:pUSh
R

"Oy
"Oy

ICor
"OY

Sill
sill
sill
sill
moy

18'
III
200
201
202
203
204
20S
208
20'
20a
20.
2'0

dl.dl
dl.drivelbX)
dl.1
dl.l
dl.l
dl.l
eS!drYnO,dl

icl.ar driv. byte a aSSUMe 5ingl. side
: ..ake driv.
:sel.ct bits.
i5HL DL.1
i4 times is
; .. uch fast er

001a
001.
001F
0021
0021

'A
10
'1
10
'2

4' 03
'F 01 00
Oli
,F 02 02
0'

moy
cmp
jne
cmp

. , • S.ct or [bx 1
byte ptr densitylbx),O
zwo
; ; f RX - 50.
byt. ptr track[bx).2
zwO
;and trk 2-,

OOZ"1
OOZI

0028

a4 00
la FO
IA 84 0' liE R

moy
moy
moy

ah,O
;skew it. SI~
si,ax
jindex to tbl
.',Sk.wtbl_2Isi)

oon
0033
0036
003A
0030

21: A2 0000
'A 4' 02
2.: A2 0000
'A .7 04
21: A2 0000 E

.. oy
.. oy
moy
moy
moy

es:s.cno,.'
al,tr.cklbx)
es:tr.ckn .• '
al.count (bx]
es:nsect .• ,

•

zwO:

; sat

M.ke the absolute .ddress in AX. Ignore out of
bounds .ddresses. DISK is suppos.d to process
them for us.
0041
0044
004'
004'
004A
004C
oon

114
US

es
ax.seg al05.g
eS,ax

;Only if tn. media ;s RX-50, and tn. track is
;abov. 1. skew tn. s.ctor. RX-50 .. edia tracks
iO and 1 are tn. boot. and non-RX-50 .edia
its assumed to be IBM.

IB 4' OE
0' EO
0' EO
0' EO
0' EO
03 4' OC
26 : A3 0000 E

moy
sl1,

ch'

sl1,
sl1,
add
,"oy

The M;crosoft MACRO Assembler
DEC Rainbow Rx-so/zao d;sk driver

118

PAIlIi

page

0000

181
,.2
183
184

,..
,..
18'
,.,
,..

02-20-a4

0058

'A 0'
.,
,.
FO
aA

OOSC

28 : A2 0000 E

0010

00'_

E' OIlC II
0'
C3

0015

00S3
OOSS
0056

0015 R

aX,dm.saglb:ac)
ax.1
.x,1
aX,1
.x.1
aX,draaofflb:ac)
eS:d ... adr,.x

• s.gment
.t; .... s 2.
; t ;11185

.times 8.
o t ; m.s 1 ••
;plus offs.t.

PAIIE

moy
cbw
moy
moy
moy

al.command[b:ac)
si •• X
al,zdskfcn[si 1
liS: fnccoa,.1

;what to do'?
; axpand to war d
;COpy co ..... nd
;gat actu.' co ..... nd
;store zao com •• nd

;Execute the paCket.
0013

call
pop
ret

a)(.C280

;transl.te tabl. for
13

zdskfcn db

;Invoke ZIO and raport error

internal command to zao co ..... nd

qkwtcom,

qkrdcom,

qkcfWcom.

qkwvfco.

any

The Microsoft MACRO AsS.mbler
DEC Rainbow Rx-Io/ZaO disk driver
211
212
213
214
215
211
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
221
227
228
221
230
231
232
233
234
235
231
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
2SS
256
257
258
U9
260
211
212
263
264
265

02-20-a4

;for Use by for •• t. direct disk i/o
;5••• as decdisk.
ooa.

OOID
OOaD
OOID
OOIF
0071

0073
0074
0075
007.
0078
007A
007C
007E
0080

008.

ooa.
0089
008A

function switch
then turn the function ON
then turn the function OFF
then r.ad the function status in AL

label near
physdisk1 proc far
SA 07
3C 01
72 lA
IE
OE
1F

MDY
CMP

AL,XCaMMANDIBxJ
AL.I

.JB

PHV$1

PUSH
pap

as
cs
os

save user·s OS

PUSH

a4 00
74 06
FE C4
3C 07
75 04
a8 26 0000 E
33 CO
AO 0000 E
IF
CA 0002

MDY

AH.O

.JZ

PHYS2
AH
AL.7
PHYS3
BYTE PTR Me _FLG,AH
AX.AX
AL,BYTE PTR MC FLG
as

assume turn funct ion on

INC
CMP
.1HZ

PHYS2:
PHYS3:

OOaD

ooaD
ooaE

;thts space .aker n •• dad for exe2bin 1-Apr-13 sas no joke

phySdisk

May
XOR
May
pap
RET

osses

0092
0014
0096
0019

OOIC
OOSE
00A1
OOA4
00A6
00A8

OOAA

OOAC
OOB 1
0084
OOBS
0019
OOBe
OOIE
OOCO
OOCS
OOCA
OOCE
00D4
0006
OODa
OODA
OODC
OODE
00E1
OOE4
OOE'
OOES
OOEA
OOES
OOEC
OOED
OOEE
OOEF
OOFO
00F3
00F5
00F7
OOFA
OOFC
OOFD
OOFE
OOFF
0100
0100
0102
0105
010S

53
06

---8E CO

32 02
aA 57 01
80 FA FF
15 06
8A 57 03
E8 09 90
DO E2
DO E2
DO E2
DO E2

logarv:

26,
8B

33
aA
83
72
8B
2E
26
26
26

88 16 0000
4F 04
CO
47 02
F9 02
07
FO
8A B4 01EE
a8 OE 0000
A2 0000 E
C6 08 0000

puSh

mov
mov

aX,seg zaOseg
as, ax

xo.
moy
cmp
jnz
moy
jmp
snl
shl
shl
shl

dl, dl
dl,xdrive(bx]
dl,Offh
logdrv
d l. xpndrv [bx]
stdrv
dl,1
dl,1
dl.1
dl,1

moy
moy

jb
R

skwed:

E 01

moy
moY
moY
moY
moy
xo.
moy
moy
cmp
j'

moy
mov
cmp
movlst:

j.
PUSh
PUSh
PUSh

pUSh
cld
pUSh
pop
raov
moy
moy
moy
.ep
pop
pop
pop
pop

0100
F3/ AS
07
1F
SF
5E
SO

tbx]

param.

;make drive
; is this a physical disk oper~
inc,its logical
:get user'S pre defined drive code
:else set the drive
;move drive # to high nybbla
;SHL DL,1
: 4 t i mas ; s
; much fast er

1·7

es:drvno,dl
; put drive/side ;n packet
cx.xtracklbx]
; get track 1/
aX,ax
;clear high byte
al.xsector(bX)
; get sect or 1/
cx,02
; is track 1/ ) 2
skwed
; ; f not, dont skew
5; ,ax
;else index into skew tabl.
al,cs:skewtbl_2Isi] : and .get skewed value
es:trackn,cl
; save track 1/
e5:secno,a1
; save processed sector
byte pt. es:nsect,1
ah,ah
a 1. xcommand [bx J
$;, ax
al,O
redfndl
cX,xdmaseg[bx)
aX,xdmaoff[bx]
51.03

fmt fnd 1
s;
d;
ds
es
cs
es
di,offset
ds,clI(
si ,ax
cX,100h
movsw
es
dS
d;

;clear high byte
;what to do'?
; index into funct; on table
; ; f read, use intermediate buffer and move

IC C9
Ba 0000 E

; get users data buffer pt.
; it is. aftar al"
a dword type
;a,-e we doing a format?
; then use the users buffer"
;sava the reg; sters we . . e going to cream
; in the block move
; make sura we are gOing ; n the right direct ion
; dest ; nat; on ;5 ou. segment

buffer

;and the default buffer
;and the source ;5 tn. users buf fer
;lIIove full

sector

;restore reg i st ers

0114
0119

2E, BA B4 017, R
2& , A2 0000 E

0110

mov
moy

ex,Cs
;use ou. buffer
ax. offset buffer-;for r.ad, and move after

shl
shl
shl
shl
add
mov

cx.1
eX,l
cX,ax
es : dntaadr ,cx

moy
mov

a 1. byte pt. cs:xdSkfcn[si)
; get funct ion cade
as: 'nccod,al
; put code ;n paCket

'mtfndl :

cx.1
eX,1

now set ds to cs fo.
2wl :

pUSh

later

;

redfnd 1 :

0100
010F

010B

stdrv:

moy
cmp

32 E4
8A 07
18 FO
3C 00
74 22
18 4F OA
8B 47 oa
83 FE 03
74 lC
58
57
1E
06
FC
OE
07
BF 0000 E
BE D9
8B

PACE

1(0'

Dl E1
D 1 El
Dl E 1
Dl E 1
03 C8
21, 89 OE 0000 E

0107
0109

assume turn fUnction off
; f > 8 tnen do as 8

;ds set to calling segment for
OOIF

get cOnlmand
check .. ed;. funct 1 on "I'

PHYS1 :

318

319
320

• dUp (0)

check media
COMMAND: 8
COMMAND: 7
COMMAND I •

314

315
316
317

1 -.

page

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
DEC Rainbow Rx-So/Zao disk driver
286
287
288
289
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
2ao
281
282
2a3
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
212
213
214
295
296
297
291
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313

PAGE

10c.' code

;make absolute address
,and put ; t ;n the paCket

The Mtcrosoft MACRa As.e .. bler

02-20-14

DIC RalnDDw R.-IO/ZIO disk dr IVer
321
322
323
324
321
:121
32'1
321
321
330
331
332
333
3U
33.
33.
337
331
318
340
341
342
343
344
34 ..
341
347
341
348
310
311
312
3S3
314
31 ..
3S1
317
3S1
3S1
:110
381
312
383
314
311
311
317
311
381
370
371
372
373
374
371

0111
0120
0122
0123
0124
0127
0121
on.
012A
012D
012F
0131
0133
0137
013C
013,.
0141
0144
01 • •

0141
014'
014D
0112
onl
0117
Dill
01&1
011A
0111

01ac
011D
0111
Dill

0113
DIU
0181
01 . .
0,.7
011A

01lD
DUE
0,.,.
0172
017S
0177
0171
017'
onA

Ie
I.
12
'1
II
IA
II
Ie
13
71
.1
D3

CI
DI

,.A 04
2A
04
CE
I I II 000,.
21: IA A4 0000 E
10 Fe 00
74 oe
10 ,.C 01
'I' os
14 01
I. 03 10
14 02
21: I I 11 0000 I
21: I I 27
33 D2
33 eo

call
pop
pop
push'
cmp
jnz

e.ecalO
d.

1-8

dx.O"

eggsit

c'.
"
si ,cl

and
moy
cmp

sf .0'1'1
ah.eS:byte ptr t

fmtset
ah,lb'"
at erflllt
a",ibllllval
.mtsat
ah.lbmlval
bx •• S:d .... dr
es:lbxl •• "
dX,dX
aX,ax

cmp

jnz
moy
jmp
at er fmt : mov
f ..t set: mov
mDY

.or
.or

81'1,0

set ds
save drive II
get function code
Invoke zao and watt .or status
recover function code
recover drive II
save "ags around grand mungtng we do
was thts • ".dta check?
t f not. just b.t lout
restore drive value
to its virgin stat.
..IIC any garbage
orm.t(st) ;get .. edia type
Is ttlts an RXIO,.
just put 0 in bu'fer
Is ttlts an IBM I sector
no.must be an IBM.
save MSDOS code

for us."s
assume JBM • sector '0,. now
get point.,. to )C'er buffer
Sava .. edia type in buffer
do move the buffer. but
dont ,.eturn • funny st.tus

8ggSit :

pop.
pop
pop
pop
pustlf
cmp
jnz

Ie
80 3,. 00
11

pUSh
puStI
pUSh
pYSh

01
'1
"'I

es
tIIx
;"estor. users request buffer
;s.v. flags aoa;n
byte ptr xcommand[bx),O iwas ttlis a r.ad'
oyth."e
dS

S.es

8E 47 OA
I. 'IF 01
01

moy
.. DY

PUSl'l

IP'

IE 0000 I

pop
mov

I I 0100

moy

ds
Si ,offset
cX,100h

,.31 AI
.,.

rep
pop
pop
pop
pop

II
07
IP'

0171
0171
onc

ID
eA 0002

017,.

0180
0111
0112
0183
0184
0181

PUSh

ror

IP'

eS,xdmasag[bx)
d; ,xdraaoff[bx)

;put data whe,.. the user expects to see it

buffer

IIOV$W

dl
sl
8S
ds

out h.,.. :

The Mtcrosaft MACRD Asse.bler
DaC .atnbow Rx-SO/ZIO diSk dr;ver
37.
377
371
371
:110
311

a.,es
ds.a)C
d.

mov

'IS

push

mov
mDv

olle R

PAGI

14
18

24
15

popf
ret
XDSKFCN: db

02-20-1.

dD
dD
dD
dD
db
Pl'lysdiSk1 endp

iretu,.n flaos
;called wtth JNT (cl.an staCk)
OKRDCDM

PAGI

OKWTeDM
OKWV"COM
OKFMTCOM
OKCMCOM
OKVFYCOM

1 -I

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
DEC Rainbow Rx-So/Zao disk driver
312
313
314
315
311
3a7
311
311
310
311
312
313
314
31'
31&
317
311
311
400
401
402
403
404
405
408
407
401
401
410
411
412
413
414
415
41&

420
421
422
423
424
425
428

427
428
429

430
431
432
433
434
435
43&

453

1- 10

iJnterrupt sarvice fro. the ZIO. Th. zao
itndicates it is done by setting ZaOPKT =_
jJa.PKT, and interrupting us. Once wa cl.ar
iour interrupt. it then zeros the packet
ipainter. The raasan for
this intar locking
ipatnter fiddling is a Mystery.

0185

0000

zpkt

0187
0111
0111
011C
0181
0113
0117
0111
01lA
018.

SO
O.

zaOisr:

pUSh
push
may
may
Kehg
may

ax
as
ax.seg IIOsag
es.ax
ax.es:xfrpkt
cs; zpkt. ax
al.intlaO
es
ax

. -. - R

II
I I CO

21 , 17 01 0000 I
2E , A3 01811 R
E4 00
07
51

2 t 1 :

pap
pap
i rat

i if the ptr ;5
do nothing,
is •• if packet back yet
i t f zppkt still O. uppar
iclear the int.

:0,

lev.l not back

;AS in the JSR, we .ust play strange games with
ipacket painters. Set tn. ,aa packet pOinter,
jinterrupt the zao, when it cl.ars it's tnt;arrupt. zero the packet pOinter. then watt
ifar an interrupt from the ZIO.
OUC
01lC
01A3
01AA
01110

28, C7 0& 0000 E 0000 E
21, C7 01 0115 R 0000
211, CI 01 0000 E 00
EI 00

execzaO:
may

as:xfrpkt.offsat IIOseg:packat
;set xfer paCket ready
cs:zpkt.O
iset status to gone
es:byte ptr status.O
intzaO,a'
;start zao,

moy
out

;w.tt until the zao accepts the interrupt,
it"an zero the paCket painter.
01B2
0181

26, 13 3E 0000 E 00
75 FI

xzO:

0111A
01BB
01Cl
01C3
01C4
01CS

FA
2E, 13 3E 0185 R 00
75 04
FB
F4
EB F3

xz1:

01C7
01Ca
01CC
OICE

FB
21, AO 0000 E
3C 00
75 02
F.
C3

xz2:

cmp
Jnz

word ptr as:xfrpkt,o
><.0

iWait for the

01DO
0101

Tl'la Microsoft MACRO Assembler
DEC Rainbow Rx-SO/ZIO disk dr t var
437
431
431
44a
441
442
443
444
445
448
447
44.
4 ..
450
451
452

PAGE

page

417
418

4,.

02-20-84

0102
0102

to interrupt us.

ClOp

cs:zpkt.O

jne
st;
hIt
jmp

><.2

; lock aut zeo,
osee U gone
;dona.

><.1

;wait fa. an
; interrupt.

st;
may

• , • 8S: st at us

:OK"?

ClOp

.1,0

jnz
clc

xzaOerr

i ; f no error,
:",ake sure carry bit cl •• r
; and return

.at

02-20-a4

PAGE

'''11

xzaOarr:

0101
0101
0100
OIDF

BE 0000
2&: AO 0000 E
3C 00
75 04
BO OC
EB OB

0111
0113
OIl!'
OIEI

DO CO
72 03
41
EB F9

0111.
01EC
OlEO

0105

Z80

01 ;

IA 84 OIFB
~B

moy
mov

s i .0
.1,es:exstat

Cl'Ip

.1.0

jnz
mov
jlllP

xz4:

rol

xz4
a', OCh
short xzS

a'. 1

jc
)(z3
inc
si
jlllP short xz4

xz3:
xz5:

may

stc
•• t

.l.er-reoda[si]

ipt,. to code,
;get ra~ machine status
;th;s may ba zero if no hardware error
;return "general fa; lure"
;Shift to Cy,
;next bit
,get return
;code,

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.r
DEC •• '"boW Rx-SO/Z80 dtsk drtver
4S4
4.1

...
...
4111
4.1
487

470
.71
472
473
474
47S
47.
477
.71
.7.
,.0
411
•• 2
4.3
• a.

,.5
.as

4a7

•••
•••
4'0

"AGE

;

;DEC RX-aO sector Skew tabl..
Only
;used on tracks 2 to 71. Tracks 0 and 1 are
junska.ed.

.111

,&7
•• 1
451
4.0
4.1
4n
4.3

02-20-14

;
01EE
01EE
01E~
01~0
01~1
01~2
01~3
01~4
01~.

01~'
01~7

01~'

skew

skawtbl_2 label byte

00
01
03
0&
07
01
02
O.
01
01
OA

db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db

;no sectol'"

•
2

•
••

; " I x -) MSDOS disk 81"'1"'01'" cads translate tabl •.
;
01~'
O'~I
01~A
01~a

01f'C
0111'D
01~E
01~~

0200

81"'I"'coda

02
00
OA
OB
O'
01
07
02

'abal byte

db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db

0201

2
C

••11
7
2

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b t

not

• wr

i t . fault,
seek 8rror •

4
3
2
1
0

CRC

SYnlbo lSa 1

. , ;gln

cOnlbine

class

IYTE
AT

PUBLIC

'CODE'

0000

Attl'"

Segments and groups:
N

•

CGROUP
CODE
zaOSEG

S;z.
GROUP
0201

0000

SYMbolS:

N a

Type

Yalue

AUXDP,
AUXP
AUX_PRN.

Number

0040

Number

0042

Number

0044

IUF~ER

CLK_ INT.
COMDMA
CO_AND.
COUNT.
CUItTItK
DECDISK.
DENSITY.
DMAADR

Number
Nuftlb.r
N..... b.r
NUrlber
Number

0000
002C

DMAD~F

~NT"NDL.

I'MTSET
~NCCDD

GAP LEN
GSCIt
HEAD
II."KT
IBMa
UN.YAL.
IBM.
IBM.VAL.
INTZaO
KDP,
KS' .
LOGORY
MC ~LG
MOYIST
NBECT.
aTERI'MT.

bUSy

PAGE

02-20-8.

1ft

WORD

L NEAR
NUrlb.r
y WORD
NUflber
NUnlbar
NUNber
y

BYTE

Number
NUribar

OOOt
OOOS

OOOE
0001
0000
0C;85

Number

0045

L NEAR
BYTE
L NEAR
L NEAR
y IYTE

OIlC

010S
0140

Y WORD

0000

NUnlber
Numbe"
Numbe ...
NUnlbe,.
Numbe,.
Number
Nl.lmbe,.

0001

Y IYTE
L NEAR

CODE
CODE
CODE
Exte,.nal

CODE
CaaE
Ext a,. n.l

0000
000'7

0002

L NEAR
Y BYTE

Ext."nal

0000

Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

L NEAR

Global
External

oooe

L IYTE

L NEAR

CODE

0000

000.
0159
0008
01FI

Number

Ext.,.nal

0043
0000

0000
000&

0012

0001
0002
0002
0000
0010
0011
OOA.
0000
OOEI
DODO
0141

Extern.l

CODE
Extern.l

COaE
Exte,.n.l

CaDE

8rl"'Or.

lost data,
•• Robin ... 8dta**

end

The Microsoft MACRO Asse"bler
DEC Rainbow Ihc-&O/ZiO dtsk drive,.

ready,
protect •

WI'" ita

coda ends

•• 1

DMASEG
DRIVE.
DRYNO.
DSKID.
DTL.
EGGSIT
ENN.
ERRCaDE.
eXCaM.
EXECnO.
EXSTAT

1
3

Tho Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
DIC Relnbow It.-so/zao disk driver
DUTHIRE.
PACKET
PACKIT ADR
PHYS! .
PHVI2.
PHVI!.
PHYSOISK
PHYSOISK1.
PRNDP.
PRNP
PROFILI!.
PZWI
OKCMCOM.
OKI'MTCOM
OKROCOM.
OKYFVCOM
OKWTCOM.
OKWYI'COM
RIDI'NOL.
ROM.
RX.O
RX.O'AL.
SICND.

slcsn

SICTDR
SKIWTSL_2.
SKWI!D.
SPARI41.
SPARI42.
SPT.
STATUS
STDR' .
TI'DRMAT.
TRACK.
TRACKN
TTRACK
UART
VI!RT
WI'RI"T
XCDMMAND
XCOUNT
XCPRSNT.
XDMAOf'F.
XDMASIG.
XDRI'I!
XDSKFCN.
Xf'RI'KT
XPHDRY
XSICTOR.
XTRACK
XZO.
XZI.
XZ2.
XZ3.
XZ4.

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
DEC Rainbow R.~IO/Z.O disk driver

XZII . . .
XZIOIRR.
ZIO . . .
ZIOISR .
ZDIIKFCN.
ZI 1.

ZPKT . .
ZWO . . .
Warning Severe
Brrors
Errors
o
0

02-20-a4

PAGE

NEAR 017S
,L SVTE

CODE

0000

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
F PROC
Numbar
Nu.bar
Number

L NI!AR
Numbar
NUNbar
NUMber
Number
Nu..bar
Number

L NEAR
Numbar
Number
Number

, SVTE
Number
Number

L IYTI!
L NEAR
Number
NUMber
NUMber

, IYTE

0000
OOaD
ooao
0014
DOlO
0010
0041
0043
00"
OliO
001S
0024
0013
0023
0014
0018
DIDO
001&
0000
0000
0000
OOOA
0003
OIEE
DOCS
0041
0042
0010

CODE
COOE
CODE
CODE
CaDI!

Y IYTE
Y IVTI
NUlllbar
Humber
Humber
Humbar
Number
Hu.ber
Number
Number
Number

L NEAR
, WORD
Number
NUMber
Number

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NIAR

COOl!
CODE

CODE

0002
0000
0000
0041
0040
0001
0000

E.t erna 1
External

0001

0002
oooa
OOOA
0001
017F
0000

CODE
Ihct:ernal

0003
0002
0004

02-20-a4

'AGE

L NEAR
L BVTE
L NEAR
L WORD
L NIAR

E.t: ern.'
Externa,

CODE
CODE
CODE
COOE
CODE

L NEAR
L NEAR

Length -011.

Ext:erna'

018A
01C7
olEa
OIEI

Numbar

Global

CODE

0000

Number

•• t.rn.l . .
Extarn.'

CaDI!

0000

NIAR OOAC
,L IYTE

IV..boIS-2

0182

01EC
0102
0047
01&7
0085
0117
01&S
002F

Sy"bolS~3

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Glob.l

DIIC Rainbow Rx-.O/ZIO diSk dr tver
SYMbOl Cross •• '.renc.
AUIDP.
AU.'
AUX_PRN.
IUI'I'IR
CGRDU'
CLK_IIIT.
CODE
CDMDMA
COMMAND.
CDUIIT.
CURTRK

.... ' '

is deftnitfon)

'3'"

........
""
II

214

30'

,.2

142

11
'2"

,.",

4 ••

100 ..
101 ..

110

17
102'"
13 ...
107'"
101 ..

110..
11.
113
112

313

:142

III

DICDISK.
DIIIIS ITY.
DMAADR
DMAD I' I'
DMASIG
DRIVI.
DRVIID.
DSKID.
DTL.

'0"
101"

IIGGSIT
liNN.
IIRRCDDE.
IIICOM.
IIXECZlo.
EXSTAT

:130
104 ..
411
7 ...
203
137.

34.'"

I'MTI'NDL.
I'MTSIIT
I'NCCDD

21.
331

307.
340

130'

III

GAPLIIN
GSCR

103'
30.
liD.

U.PKT
UM.
11M. VAL .
IBM.
IBM. VAL .
INTZ.O

12 ••

3'3

II'

.,'"

1111
110

132.

HIAD

KDP.
KSP.

Cre.-,

.3'"

211

471'"
325
440

410.

:1142.
311

337
331

43'
47 ..
44 ..
4 ...
21"

.,..

3.,
311

.,4

.2"

LOGDRV

251

212'"

MC_I'LG
MDVIST

11"
2.7 ..

242

244

NSIICT.

I3S ..

111

271

DIIC Rainbow Rx-SO/ZIO disk driver
Sv .. bol Cross •• ference

OTIRI'MT.
OUTHIIRE.
.. ACKIT
.. ACKIT ADR
.. HYS 1.
PHYIZ.
.. HYS3.
PHYIDISK
PHYSDISKI.
PRNDP.
PRNP
PROFILI.
P%Wl

''''

331
353

is definttion)

34 ",
371'"

121.

411

111'"
232
23.
241
17
22 ...

247'"
242 ..
243'"
227'"
311

I."

I.'"
.1'"

320.

OKCMCOM.
OKI'MTCOM
OKRDCOM.
OKVI'YCOM
OKWTCOM.
OKWVI'COM

24 ..
27"
22 ..
2."
23'"
2 ...

20.
37.
20'
3S0
20.
20.

RIIDI'NDL.
ROM.
RI.O
RI.OVAL.

212
77 ..
.2'"

:1104'"

SIICND.

133'"
IOU

....

177

27.

11'7
273
274'"

4.2 ..

413
2 •• ",

432

33.
170
17'

171
274

32'
3"

2S0

2'71

31'"

a ••

:110
SII

slIcsn

..'"

IICTOR
SKIWTSL_Z.
SKWIID.
S'ARI41.
l'ARII.a.
SPT.
ITATUS
ITDRV.

175
271
70"
71'"
10.",
13",
2"

TI'DRMAT.
TRACK.
TRACKN
TTRACK

111'"
'S'"
134'"
120'"

UART
VIRT

\ WPRINT
ICOMMAIID
ICDUIIT
IC'RSIIT.
IDMADI'I'.
IIDMAIIG.
IDRnl
ID.KI'CII.
II'RPKT

3,.
37.
3'7.
377

'S'"

10'"

:11:11.
311
124.

2'3
217

:II''''
:lin

III

381

411

Cref-2

DEC Rainbow RK-SO/zaO disk dr iva,.
Symbol Cross Reference

XPHDRV
XSECTOR.
XTRACK
XZO.

35*
34M
36*
419"

XZ 1.

424#

XU.
XZ3.
XZ •.
XlS.

426
447
442
444

XzaOERR.

434

zao.

76*
17

zaOISR
Z_05EG
ZDSKFCN.
Zil.

19_
399N

ZPKT

391*

ZWO.

169

115#

's definition)

43111'

451.

449

446#

452_
438N

393"
116
20 ...
398
171

142

151

412

425

Interrupt

fhe

253

395

411

177#

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Rainbow

Cref-3

260
269
267
420
429

PACE

I-I

rDutines

PAGE
TITLE

Rainbow

NAME

INTFIX

60.132

Interrupt

fix routines

4
5

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
Copyright Ie) 1983 Digita'

6
7

•9

r-ights

Equipment

10
11
12

cgr-oup group code

:Placed at

;either the proper MSOOS interrupt or
;the hardware vector, determined by looking
;at the last eXecuted instruct ion.

1.
16
17

pUbl ic

18
19

20
21
22
23
24

pUbl ic

25
26

, 0064
002C

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

0065

27
21

30
31
32
33
34

C
C

35
36

37
3_

C
C
C
C

40
41
42
43

44
45

46
47
4a
49

SO
61
52
53

54
55

·
··
·

·
··

0040
0041
0042

0043
0044
0045
0046

0047
001.

0010
0011

C
C
C
C
C
C

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

interrupts,

dispatCh to

int20. ;nt21, ;nt24, int2S, int:26, int27
dos20vec,dos21vec,dos24vec
dos25vec,dos26vec,dos27vec

pub 1i c

0000

the 2X

Corporation

I"'esarved.

code segment byte public 'code'
assume cs:cgroup,ds:nothing
include iodef.ash
;Rainbow Interrupt numbers.
;1~Apr-a3 sgs added dskio
tnt vector
;19-Mar a3 sgs added prOfile tnt vector [user clock)
:the int profile is called by the RTC interrupt service for each tick.
;The ax and ds register don't need to be saved Idone in Clk;S,-].
M

prof i le equ
c lk i nt equ
dSkio
equ

64h

2ch
6Sh

; 100. user interface to clock
; SOH 2 ; nt,
;direct disk ;0 for format

interrupt

;17-Mar-a3 sgs Changed to include int 20-26
;interrupt 22-24n are duplicated at 42-44h for consistency.
;These are the relocated Rainbow interrupts.
; interrupts, 20h-26h moved to 40h-4Sh
;ATTENTION Modules 10lNIT and REINIT may have to be
:changed if int vectors 40h to 46h are Changed
vert
spare41
spare42
comdraa
aUK _pron
excom
u.,.t
280

ro ..

tlqu
aqu
aqu
tlqu
tlqu
equ
aqu
.. qu
..qu

40h
41h
4%h
43h
44h
45h
48h
47h
lIh

:n8'" vert.

freq.

:DMA ct r 1 optional comm.
:7201 contra./printer: 8xtantad cOnlra. opt; on
in.", UART vect or,
,280 interrupt.
in.", ROM access.

,DEC Rainbow 10 po,.t st uf f .
kelp
ksp

tlqu
tlqu

10h
llh

•• 251 data port,
,8251 status.

board

The Micr-osoft MACRD AsseMblerRatRbow Interr-upt fix r-outtnes
liB

117
liB

II,
BO

II
B2
83
14

··
··
··

02-20-84

0040
0041
0042
0043

C
C
C

C
C
C
C

0001
0002

The Microsoft MACRO Assambler
Interrupt fix routines

auXdp
prndp
auxp
prnp

equ
equ
equ
equ

PAGE

1-2

40h
41h
42h
43h

;7201 data.
;7201 co .... nd.

;

Values In XDPTIDN

equ
"'prsnt
xcprsnt equ

02-20-"

01
02

;Winnte preset
; XCDMM presant

PAGE

1-3

Rain~ow

....
a•

70
71
72
73
7.
7.
71

77
7.
71

0000
000.
000.
OOOC
0010

001'

7
?
?
?

.,
?
?
?

7
?

;Dword painters into the DDS .
iATTENTIDN Must be one block for block Nove
dos20vac
doS21 vee
dos24vec
dos211vac
dos2Svac
dos27vec

dd
dd
dd
dd
dd
dd

('J

(,. I
('?I
('?I
('? J
('?)

ilNT 20 code. We must t . , l a software interrupt
i'roll a hardware one.

ao
II

I.
I.

if flaO set.
hardw.re_interrupt.
claar flao.
t rat .

•7

II
I'

10
II

12
13
14
III
I.

set flao.
enabl. intarrupts.
nop,
disable Interrupts.
if CD 20 on stack.
if "a020 set or I ' KK 2.
cl.ar
software_interrupt.
'r.t.

'1.0.

Th. Microsoft MACRO AS •••bl.r
• a'nbow Interrupt ftx routines

OZ-zo- ••

••

pago
tnt.ec

lao
101
10Z
103
10.
101
101
10'
10.
101
110

flao&nn db

lIZ
113

I II

iannaa:

III
I II

jn"

c5:flaol"n.1
C5:flaalnn,O
;annab

;<*> enable tnts.
;<.> set flao.
;off aoa;n,
iif flag cl.ar,
; t t 's hardware

;H ••.

"ag cleafed. Etther a hardware interrupt
;or a softWare interrupt that got interrupted
so,t parts. All we can do is assume
ott was a hardware interrupt. Goodbye.

:we raanabled interrupts, and didn't oet
:rupted. Must be software.
iAnnlb:

tlOV

jrnp

inter-

C5:"ao&nn,O
aword ptr d05ann.vee

intann snClp
andm

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Asse .. blar
_.inbow I nt errupt fix routines

112
113

if flag was
set . . . ust
ibe hardware
iservice it.

i<*)
i <*)

i t " our

Ill.

stl
IIOV

ell
CliP

lZ0
lZ1
12Z
123
lZ.
lZI
121
lZ'
lza
lZ.
1:10
131
13Z
133
13.
131
13.

III

ioont know what type of interrupt yet. NOTE:
.The Sfl ts done first: any pending Interrupt
.will NOT be serviced unti, the MoV ~LAG,1 is
;executed. Absolute minimurl ambiguity.

111

US
U'
U'
14.
141
1110

nn.hWi

intann proc far
doc
cs:flaol"n
ilnn&a
jn"
Int
hwl
iret

1,.

I ••

1-.

;Att •• pt to figure out where to go. The ·soft
.parts· (our •• bigutty) are marked with <*).

III

13.
131
1.0
Ul
14Z
U3

,.eero

~AIII

OZ-20- ••

pao·
001.
0011
0011
0011
OOZO
00Z2
00Z3
OOZ.
OOZA
OOZI
0031
00:13
003.
003A
003P

00
ZE:

FE OE 0011 R

' I 03

...

CD .0
CF
2E: C. O'
FA
ZI: .0 :II
01
CP
ZE: C' O'
ZE: PF ZE

001&

0011 R 00
0011 R 00
0000 R

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

i"tlll.e
db
;nt20 proc fa.
dec
jnz
Int
tret
120a:
st I
f '.020

"OV

ell
ClOp

jnz
irat
1Z0b:
"ov
j"p
IntZO .ndp

~Aal

1-.

20,v."t
0
cs: • 1&020
i20a
vert
cs:' 1ag20, 1
C5:"&020,O
IZOb

CO)
I f "aa was
( ' ) sat. raust
bo hardwara
sarv ice It.
( ' ) enable ;nt5.
( ' ) set flag,
off _gain,
I f flag el.ar.
It's hardware

cS:fla020.0
Clword ptr dos20vec

Til. Mlcr ••• ft M.CIIO •••••Dl.r
lIa'nD.w Int.rrupt .tIC routt"_.

,,.,
,sa
,..
,.7

"Z
,.1
,.4
UI
I.,
U7
"1

170
171

02-20-'4

pa ••
001'
0040
0040
0041
0047
004.
004.
004'
0011
OO.Z
0011
00'.
0011
0011
0011

,.,.

21!: 'I! Ol! 001' II
71 01
CD 41
C'
21!:

CI 01 001' II 01

•
•• 121.:
+
+

21: '0 I I 001' II 00
71 01
C,
ZI!: CI 01 003' II 00
21!:
ZI! 0004 II

172
173
174
175
17.
177
17.
In
110
111
liZ
113
U4
tal
11.
117

,.1

21,.'h
0

a.c
Jnz
Int

c.: "a.21
121a
4111

fret
at I

.oy

cs:"·a21,1

cit
coop
Jnz

os:, la021,O
IZID

trat
121D:
100Y
JIOP
+ IntZl endp

02-20-a4

The Mtcroso*t MACRO Ass •• bl.r
•• 'nbow Interrupt f t . routines

1-'

tnt •• c

aD
• fla.21
Int21 prDC .ar

...

e-) I f flaa w••
e*> .at. .ust
be h ......".r.
•• rvlce It.
e*> 8n.bl. tnts,
e-) set flao.
off aa·'n.
I f 'laD Cl.ar.
tt's h.rdware

CS: ".021,0
d"ord ptr dos21vec

PAGE

page
00 . .

+ flag24

00."

oon
OOIC
001l!
00'70
00'7'

0072
0071
0071
00"

DO.'
0012
0011
OOID

ZE: 'E OE 001' II
7' 03
CD 44
C'

ZE:

CI 01 001. II 01

ZE: 10 3E 001. It 00
01
C'
ZI! : C. O. 00 •• It 00
21! :
ZE 0001 II

'nt ..ac
db

+ int24 proc fa ..
aee

'24a:

jnz
int
iret
5t I

lOay

·
+
+
+

cit
eMp

In.

124D:

'ret

lOay

loop

'nt24 endp

24,4411

c5:"ag24
i24.
4411
cs:f,a02 •• '
eS:"aaZ4,O
124D

<*> if f'ag was
<*> set. must
ba hardware
service it.
<.) enabl. ints.
<*> set flaG.
off again.
if f'ao c'.ar,
it's hardw.re

CS:f1.,,24,O
dword ptr dos24vee

Tile Nlorosoft MACRO ••••• bl.,.
IIatnbOI' Interrupt fix rout tnas

02-20-14

'nt_c

111

DOlO

112
113
114
111

~OlI

III
III

DOlI
0013
OOIS
00''7
00.1
0011

III

001~

200
201
202
203
204
20S

00"0
00"1
00'"
00"1
OO,,~

00
21 : ~I DE DOlO R
'7S 03
CD 4S

CF
F.

21:

CI 01 0010

R 01

21: .0 3E 0010 R 00
'7' 01
C~

21 : CI 01 0010 R 00
21 : ~~ 2E OOOC R

00B4

db
+ flag2S
+ Int21 proc for
dec
+
jnz
+
Int
+
tr.t
+
st I
+ 12110:
IBOV
+
eli
+
coop
+
+
jnz

2S,4Sh
0
cs: f lag2S
1210
41h
cs: "ag2S, 1
C5:·'·02I,O
i21b

Co)

flag was

( 0 ) set. ..ust:
be hardwa,.e

serv tce tt.
Co) enabl. 'nts.
CO) set flaa.
off aoat",
f'ag Cl • .,,..
It's hardwa,..

frat

100V
+ 12Sb:
joop
+
+ tnt211 _ndp

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble,.
Rainbow Interrupt fix routines
20&
20'7
20a
209
210
211
212
213
2U
215
211
21'7
218
211
220
221
222
223
224
226
228

I-I

page

III
110

11'7

P"UI!

02-20-84

C5:"·025,O
dword pt:r dos21v8C

PAGE

1 -9

aile

Keyboard interrupt. Set .. flag. reenabl.
interrupts. If flag gets c1.ared, it was
hardware.
00B4
OOIS
00B5
OOBA
OOIC
OOBE
OOBF
OOCO
OOCI
OOC7
OOCD
OOCF
0000
0008
0001

00
2E: FE
03
CD 4&
CF
FB
2E: CI
FA
2E: ao
'75 01
CF
2E: CI
2E: FF

intmac
db
+ int28 proc far
dec
jnz
+
int
+
+ flag26

OE 00.4 R

'75

2&. uart

o
cs: flag28
i26a
uart

iret
01 00B4 R 01

+ ;28.:
+
+

3e 0084 R 00

; <*>

if f lag was
set. must

sat

; (*)

iba hardware
;service it.
i<*> enabl. i"ts ,

st i
100Y
c1 i

cs: f 1.g28. 1

i(*)

coop

cs: "802&,0

iO'f again,
iff flag cl •• r,
; i t ' s hardware

jnz

121b

iret

0& 00B4 R 00
2E 0010 R

+
+

moy
jrnp
, nt26 endp

Ulb:

cs:flag28,O
dword ptr dos28vec

flag,

Th. Mtcrosoft MACRO AsS ••bler
Ratnbow Interrupt fiM routine.

1-10

page
;ZIO interrupt. set the flag, if we
iretnterrupted, it was the ZIO.

22'
221
221
2:10
2:11
2:12
233
2:14
2:111
2:11
237
2:1.
2:1'
240
241
242
243
244
245
241
247
24.
241
250

tnt ..ac

0001
OODC
OODC
0011
0013
OOEI
0018
0017
0010
0011
00~4

00'"

00
21, ~I 01 0001 Il
711 03
CD 4,
C~

2£,

+ fl·027
db
+ 'nt27 proc f ••
+
dec
+
jnz
Int
+
+
t ret
+ t2'78:
st;

CI 01 0001 Il 01

21, 10 n
'11 01

0001 It 00

100Y
ClOp

21, CI 01 0001 Il 00
21: ~~ 21 0014 R

jnz

0102

code ends

OO~O

<*> if flag was
<* > set, .. ust
be hardware
service i t .
<*> enabl. 'nts.
<*> set flao.
aff aga;n,
if flag cl.ar.
tt's ".rdware

C5:f18027
'12'7.
210
cs:flag27.1
cs:flag27.0
t27b

iret

+ i27b:
100Y
+
JIOP
+ ;nt2'7 andp

00~7

27 •• 10

c 1;

+
+
+

a.~

c5:flag27,O

dward ptr das27vac

end

Tne Microsoft MACRO Assemblar
Rainbow I nt er rupt fix rout; "as
Macros:

III

INTMAC

02-20-14

PACE

Symbols"1

Length
001C

segments and groups:
N

•m •

CGROUP
COOl
Symbols:
N a

AUXOP.
AUXP
AUK PRH.
CLK INT.
COMDMA
DOS20YEC
00$21 YEC
DOS24Yl!C
00S2SVIC
OOS28VIC
DDS27YEC
DSKIO.
EXCOM.
FLAG20
FLAG21
FL.AG24
FLAG2S
fLAGU
FLAG27
120A
120B
121A
1218
124A

l2_a

I2SA
I2S1
USA
1218
127A
1278
INT20.
INT21.
INT24.
INT25.
INT21.
INT27.
KOP.

1ft

5;z.

at ian

combine class

GROUP
0102

BYTE

PUBL.IC

Type

Y&lue

Attr

NUrDbar
Numba,.
NUNIber
Number
Number
L DWORD
L DWDRD
L DWORD
L DWORD
L DWORD
L DWORD
Number
Number
L BYTE
L BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
L NEAR
F PROC
F PROC
F PROC
F PROC
F PROC
F PROC
NUriber

0040
0042
0044
002C

'CODE'

0043

0000
0004
oooa

oooe

0010
0014

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

G loba 1
Clobal
Globa'
Globa'
Gl Dba'
Globa'

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
COOE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Global
Global
Globa'
Global
Globel
Globa 1

0065
0045

001a
003F
0066

0010
00B4

oooa
0023
0034
004A
005B
0071
0012
0098
00A9
008F
OODO
00E6
00F7
0019
0040
0017
OOaE
OOBS
OODC
0010

L.ength
L. engt h
L.ength
L.ength
Length
L.ength

110026
110026
11002&
:0026
:0026
-0026

Tft. Mlcro.oft MACRO a ••••bl.r

•• Inbow
IC'~

I"t.~rupt

02-20-14

,tx routines

...

N"lIbe,.

~R.a' . •

Nu.b ...

~R.'

Nu .. be ..

..
'RaPILI.

NUMbe ..

Nu.b.,.

RDM . . .
• ,aRI41.
• ,aRI42.
uaRT . .
VIRT . .
.'R.NT .

NUlab ...

N..,lIb ...
N"lIb.,.
N"lIbe,.

N".. be,.

XC'R •• T.

NUllbe,.
N"tlbe"

ZIO . . .

~aGI

ODII
0041
OD43
0014

oou

0041
0042
0041
0040
0001
0002
004'7

W.rnino Sev ....

a,.,..r.
o

.rrors

Rainbow Interrupt

fix

routines

Symbol Cross Reference

AUXDP.
AUXP
AUX PRN.

CGROUP
CLK INT.
CDDE
COMDMA
DOS20VIC
DOS21YEC
DOS24VEC
DOS21VEC
DOS2IYEC
DOS27V~C

DSKiO.

l_ is definit;on)

..-

Cref'"

5 ....

5'"
'1
3201
11
45.0

23
22"

19
19

'70 ..
71 ..
'72"
'73"
'74"
'7S"

153
1'70
187
2C4
22S
2U

142
158
176
183
214
23_

14'7
114
181

20
20
20
33 ..

IXCOM.

4'7"

FLAG20
'LAG21
FLAG24
, LAGZS
FLAG26

,.0M

212.

P'LAG27

232"

120A
120'
I2IA
1211
124A
124'
I2I1A
I2SB
I2IA
12.'
l2'7A
12'7.
INT20.
INT21.
INT24.
INT2S.
INT21.
INT2'7.
INTMAC

143
150
110
11'7
1'7'7
114
114
201
215
222

KDP.
KS' .

14 ..

,.,.

157.
1'7 ••

235

242
18
18
II

141.

III"

1'7'"
213 ..
lS8

ROM.

10"

SI'ARI4I.
SPARI42.

43 ..
44"

31 ..

211

224.

23'"
244 ..

233.

1'7 ..

180

203.

218 ..

....

152
161
186
203
224
244

14,1f

138

sa"

148
116
183
200
221
241

112"
113.
"1"
110"
11 ....
11'7"

11
11

PRNOP.
PRNP
'ROFILI.

II'

211
231

241

182.

154

1'71

18'

205
226
248
1'73

231

•• inbow Interrupt

f'. rout'"e.

'II' Is definition)

.v_b.l Cr.s • • • • • r.nc.

c.,

UA.T
VI.T

Cr.f"2

211
144

W...... T

XC ... I .. T.

14'

ZIO . .

"II'

231

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
02-20-14
Dec Rainbow Interrupt vector initialization
PAGE
TITLE
NAME

•

5
8
7
1
1
10
11

public re_init.r100,xoption
extrn
extrn
extrn
extrn
extrn
extrn

24
2S

0000

32
33

34
31
38
37

.1
.2
43
C.

0084
002C
z 0085

.7
4'

c
c
c
c
c
c
c

c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c

int20:n •• r. int21:".ar
int2S:near. int24:near
int26:ne.r. int27:"e.r
dos20vac:dword,dos21veC:dword
dos2Svec:dword,dos24vec:dword
doS26vec:dwo"d,dos27vec:dword

code segment byte public 'code'
aSSUMe cs:cgroup.ds:cgroup
include iodef.ash
iR.inbow Interrupt numbers.
;1-Ap,.-13 sgs added dskio int vector
;1.-Mar-83 sgs add ad profile tnt vector [user clock]
:the int profile is called by tne RTC interrupt service for each tick.
;The ax and as register donlt need to be saved [done in clkisr).
prof; 1. equ
c lk i nt equ
dskTo
aqu

un
2cn

;100. user interface to clock
;60H2 int,
;direct disk io for for.at

•

112

a
a

•

a
a

0040
0041

0042
0043
0044
004.
0048

C
C
C

C
C

interrupt

; 17-Ma,,-83 sgs Changed to include tnt 20-28
iinterrupt 22-24n are duplicated at 42-44h fOr consistency.
:These are the relocated Rainbow interrupts.
;interrupts. 20h-21h moved to 40n-41h
;ATTENTIDN Modules IOINIT and REINIT may have to be
;cnanged if int vectors _Oh to _Ih are changed

C
s

initialization

;
Copies the MSDDS interrupt vectors
;from the 2)( block to the pr)( block. installs
;the magic routine at 2)(, wnich will determine
;the interrupt source, and dispatch to the right
;vector.

IS
11
17
11
11
20
21
22
23

80,132

DEC Rainbow Interrupt vector
REINIT

cgroup group code

31
40

1-1

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
Copyright (C) 1 •• 3 Digital Equip.ent Corporation
All right s r Bserved.

12
13

27
21
21
30

PAGE

vert
spare4'
spara42
CDrld ...
aux_prn
eXCDI'II

uart

equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ

40n

41n
42n
C3n
44n

41n

.an

: new vert.

f r eq.

DMA ctrl optional COI'IIll.
7201 cOI'IN./printer
extented COMN. option
new UART vector,

board

T". Nlcro.oft NACIID A••••bl.r
02-20-.4
DIC "a'nbow Interrupt vactor 'nit 1.II2.t Ion
'1
17
II

0
0

0047
001.

C
C
C
C
C
C

..
..
11
12

I.
aa
I.,

0
0

.
0

0010
0011
0040
0041
0042
0043

C
C
C

C
C
C
C
C
C
C

70
71

0
0

0001
0002

a.o
ro ..

equ
aqu

'0
1\

12
13
84
85

kdp
ksp

auxdp
prndp

auxp
prnp
;
;

.qu
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ

100
101
102
103
104
105
lOS
107
loa
101
110
111
112
113
114
115
11.
117
118
111
120
121
122
123
124
121
121

47"
II"

;2.0 Interrupt,

inew ROM access,

10"
11"
40"
41"
42"
43h

;IZII data port,
;.211 status,
;7201 data,
;7201 co_and,

Values In XOPTIDN

wprsnt equ
xcprsnt equ

01
02

iW,nn'e preset
; XCOMM pr •• ent

PAGE

page
0000

in't proe far

•

Copy the DDS tnterrupts to
safe place, then
install our magic rout i nes there .
0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0001
0001
oooa

FA
50
53
51
52

0001
OOOA
oooa
0010
0012

57
IE
08
I~

01 001'7 R
'74 03
EI SI .0
~.

c 11
push
push
push
push
push
PUSh
push
push

ax
bx
cx
dx
51
dl
ds
es

push
pop
test
ja
jmp

cs
ds
byte ptr r100,Offn
r100.
skip

check 100A or

;Copy INT 20, 21. 24. 25. 28 and 27 vectors to the liDS
idword placas. dos_aevac lIIust ba squanti.l [ i"t'he.asm)

I.
87
8.

1-Z

;DIC Ra'nbow 10 port stuff "

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
02~20~.4
DEC Rainbow In~.rrup~ vector initialization
72
73
74
75
75
77
7a
71
ao
al
a2
a3
a4
as
as
a7
aa

I'AGI

OOIS
0018
OOIA
0011

.8 0000
IE Da
OE
0'7

OOIC
001D
0020
0023
0028

002a
0028
0021
0031

r100a:

100V
100V

push
pop

aae,O
ds,aae

iDS:-

low ... ara,

ieS: Ii

liDS,

cld
mov
; 2 vectors
cae.2*2
mov
si,20h*4
iSAva [NT 20,21
mov
di ,offsat dos20vac ; in our CS: ,
rep movsw

.1 0004

II 0010
I~ 0000 I
F3/ AS

;". vect or 5
cae,4.2
mov
st,24h*4
iSAva INT 24, 25.
mov
di,offset dos24vec i in our CS: ,
rap movsw

oooa
IE 0090
I~ 0000 E
F3/ AI

100V

;

; Install our dr'vers in the interrupt vectors.
0033
0038

la 0000
aE CO

.. ov

003a
0031
003E
003F
0041

IF ooao
la 0000 I
AI
ac ca
AI

100V

0042
0041

la 0000 E
AI

100V

mov
stosw
100V

a.,O
as,ax

StDSW

low mem,

di,20h*4
; tnstall ours.
aX,offset ."t20
a.,cs

stosw
100V

i ES: Ii

ax, offset Int21

28,

100.

The MicrosOft MAC.O AS ••• b1.r
02-20- ••
DIC Rainbow Interrupt vector tntt ta' tJlat ton

"AGE

121
12.
121
130
131
132
133
134
13S
131
137
131
13'
140
141
142
143
lU
14&
141
107
141
14_
150
151
152
153
lSI
155
151
157
151

ax.es

0041
00.1

0048
OOIC
004"

IC CI
AB

100Y
stO$W

: restor_ ortglnal vactor In 22, 23
; .. SdOS chang_d the .... at inlt t i .. a.

0004
BE 010a
'3/ AS

OO~C

OOIE
0051'
0012
0013
0015
0061
00.1
OOIA
OOIC

now po i nt s

B. 0000 E
AI
• C C•
AB
n 0000
AI
IC CI
AI
0000 E
AI
IC CI
AI
I I 0000 E
AI
IC CI
AI

IBOY
stosw
100Y
stosw
.. OY
stosw
.. OY
stosw
moy
stosw
100Y
stosw
moY
stosw
.. OY
stosw

;

OOID
OOIE
0081'
00'70
0071
0072
0073
00.,.
0075
00'71

159

160
161
162
163
154
165
181
167
1&&
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
17"

00"7
0078

;2 veet ors
;duplicated vectors

100Y
CX.2*2
100Y
si.42h*4
rep movsw
;dl

0011
0054
001.
0057
0051
00.1

1-4

loth

skip:

5.
SE
SA

59
51
51
fI

CB
00
00

Int

21h

aX,offset

I ntZ.

ax.es
aX,offsat

, nt25

ax.es
aX,offsat

I ntZI

aX,es
aX,offset

i nt2"

ax, cs

100A/1 come hara to finish system vaet or setup
pop
pop
pop
pop
pop
pop
pop
pop
st i
• .,t

r 100
db
xopt ion db

00'7'

0079

eode ends

.,s
ds
dl
sl
dx
ex
bx
ax

;Re·enable ints
0
0

;nit endp

end

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
02~20·a4
DeC Rainbow Interrupt vector initialization

PAGE

SymbOls· 1

Seg,..nts and groups:
N

•m

CGROUP
CODE
SymbOlS:
N a
AUXDP.
AUXP
AUK PRN.
CLK INT.
COMDMA
DOS20VEC
DOS21VEC
DOSZ4VEC
DOS2SVEC
DDS2&VEC
DOS2"7VEC
DSKIO.
EXCOM.
INT20.
INT21.
INT24 .
INT25.
INT2" .
INT27.
KOP.

ali gn

combine c'ass

GRDUP
0079

BYTE

PUBLIC

Typa

Va'ue

Attr

Number
Number
Number
Number
Number

0040
0042
0044
002C
0043
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0065
0045
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0010
0011
0041
0043
0064
00'7'7
0015
0000
0011
0060
0041
0042
0046
0040
0001
0002
0078
0047

DWORD

V aWORD
OWORD
V OWORO
V DWORO
V DWDRD
Number
Number
L NEAR
L NEAR
,.EAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
L BYTE
L NEAR
PROC
Humber
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
L IYTE
Number

KSP.

PRHDP.
PRNP
PROFILE.
Rl00
R100A.
RE INIT.
ROM.
SKIP
SPARE41.
SPARE42.

•

UART
VERT
WPRSNT
XCPRSNT.
XOPTION.
ZIO.

Warning Seve,.e
Errors
I!rrors
0

Size

'CODE'

Externa'
Externa'
Externa'
Externa'
Ext ern.'
Ext erna'
Externa'
Ext erna'
Externa'
Ext erna'
External
Extern. ,

CODE
CODE
CODE

Glob.'
Globa'

CODE

Globa'

Length

=00'79

DIC It. I nbow In' ..... up, vecto .. In"
Iy_bol Cr.s ••• f ....nc.
AUXDP.
AUXP
AUX _Pltll.

1., 12., Ion

....

Is do' In" lonl

C... f-I

13 ..

.3 ..

CGItDUP
CLK_INT.
CODE
COMDMA

3 ...

DOIZOVIC
DOIZIVIC
DDIZ.VIIC
DDIZ.VIIC
DDIZ.VIC
DOIZ"7VIC
DIKIO.

Z'"
Z'"
2 ...
Z'"
2""
Z""
.0..

Z'"

IZ"

....

IIXCOM.
IIITZO.
IIIT21.
INT2 •.
IIIT2 •.
INT2'.
IIITZ., .

2Z ..
22"
23"
23 ..
2 ...
Z...

........

KOP.
KSP.

17.

10.
111

lZ0
125

131

'.3
,..,
115 1

81"

12110

PRNOl'.
I'RNP
PRO~ILE.

3."

Itl00
Rl00A.
RE IIIIT.
ROM.

20
12
20

s., ..

IKIP
IPAR •• ,.
SPARE4Z.

50 ..

.,"

.... ....
II

.,4 ..

,. ...

as ..

UART
YERT

4'"

WPRINT

.,0 ..

XCPRINT.
XOPTION.

",
.
20

zao.

s ...

no ..

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bler
DiSk definitton tables for MSDDS 2.00

OZ-ZO-14

2
3
4
S

1
7

PAGE

I-I

PAGE
TITLE
NAME

10,132
Disk definftion tables for MSDDS 2.00
OSKTBL

COMPANY

CON~ID.NTIAL

•
1

10
11
12

13
14

11
11
17
11
18

20
21

0000

caroup group code
code seg.ant byte pUblic ·code'
assume cs:cgroup.ds:cgroup
pUblic

dsktbl,'ntttbl

extr"

decdisk:n •• r

dskblk Macro bpbp,dchk.drvr.ctrk.secstz.spt,dens.drv.dtrk.OP' •• nn.dtl

23
24
2S
28

40
41
42
43

4.
41S

48
47

bpbp

dchk
drvr
ctrk
secstz
spt
dens
drv
dtrk

dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw

dw
dw

ZI
28
30
31
32

:14
3S
3S

;;.serdsk:near

iDefine the disk data block used by the lIDS.

gpl

enn
dtl

;11'1 pt.,

i1K fixed aSk,
.driver adar,
:curr trk ptr.
isector size.
isectors/trk.
.denstty: O-RX 1=IIMI 2-IIMI
;drtve ••
idens. chk trk
i,a. gap len.

.'1' data
N.
len.

:'"

endm
iCre.te •
bpb

IPa block for the syste •.

.acro secSiz.clssiz,ressec.fats,dtrs.dsksiz,medta,spf
dw
secstz
;sector size,
db
clsstz
;cluster size,
dw
ressec
irasv'd sectors
db
fats
.11 FATs.
dw
dirs
ill dirs.
dw
askstz
;total sectors.
db
.edia
; •• dia byte,
dw
spf
isectors/FAT.
endm

Til. Microsoft MACItD As .... bler
DISk definit ton tablas fD~ MSDDS 2.00

D2-2D-'.

.1
10
11
12
13

.••..

I.
II

iJnttta'lzatton tabl •. Merely e set of
ipofnters. on. p.~ unit. to til. lar ;est

:IPI
DODO
0001
D003
ODDS
000"

O.
OO.C
OO.C
OO.C
OO_C

'0
71

It
It
It
It

O.
0012 It
001A It

ODZ2 It
002A It

001A
ODIC
DOl!
0020

0071
OODI
0131

,.,.

0022
002.
0021
002_

0081

002A
002C
0021!
0030

OOAI
0101
0111
011.

'2
'3

"'I

100
101

1111

111

11"
111

III

120
121
122
123
124
121
12.
12'
12_
12'
1:10
131

112
133
134
131
131
13.,
131
13'
140
141
142
143
144
14.
141
14"
141
141

,.0
111
112
113
114
111
III

....

dw
dw
dw

diska

dw
dw
lOw
dw

01"

0111

bpbdac
bpbdac
bpbdec
bptltbm

•dtsk.

:DEIUG

:11

diSkS •

dtskb
dfske

diskel

diskx

,DEIUG

Don

ta"'.

d .. ib,.•
dllita,.•

currx
dec •
tb...
tbllli.

cur".

dtskb

lOw
lOw
dw
dw

decta
ibmb
tbntltl

diske

dw
dw
dw
dw

dace
; t ..ac

dw
dw
dw
dw

deed
;bntd
ibmld
eurrd

0182

014'
0113
dtskd

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
DiSk deftnition tab1es for MSDGS 2.00
102
103
10.
lOll
lOll
10'
loa
10'
110
111
112
113
lU

• • ch

; iellSkX

0011
DOli

bpbdac

unit there e~. three .,ternative
; for.ats. This
deftnes the three formats
; for • • ch drive, end pOi nt er to the byte value
ithat tells which to US8.
iP'or

0012
OOU
0011
0011

..••

db
dw
lOw
dw
lOw
dw

dsktbl

I!
12

I'
.1

•

;0' drives .
0001
000 A
OOGe
DOOE
0010

•0

•1

unit.

:IIDS internal data tables. Thes. def Ina ell
iPI'IVS tca ' charactertst ics end current for .... t
; for • • ch drive. Til. f frst byte Is til. nu ..ber

.,.

•3

tha't

'2
'3

••

fo~

Inlttbl db
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw

I!
12
13

II
17

1-2

paoe

..
..••
,.,.,.,."

PAG!

02-20-a.

currb

ib.. le
curre

PAGE

,These tab'es describe .ach 'ogiea' drive's
,physica' charactertstics. Eaeh logica1 diSk
,na5 a tab'e entry.
,ATTENTION the fat td byta for •• ch tab'a
i must ba diffarent.
0032
0032
0034
003.
003'
003a
003A
003C
003D
0031'
00:11'
0041
0042
0044
0045
004'
00.1
OO.A
OO.C
OO.C
OO.I!
00.1'
0011
0012
0014
OOSI
DOS'

bpbibm.:
0200
01
0001
02

0040
0140

+
+
+
+
+

1'.

0200
01
0001
02

+
+

0001

0040
DIll

I'C

0002
0200
01
OOU
02
00.0
0320
fA
0003

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+

bpb

dw
db
dw
db
dw
dw
db
dw
bpbl""'l: bpb
dw
db
dw
db
dw
dw
db
dw
bpbdec: bpb
dw
db
dw
db
dw
dw
db
dw

512,1,1,2 •• 4.'.40,Ofah,1
512
isector siaa.
1
icluster 5i3e,
1
iresv'a sectors
2
, . fATs.
14
dirs.
1.40
itota' sectors,
Of.n
,.ed'a bvta.
1
isectors/FAT.
512,1.'.2.14,'.40.0fc",2
"2
isector siae,
1
ic'uster siaa.
1
iresv'd sectors
2
,II fATs.
14
dirs.
•• 40
;tota' sectors.
Ofc"
i.edta byte.
2
isectors/~AT.
.,2.1.2.,0.2 ••••• 0.'O.O'.h.3
"2
isector siae.
1
.cluster siae.
2*10
iresv'd sactors
2
, . fATs.
dtrs,
aO*10
;tota' sectors.
Of a"
i • • dia bVte,

i.eetors/~AT.

is:

o c. ItX-IO
1 .s IBM. sectors

2 •• leM • sectors or (Rabin)
zao for 80/40 track svitc".
then ao tracks, e1 •• 40 tracks.

,Til'S is used by t"a
,If 0

DOli
ODS.
OOSI
OOSD
0011'

00.,
0013
OO'S
00'"
00'1
00'1

oo.e It
0000
0000 E
0171 It
0200
OOOA
0000
0000

0002
0000

dec.:

•+
+

•+

••
+
•

dSkb·lk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw

bpbdec,O,decdtsk track.,112.tO,O.O.Z,O,O,O
bpbdec
8"8 ptr,

decdt.k
tracka
S12
10

o
o
2

f hced dSk.

drtyer .ddr.
curr trk .,tr,
sector sta.,
•• ctors/trk,
Ooltl _,
101lMI 201lMI
idenstty drtve
dens.

cllk

'7 •• gap

t~k

'en,

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble,.
Disk definition tables for MSDOS 2.00
167
15a
151
180
181
182
113
184
186
186
167
118
1 as
170
171
172
173
174
176
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
18.
110
111
112
183
114
115
116
197

0010

GOlF
0071
0071

0000
0000

0071
0078

OOOA

0075
0077

0070

0000

007F

0001

0011

0002
0000

00a3
00a5

0017
0011
00a9

001.
008D

008F
0011

+
+

0000
0000
dace:

004e R
0000
0000 E
017. R
0200

0083

OOOA

0095

0000
0002
0002
0000
0000
0000

0097
0099
00 ••
0090
009F
OOAt
OOAt
OOA3
OOAS
OOA?
OOAI
OOA8
OOAO
OOA"
OOBl
0083
OOBS
00B7

dw
dw
deeD:

OO.C R
0000
0000 E
017A R
0200

0073

02-20-U

004C R
0000
0000 E
017C R
0200
OOOA
0000
0003
0002
0000
0000
0000

+
+

··
deed:

·
+

dskblk

OOBS
00B9
OOBB
OOBO
OOIlF
OOCt
OOC3

ooes
OOC'7
OOC'
OOC8
OOCO
OOCF

ibma:
0032 R
0000
0000 E
O,7D R
0200
0008
0002
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

·
+
+

Tho Mic,.osoft MACRO Assembler
DiSk definition tables for MSDDS 2.00
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
211
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
226
221
230
231
232
233
234
235
23&
237
238
231
240
241
242
243
244
245

24.
247
24.
241
250
251
262
253
2154

255
258
2.7
21a
211
280
2.'
212
2'3
284

Zl'

2 ••

0001
0001
0003
0005

0007
0009
OODB
0000
OOOF
OOE1
OOE3
OOES
00E7
OOE.
00E9

OOE.
OOED
OOEF
OOFl
00F3
00F5
OOF'7
00F9
OOF.
OOFD
OOFF
0101
0101
0103
0105
0107
0108
0108
0100
010f
0111
0113
0116
0117
0111
0118
011.
0110
011F
0121
0123
0125
0127
0121
0121
0120
012F
0131
0131

ibmb:

0032 R
0000
0000 E
017F R
0200
000'
0002
0002
0000
0000
0000
0000
0032 R
0000
0000 E
0180 R
0200
000.
0002
0003
0000
0000
0000
0000

oon R

•

··
·
·•

;bmc;

ibmd:

•

0000
0000 E
0170 R
0200
0001
0002
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

OO:lF R

ib,.,.:

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ibNlb:

0
; 785 N.
0
;765 Clata len,
bpbdec.O,decdisk,trackb,S12.10,O.1,2,O.O,O
bpbdec
;BPB ptr.
0
; 1 :: fixed dSk,
decdtsk
idrive,. add,.,
trackb
; curr trk pt r.
612
; sector size.
10
; sectors/tr-k.
0
;density: OIRK 1:: 'eMI 2:laM9
1
;drive II.
2
;dens. chk trk
0
;765 gap len,
0
;765 N.
0
; 7as data len,
bpbdec,O,deCdisk,trackc,512,10,O.2,2,O,O,O
bpbdec
;BPB ptr.
; 1 , fixed dSk,
0

;cur,. trk ptr-,
512
; sect or Size,
10
isectol""s/trk.
0
: dens; ty: O;:RX 1:: IBMI 2: I.M9
2
;dr;ve It.
2
;dens. chk trk
0
;715 gap len.
0
;'765 N.
0
;'765 data len,
bpbdec. O. deed i sk, t r ackd, 512. 10,0,3.2,0,0,0
bpbdec
;BPB ptr,
0
; 1& fixed dsk,
deedisk
;driver addr.
trackd
; cur,. trk pt r,
512
; sect or size,
10
;sectors/t,.k,
0
;denSity: O'RX 1 = 18M8 2aliMS
3
;drive It.
2
;dens. chk trk
0
;765 gap len.
0
;7.5 N.
0
; '765 data len,

dskblk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw

bpbibm,O,deedisk,tracke,5t2, 8,2.0,0.0,0.0
bpbibm
;BPB pt r •
0
; 1: fixed dsk,
decd; sk
; d,. iver add,.,
tracke
; curr trk pt r.
512
; sect or Size,
8
; sectors/tr'k.
2
;density: O~RX t: IBMa 2=18M'
0
;drive N.
0
;dens. chk trk
0
;785 gap len,
0
;765 N.
0
; '7 IS data len,

02-20-84

0032 R
0000
0000 E
017E R
0200
0008
0002
0001
0000
0000
0000
0000

1-4

dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dskblk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dskb 1 k
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw

188

119
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211

PAGE

deed i sk

;driver

add,. •

trackc

PAGE

1-5

dskblk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dSkblk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dskblk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw

bpbibm,O,decdisk,trackf,5t2. 1,2,1,0,0.0,0
bpbibm
;BPB ptr.
0
; 1: fixed dSk.
deed; sk
;d,.;ver addr.
trackf
;curr trk pt r,
512
; sect or Size,
8
;sectors/trk.
2
;density: OzRX 1 = IBMI 2: IIM9
;drive II.
0
;dens. chk trk
0
;'785 gap lan.
0
;'765 N.
0
;'765 data len,
bpb;bm.O,decdisk.trackg,S12. 8,2,2,0,0,0,0
bpbibm
;BPS ptr,
0
; 1 = fixed dSk,
decdisk
;driver addr,
t,.ackg
; cu,.,. trk ptr.
512
;secto,. size,
8
isactO,.s!t,.k,
2
;density: O=RX 1: IBM. 2=11M9
2
id,.ive II.
0
;dens. chk trk
0
;'765 gap len,
0
;7&5 N.
0
;7.5 data ten,
bpbibm,O,decdisk.trackh,S12, ',2,3,0,0.0,0
bpbibm
;BP. pt,. •
0
; 1 I: fixed dSk,
decdisk
idriver add,..
t,.ackn
;cur,. trk pt,. ,
612
;sector size,
8
;secto,.s/trk,
2
,density: O=RIC l·IBMa 2-IIM8
3
; dr ive II.
0
;dens. chk trk
0
;765 gap len,
0
; 715 N.
0
; 715 data len,

dskblk
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dw
dSkb1k

bpbibm',O.decdisk,tracka,S12.I,2.0.0,O,O,O
bpbi bm';BPI ptr.
; 1 , fiked dSk.
0
decdisk
; dr tva,. add,..
t,.acke
iCUr,. trk pt r ,
612
;sector size,
;sectors/t,.k,
2
,density: O-RIC 1=18M. 2 a 18MS
0
idrive II.
0
;d."5. chk trk
0
;7.' gap len,
0
;715 N.
0
;78' data len,
bpbtbml,O.d.cdtsk,trackf.112,'.2.1,O,O.0.O
bpbibll'
;BPI ptr,

•

The Microsoft MACRO AS ....bl.r
DISk def intt ion tabl.s for MSDDS 2.00
211
218
211
2'0
2"
2'2
2'3
2'.
2'5
2'.
2"

z,e

2"
210
211
ZI2
ZI3

ze.

2aS
ZII
281
21'
211
210
ZII
ZI2
ZI3
ZI.
ZI5
21.
2e,
ZII
Z..
300
301
302
303
lIOI
lIOS

0133
0131
013'
0131
0131
0130
013f
0141
0143
DIU
014'
014'
DIU
OIU
01.0
Ol.f
DIS I
01&3
DIll
01&'
DIU
01.B
0150
OISF
01S1
01S1
01S3
OIlS
011'
DIll
DIU
0180
OIlF
0171
0173
0175
on,

0000
0000 I
0171 R
0200
0001
0002
0001
0000
0000
0000
0000

0000
0000

+
+
+

ib"ld:
003F R
0000
0000 I
01&0 R
0200
0001
0002
0003
0000
0000
0000
0000

+
+
+
+
+
+

lOW
lOw
lOW
lOw
lOw
lOW
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
dskblk
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOW
lOW
lOw
lOW
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
dskblk
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw
lOw

i idmib... :

02-20- • •

PAGI

1-'

I- fhc.d dsk.
drive ... • ddr.
curl" trk ptr.
sector Size.
sectors/trk.
O=RX 1.tBMa 2= 11M'
drtve II.
dens. chk trk
'IS gap len.
'IS N.
'IS data len.
.trackG,512.1.2.2.0,O.O,O
IPI ptr.
I- ftxed dSk.
driver add I" ,
curl" trk ptr.
sect or SiZ8.
s.ctors/trk.
i denSity
O=RX 1=IBM. 2=IBMt
2
drive II.
2
dens. chk trk
0
0
'IS gap len.
0
'IS N.
0
'IS data len.
bpbtbrnl.O,decdis ,trackh.S12.I,2.3.0,O.0.0
IPI ptr.
bpblb.. 1
0
1- fixed dsk,
decdisK
driv.r addr.
trackh
curl" trk ptr,
512
sect or size.
sactors/trk,
iCl8nsity
O=RX 1=laM. 2=ISMI
2
dr tve II.
3
0
dens. chk trk
0
'IS gap len.
0
'.5 N.
0
'B5 d.ta lan.

0
decdisk
trackf
512
I
;dens;ty
2
1
0
0
0
0
bpbtb.t.O.deCdiS
bpblb..1
0
decdisk
trackQ
S12

•

dskblk

bPblb~.-1.s.rdsk.'tr.ckx.S12 ••• 3.1.0.0.0.0

PAGE

page
iCurrent tracks. The current traCk Is kept
ifor each PHYSICAL drive; note that the tables
i.bov. that usa the sa .. e PhySic.l drive point
ito the s.me curr.n~ track. No need to fiddle
iwith these. except maybe to add one if more
;drives are added.

312

333
33.
33S
331
33'
331
331
3.0

+
+
+
+
+

0000

301
30'
301
301
310
311

332

+
+
+
+
+

t b .... e:

003f R
0000
0000 I
OIH R
0200
0001
0002
0002
0000

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
DiSk definition t.bles for MSDDS 2.00

313
314
315
311
317
311
311
320
321
lI22
323
321
325
321
32'
321
321
330
331

02-20- ••

on.

0~7A

1'1'

~r.ckb

onl
one

I'f

trackc
trackd

db
db
db
db

255
255
2S5
255

0170
OnE
OnF
OliO

1'1'

'tracks
t rackf
t rackg
t rackh

db
db
db
db

25S
2SS
2SS
25.

ff
fF
I'f
ff

tracka

: ; trackx

;s.... drtves as
;bsl0w. but dif'erent
;number of tr.cks.

2S1

:turrent forlll.~ selections. On_ per logical
;drive. These gat upd.ted by ~h. _edi. check
;dtSk c.l1. to either Of' or 2.
0111
0112
0113
DIll

DIU

00
00
00
00

curr.
currb
currc
currd

db
db
db
db

0
0
0
0

; ; currx db

code ends

end

The Microsoft MACRO Asse .. bler
Disk de' tnit t on tables for MSDOS 2.00

02-20-1'

PAGE

SYNIb01s-1

M.cros:

N a m

•

Length

IPI.
DSKILK

0006
0001

segments and groups:

•m.

Size

CGRDUP
CDDE

al ign

combine class

BVTE

PUBLIC

GROUP
DIU

'CODE'

SYMbolS:

N a ..

•

Value

Att:r

IPIOIC
IPIUM
IPBUMI.
CURRA.
CURRI.
CURRC.
CURRO.
DICA
DICI
DICC
DECO
OICO ISK.
OISKA.
DISKB.
DISKC.
DISKD.
OSKTIL
IIMIA.
JIM. I .
IBMIC.
IIMIO.
liMA
IBMB
IIMC
UMO
INITTIL.
TRACKA
TRACK.
TRACKC
TRACKO
TRACKE
TRACKF

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
IVTE
IYTE
IVTE
BVTE
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
WORD
WORD
WORD
WORD
BVTE
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR

004C
0032

CODE
CODe
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

NEAR

IYTE
BYTE

0170
017E

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

TRACKG

BYTE
BYTE

017F

CODE

OlIO

CODE

Type

0111
0182

0113
0114
0058
0071
0019
00A1
0000
0012
001A
0022
002A
0009
01,.
0131
0149

CODE

0161
0089

NEAR

OOD1

CODe

NEAR

00E9

NEAR

0101
0000
0178
017A
0178

CODE
CODE
CODE

IVTE
BVTE
IVTE
BYTE
BVTE

one

External

CODE
CODE
CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODe
CODE
CODE
CODE

NEAR

TRACKH

003F

Global

CODE
CODE

Warning Severe
Errors
Errors

The Microsoft MACRO AsseNbler
Disk definition tables for MSDOS

02"20"84
2.00

PAGE

Symbols-2

DiSk definition tables for

MSDOS 2.00
( ..

Symbt:ll Cross Reference
BPI.
BPBOEe
BPI IBM
ape IBMI.

110
5.
110111

CGROUP
CODe
CURRA.
eURRB.
CURRC.
CURRO.

11 aN

11
11

13
12 ..
331.
332#
333.

101

3341t

DECA
OECI
DECC
DeCD
DI!CDISK.
DISKA.
D 15K •.
DISKC.
DISKD.
DSKBLK
D5KTBL

; s def ;nit ion)
119
57
200
253

59
22.
271

13
12

334

102

175

172

141

160

173

1 II

202

215

22.

241

255

26.

211

,.1

212

22.

23.

252

265

271

211

128_

239
212

168.

172"

,asit

16"

141
.3 ..

........

61
69

70
71

.3 ..

,..

,.1
67 ..

252"

90
.5
100

265 ..
27811

291.
199N
212N
225N
238N
55"

150
163
176
181
203
216
229
242

315"
31 SN
317N
31811'
2 ••
218
282
2.5

••

.4
99

TRACKA
TRACKB
TRACKC
TRACKD
TRACKE
TRACKF
TRACKG
TRACKH

213
2&6

,.....

IBMIA.
IBMIr..
18M9C.
lIMBO.
IBMA
111MB
IIIMC
IBMO
INITTBL.

Cref-l

12.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSDDS 2.00 Universal Disk driver

320N
321N
32211'
323N

02-20-84

PACE
TITLE
NAME

2
3

PACE

'-1

10,132
MSDOS 2.00 Univers«l Disk driver
DISK

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
Copyr i ght (C) 1983 Dig i ta 1 Equ; pment
All rights reservea

•
7

I
9

10/05/13

'0
11
12

cgroup group code

,.,
13

,.
17

19
20
21
22
23
24
2.
2.
27

C
C
C
C

0064

002C

3'
35

OOBS

C
C
C

.,
.,
00

C
C

0040
:

4S
07

.S
U

.,&0

•

C
C

0041
0002

0043
00 .. 4
0045

0006
0047

= 0018

52
53

C
C
C
C
C

C
C
C

dsk, Me F L G
cmdstr,-dsktmr

extrn
extrn

ptrsave:dNord
dsktbl :Nord. tnittbl :word

;ThiS is • speci.l version for the Rainbow.
prevents diSk access outside the range
iof 01000 • Of'ffh. Much optimiz«tion h«s
;been done to speed things up.

pUb 1 ; c
public

;It

2B
30

Corporat; on

0010

include lodef.ash
;Rainbow Interrupt numbers.
i1~Apr-83 sgs added dskio
tnt vector
; 19-M8r-83 sgs added profile tnt vector luser clOCk]
;the int profile is called by the RTC interrUPt service for eaCh tick.
iThe ax «nd dS register don't need to be saved [dona in clkisr).
prof; la equ
elk tnt equ
dSk~O
equ

84h

2ch
65h

; 100. user interface to clock
;60Hz into
;direct disk ;0 for format

;

; 17-Mar-83 sgs ch«nged to include int 20-26
; interrupt 22-24h are duplicated at 42-44h for conSistency.
;These «re the relocated R«inbow interrupts.
; interrupts, 20n-26M moved to 40n-46h
;ATTENTION Modules IDINIT «nd REINIT may nave to be
;changed if tnt vectors 40h to 46h «re ch«nged
vert
spare41
spare42
eomdmB
aux_prn
excom
uart
210

ram

equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ

40h
41h
42h
03h
44h
4Sh
OSh
47h
Uh

;new vert.

fraq.

;DMA ct r' optiona' comm.
;7201 comm. /pr; ntar
; extent ed comm. opt ion
;naw UART vector,
;zao interrupt.
;new ROM access.

;DEC Rainbow 10 port stuf'.

C
C

interrupt

kdp

equ

10h

; 125 1 d«ta port.

board

210

The Microsoft MACRO Assellibler
MSDOS 2.00 Untvarsa 1 Disk dr tvar58
57
58
5.
80
'1
12
B3
SO
15

II
17

, 0011
, 0040
, 0041

C
C
C
C
C
C

0042
0043

C
C
C
C

, 0001
0002

C
C
C
C
C

..
IS
16

a7
a.
18

equ
equ
equ
equ
equ

llh
40h
41h
42h
43h

;8251 status.
;7201 data,

ksp

auxap
prndp
auxp
pr-np
;
;

Values

0000
0001
0002
0003
0005

08
~~

OOOD
OOOE
0012
0014
001&

100

in XOPT! ON

wpr snt
liCcpr snt

aqu
equ

extrn

buffer:near

01
02

;Winnie preset
;XCDMM present
;definad in END.ASM

~~"7"~

""
""

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

;MSDOS 2.00 10 device data packet
iodata struc
cmdlen
db
1
unit
db
1
cmd
db
1
dw
status
1
db 8 dup

..
,

0002
0003
0065
0002

1
1
1
1
~

layout.

paCKet length.
unit number,
command.
raturned status.

descr ; pt or byta
transfer address
data count
starting record

madia
db
trans
dd
count
dw
dw
start
i odat a ends

page
fwr it e
fread
fdens
fwr itev
dskdrct
tmrcnt

, 0000
0001

•

inc lude ms200.ash

Tha Mtcrosoft MACRO Assembler
MSDDS 2.00 Universal Disk dr i ver101
102
10.
104
105
lOS
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
1 IS
120
121
122
123
124
125
12'
127
12.
12.
130
131
132
133
134
135
13&
137
13.
138
140
141
142
143
144
14'
14'
147
14.
148

;7201 command,

10
81
82
.3

1-2

High level disk interface for MSOOS
;2.00. The MSODS request for N logical sect ors
bunch of calls to the
; is broken down to
given
;phsical dr' vel" to do Sectors within
;physical traCk. Address wrap around due to
;hardware ',mitations 118 bit address. 4 bit
;page register) is taken care of here. as wall
;85 I/O requests larger than 64K bytes that
;would wrap around a segment.

78
80
81
82
83
84

PAGE

code segment byte pUbl ;c Icode'
assume cs:cgroup,ds:cgroup

0000

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

88
87
8.

02-20-84

equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ

PAGE

1-3

;write
; read
;check density
;write with verify
;direct diSk access
; 2 sec. t imltout

1
2

•

06Sh
2

interrupt

;Physical disk driver parameter block. The
;read or write command is built here, and
pOinter to it is passed to the actual
jar-iver.

;a
;

0000

0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
OOOs
000&
0007
0008
0009
OOOA

""'
""

oooe
OOOE

"'''

cmdstr:
com .. and
dskdrv
track
physec
physcnt
curtrk
denSity
gaplan
ann
dt 1
secs; z
dskoff
dskseg

db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
dw
dw
dw

1 ?I
1 ?I
1 ?I
I?I
I?I
I?I
I?I
I?I
I? 1
1 ~I
1 ?I
1 ?I
I?I

;floppy command.
;disk driva.
;seek track.
;seek sector.
; sact or count.
;current traCk,
;density/Size f lao,
; ?16 gap length,
; 785 sac size.
;785 data length.
; sect or SiZ8.
;OMA of 'sat.
;DMA segr.ent.

;End of the command string.
;int.rnal stuff.
0010
0011
0013
0015
0017
001'
0018
001.
0010
001E
0020

,,~

0024
0028

,." ??
7~

dr ivaI"
db
t rkpt I"
dw
bpbpt r
dw
typptr
dw
chkbyta db
dentrk
db
dw
opt
scount
dw
errmsk
db
ea lladdr dw
dmeof f
dw
dnlaseg
dw
sactor
dw
numsac
dw

002.
0029

t,.rdrv

dsktra,.

0022

"?~'?7

7~"~
?~~"

7"
7"?
7"""
"""7
77 7
"""
'?~

'?~

db
db

start

I? 1
1 ?I
I? 1
1 ?I
I? 1
I?I
1 ?I
1 ?I
1 ?I
1 ?I
I? 1
I? 1
1 ?I
(?I

;drivar numb.r.
; pt I'" to current traCk.
; ptr to SPS,
: ptr to currant fornlat,
; 1 if non removable.
; trk for dens tty test,
;sectors per traCk,
; phY5,ica 1 sector count,
;status mask,
;drive,.. addrass,
;DMA offset, (don't changa these DMA order)
iDMA segment.
; MSDOS sect or nUlllbe,..
;MSDOS sect or count.

Offh
tmrcnt

; Last drtve used successful ty
it imar loco

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
2.00 Untversal Disk driver

02-20-14

PAGE

1-4

MSDOS

150
1111
1112
1113
154
15S
156

1117

lin

158
180
1&1
112
113
114
liS

......

lB.

"0
171
"2
"3

"4
"5

page

;DiSk function for the 110S.
002A
002A
002A
0021
002C
0020
002E
002F
0030
0031
0032
0033
0034
0035
003&
0031
0040
0042
0043
0041
004D

IC
50
53
51
52
56
67
18
IE

06
OE
1F

C 4 1 E 0000 E
80 'JF 02 00
74 01
2 E:

21:

Fa
26:
26:

C7 47 03 0000
IA ''7 01

,,&
"7

OOSc

0057
0051

A2 0010 R
26: IB 47 12
A3 0026 R
26: 8B 47 , .
A3 0024 R

"8
180
181
.. 2
183
114
185

OOSE

2B:

0062
0065
0069
006C
00'70
00'73
00'75
00'7'7
00'71
00'7.
00"
0081
0086

A3 0020 R
26: 88 ... 7 10
A3 0022 R
21: 8A SF 02
80 FlOC
76 02
a3 00

18'

117
11.
18.
"0
111
.. 2
113
.. 4
"S
116

...

117
181
200
201
202
203
204

OOSO

ooa.

008C
008D
008E
OO.F
0090
0091
0012
0013
Oo.c

0015
0016

. . . . . .,OE

117 00

OOAC

FF 1 '7
CS

2E:

1E 0000

81 4F 03 0100
07
1F

50
SF

5E
SA
59
58

51
80
CI

pop

popf
rat
dispatch endp

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSOOS 2.00 Universal DiSk driver
205
20S
207
20.
208
210
211
212
213
214
215
218
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
22'
225
225
227
228
228
230
231
232
233

dsk:
dispatch proc far
puShf
push
ax
puSh
bx
puSh
ex
pusn
dx
s;
pusn
d;
push
push
bp
pusn
ds
push
as
push
cs
pop
ds
bX,cs:ptrsave
'as
cmp
as: byt a pt r (ox. enid J ,0
; 1 n; t call ~
ja
noint
iDon't enable ints on
st;
nOint:
mov
word ptr as: (bx.statusl,O
mov
a 1. as: I bx. un it)
!wov
driver,.'
mov
aX,es: (bx.count)
NOV
MumSec,ax
mov
aX,as: [bx.start]
mov
sector",ax
mov
ax, word ptr as:[bx.trans)
mov
dmaoff.ax
mov
.X, word ptr 8S: (bx.trans+2]
mov
dmesag •••
mov
bl,es: Ibx.cmd]
emp
bl,12
;check in
jbe
cmdok
;range, bound
mov
bl,13
; it,
cmdok:
mov
bh,O
bX,1
Sh'
add
bx, offset dtbl
call
word ptr" Ibx]
Ids
bX,cS:ptrsave
;sat DONE.
word ptr [bx.status),100h
pop
as
pop
ds
bp
pop
pop
d;
s;
pop
pop
dx
ex
pop
pop
bx

PAGE

02-20"84

1 -5

page
; Command
009&

009.
OOAO

2E, cs 1 E 0000 E
81 4F 03 ao03
C3

enlderr:
return:

tUO

OOAI

OOAC
OOAE
0010
0082
0084
0016
oOlla
OOIA
OOBC
008e
OOCO
00C2
00C4

0286
0240
0298
OOAO
OOCI
OOAI
OOAO
OOAO
OODI
OOCF
OOAO
OOAD
OOAO

R
R

d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..
d ..

DOCS

00 •• R

d ..

00A1
OOAI

2E,

r or.

lds
or
ret

bX,cs:ptrsave
word ptr (bx.statusl,a003h

; Rat urn bUSy.
CS 1 E 0000 E
4F 03 0200

busy:

lds
or
rat

bX,cs:ptrsave
word ptr t bx . st at US J .200h

dtbl

dsk ;n;t
madiachk
gat bpb
RETURN
read
busy
ret urn
ret urn
wr ita
wr f t 8V
return
ret ur n
RETURN

0 ;nit di sks.
1 check dens.
2 gat BPB,
3 direct disk reads
4 r.ad,
5 nDt used.
& not used.
not used,
wr tte,
wr tt./var,
; 10 not used,
; 11 not used,
; 12 direct dtsk wr ita/format

ctaderr

; 13 bad command.

C3
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

•

tNtT

The M;c~osoft MACRO Ass.mb'.~
MSDOS 2.00 Universal D;sk driver
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
255
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266

02-20-.4

Disk read/ write entry point. PTRSAV points
to the data paCket. Perform the function.
~ at urn:
secto~s actually read,
status byte (See below)
8rror byte (see below)

*
o
1
2
3

10
11
12

ooca

310

311

write protect,
unknown unit
not ready,
command error
data erro~,
bad st~uctu~e length,
seek e~ror,
unkown media,
sect or not found,
out of pape~,
write fault,
read fault,
other fai lure.

C6 06 0000 R 01
ES OC

read:

mov
command,fread
jmp short comn

C6 06 0000 R 03
ES 05

writev:

0004

mov
command,fwritev
jmp Short comn

0006
0008
OODE

C6 06 0000 R 00
E8 01EC R
72 SC

wr 'it e:
comn:

mov
ca'l

OOCD
OOCF

02-20-84

command, fwr it e
set drv
rdwret

PAGE

; set
; ret

parms,
bad un i t

1- 7

age
Calculate the track, given the logical sector
and the number of sectors/track. Loop over
this point t; 1 . ' 1 sectors read.
What

it does:

1/
2/

Find phys. traCk, sector,
If (scount < sectors left on track)
read sectors on track
} else {
read (scount) sectors

scount :scount-sectors read,
log
sec: log. sec + sectors read,
if scount .gt. 0, goto 1/.

All necessary physica' pa~ameters are calcu1 at ad her e, and passed t o ' ower 1 eve' guys
that actually do the read or write.
OOEO
OOE3

mov
cmp

a.,numsec

; if a l ' done,

3D 0000

8.,0

;retu~n.

00E6

74 54

rdwr et

0026 R

dwsec:

offset is as small as possible (Will be less
reading or writing more than 14K per BIOS
ca,l. Assumes less than 64K per disk track.

2 ••

295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309

1- I

age

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSDDS 2.00 Universal Disk driver
2.7
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
280
2aS
2a6
287
288
289
290
291
292
293

PAGE

00E8
OOEB

OOED
OOEF
00F1

00F3
00F5
OOF.
OOFe
0100
0102
0104
0106
0108

D1
01
01
01
81
25
01
a1
01

0020 R

ca
ca
ca
ca

OFFF
06 0022 R
E2 FOOO
C2
Dl C2
Dl C2
Dl C2
89 16 0020 R

mov
ror
ror
ror
mov
and
add
and

.01
r01
r01
r01
mov

aX,dmaoff
aX,l
ax,l
aX,l
aX,l
dx,ax
ax,Offfh
dmaseg,ax
dX,OfOOOh
dX,1
dX,1
dx, t
dX,l
dmaoff,dX

; div ide of fset
;by 16, '.ave
;remainder ; n
; bits 1 5 ~ 12 ,
;adjust segment
; put ~emai "der
; in LSS'S,
; ad just ed off,

Th. Microsoft MACRO Ass ... ble,.
MSOOS 2.00 Un'versal Disk dr iva,.
312
313
310
315
311
317
311

02-20-84

;F;gur. out how Nany sectors to read/write and
;the track to do tt on.
010e
010F

0113

320
32'
322
323
32.
325
326
327
32.
32.
330
331
332
333
33.
335
336
337
338
339
3.0
341
3.2
343
3 ••
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
35.
355
351

0115
0111
Of 1A

raov
.. ov
d;v
inc
mov
mov

0024

R
R
Fl
FE C.
A2 0002 R
aa 26 0003 R

aa DE 001.
~I

011E

0122
0124
0127
0121
012A

012E
0130
0132

0134
0137
013A

8A DE 0003 R
00
Al 001. R
.0
2. C 1
aa OE 0026 R
3B C 1
72 02
as C 1
A3 0018 R

01SA
A4

dosec:

; logica' sector
; sectors/traCk.
;now AL' track.
;AH , sect or.
; save track.
; save secto"

write process.

raov
mov
mov

c 1 , physec
ch,O
ax, spt

inc

sub

ax,cx
cx, numsec
aX,ex
doleft
mov
ax,cx
scount,ax
raad",rite
rdW'sec

mov
ClOp

jb
doleft:

mov
call

The nUMber of

Jnc

•

;.ind
sectors
; l a f t on
; th; s t r aek,
; (start at I , )
; leave in AX ,
;comp to total
; 1f
. I t . t ota 1,
;do left track,
;else request ed
; amt . sat count
;do tne oper
; rpt no . r r o r .

;Raturn to MSDOS. I f no error, just ,.etu,.n: tha
; number of sectors read I 'count') is correct.
; I f error, set the error COde, and adjust the
;count to reflect the number actually done.
013C
Ot3E
0143
0145
0149
014t
0150
0153
0157

0159

12
C4 1E 0000 E
80
26: 09 47 03
Al 0026 R
26: 2' .7 12
AO OOOS R
8B IE 0011 R
aa 07
C3
73

rd",rat:

Jnc

'es

2E:

sub
I"WI" 1 :

mov
mov
mov
rat

I"wr1
bX,cs:ptrsave
ah,IOh
;arr flag,
es: [bx.statusl,ax ;5et error.
aX,numsac
as: [bx.cDunt) ,ax
al,curtrk
;save currant
bX,trkptr
[bxl,.'
;track,

PAGE

1- 9

age
Raad 01" write phYSica' sectors. The physica'
parameters ~""a a l ' set; the sector count 15
equal toOl" 1 ass than t he number of sect or S
on the track. Returns carry set and the MSDOS
error code in AL if error

364
365
366

Do a l l Rainbow sectors one at a time for
reasons: .. bug in the zao code pravents
mult ;ple sectors from working, and the
ZIO can only access addresses from 01000
Offffl"!.

367
368

31.
370
01SA
01SA
0160

015F
01.2

AO 0001 R
A. 0028 R

mov

0115

CI 01 00251 R 02

mov

eadwrite:

0184

ca 11

378
379

physbuf
rdwrret
al,dskdrv
tmrdl"v,.'
dsktmr, tmrcnt

;do buffered,
;ex;t i f err,
;no error - reset
;reset

counter

; Update, the number of sectors, phySical sector,
;and . "
that stuff. I f no more to do, return.
;NOTE: This assumes that only one sector ;s
;dona per pass.

380
381
382
383

track,.'
physec.ah

;Start the ,. •• d or

357
3Sa
359
360
3 11
312
313

38'
385
386
387
3&8
38.
380

ax. sect or
ex. spt
cl

; sectors to do ".y br ;no us past the end of the
;cylinder'; if so, do (sectors left on track)
;sectors. then repeat for each track unt i 1 done

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSDOS 2.00 Universal Disk drivel"

371

1- 8

page

319

372
373
374
375
376
377

PAGE

01BA
01&0
0171

0175
01751
0170
01.,
0113

Al
01
FE
FF

R
0020
0003
002.
0026
0018

OOOA

01
01
01
~F
OE
FF OE
75 07
C3

rwcl"lk:
R

R
R
R
R

mov
add
inc
;nc

dec
dec
jn%
rdwrret : ret

aX,saCSi%
dmaoff,ax
physac
sector
numsac
scount
readwrite

adjust off set
next pl"lys sec
next log
sec
t ota 1 to dO,
new count.
jdone

this

'r.

timer/drive

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
Msaas 2.00 Universal Disk driver
381
382

PAGE

1-10

page

~Raad or write data to our local buffar. Copy
;the data in or out of the buffer as nacessary.
iR.turn carry set ana AL error code if bad.

313
3U
:111

3n
317
31&
3"
400
40'
402
403
404
405
401
407
40a
401
4'0
411
412
413
414
41S
416
417
418
411
420
42'
422
423
424
425
428

02-20-84

0114
0184
01lA
01lE
0113
olla
OllA
OllF
O'AI
01A'
0'A5
O'AI
O'AC
O'AE
01BO

C7
ac
el
aD
74
aD

01 OOOC
11 OOOE
oa 0004
:IE 0000
0'
3E 0000
7S 10

phYSbuf:
0000 !

R
R
R
R

0,
03

O'BE
O,t,
0,t3
01t7

Ea
72
aB
BE

OleA
01CE

0'D3
0104
01DI

cmp
jne

wrt buf :

O'Ba
O'BA
O'BD

0185

cmp
je

aB O! OOOA R
38 0020 R
BF 0000 E
ae DA
aE C2
2E: &E 1 E 0022
FC
F3/ A4
a! DA
Ea O'D' R
t3

o,.s

mav
mav
mav

13
OE OOOA R
0000 E
a. 3E 0020 R
2E: aE 06 0022
Ft
F3/ A4
t3

dord:

call
jC

moy
NOY
mov
NOV

The Microsoft MACRO Assambler
MSDaS 2.00 Universal Disk driver
427

mov
cx.secsiz
mav
si .anlBoff
i from OMA
may
di,offset buffer
ito buffer,
may
dx, ds
: save OS,
NOV
es,dx
i&S= buffer,
NOV
ds,cs:a ... sag
:05= dest.,
c'd
rap nlovsb
iCOPy to buf
NOV
as,dx
irastore DS,
ca'l
dophys
iwr1te to disk,
ret
ireturn status,

010"7 R

dSkoff,offset buffer
dSkseg,d~
iset local buf
physcnt.1
ion8 sector,
co ••• nd.fwrttev iwrite verify
wrtbuf
co ..... nd,fwrite
dord
;tf write.

c.a
pret:

dophys
ireBd, do it.
pret
;stop if error,
cX,secstz
si,offset buff.r
iCOpy data out
di,ameoff
es,cS:dmaseg
ito seo:off,

rep movsb
ret

02-20-a4

PAGE

iCOpy from buf
;return status.

1-11

page

426

429
430
431
432
433
43.
435

iDa the physical re.d or write as specified by
;the disk command block. The driver to use was
;found in the 'dsktbl'. The physic., drivers
;return carry set and the MSDOS error code in
;AL if error.
;After tne read or write, update the current
itrack for this disk. ] f error, set tne current
;track to -1, to indicate an error. (The driver
;will r.cal the diSk before seeking if the
;current track is -1.)

436

437
431
439
440
4"
442
443

0107
0107
01DA

446

DID!
01E3
DIES

447

OlEa

448

01EB

440

445

0000 R

16 OOlE R

CI
72
AO
A2
t3

06 0005 R FF
06
0002 R
0005 R

dophyS:
mav

call
mav
jc
mov
mav

apl :

ret

bX,offset cmdstr ;setup command
word ptr call.ddr ;do i t ,
curtrk,-l
;assume bad,
dpl

al,track
curtrk,al

;;fgood,set
;current traCk.

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass ... bl.r
M5DDS 2.00 Universal Dt sk drive,.
44_
4110
4111
4112
453
454
455
456
457
4&a
451
410
461
412
413
41.
41S
416
467
4.a
411
470
471
472
473
.7.
475
476
.77
07'
071
0'0
0'1
oa2
0'3
<,.
.as
0'.
oa7
4al

...

410
411
412
413
41<
095

.....,
0.7

•••
500

501
502
503

02-20-a4

, .. 12

pao·
;

:Given the dr,ve nUIWbe,.. pullout the physical
;p.,. .... t.rs necessary to r.ad and write.
;Tne parameters are:
BPB pOin'ter.
fiMad/removable diSk.
read/write driver address.
Phy~;cal
drive number.
Density flao.
Seetor size.
Current track.
Sectors per track,
Density check track.
NEC7BS parameters.
01EC

OlEC
0'1'0

01F.
OlF6
0111'7

01F_

O,,.A
01FC

OlF!
0202
0205

0209
020S
020E
0210
0212

021.
0215
0216
0219
021A
021D

02l!
0221

0222
0225

set_drv:
aA
3A
72
FI
10
e3
17
D1
as
as
at

25 0001
03 Da
03
as 37

and
add
add

mov

S1. [bx)

Fe
AD
A3
AD
A2
AD
A3
AD
A3
aB

eld

AD
A3
AD
A3
AD
A2
AD
A2

0238

023&

01
00
E3

sdrv1 :

.F 000'

77 06
3. 0015 R

022C
0220

0235

'A O.

023.

mov
cmp

bl,dr;ver
bl,byte ptr dsktbl; lagal unit~
sarv 1
ste
;no,
mov
a 1,1
; unknown un it.
rat
tth,O
; 1 st time, gat
DX,l
;dsk data ptr,
bX,dsktbl [ox+1] ;.X: disk ptr to ptr,
S1.lox+6]
;51: type ptr (ptr to currMx)
typptr. S1
;save type ptr,
a 1. [s i 1
;get curr formt
8x,7
;three choices,
bX,ax
;add word offset
bX,ax
;get dsk data,

0221
0229

0230
0231

1 ! 0010 R
1E 0000 E

mov
shl
mov
mov
mov
mov

lodsw
0013

mov

023C
023D
0240
0241
0244
0245
0248
0249
024C

;CPB

00"

mov

OOlE

mov

;removable flao
chkbyt e •• '

; dr 1 ve'" addr ass

lads""

cal'addr.ax
; cur.

lads""
0011

A2 OOOS

mov
mov
mov

bx.ax
. , , (bx]

curtrk,.'

mov

;sector size,
SliIcsiz.ax

;sactors/t,.ack,

lodsw
0019

mov

spt.ax

lodsw
0006 R

mov

;density byte,
density,.'

lads","
0001

AD
A2 001a R
AD
A2 OOO? R
AD
A2 oooa R
AD
A2 0009 R
e3

pt r ,

;current track,

lodS""

OOOA R

t,. k

trkptr,ax

DI
07

pointer,

bpbptr,ax

lodsw

mov

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSOOS 2.00 Universal Disk driver

SO,
50S
SO.
507
508
50S
510
511
512

PAGE

;physica' dr ive
dskdrv,al

PAGE

lods""
mov
lodsw
mov
lodsw
mov

1·13

dentrk,al

;dens.

gaplen,a1

;gap

enn,a'

;sector size,

dt', a 1

;data

chk.

trk

length,

lodsw

mov
rat

length,

Tile Microsoft MACRO ASS ... bl.,.
MSOOS 2.00 Universa' DiSk drive,.

02-20-U

PAGE

I-a

113
S!4
III

paae

511

",always returns dont know
;Retu"ns I i f fD,.d disk (didn't change) .

;DiSk

111

chanoe detect rout tne.

III

518
120
121
522
523
124
125
121
12'
521
521

530
531
532
533
534
535
531
53'
53.
531
540
541
542
543
544

545
54.

0240
0240
0210
0212
0214
02 ••
0211
021C
0210
0252
02"
0211
02'.
02'.
028C
028C
02'0
0274

..ediachk:

lEI OIEC R
10 01
14 FF

call

samdsk

select drtve,
unknown untt,
unknown Change
return .r,-or,

33
IA
3A
'5
10
'4
.4

.. or
IIOV

a.,ax

;8SSU". don't

bl.dskdrv

; cur,.ent diSk

CliP

01. trnrdrv

i ...ateh

Jnz
CliP

... yase
dskt .. ,..O

Je
IIOV

.1'1,1

NOV
IIOV
Je

'2 18

CO
IE 0001 R
IE 0021 R
01
3E 0021 R 00
02
01

maybee:
FI

know

last one used"

i t t ... ,. exp;,..d?
; jUrlP ;, too l.te
; flag not changed

...aybee

ino e,.ror.

cle
samdsk:

I. 38 0011 R
IA OE 0005 R
II OC

NOV
,"Oy

027.
2E: C5 IE 0000 E
027B· II I? OE
027E
'3 OS
0210
0212
0285
02a5

set_drY

.',1
ah, -,

.4 ao
08 47 03

100Y

5i ,trkptr
c 1. curtrk
t 51 I ,e 1
; pllllS

Ids
moy

DX,cs:ptrs.".
lbx.media.') •• "

jnc

der1

; sat for rat.
isat ret code,
; if error.

,"Oy
or

ah,aOh

; set err bit,

[bX.status] ,ax

; r.turn

track=cur.t,..ck

error,

dcr 1:

ret

The Microsoft MACRD
MSDDS 2.00 Universa'

02-20-"

Assembler
DiSk driv.r

PAGE

1 ~ 15

54'

page

14a

541
SSO

;DiSk inttial;zation. Return a
;;nitta';zation table, and the

pOinter to the
number of units.

511
552
553
!S4
555

556
557

5sa
551

5.0
.81
582

021.

dskin;t:

OZS.

.E 0000 E

0211
028B
02aC
0281
021.
0217
OnA

SA O'

ae 4f 14

moy
moy
; nc
ldS
moy
may
may

rat

••
2E: CI

11 0000 E

la 47 00
II

583
514

;Iut ld IPS point.r. All i t does is 'select·
;the disk internally, and return a pOinter to
ithe BPI tabl •.

515
188
587

;

56.

181

021.
02 ••
02lE

lEa 0281 R
II. OUC R

570

02A1

571

02A4
02A8
02AB

572
573
574
575

5t ,offset intttbl ;table ptr,
.',[siJ
;It diSkS,
5 ;
; pt r to pt r S ,
bx.cs:ptrsaYe
I bx . med;. ] ,a 1
; It un; t S,
(bx. count 1 ,5 i
[bx. 5t . r t ] ,c s

getbpb:

02AD

.8 47
8C el
8. 47

02.0

;check media type

cal'
cal 1

chkmed

moy
1ds
moy
,"Oy
.. oy
rat

ax.bpbptr
bx,ptrsaye
I bx . count J ,ax
ax.cs
[bx.start J ,ax

tofun
iodrv
;osee
t otrk
iocnt
iooff
;oseg

aqu
aqu
aqu
equ
equ
aqu
aqu

0
1
2

chkmed:

moy
coop
jb
,"Oy
ste

. , ,ar iver
. " byt e ptr
ckmdal
. , ,1

0013 R
11 0000 E

12
14

set dry
; return
; ptr to

for drtve

OWORO
tabla,

576

577
571
578

, 0000
0001

580
'81
'82

000'

513

0002
000.
OOOS

OOOA

•
&

a
Oall

; ; oct 1
; ioet 1
; ioet 1
; ioet 1
; ioct 1
; ; oct 1
; ioct 1

packet funct ion offset
packet drive offset
packet sector offset
track of f set
sact or cDunt
buff.r offset
buffer seg ... ant

584

sa5
sas

517

sal
511

580
581

...
582

113
585
586
&17

III
511

100
101

0281
0214

02BI
028A
02BC
028D

02CO
02CO
02CI
02C7
02CI
02CB
02CB
02CII
02Dl
02DI
020.

AO
3A
72
.0

0010 R
01 0000 E

01
01

EB U

i get current drive to check
;t ;s
v., ;d drive
dsktbl osee H

•

jllP

bat lout

cmp
.. or
Jmp

byta ptr mc_flg,1
no ...... '
ax,ax
short okmdia

IIOY
NOY
.. ov
moy
NOY

bX,offset iopkt
;oseg[bx) ,ds
; io x'e,.. bU"er seg .. ent
word ptr iOOff[bx] ,of'set buffer ; io xf.r bu'f.r
;od ... v[bx) ,.1
;drive to check
byte ptr ; ofun[ bx] • O'
;Check fIIedia funct ton

ckmda 1 :

ao 3E 0331 R 01
'S O.
33 CO
EI 2S

••

033A R
ac SF OA
C7 4' oa 0000 E
al 4' 01
C. 0' 04

jnz

check media check flag
do check
set to RAINBOW media
and skip medi. check codes

nor ... l :

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.tller
MSDOS 2.00 Universa 1 Disk driver
102
103
104
106
101
10'
10'
10'
810
811
812
813
114
815

611
117
815

611
620
121
122
123
824
82S
621

02DC

02DE
0210
0212
0216
021'
02E1
0211
021D
021'0
021'0
021'2
021'1
021"
02,C
02"
0301
0303
0304

10 01
72 22
I I 0000 I
33 CO
.A 0'
3C 01
71 03
030. R

..
..,.

02-20-,4

'AGI

1-11

tnt

dskdrct

IIOV

;;n case of error
bailout
;blast out of here
bx, of f set buffer
: •• ola type Is in first byte of buffer
cl.ar fi.,d for weird
ax,ax
get ... dia type
.',lblCl
if this is • rainbow or tb•• , Ok
al.O'
ok.dta
else fin out what it r.ally ...ts
do • soft medta cfteck (r.ad disk ID)
sD''tchk

JC
IIOV

lCor
IIOV
CliP

Jbe

call
okmdia:

xor bX, tue
:ele.r pointer
.. ov
bl,driver
;get current diSk again
;.ake vorb inde.
Sh 1
bx.1
NOV
bX,dsktbllbx+1]
;and get media type table for drtv.
.. ov
s i • I bx+. J
;get pointer to .. edia type ftold.r
:and save ... dta type
IIOV
1st) .a'
xor
al,al
;cl.ar status
clc
;aceross the board

33 DI
IA 11 0010 R
Dl 13
I I I' 0001
II
08
04
32 CO

tlai lout:
ret

0304

030S
0305
0301
030.
030.
0312
0317

.. .,

0321
0324

I. 033A R
AO 0010 R
4' 01
CI 4' 02 02
C7 47 O. 0000
C7
01 0001
01 0000 E
C'
'C I' OA
CI 07 00

mov
mov
mov
mov
mov
mov
mov
.. ov
IIOV

:co,t ~edia check to s •• tf r.al • sector
bX,offset iopkt ;r.ad tfte diSk to byte to check tllogica
al.drivar
;g8t driva type
;odrv(bxl.al
;drive to read
byte ptr iosec(bx).2
:type byte is on sector 2
word ptr iotrklbx),O
ion track 0
word ptr iocnt(bxJ.' ;only reat , sector. of course
word ptr ioOfflbx).offset buffer:default sector buffer
ioseg(bx).ds
idefault data seg.ent
byte ptr iofunlbx),O
;r •• d data co .... nd

131
631
13'
831

032'
0321

CD 18
72 OD

In'
jC

dskdrct
exito

839

032.
0321

II 0000 E
IA 0'
3C 1'E
10 01
02
10 02
C3

mov
mov

bx.offset buffer
;get data byte
get fd byte
.'.lblC]
is it an ib...
"',Ofeh
if so. say ~o
.1.0'
exlto
and leave
.1se it is an ibm •
• '.02
return with •• dia type in al

62'

621
821
830
831
132
633
83.

840
641
8.2
143
144
845

031C

0330

0332
,)33.
033.
0331

softchk:

cmp

mov
jZ

mov
exito:

The MicrOSOft MACRO ASs.~bl.r
MSDDS 2.00 Universal DiSk driver

54'

84a

rat

02-20 ....

•••

ISO
851
152
153
SS4
8S5
65'
65'
asa

;direct disk interrupt
;.xito: greek for throwing garbag_ out

1-'"

PAGE

0339

madia check flao, 0 : check default
1 = don't check assume RAINBOW diSk

&48

jdirect disk drtver interrupt

a1.01

033A

10 I

iopkt:

db 10h

code

ends
end

'?'?

03.A

dUp

('?)

;space for

packet

The Mtcrosoft MACRO ASS ...b1ar
MaDDS 2.00 Universal Disk drtver

02-20- ••

'AGE

SYMboIS-'

Mask

Intt 'al

Structures and records:

N a
IDDATA
CMDL!N
UNIT
CMD.
STATUS
MEDIA.
TRANS.
COUNT.
START.
Sag •• nts and groups:

• ..

CGRDUP
CODE

WIdth
Sh I ft

fle'ds

Width

0011
0000
0001
0002
0003
0000
OOOE
0012
0014

0001

Size

al ign

co .. bine class

BYTE

PUBLIC

Attr

GROUP
034A

'CODE'

SYMbOlS:

N « m •

Type

Value

AUKDP.
AUKP
AUK PRN.
BAILOUT.

Number
Number
Number

0040
0042

BPBPTR

L WORD

BUFFER
BUSY
CALLADDR
CHKBYTE.
CHKMED
CKMDAI
CLK INT.
CMDeRR
CMDOK.
CMDSTR
CDMDMA
COMMAND.
CDMN
CURTRK
DCRI
DENSITY.
DENTRK
DISPATCH
OMAOFF
OMASEG
DOLEFT
DOPHYS
DORD
DOSEC.
DP' .

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSDOS 2.00 Universal Disk driver
DRIYER
DSK.
DSKDRCT.
DSKDRY

DSKINIT .
DSKIO.
DSKOFF
DSKSEG
DSKTBL
DSKTMR
DTBL
DTL.
ENN.
ERRMSK

EKCOM.
EUTO.
FDENS.
FREAD.
FWRITE
FWRITEY.
GAP LEN
GETBPB
INITTIL.
IOCNT.
IODRY.
IOFUN.
IOOFF.
IOPKT.
IDSEC.
IOSEG.
IOTRK.
KOP.
KSP.
MAYBEC
MC HG
MEDIACHK
NOINT.
NORMAL
NUMSEC
OKMDIA
PHYSBUF.
PHYSCNT.
PHYSEC
PRET
PRNOP.
PRNP
PROF ILE.
PTRSAYE.
RDWRET
RDWRRET.
RDWSEC
READ
READWRITE.

RETURN
ROM.

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L WORD
L BYTE

0044
030.
0013
0000
00A1
001E
0017

NEAR

02BI
02CO

Number

002C

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

00,&
0077

NEAR

Number
L BYTE
L NEAR

L BYTE
L NEAR
L BYTE
L BYTE
F PRDC
L WORD
WORD
NEAR

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR

0000
0043
0000
OODa
0005

0285
0006
001.

002A
0020
0022
0134

0107
01BE
011!
01EB

02-20-.4

L BYTE
L NEAR

0010
002A

Number
L BYTE

0065

CODE
CODE
Externa 1

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

LenCl't h :l006C

PAGE

SYND01S-2

CODE
CODE

Glob.l

CODE

Number

0001
0286
0061
OOOC
OOOE
0000
0029
OOAC
0001
0008
0010
0045

L NEAR

033a

CODE

Number
Number
NUNbar
Number

0002
0001
0000

L NEAR
Numbel"

L WORD
L WORD
Y WORD
L IYTE
L WORD
BYTE
BYTE
L BYTE

L BYTE
L NEAR
Y WORD
Number
Number
Number
Number

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Externa'
Global

COOl!

0003
0007

0298

CODE
CODE

0000

Externa'

0006
0001

0000
0008

L NEAR

033A

Number
Number
Number
Number
Numbe,.

0002
OOOA
0004
0010
0011

L NEAR
L BYTE
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NBAR
L WORD
L NEAR
L NEAR
L BYTE
L BYTE
L NEAR

0268
0339
02.0

NUNber
Number
Number-

0041
0043
0064

0043

02CB
0026
02FO

0184
0004
0003

010&

CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

V OWORD 0000

Globa'

External

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

013C
0113

ooca

OOEO

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

NEAR

01SA

CODE.

NEAR

OOAO
0018

CODE

NUMber

Global

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

The Microsoft MACRO Ass ... bler
MSDOS 2.00 Unive,.s.1 Disk drive"

02-20-84

RWCHK.
RWRl
SAMDSK
SCOUNT
SDRYI.
secsl.
seCTOR
SET DRV.
SDFTCHt(.
SPARUI.
SPARE.2.
SPT.
TMRCNT
TMRDRV
TRACK.
TRKPTR
TYPPTR
UART
VERT
WPRSNT
WRITE.
WRITEV
WRTBUF
XCPRSNT.
Z80.

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
WORD
NEAR
WORD
WDRD
HEAR
NEAR
Numbe,.
Number
l WORD
Number
l BYTE
l BYTE
l WORD
l WORD
Number
NUlllber
Numbe,.
l NEAR
l NEAR
l NEAR
Number
Numbe,.

01lA
0160
OUC
0018
01FA
OOOA
0024
01EC
0305
004'
0042
0019
0002
0021
0002
0011
0015
0041
0040
0001
0006
OOCF
01A1
0002
0047

PAGE

Sy"bols-3

CODe
CODe
CODE
CODe
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODe
CODE
CODe
CODe
CODE
CODE

CODE
CODe
CODE

w.,.n;ng Severe
Errors
Error s
0
0

MSDDS 2.00 Universal
Symbc1

Disk dr ivsr

Cross Reference

; s definition)

AUXDP.
AUXP
AUX PRN.

S7#
SON

'7#

BAILOUT.
BPBPTR
BUFFER

S90
135_
67#

BUSY

215N

CALLADDR
CGROUP
CHKIIYTE.
CHKMED
CKMOA1
ClK INT.
eMO":CMDERR
CMDLEN
CMDOK.
CMOS TR
CODe
COMDMA
COMMAND.
COMN
COUNT.
CURTRK

'42_
1,
137#
S 68
5.7
33.

DCRl
DENSITY.
OENTRK
DISPATCH
OMAOFF
DMASeG
ODLEFT
DOPHYS
DORD
OOSEC.
DP 1 .
DRIVER
eSK.
D5KDRCT.
OSKDRY
DSKINIT.
DSK I O.
DSKOFF
DSKSEG
DSKTBL
DSKTMR
. OTB L
DTL.
/

5.,
122#
138#
155*
143#
144#
33.
415

125#

511

ENN.
ERRMSK
EXCOM.
EXITO.

124#

SOl

.37

FOENS.

104#

209N

606

622_

'.S
39.
22'

S70

"3
70
487

40.

'21

C,.ef~'

599

607

...

403

• 32

•••
70

585.

591_
169
233

'.3

a7N

18711

11
40N

69N

18S

116#

2.9
97#
121N

115_

.44

558
•• 7

54511
501
505
'0'
180

'9.

311
411

3.4
.23

407

585

615

.27

11.

.U
418'"
44811

106#
,,7.
21.
34#
127#
128#
17#

189

305

2.4

401

57'

53 •

338.

40.

261
265*
35'

857

2S8
26.
175
353

329#
4'5
133#

•• 2
69

441_

174
154'"

466

603

.36

37'

503

52.

474
376

58.
52.

552'"
398

3 ••
467
141#

219'"

141.

643

645#

.,7

422

.3 •

'!
MSDDS 2.00 Universal Disk drive,.
Symbol

Cross Refer.nce

is definition)

~READ.

103.

FWRITE
~WRITEV .

102#
105M

GAPLEN
GETBPB

12311f
221

507

INITTBL.
IDCNT.
IDDATA
IDDRV.
IOFUN.

17.
sa,..
8U
57a ..

553
631

21a
264
261

aOD
601
598
626
829
SIB
830

su.

10PKT.

587
57 ••
583"
sao.

losec.

10SEG.
10TRK.
KDP.
KSP.

403
401

5'"''

577.

IDD~~.

..cr af - 2

B2a
634
132
652"
633

55*
SU

MAYBEe
MC ~LG
MEDIA.
MEDIACHK

528
13
15"
220

530
592
540
519N

NOINT.
NORMAL
NUMSEC

170
593

596#

146N

176

289

DKMDIA

so.

611

613.

PHYSBUF.
PHYSCNT.

372

39'7.

120N

PHYSEC
PRET

119#

400
322

172_

419
sa"
60#
32#

PRNOP.
PRHP

PROFILE.
PTRSAYE.

16#

168

191

209

215

348

539

291

347#

226

229

230

231

'20
386
.6e

497

350

•• 4

390#

289#

340

223
339

371.

RETURN

211#

222

258M

5,..
383N
'347

389
225

35311

SAMDSK
SCOUNT
SORY 1.

523
140N

338

468

472#

SECSI2

126#

534#

SECTOR

145N

SET DRY.

383
178

26.

465#

3a7

3a.

READ
READWRITE.

RWRl

351

329

266
373

RWCHK.

334

426#

RDWRET
RDWRRET.
RDWSEC

ROM.

532_
&48M

557

388
406
317
520

MSDOS 2.00 Universal Disk dr iver

SPARE42.

SPT.

1391t

Symbol
SOFTCHK.
SPARE4, .

Cross Reference

612

...

'5#

Is definition)

318
177
172

331
sse
192

.99
57'
210

134#
136#

149
375
321
179
35.
.7.

376
527
"6
181
491

535

UNIT

.'"
au

173

VERT

.3N

START.
STATUS

98#
90"

TMRCNT
TMRDRY
TRACK.
TRANS.
TRKPTR
TVPPTR

107#
148#
118#

UART

WPRSNT
WRITE.
WRITEY
WRTBUF

64#

227
228
'02

XCPRSNT.

65#

280.

so ..

Cref-]

&25#

264#
261#
405#

216

5SS

571

The M;c"oSOf~ MACRO Assemble,.
Hard Dtsk drtvar

02-10-14

PAGE

I-t.

IJAGE 10,132

I
2
3
4
5
I

TITLE
NAME

Hard DISk dr10jver
HDISK
\

COMPANY CDNFIDENTIAL
Copyright Ie) 1.83 Digital Equip .. ant Corporatton
rights ,.esarved.

I
8
10

A11

Hard Disk Drtver for Version 2.05 of MS"DOS.
01'12'13

13
14

CGRoUP
CDDE
ASSUME

0000

IS
II

GRDUP
CDDE
SEGMENT IYTE PUILIC 'CODE'
C5:CGROUP, DS:CGROUP, ES:CGROUP. SS:CGRDUP

17
18
II

20
21
22
23
24
215
21
27
21
28
30
31

EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EURN
IXTRN
EXTRN

HREAD:NEAR. HWRITE:NEAR. HWRITEY:NEAR
HFDRMAT:NEAR. HINIT:NEAR. HMCHK:NEAR
HYDISK:NEAR, INTHDL:NEAR. DSK INIT:NEAR
XLT F:IYTE, PTRSAYE:DWDRD. NDRY:IYTE
HloCTL:NEAR, UP IAT:NEAR
TEMP_TRK:WoRD, TEMP_SEC:IYTE

PUBLIC
PUILIC
PUILIC
PUILIC

INI TAl, RDXLT
GETFTN. GETFTNO, GETPEA
PARTITION, MNPARTS, PART SIZE
HDSKO,oSK_INT
-

.LIST
SU.TTl

The Microsoft MACRO AssaMble,.
Hard DiSk driver

Common Drive para.eter block definitions

PAGE

02"20 .. 8.

, -2

Common Ortva paramata,. block definitions
32
33
34
3S
31
37
31
3.
40
41
42
43
44

45
41
47
•1
U

DIP

PAGE
STRUC

OW
01
OW
01
OW
OW
01
OW

Start of Driva Paramater Block,

.,.".,

0000
0002

.,.,

0003
0005
0001

.,'?,?
?"?'
'??,.,

0001
OOOA
0001

'1"'"
'?"?'
'?'?'?'?

SECSZ
ALLOC
RESSEC
FATS
MAXDIR
SECTORS
MEDIAID
FATSEC

DODD
OOOF
0011

'?'?'?'?
?'?'?'?
'?'?'?'?

SECTRK
HEADS
HIDDEN

OW
OW
OW

;

.............

iSactor size in bytes,
;Number of sectors per .110c. block.
;Raservaa sectors.
;Number of FAT's.
;Numbe,. of root di,.ectory entries,
iNulllbe,. of sactors par diskette.
iNedie byte 10.
;Nul'llber of FAT Sectors.
End

Drive Para.ete,.. Block.

(Extenstons fo1low)

;Numbe,. of Sectors per track .
;Nul'llbe,. of heads per cylinder.
iNUl'llbe,. of fttdden sectors.

52
13
54
115
S8
57
SI
58

10
II

12
13
14
II
II

17
BI
II

70
71
72
73
74
715
71
77
71
7.
10
II
'2
13
.4

I.
.1

0013
0000
0002
0003
000&

0001
0001
OOOA
0001
DODD
OOOF
0011
0013
00 IS
0018
0011
0011
0018
0010
ODIE
0020
0022
0024
0021
0021
0021
DOli
002C
002E
0030
0031
0033

DIP

ENDS

0200
04
0020
02
0100
0000
FI
0000
0010
0004
0000

HOSKa

DIP

0200
04
0020
02
0100
0000
FI
0000

HDSKI

DIP

(112.4.2*18.2.2&I.O,O'8H,O.1',4,O)

HDSKI

DIP

(1512,4.2.'I,2,2SI,O,OF8H,O,1',4,O)

00'0

000.
0000
0200
04
DOlO
02
0100
0000
FI
0000
0010

lapbJ
lapbJ
IdpbJ
IdpbJ
IdpbJ
Idpb)
Idpb)
la"bJ

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk driver

02-20-14

PAGE

1-3

Common Drive paramater block def'initions
a7
aa

0035
0037

0004
0000

90
91
.2
.3
94
95
96
97

0039
003B
003C
003E
OOlF
0041
0043
0044
0046
0041
004A

0200
04
0020
02
0100
0000
Fa
0000
0010
0004
0000

004C
004E
0050
0052

0000
0013
0026
0039

98
19

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
lOB

HDSK3

R
R
R
R

DBP

INI_TA8 OW
DW
DW
DW
SUB TTL

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk driver

(5'2,4,2.'6,2,2S6,O,OFIH,O,16,4,O)

OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET

HOSKO
HOSKl
HOSK2
HOSK3

Strategy and Software Interrupt

PAGE

1-4

Strategy and Software Interrupt
109
110
111
112
113
114

115
116

117
118

PAGE
;Oef;ne offsets for
0000
0001
0002
0003
0005

IODAT
CMDLEN
UNIT
CMD
STATUS

STRUt
DB
DB
DB
OW
DB

routines.

;0 data

paCket
;LENGTH OF THIS COMMAND
;SUB UNIT SPECIFIER
;COMMAND CODE
;STATUS

CUP

("?)

'?''?'

119

120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

0000
OOOE
0012
0014
0016

"??"?"?"?"

'?''?
??

MEDIA
TRANS
COUNT
START
10DAT
;

DB
DO
OW
OW
ENOS

.................. -•.••..•••••.•••..•...••••••........•..•.....

129

DSK_tNT

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
13a

;MEDIA DESCRIPTOR
;TRANSFER ADDRESS
;COUNT OF BLOCKS OR CHARACTERS
jFIRST BLOCK TO TRANSFER

D;Sk driver

interrupt

routine

When perform diSk function command,
AL
Unit code.
AH : Media descriptor.
ex : Contains byte/sector count.
DX : Start ;ng Logica' sector.
ES:DI : Transfer address

; •• * •• * ••••••• * •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

131

140

0054

dispatcn proc far

141

142
143
144

145

146
147
14a
149

150

151
152
153
ISO
155

156
157
158
158

110
161

In
163

0054
0054
0055
0056
0057
0058
0059
005A
OOSB
OOSC
005D
0062
0066
0088
OOBt
OOIE
0071
0074
0077
007A
0078

DSK
50
53
51
52
56
57

- INT, PUSH

1E
06
2E , C5 1 E 0000
ao 7F 02 00
74 01
FB
C7 47 03 0000

SA 47 01
aA 87 00
as 4F 12
as 57 U
97
SA 47 02

NDINT,

AX
BX
CX
OX
51
01
BP
OS
ES
BX, CS, I PTRSAYE]
; Ret,.. ieve pOinter to I/O Packet.
BYTE PTIt 18X.CMDl.O
;INIT"?
NOINT
,DON'T RENABLE INTS ON INIT

PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
LOS
CMP
JE
STI
MaY

WORD PTR

MDY
MaY
MOY
MDY
XCHG
MDY

AL,IBX.UNIT]
AH,IBX.MEDIA]
CX, 18X. CDUNT]
Dx,IBX.START]
AX,DI
AL,IBX.CMD]

18X.STATUSl.O

;Clea,..

status init ;al'y

AL
Unit number
AH , Media descl"iptor.
CX
Contains byt e I sect or count.
DX
Starting Logica' sector .
Save Unit and Med'a Tampora,.. i'y.
)
Retl"ieve Corwnand type. (1
11 )

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• ble,.

Hard D1Sk artv.r
114
115

OO.,E

118
117
111
118
170
171
172
173
174
17&
178
177
171
171
180
181
182
183
184
18S
U8
187
UI
188
110
111
112
113

ooao
00a2

ooa.
DOli
0011
oOaD
ODIE
DOlI
0082
0013
0015

GOIA
00"
OOAO

14
21: CI 11 0000 E
II 4' 03 0100

50
IE

00A5

OOAI

51
sa
CI

OOAI

7' DE

00A7

E4
EO
OOAI R
FO

00A2

OOA.

XOR
SHL
ADD
MOV
XCHG
LES

1 -I t

AL.12

;CHECK IN

CMDOK
AL.13

,~~~~GE. 10UNO

AH.AH
AX.1

AX,OFFSET aSK_Tal
51. AX
AX.OI
DI.IBX.TRAN51

; get unit and media back
;DI

= transfer

addr-

;EScsegment
PUSH
POP
CAL L
LOS
DR
POP
POP
PDP
POP
POP
POP
POP
POP
POP
RET

as
WORD PTR 1511
BX. C5: I PTRSAVE I
WORD PTR IBX.STATUSI.l00H

set

done

flag

ES
OS
IP
01
51
OX
CX
BX
AX

DISPATCH ENDP

OOAI

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
Hllra DiSk

PAGE

CMDDK:
32
01
01
al
17
C4

00A1

00A3

CMP
..lIE
MOV

3C DC
71 02
10 00

00 ••

0014

02-20-14

strateoy and Software Interrupt rout ", nes.

PAGE

I -I

drtva,.

strategy and Software Interrupt routtnes.
114
115
118
117
111
111
200
201
202
203
204
20S
201
207
20a
201
210
211

00A9
00A9

0000

OOA8

oooa

OOAD

OOES
0000
OOFB
0000
OOCF
OOC"

OOAF
00_'
0083

OOB5
00a7

ooa.

001_
0010

ooa,
DOC'
00C3

0101
0103

DOC'
OOc ...
0000

OOcS

PAGE
DSk TIL:
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
SUBTTL

OSK INIT
MEDIA CHK
GET _PB
HIDeTL
DSK READ

Hard disk

BUSV'

RETURN
RI!TURN
DSK WRT
aSK-WRTV
RETURN
RETURN
HIOCTL
CMOERR

Initialize Driver.
Return current media cod •.
Get Bios Par ••• ter 'lock.

10
11

'2
'3

lOeTl

Block read.
(Not used, return bUSY flag)
Return status. (Not used)
Flush ;nput buffer. (Not used.)
Block write.
Block write w;th verify.
Return output status.
Flush output buffer. INot used.)
Hard disk IDCTL
Error

CONNon error and exit pot nts.

The ~tcrosoft MACRO Assambler
Hard Disk driver

02-20-84

PAGE

Common arror and axit pOints.

PAGE
Common error processing routine.
AL contains actual error code.

212
213

21t
211

error _ 0

a Write Protect vtolation.
1 " Unkown untt.
2 a Drive not ready.
3
Unknown command in I/O packet.
4 a CRe error.
S
Bad drive request structure length.
S
Seek error.
7 : Unknown media discovered.
•
Sector not found.
I :: Printer out of papar.
10
Write fault.

211

211
211

211
220
221
222
223
224

2Z&
22'
227

22a

221
230
231

oocs

232
233
234
23S
238
237

00C5
OOCA
OOCF

238
238

240
241
242
243
244

= Read

fault.

12 a General
command error

failure.

CMO£RR,
2£, C5 11 0000 E
al 4F 03 a003
C3

RETURN,

LOS
OR
RET

ax, CS, I PTRSAYE]
WORD PTR laX.STATUS],a003H

return busy

0000
0000
0005
OODA

BUSY,
2E,
.1

IE 0000 E

4" 03 0200

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.r
Hard DiSk driver

LOS
OR
ReT

aX,CS,IPTRSAYE]
WORD PTR IBX.STATUS],200H

SUITTL

Madia check routine

02-20-84

PAGE

I-a

Madi. check routine

245
246
247
24a

PAGE

250
251

Media cneck routine.
On entry:
AL = memory driver
AH :: medta byte
On exit:

252
253
254
2&5

(MEDIA FLAG)
IMEDIA FLAG)
(MIDIA FLAG)

248

unit

nu~b.r.

:: -1 IFF hex) if disk
:: 0 if don't kno •.
: 1 if not changed.

is cnanged.

211.

257
25a

OOOB

251

oooa

2E,

ZIO
281

00£0
00£4

IE 0000 E

47 OE 01

MEOIA_CHK,
LOS
MOY

aX,CS,IPTRSAYE]
aYTE PTR laX.TRANS].1

RET

212

ZI3

SUBTTL

Build and return .ios Parameter ,10ck for. diskette.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk driver

02-20-14

PAGE

1 -.

Build and return .ios Par •• eter .'ock for a diskette.

PAGE

21'
265
286
261

Bui'd Btos Para •• ter Blocks.

211

On entry:

IS:IK contains the address of a
AL = Un't number.
AH = Current .edi. byte.

On exit:

Return. DWORD pOinter to the assoc'ated BPI
in tn_ Request packet.

288

270
271
272
273
27.
27&
27.
277
27a
279
2aO
2al
282
283
284

2a5
2a.
287

00E5
OOE&
0017
OOE.
0011
OOcF
00F4
00P'7

OOFA

GET_IPI:
32
Dl
al
al

EO
FO

OO'C R

2E: CS IE 0000 I
al '7 12
ac 4F 14
C3

XOR
SHL
MOV
MDV

AH,AH
AX,I
SI,AX
AX,WORD PTR IHI_TAI!SI!

LOS
MOV

IX,CS: !PTRSAVI!
WORD PTR !IX.CDUNTI,AX

MOV

WORD PTR

c1.ar high byte
shift to word offset

gat IPI

IBX.COUNT+21,CS

RET
SUBTTL

Tn. Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk driver

02"20-&.

MSDOS 2.M Disk

2a'
289
280
211
282
213
28.
285
211
297
211
2'.
300
301
302
303
30.
305
30&
307
30a
301
310
311
312
313
314
315
318
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
32'
325
32&
327
32a
321
330
331
332
333
... 33'
335
33a
,'337
33'
331
340
3.,

scratch sector

MSDOS 2.x Disk

PAGE

I/O drivers.

1-10

I/O drivers.

PAGE
;.***********************.*.* •• *.* •• * ••••••••••••••••••••• * •••••
D;Sk READ/WRITE

functions.

ENTRY;

Disk

Medi.

I/O driver number
byte.
Number of sectors to transfer
DX I logical starting sector.
e:S:DI I: Disk transfer address

EXIT:

; •• ** •• ~ •••••••• * ••••• * •• * •••• * ••••••••••• *.**.***.* •• ••••••••• *
OOFI
OOFI
OOFI
0101

la 0117 R
la 0000 I
E. Ol!

0103

la 0117 R
la 0000 I!
EI OB

0101
0101
010E

Ea 0187 R
Ea 0000 E

0115
0117
011C
0121

012.
012&
012a
012A

012D
012P'

0131
013.
013a
013a
013a
013.
0131
0131

SITPAR
HRI!AD
SHORT CDMM

DSK_WRTY:

010&
0101

0111
0111
0113

DSK RI!AD:
CALL
CALL
oJMP
CALL
CALL
oJMP

SETPAR
HWRITI!V
SHORT CDMM

CALL
CALL

SITPAR
HWRITE

DSK_WRT:

CDMM:
73 21
3C OF
7. n
2E: C& IE 0000 I
C7 47 12 0000
II 0102
3C 03
7. 10
II O'
F. C4 '0
75 01
II oa
FB C4 10
7. 02
II OC

oJNC
CMP
oJZ
LDS
MDV
MOV
CMP
oJZ
MDV
TEST
oJNZ
MOV
TEST
oJNZ
MOV
COMM2 :

01 'F 03
I ' 0000 I
C3

exit if no error
soft error
return as good

COMMl

AL,SERR
CDMM1

IX, CS : ! PTRSAVI I
WORD ~TR
CX,0102H

rIX.COUNTJ.O
; any error set coun~ -0
assy.e dr;ve not ready error

AL,DRIVI!DF
COMM2
el..
Clf.

.ssu~.

CL,OCH

set as genera'

AH,IDHF
COMM2

sector not

WORD PTR IIX.STATUSI,CX

CALL

;

CDMMI :
RIT
SUITTL

assu •• CRt error

AH,CRCER
COMM2

Part;tton Tab'.

update IAT

found

error

buffer.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk drive,.

02-20-84

PAGE

1 - 11

Partition Tabl.
342
343
34.
345
346
347
34a
341
310
351
352
353
354
355
35.
357
35a
3 ••
360
361
382
363
36.
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374

PAGE
i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • __ •••••• •••••

_.e ..

PART IT I ON

ThiS is the logical drive partitions for this OS.
If anyone of the drive is not present. the first track #
should cont.in a

(Since track 0

will

not

be used

for

any OS)

Note: this tabl. will have more tnform.tion about •• ch partition.
So, PART_SIZE wi 1 1 change!!!
;

;*** •••• * •••• ** ••••••• ** ••• *** ••••• *** •••• ****** •• *** •••••••••••
DOD •
0006

MNPARTS
PART_S IlE

013'

PART IT I ON

013F
0141
0143

0000

0145
01.1

0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000

0161

0000 0000 0000

0151

01
01
09
03

011F

0000
0000

01 OF 06 00 04
02
10 07 DE 05 DC
OA

RDXLT

The Microsoft MACRD Assemble,.
H.,..d Disk drive,.

IOU
IOU

•

lABEL

WORD

OW
OW
OW

DW
DW
DW

0,0,0
0,0,0
0,0,0

ntax.

part i t ions

in this system

first track II
last track II
reserved

1.1,15,6,13.',11,2

9,16,7,14,5,12,3,10

02-20-.4

partition info size

PAGE

1 -, 2

Partition Table
375
376
377
37a
378
3ao
3al
312
313
31.
3a5
316
387
3aa
3a.

SETPAR - set up disk interface parameters
ENTRY:
EXIT,

0167
0167
016C
018E

315

38S

3Ia
3S'

400
401
402
403
404
401
406
407
401
408
410
411
412
413
414

unit code
logical sector"
sect or If
8H
surface II
OX
cy 1 ; nder II
tILT_F) :: logical/physical flag
8L

ca 01 0000 E 01

SETPAR,

a. F2
Ea 01A7 R

MOV
MDV
CAll

0171
0173
0177

a. ca

MDY

0178
0170
017F
0111
0183
01a6
DIal
OleA
01ac

01
01
01
01
3D
70

01.,

0181
0113
0117

al Ea OOOF
aA IC 0157 R

AND
MDY

III

E8
E8
lIa

0002
08

I I DE

FE C3
CI 06 0000 E 00

0000

;

Il
BYTI PTR Xll_F,O
DX,AX

TEMP TRK,DX
TEMP-SEC,ll
ClTPN

USE,

OliO
DIAD

no skew on first 2 track
sector II is base 1
; don't use translate tabl.
add partition offset
save track II in case .rror
save sect or II

••.••••......••••......•.•..•...•..•..•.•••.....•.••••••.•..•..
ENTRY:
EXIT:

Dill
0,..

; shift to track offset

.X,51

elTPN • Convert

;

aSSUNe using translate table
save sector II
oat partition first track II

AX,SI
get sector II
SI,OFH
; form logical sector II
al,aYTE PTR ROXlllSl)
: get sector II from translate tabl.

INC
ADD
MOV
MOV
JMP

GETFTN

AX,l
AX,l
AX. ,
AX,l
AX,2
SETPARI

SETPAR 1 :
II 11 0000 E

BYTE PTR XLT_F,l
S I, OX

SHR
SHR
SHR
SHR
CMP
JGE
MDV
MDV

03 DO

41S

411
417
411
411
420
421
422
423
42_
421
426
427
42a
421

; ••••••••••• ** ••••••••• *.**.* •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

390
381
312
313
314

317

PAGE
....•........•...•...............•......................••.....

Logical Track II to Physical surface/cylinder II

OX e logical track II
8H e surface"
OX :: cy 1 i "d.r #I
NONE

................................................•..........•...

ClTPN,
aA FA
aD E7 03
Dl EA

MDV

.H,Dl

AND

aH,03H

SHR

DX,I

get low track byte
k.ep surface only
gat rtd of surfac. bits

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• ble,.

02-20-14

PAGE

SHR
RET

OX.1

02-20-14

PAGE

1-13

Hard Cisk drivar

430
431
432

01A2

014.

The Microsoft MACRO Assamble,.
Hard Disk drive,.
433
434
43S
436
.37
431
431
440
441
442
443
444
44S
446
447
44.
44'
4S0
451
452

'-14

PAGE

i····················································· •.........
aETFTN

ENTRY,
EXIT:

,
;

01AS

4153
4154
4151
4156

OIAI
01Aa

457
45.
451
410
411

0112
0182
0114

01AD
01110

GET partition First Track Numbe,.
GETFTN: AL = hard disk partition #I (from 0
GETFTNO: AL &: MS"'DOS disk drive offset

start track

to MNPARTS-1)

for this partition

Z flag is not sat if the par-titian is not axist
(st.,.t track II &: 0). or wrong elr lve "
IX « partitton entry start addr
AX, 8X

.... ..........•.....................•......•...........•• ...
USES,

GETFTNO,

OtAS

01A7
01A7

2C 04

SUI

AL,HDISK

sat to Win;

XOR
CMP

DX,DX
AL, MNPARTS
GETFTNl
GET PEA
OX, [ax J

assume wronG drive

DX,DX

sat

offset

GET,.TN,
33 02
3C 04
73 OS

~Na

Ea 01115 R

•• 17

CAL L
MOY

within l,mit
get partitton start addr
get start track II

GETFTN 1 :

23 02
C3

AND
RET

Z 'lao

412

;.*** ••••••• **.**********.*************************************.

483
484
41S

CETPEA • GET Partition Entry Addr

.16

ENTRV,
EXIT,

417

41.
488

470
471
.72
.73
474

USES ,

GETPEA,

.7.

01.7

.... 1!3

0181

.'78

011!

OS 013" R
a. Da
C3

OUC

MOY
MUL
ADD
MOY
RET

.3 0.

.71
•• 0

412

MNPARTS~11

;* •• *** ••••• *.* •• * •• ** ••• * •• ******* •••••• *.* •••••••• * ••• *.* •• *.*
0185
0185

.76
.77

•• 1

AL = hard disk partition. (from 0 to
AX = IIX = partition entry start addr
AX, ax

01."

CODE

ENDS
END

BL,PART SIZE
BL

AX,DPFSET PARTITION
ax ,AX

gat partttion size
set to partition entry offset
add start addr
be nice to IX

Ass."ble,.

Tlla Mtcrosoft MACRO
Hard Disk dr ;va,.

02-20-&4

PAGI!

SymbolS· 1

Mask

Inlt 1.1

Structures .nd records:

•

081'.
SECSZ.
ALLDC.
RI!SSIIC
'ATS
MAXDIR
SECTORS.
MI!DIAID.
'ATSI!C
SECTRK
HEADS.
HIDDEN
10DAT.
CMDLEN
UNIT
CMD.
STATUS
MI!OIA.
TRANS.
COUNT.
START.

Wldtll

Shift

Width

0013
0000
0002
0003
0005
0006
oooa
OOOA
OOOB
0000
0001'
0011
0016
0000
0001

OOOB

flalds

0008

0002

0003
0000
OOOE
0012
0014

Segments .nd groups:
N

•ma

CGRDUP
CODE

Stae

. , ;on

cOllbin_ class

GROUP
OIl'

BYTE

PUBLIC

Type

Value

Attr

Numbe,.

0004
0021
0000
DOlO
0012
ODDS
0002
0008
0003
0001
0004
0008

'CODE'

SYMbOls:

• m•

ABRTC.
AST OF'.

Numbe,.

ATRETRY.

Number

BAUD.
BAT OFF.
BID AST.
BID BAT.
BID BOT.
BID DPD.
BID HOM.
BID oSN.
B1o:PAS.
BID PBT.
BID UKN.
BITO
BlTl
BITIS.
BIT2

Numbe,.

----

NUNber
Numbe ...

Numbe,.
Numbe,.

Numb.,.
Numbe,.

Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

Number
Numbe,.

Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numb.,.

The Microso.t MACRO Assemble,.
Hard Disk driver

Nu .. be,.

CLRSPL

Numbe,.

CLTPN.
CMDERR
CMDIP.
CMDDK.
COMM
COMMI.
COMM2.
CPMa.IO.
CR
CRCI!R.
CTRL_O
CTRL_S
CTRL_Z
CYLDH.
cnDL.
DAMN'.
DATA
OATARo
DISKDF

L NEAR
L NEAR
Numbe ...
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Number

DRDY

DRDY2.
DRIVIO
DRIVE 1
DRIVI!2
DRIVE3
DRIVEDF.
DRIVI!M
DRYSEL
DSK_INIT

Number
Numbe,.

Number
Numbe,.
NUIBb.,.
NUNbe,.

Numbe,.
NUNbe,.

L NEAR
Numbe"
Numbe"
Numba,.

Numbe,.
Number

Numb.,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Nuratae,.

N" .. b.,.

DISPATCH

0000
0001
0002
aooo
0004

02-20-84

BIT3
BIT4
IITS
BITI
BIT7
BK_EC_oFF.
BK_LBN_o'F
BK_MEC_O'F
BOOT OFF
BUSYCBSY
CBSY2.
CLRIL .

DPDE FLAG.
DPDE:I'TN
DPDE_INIT .
DPDE_LTN
DPDE_LU.
DPDE_DI'F
DPDE_DST
DPDE_PN.
DPDE PDN
DPD_DH.
DPD START DFF.

0007

NUlliber
NUlllber
NUMber
NUlllber
, PROC
NUMber
Number
NUmber
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
NUmber
Number
Number
Number
Number
NURlber
NURlber
L NEAR

oooa
0010
0020
0040
DOlO
oooa
0003
0008
0021
DODO
0080
0001
0004
oooa
DIll

ooca
0002
0014
0111
DUe
0131
0001
0000

PAGI!

Symbols"'Z

CODe

CODE
CODE
COOl!
CODE
CODE
CDDE

0040

0011
0013
001A
DOli
0014
0001
DOlO
000 a
O~DS

00S4
0000
oooe
001'0
oooe
0001
0020
0008
0002
OOOA
0017
0020
0040
0040
0000
0001
0010
0011
0003
0011
0001
0000

CODE

Length =0055

CODI!

Ext.rn.'

T". Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass •• blar
Hard DISk dr i ve,.
DSK_ INT.
DSK READ
DSK:TBL.
DSK WRT.
DSK:WRTV
DSTATO
DSTATI
DWRTF.
DWRTF2
IRRF
ERRDR.

02-20-14

PAGE

Symbols-3

NIAR

CDDE
CDDE
CDDE
CDDE
CDDI

Globa'

CDDE
CDDI
CDDI
CODE
CODE

Glob.'
Global

CDDE
CDOE
CDDE
CDDE

Glob.'

Nu .. ba,.

0054
OOFI
OOAl
010B
0103
00 . .
DOli
0020
0020
0001
DOll

P'ALSE.

Number

0000

FMTTRK
GITI'TN
GITFTNO.
GETFTN 1 .
GETPIA
GIT BPI.
HDIR
HDISK.
HDSKO.
HDSKI.
HDSK2.
HDSK3.
HIADO.
HIAD02
HEAD 1.
HEAD12
HIAD2.
HEAD22
HIAD3.
HIADU
HEADM.
HIADM2
HI'DRMAT.
HINIT.
HIDCTL
HIYEC A.
HIVIC I.
HMCHK":"
HRRAD.
HYD 15K
HWRlTE
HWRITIY .
IDIIT.
I DII TV
IDN'
INI TAB.
INTHDL
LF

Nu .. be,.

00110
01A7
01AS
0112
DIn
DOn

NIAR

NIAR
NIAR
NIAR
NUnlba,.
Nu .. ber

Nu .. be,.

,.u .. be,.
NUnlbe,.

L NIAR
L NIAR
L NIAR
L NIAR
L NIAR
Numbe,.

oooa

NUNber

0004

L 0013
L 0013
L 0013
L 0013

0013
0021
0031

NUrlb.,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Number

0000

0000
0001
0002

NUnlbe,.

0002
000'

Numbe,.

0003

Nuraber

0001
0007

NUlllbe,.

Nu .. bar

OOOE

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

0000
0000

N"mbe"
Numbe,.

L NIAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

L WORD
L NEAR

CDDE
CDOE
CDDE

Ex'ternal

0000
0000

CODE

exte"nal

CODE

External

0000
0000

CODE
CODE
CODE

Extern.'

CODE
CDDE

Global

0000
01,.

02"

0000

004C

Number

0002

LSTEPP

Number

000'

MEDIA CHK.
MNPARTS.
MSCTF.

L NEAR
Numbe,.

OODI

MSDOS.
NCVLD DFF.
NDRY
NOINT.
NT AST aH
NUMHUD.
aSN DFF.

Numbe,.
Numbe"

PARTITION.

L WORD

000.
00lC
013F

PART FTN
PART LTN
PART PAS
PART SIZE.
PASE OFF
PAS_ASN.

Numbe,.

0000

Numbe,.
Number
Numb.,.

0002

~AS

---

ATH.

PAS ISN.
PAS ITN.
PRE RlAD
PTRSAYE.
RDIASE
RDCMD.
RDCMD2
RalNTF

NUntb.,.

Number

0002
0040
0000
00&9

0000

Numbe,.

NUMbe,.

DOli

SI!C~TRK.

Nunto.u·

0010

SICS IZE.
SICTC.
SICTN.
SECTSZ
SEEK
SEEKC.
SIEKC2
SIRR
SITPAR
SETPARI.
SINIT.
SSCT'.
SSZl28
SSZlK.
SSZ258
SSZS 12
STEPRO
STIPRI
ST.IPR2
STEPR3
STEPU

Nuntbe,.

0200
0082
0013
0010

0087
0030

L BVTE

015'

Number

0010

L NEAR

OOCF
0001
0040

Numbe,.
Nurnbe,.

Number
Numbe,.
Numba,.
Numba,.

Globa'

COD!

Ixt."nal

CODE

Globa'

0020

MUnlba,.

Numbe,.
Numba,.
Numbe,.
Numbar"

Glob.'

oosa
oooa

RDSTAT
RDWRITE.
RDXL T .
RESTDR
RETURN
SIUFR.
SCANID
SCTEXT
SDH.

Numbe,.

CODE

DOlO

NUNbe,.

L NEAR
L NEAR

Ext."n.'

0017

RDREAD

Numb.,.

CODE
CODE

0003
0002

FALSE
V DWaRD 0000

Numbe,.
Number
NUMbe,.
Numbar
Numba,.
Numbe,.

Symbols-'

0001

Numba,.
Al 'as

Numb.,.

PAGE

000'
0005
000'

Number
Number

Global

002D

Nuntber
Numbe,.
Number
Nu.ber

Numba"
Numba"
Numbe"
Numbe"

E.xternal

CODE

000'
0004

02-20-84

Y IYTE
L NEAR
Numbe"

External

0010

LINDEX

External

GOAO

0000
OOOA

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mbler
Hard DiSk drtva,.

Externa'
external

0010

Number

Numbe,.

Global

CODE

ooao

0070
0010

0010
OOOF
011'
0111
0002
0000

0080
0040
0000

0020
0000
0001
0002

0003
0004

CODE
CaDI

02-20-14

Th. MIcrosoft MACRO Asse .. bler
H.rd DiSk dr-tva,.
STEPRII

N".. ber
"umbar
""mber
""lib.,.
.." .. ba,.
""mba,.
""rlba,.
.. " .. ba,.
""mb",.
.. " .. b.,.
"" .. ba,.
Nu .. be,.
Numb.,.
y IYTE
Y WORD
"" ... be,.
N"mbe,.
""nlbe,.
L NEAR
""mbe,.
NUlllbe,.
""lIIbe,.
Numb.,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
""mber
Number
NUlliber
Numbe,.
NUnlbe,.
Numbe,.
Numb.,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
NUnlbe,.
Y BYTE

.TE~R'

STEPR7
STEPR.
ITEPRe
.TE~RA
STE~RB

STIPRC
ITEPRD
STEPRE
STEPR'
STEPR 01"'.
ST AST Oil"
TEMP sic
TEMP TRK
TRK02.
TRKOE.
TRUE
UP IAT
WeATE.
WINI OPPSET.
WINI SIC
WPC OH.
WI" RCMP
WPRSNT
WTYERR
XII 10
XII IS
XII CN
XII DISK' .
XII OSN.
XII IRRC
XII LON.
XII SC
XII SN
XCPRSNT .
XLT F.

-----

0001
0001
0007
0001
0001
OOOA
0001
OOOC
0000
OOOE
0001"
004C
0021
0000
0000
DOlO
0002
0001
0000
0010
0084

~AeE

SYMbOls-I

COOl
COOl

Ext.,.nal
Ext",.nal

CODE

IExte,.n.l

CODE

Ixte,.nal

0011
004A
0011

0001
0000

0001
OOOA
0004

0000
0003

oooe
0001
ODDS
0002
0002

0000

Warning Seve,.e
Er,.o,.s
E,.rors
0
0

Hard Disk driver

SymbOl Crass Reference

ABRTC. .
ALLOC . .
AST OFF.
ATRETRY.

BADIO.
BAT

21"

OfrF.

2."

BID:P.BT.

BID UKN.
BITO .
BITl .

BlT15.
11T2
BIT3

21"
29"

2."
2 ...
29"
29"
29"
29"
29"
29"
29"
29"
29"

BIT.

2 ...
21*

BITS
BITS

29"
21"

BIT7

IK EC OFF.
IK-LBN OFF
BK-MEC-OFF
lOOT OFF
IUSY-.
CISY .
CISY2.
CCROUP
CLRIL.
CLRSPL
CLTPN.
CMO . .
CMDERR
CMDIP.
CMDLEN
CMDDK.
CODE .
CDMM

COMMI.
COMM2.
COUNT.
CPMaUO.
CR . .
CRCER.
CTRL «1
CTRL:S
CTRL_Z
CVLDH.

CHDL.
DAMNF.

Cref - 1

2."

BlD-AST.
BID-lAT.
BID-BOT.
BlD-OPO.
liD-HOM.
IIO-OSN.
BID-PAS.

is def init ion)

29 ..
38"
29"

2 ...
2U
2U
2U
29"

201

2U
2."
13
2."
2."
426.
115#

20.
2 ...

23."

153

163

231.

113#

1 &B
13

307
318
321
123#

168#

14"

312
321
32.
160

2 ...
2U
29"

.."
2 ...
2."
2'"
2 ...

.."

328

14
318.
338.

481

332
213

33'284

323

H.rd DiSk dr tver

I" ts definltlDn)

.y.bo1 Cross Reference

DATA
DATARO
DIP.
DI.KD'
DISPATCH
DPDE FLAG.
DPDE 'TN
DPDI INlT .
DPD! LTN
DPDE LU.
OPDE O~F
DPDI OST
DPDE:PN.
DPDE_PDN
DPD OF'.
DPD :ST A1tT_01".
DRDY
DRDV2.
DRiYEO
DRlYEl
DRIVE2
DRIVI3
DRIVED' .
DRIVEM
DRYSEL
DSK INIT
DSK INT
DSK READ
DSK TIL.
DSK-WRT .
DSK-WRTY
DSTATO
DSTATI
DWRTF.

---

21"
21"
33"
21"
. . 0 ..
21 ..

Cref"2

12
113

21 ..
21"
21"
21 ..
21 ..
2'"

21"
2'"
21 ..
21 ..
21.
2'.
21.
21.
21"
28"
21"
29"
28"

27
200
171
20.
205
21"
21"
21"

325
198

142_
30._

185.
314M

30 ••

28.

DWRTP'Z

.... ..

ERR'
ERROR.

2'"
21 ..

21.
.0.

'ALSI.
"AT5

FATSEC
FMTTRK

2 ..

... ..'It
..'7 .
25

GETFTN
GETFTNO.

383

.51.

455

.'731t

GETFTN 1 .

GETP!A
GET IPI.

25
lIa

28"
28 ..
27

HDIR
HDISK.

HDSKO.
HDSKI.
HDSn.

16"

7a"
10.
21'

HDSK3.

HEAOO.

276_

.50

54#
104
105
106

103

Har-d D;sk dr- ;verSYllltJo1

Cr-oss Refer-ence

HEA002
HEAD1.
HEAD12

HEA02.
HEA022
HIA03.
HEA032
HEADM.
HEADM2
HEADS.
H~aRMAT.

I" is def ;ntt ;on)
28"
28"
28"

2'"
2.N

2..
2..
2"
28"

....

18.

HIDDEN
HINlT .
HI aCTL
HIYEC A.
HIYlC I.
HMCHK-:HREAD.
HYOISK
HWRlTE
HWRIUV.

10.

IDBIT.

21"

IDalTV

10NF
INI TAB.
INTHDL
laDAT.

''''

2,..
21.
28.
17"
II"

17 ..
17 ..

....

31&
311

331

24
19M

103.

112.

125

MAXDIR

41*

MEDIA.
MIDIAID.
MEDIA CHK.
MN"ARTS.
MSCTF.
MSDas.

121.

306

28"

21.
21.

20a

18.

LF
LINDEX
LSTI"P

NCYLD OFF.
NDRY
NOI NT.
NT AST OH
NUMHEAii.

119

280

21.

43.
117
26
2'"
2'.

159
258_
3511f'

453

2 ••
20.
15.

151.

2 ••
2 ••

OSN OFF.

21.

PARTITION.
PART FTN
PART LTN
PART PAS
PART SIZE.
PASE D~F
PAS ASN.
PAS ATN.

3BOlf'

.76

21"
21"
21 ..
28
21"
2 ...
28"

35&.

.'74

----

Cr-ef-3

H ... d

DISk CS .. tv ...

SYllbol Cross R.f.rence

PAI_ISN.
PAS ITN.
PR!:RIEAD
PTRSA"IE.

21 ..
2811'
21 ..
20.

RDIASIE
RDCMD.
RDCMD2
RDINTI'
RDREAD
RDSTAT
RDWRITIE .
RDXL T.
RIESSEC
RESTOR
RETURN

21.
2 . .'
21.
21.
21.
21.
2 . .'
24
31.
2 ••
202

SIUI'R.
SCANID
SCTEXT
SDH.
SECPTRK.
SIECS IZE.
SIECSZ.
SIECTC.
SIECTH.
S!CTDRS.
SECTRK
SECTSZ
SEEk
SEEkC.

2 ••
2 ...
21.
2 ...
21 ..
21 ..
3.,.
21 ..
2S"
42.
4'.
21.
21.
21.

Cr.''"'.

Is def. nit' on)

1112

171

232

240

2S1

212

322

3.,,.,

3S.,

203

20&

207

2:. . .

320
310
40U'

315

310.

III
156

180

233

ze.

SEEKC2

S!RR
SETPAR

2 . .'
305
404

SI!TPAR 1.

SINIT.
SSCTF.
SSZI28
SSZIK.
SSZ256
SSZSl2
START.
STATUS
ST!PRO
ST!PRI
STEPR2
STEPR3
STEPR4
STEPR5
STEPR6
STEPR.,
STEPRa
STEPRS
ST!PRA
ST!PRI
ST!PRC
STEPRD

n"
nN
nil'

21.
21.
21.
124.
11'.

2S.
21.
2S"

241

ze"
nil'
nil'

21.
21"
21.

n ..
nil'

21.
2a"

2IN

Hard Disk driver
SYl'lbOl

Cross Re'erence

STEPRE
STEPRF
STEPR OFF.
ST AST DFF

- -

(" Is def;nition)

nN
21"
21"
21"

TEMP SEC
TEMP TRK
TRANS.
TRK02.
TRKOE.
TRUE

22"
22"
122"
21"
21"
21"

411
410
174

UHIT
UP IAT

114.

Isa
337

WGATE.
WINI OFFSeT.
WIHI SEG
WPC OFF.
WPRCMP
WPRSNT
WTVERR

21"
21.
21"
21 ..

---

XII 10
X81 85
XBa CN
XBa DlSkl' .
XBI DSN.
XBI IRRC
X81 LDN.
XBI SC
X81 SN
XCPRSNT.
XLT F.

---

21"

260

U"
21"

U"
21"
21"

zaN
nN
ze"
18"
ze"
za"
zaN
20"

381

407

C".'''5

335

The Microsoft MACRD Asse.bler
Hard Disk

I/O

Control

02-20-8'

1-1

PAGE

Functions

1
2
3
4
5

PAGE 10,132
TITLE
Hard Disk

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
Copvr tgnt (CI 19&3 Digit.l
All rights r.served.

NAME

7
I
9

10
11

,.
,.

Hard Disk
08/30/83

CGROUP
CODE

0000

110 Control

Functions

HIOCTL

I/O Control

Equip .. ent

Funct;ons

GROUP
CODE
SEGMENT IYT! PUBLIC 'COO!'
CS: CGROUP, DS: CGROUP, ES: CGROUP,

ASSUME

Corporat ion

SS: CGROUP

20
21
2.
23
20
25
26
27
28
2.

i!XTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN

HREAC:NEAR, HWRITE:NEAR, HWRITEV:NEAR
HFORMAT·NEAR, HINIT:NEAR, HMCHK:Ni!AR
HVDISK:NEAR, INTHDL:NEAR, CSK INIT:NEAR
XLT F:8YTE, RDXLT:8YTE
GETFTN:NEAR. CETFTNO:HEAR. GETPEA:NEAR.
PARTITIDN:WORD

PUILIC

HIoeTL

.LIST
SUBTTL

Hard disk

The Mic"osoft MACRO Assembl.r
Hard Disk I/O Control Funct ions

PACE
Hard disk

30
31
32
33
30
35
3.
37
38
3.
40
41
42
43

..
OS
4.
47
48

I/O

Control

I/O

Control

functions

1- 2

funct ions

PAGE
;*********************.****.*.***************************.******
HIoeTL

Hard disk

I/O

Control

funct ions

;*******************a************************************_a*****
0000
0000
0003
0006

0079 R
80 FC FF
75 oa

0008
0008
0000

80 FF 40
7C 08
EI 00 80

0010
0013

80 FC 04
7C 03
£1 OS 80

HIoeTL:
;XS DISK:
CAL L

eMP
JNl
phySical

SO
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

CLTPH:NEAR

0015

KIOSK 1 :

disk

BH.401-1
XI FLOPPY
w_DISK

logical

d'isk

eMP
JL
J"P

AH.HDISK
XB FLOPPY
w_DISK

0005

XB FL.OPPV:
MOV

RET

operation

eMP
JL
JMP

cnack f, 0PPY or Winnie
; t ' s floppy
it's Win;

operation

hard disk driver
001.
001.
0018

CP/M label
get «11 ; nf ormat ; on
check logical or physical

GET REG
AH,OFFH
XIDSKl

AX.DISKDF

will

not

or Winnie

check

f 10ppy

d;sk

;5 Winn;e

do the hard work
set

error

for

floppy

flag to disk deffective

T"e .tcrosoft MACRO Ass •• bler
Hard Disk I/O Control 'unct tons
10
II

02-20-14

PAGE

..
..

l····················································· ..

12
13

W_DISK - Win; XalDS ,uncttons
ENTRY:

AL • disk function
AM • MS-DOS 10gica' disk drive

la
II
10
II
.2
13

low

•

physica' operatton

nibb1es c side Dr surf.c. II

• track II if 10gtcal, cyli'nda,. II if physica'
ex • sector count

DI • buffe,. o,fset
IS • buffe,. seo •• n,

IXIT:

AX • error code defined in Win; disk drive,. spec

i····················································· ..
ODIC
00lC

0021
002.

C8 08 0000 I
10 FC I'F
74 21

MOV
CMP
..11

eYTE PTR XLT_F.O
AH,OFFH
WD ISK2

; assume physica' operatton
check physical or logical
it·s physical

logical disk operation
0021
0027
002a
002A
002D

002F
0034
003'

I.
17
.1

003A

100
101
102
103
10.
IDS
106
107
101
101
110
III
112
113
114

I.
I.

• OF'"

IL • sector II
IH I high 4 nibbles. drive II

70
71
72
73
74
7S
71
77
71
7.
10
II
12
13
14
IS
II

PAGE

Hard disk I/O Control .uncttons

SO
53
aB
a3
72
C6

PUSH
PUSH
MOV
CMP
..IB
MOV

1'2
FE 02
05
01 0000 E 01

save function If
save sector If
save logtcal track If
check if first 2 tr.ckS~

SI,DX
51,2

WDISKl
BYTE PTR XLT_F,1

; set 10gica'

f,ao

WDISKI:
MOV
CALL
PDP

AL,AH

..11

CALL

WDISK10
DX,SI
XLT _',OFFH
WD ISK3
DO XLT

get MS-DDS drtve If
gat partition first track If
,. est or e sect or II
error if drive not exis't
add start track II
IF WE'RE NOT SUPPOSED TO SKEW,
DONT
XLT the first sector If

0048

EI 0000 E

CALL
CALL

DO PASX
CLTPH

check if bad sector
convert 10gica' 'track to phySica'

004B

PDP

restore function

003.
0031
003C
003E
0043
0045

IA
EI
SB
74
03
FI
7.

C.
0000 E

24
DI
01 0000 E I'f
03
18 OOIS R

ADD
TEST
..11

GETFTNO

WDISK3:

004.

physical disk operation
004C
004C
004F

OOSO
0052

WDISK2:
AHD

BH.Of'H

phYSical only drive 0 exist

SHL
MDV

AX, I
SI,AX

word offset

02 - 20-14

PAGE

10 E7 OF
II
Dl eo
IB FO

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
Hard Disk I/O Control Functions

caw

1- 4

Hard disk I/O Control functions
115

005_

FF 9_ 0080 R

116

0051
OOSC
OOSF

CS 31 DOl' R
II 41 DC
C3

0080
OOSO
0011
0064

a. 0005

117
118
1,.

120
121
122
123
12.
125
121
127
121

133
134

13S
131
137
131
139
1.0

,.1

142
143

0085
DOl.
0087
DOli
ODIC
0010

008F
0071
0073
007'
0077

WORD PTR W DISKF(SI (

; do i t
DI,TEMP PTi
; gat pOinte,. back
PTR [Dl.XBB_ERRC],AX
j
set error coda

POP
MOV
RET

AX
AX,DISKDF

WORD

WOISK10:
51
C3

128

130
131
132

CALL
LDS
MOV
RET

32 "I'
4B
IA 'I' 0000 E
C3

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000

0000

logica' drive not axist
set error flag to disk deffective

DD_XLT

do translate for the first

INTRY:
EXIT :
USE:

aL It log;cal sector number --base
IL : sector numbe,. after skewing

XOR
DEC
MOY
RET

aH.IH
; cl.ar high byte
ax
; make it base 0
BL,IYTE PTR RDXLTIBK]
; set logical sector II

W_DlSKF DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW

sector number
1

HREAD
HWRITE
HWRITEY
HI'ORMAT
HMCHK
HVDISK

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bler
Hard Dtsk I/O Control ~uncttons

02-20- ••

,-II

PAGE

Hard disk I/O Control fynetto"s

PAGE

144
141
141
147
,4.

i····················································· ..

GET_REG· oat .,1 block ;nfor •• tton into reg,stars

150
15 ,
152
1113
154
15.

I!NTlty:

ES:DJ.

EXIT:

AL. disk funct;on
AH • MS-DOS logic., disk drive.

block pointer

• OFF" if physica' operation
IL • sector II
IH I hiGh. ntbbles I physica, drive II
low

4 n'bbles

aM • track or cylinder
ex • sect or count
DI • buff.r offset
IS I buffer sao.ent

III

,.7
'1.

,.1

180

18'

182

,83

18.

007.
007.

'II

OO'7D

,..
,n

00.'

3E 0015 R
.C 01 008., R

00'.

21
21
21
21
21
C3

DaiS

00 00 00 00

0081

00.'
DOae

170

,71

DOlO

172
173
174
,T&
17&
17T

.1
.1
II
II
C.

01
50 02
55

MDY
MDY
MDY
MDY
LES
RET

.D 01
7D 01
TeMP_PTR
CODE

0011

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk I/O Control Functions

WORD PTR ITEMP PTRI,DI
WaRD PTR

N a m e
CCRDUP

AX,IS
IX,ES
DX,IS
CX,ES
DI,ES

gat
XII DISKFIDII
gat
XII-SNIDIl
gat
XII-CNIDII
gat
XIB-SCIDII
DwoiD PTR XII_IDID I

PAGE

Symbols" 1

ENDS
END

02~20-.4

CODE

S;:le

.1 ign

combine class

GROUP
008S

BVTE

PUILIC

Att,.

'CODE'

SymbolS:
H

ATRETRY.

8AD8D.

BAT OFF.
BID AST.
BID BAT.
BID BOT.
BID DPD.
BID HOM.
BID OSH.
110 PAS.
BID: paT.
BID UKN.
lITO
IITI
IITIB.
BIT2
BIT3
IIT4
lIT.
IITI
BITT
IK EC OFF .
IK Lai OFF
IK MEC DH
lOOT OFF
casv
CasV2.
CLRIL.
CLRSPL
CLTPH.
CMDIP.
CPMI.aO.
CR
CRCER.
CTRL _0
CTRL S
CTRL Z
CVLDH.
CVLOL.
DAMHF.

---

- -

DATA

DATARO

••

•m a

Type

Va'ue

Number
Number
Number
Number
Nu"ber
Number
Numbar
Numbe,.
Number
Numbar
Number
Number
Numbe,.
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Numb.,..
Number
Numbar
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Number
Number
Number
Number

0004
002&
0000
0080
0012
0005
0002
0001
0003
0001
0004
000&
0007
0000
0001
0002

L NEAR

0000
0002

Number
Nu .. ber
Numbe,.
NUnlbar
Number
Number
Number
NUnlb.r
Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numb.r

aooo
0004

000'
0010

0020
0040

ooao
0001
0003
0001
0021

DOlO
0001
0004

0001
0001
0000
0040
0011
0013
001A
0015
OOS.
0001

0010
0001

CODE

;

save potnter

[TEMP:PTR+2J.ES

SegMents and groups:

ABRTC.
AST O~F.

su~f.c

; ••••••••••••••••••• **** ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
GeT REG:
MOY
MOV

188

,87

stde or

Ext.,-nal

logic.' disk
and diSk function
drive/surface. and sector.
track {cylinder) •
sect or count
; get buffer offset

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble ..
Hard Dt sk lID Cont .. ol Functtons
OISKOF
XLT
DPDE FLAG.
DPDE FTN
DPDE INIT .
DPDE LTN
DPDE LU.
OPDE OFF
DPOE OST
DPOE PN.
DPDe PON
DPD DFF.
DPO START OFF.
DRDY
ORDY2.
ORIVEO
DRIVEl
DRIVE2

---

DRIVE3
DRIVEDF.

DRIVEN
DRVSEL

OSK JNIT
DSTATO
OSTAT1

DWRTF.
DWRTF2

ERRF
ERROR.
FALSE.

FMTTRk
GETFTN

GETFTNO.
GETPEA
GET REG.
HDIR
HDISK.
HEAOO.
HEAD02
HEA01.
HEA012
HEA02.
HEA022
HEAD3.
HEAD32
HEADM.
HEAOM2
HFORMAT.
H[N[T.
H[OCTL
H[YEC_A.
HIYEC_B.
HMCHK.
HREAD.
HYD[SK

LF
LINDEX
LSTEPP
MSCTF.
MSOOS.
NCVLD_OFF.

NT AST OFF
NUMHEAD.

OSN OFF.
PARTITION.
PART FTN
PART LTN
PART PAS
PASE OFF
PAS ASN.
PAS ATN.
PAS 8SN.
PAS BTN.
PRE READ
ROBASE
RDCMD.
RDCMD2
ROINTF
ROREAD
RDSTAT
RDWRITE.
RDXLT.
RESTOR
SBUFR.
StAHIO
SeTEKT
SOH.
SECPTRK.
SfCSIZE.
SECTC.
SECTN.
SECTSZ
SeEK
SEEKC.
SEEKC2

SERR
SINIT.
SSClF .
SS212a
SSZlK.

SS225&
552512
STEPRO

STEPRl

PAGE

0005
0065

CODE

NUMber

L NEAR
Numbe ..
Numbe,.
Numbe"
Numbe,.
Number
Numbe,.
Numbe'"
Numbe,.

0000

OOFO
OOOE
0001

0020
0008
0002

OOOA

Numb ...
Humber
Number

0017

Numbe,..
Numbe,.

0020
0040
00'0
0000

Number
Numbe,.

oooa

Number
Number
Numbe ..

0018

Number
L NEAR
Number

OOOt

Number"
Number"

0069
0020
0020

Number
Number
Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Number

Numb.r

0010

0003
0018

0000

0050
0000
0000
0000
0079

Number
Number
L NEAR

0294

WORD

Number
Number
Number
NUnlber
Number
Number
Number
Number
A1 ;as
Number
Number
Number
Number
Humber
Number
Number
V BYTE
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number

External

CODe
CODe
CODe

Extern.'
External
Global

CODe

CODE
CODE

Externa 1
Externa 1
Externa 1

PAGE

Symbols-3

CODE
CODe

External
External

CODe

Externa'

CODE

External

CODE

E .. ternal

Ext.,.na'

0114
0000
0000
0000

02·20~a4

L NEAR
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
NUmber
Number
Number
Number

Ext.rn. ,

CODE
CaDe

0008
0004

0000
0000

NEAR

CODE
CODE

0000

L NEAR
L NEAR

L NEAR

Extfiu"na 1

0001
0061

0000
0000
0001
0002
0002
000.
0003
0006
0007
OOOE
0000

CODE

0068

Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
L HEAR

Number

Sy"bols-2

eooc

Number

The M;crosoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Dlsk I/O Control Funct10ns
HWRITE
HWRITEY.
IDBIT.
IDBITY
IDNF
INTHDL

02-20-84

0000
0000
OOEO
OOAO
0010

0000
OOOA
0002
0004
0004
0002
0040
0020
0004
00lC
0000
0000
0002
0004
0005
0004
0003
0002
0000
FALSe
0060
0067
0068

oooa

0020
0067
0030
0000
0010
0001
0040
0080
0066
0010
0200
0062
0063
0060
0070
0010
0010
OOOF

0002
0000
0010
0040

0000
0020
0000

0001

Tile Microsoft MACRO ASS ... bl.,.
Hard DiSk I/O Conti"ol Funct tons

OZ-ZO-'.

STEPRZ
STEPR3
STEPR4
STEPRS
STEPRI
STEPR?
STEPRI
STEPRI
STEPRA
STEPRB
STEPRC
STEPRD
STEPRE
STEPRF
STEPR OFF.
ST AST OFF
Tl!MP PTR
TRK02.
TRKOE.

NUMbe,.

Numba,.
Numbe,.

Nu,.be"
Hu .. be,.

NUMbe"
NUMbe ...
Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe"
Numbe,.

TRUE

Number
L
L
L
L

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR

Numbe"

OOOZ
0003
OOOS
000&
OOO?
0001
000'

OOOA
000.

OOOC
0000

ooa ..

NUNbe'"

0081
0001

Number
Number
Numbe,.
Humb.,.
Number

Numb.,.

CODE
COOE
CODE
COOE

0010

004.

L NEAR
L WORD

00.,

NUNbe"
NUnlbe,.

---

004C

008'

Numbe,.

0080

NUNbe,.

WPRSNT

CODE

0001

003.

NI",uwbe'"

WTVERR
W_OISK
W_DISKF.
XII 10
XI. IS
XI. CN
xla DISKF.
XBB DSN.
XB. ERRC
XII LDN.
XI. SC
X•• SN
XIDSKI
xa FL DPPV .
XCPRSNT.
XLT F.

Sy.bols-.

000.

OOOE
OOOF
004C
Numbe"
Number
OOZI
L DWORO OOIS
Numbe,.
0010
Numbe,.
OOOZ

WDISKI
WDISK10.
WDISK2
WDISK3
WeAn.
WINI OFFSET.
WINI SEG
WPC OFF.
WPRCMP

PAGE

0000
OOIC
008D

CODE
CODE

0001
OOOA
000 ..
0000

0003

OOOC

Ml.lmba,.

0001

Numbe,.
Numbe,.

0001

NEAR
L NeAR

OOOZ
0010
0011

Numbe,.

0002

V IYTE

0000

CODE
CODE
CDDE

Ext ern.'

WarninG Seve,.e

Errors

Hard Disk JIO Control Functions

Symbol Cross Reference
AIRTC. .
AST OFF.
ATRiTRV.
IADID. .
IAT OFF.
BID-AST.
lID-lAT.
liD-laT.
IID:DPD.
BlD_HDM.
IID_DSN.
BID_PAS.
liD PIT.
IID-UKN.
lITO.

BITI .
IlTn.
IITZ

IIT3
BIT4
IITS
BITS
lIT?
IK_EC_DFF.
IK_LBN_DF'
IK_MEC_DFF
lOOT_OFF
CISY .
CISVZ.
CGRDUP
CLRlL.
CLRSPL
CLTPN.
CMDlp.
CODE .
cpMal.O.
CR . .
CRCER.
CTRL_O
CTRL_I
CTRL_Z
cnDH.
cnDL.

is definition)

Cref" t

Z. .
Z. .
ZU

Z. .
Zu
Z ...
21 ..
2 ...
21#

Z ...

Z ...
ZU
2 ...

Z. .
Z ...
Z ...
ZU
Z ...
Z ...

Z ...
2 ...

Z ...

2 ...

Z ...
2 ...

Z ...
Z ...

Z ...
Z ...
13

Z ...

Z ...
Z1#

2 ...
13

Z ...

,...

171

Z ...
2"
2 ...

Z ...

Z ...
Z ...

DAMNF.

Z...

IDATA

21#

DATARO
DISKDF
DD_XLT
DPU FLAG.
DPU-FTN .
DpDE:INIT .
DpDE_LTN
DPDE_LU.
DPDI_D'F

Z ••

Z...

101
Z ...

Z ...

2."
2U

Z...

2 ...

••

131 ..

12Z

Hard Disk
Symbol

I/O Control

Functions

Cross Reference

Craf-2

OPDE DST
DPDE-PN.

25M
2IN
26#
28#

DPDE-PON
DPO 'OFF.
DPO-START OFF.
DRDY
-

26#

2&#

DRDY2.
DRIVEO
DRIVE,
DRIVE2

26#

26#
26#
26#
26#
26#
26#
26#
19#
26#
28#
260
260

DRIVE3
DRIVEDF.
DRIVEM .
DRVSEL
aSK INJT
OSTATO

DSTAT,
DWRTF.

DWRTF2
ERRF
ERROR.

26N'

FALSE.
FMTTRK

26#

GETFTN
GETFTNO.
GETPEA .

2,.
2,#
2,.

163#

HOIR
HO ISK.

26#

HEADO.
HEAD02

260
26#
260
26#
260

26#

GET REG.

26#

HEAD 1.

HEA012
HEA02.
HEA022
HEAD3.

26#

26.
26#
26#
26#

HEAD32
HEADM.
HEAOM2
HFORMAT.
HINIT.
HIOCTL
HIVEC A.
HIVEc-a.
HMCHK~
HREAD.

HYDISK
HWRITE

'8#
18#

'41

24
26#
26#

18#
11.

142

'9#

,43
,39
140

HWRITEV.

17#
11#

JDBtT.
tOBITV
IONF

26#
260
26#

Hard

26#

Disk

Symbol

I/O Control

Cross Reference

tNTHOL
LF
LINDEX
LSTEPP

MSCTF.

MSODS.
NCYLD OFF.
NT AST OFF

NuMHEAii.

Functions

26#

2.'
28#
2 ••

260

2 ••

26#

26#
26.

PAS-BSN.
PAS-IITN.

2.'
28#

PRE:REAO

26#

ROIIASE

28#
26#
2 ••
26#
26#
260
26#
20'
26#

ROCMO.

ROSTAT
ROWRITE.
ROXLT.
RESTOR

SBUFR.
SCANIO
SCTEXT
SOH.
SECPTRk.

SEC_IZE.
SEtTe.
SECTN.
SECTSZ
SEEK .
SEEKC.
SEEKC2
SERR .
SINIT.
SSCTF.
SSZI2.
SSI1K.
SSZ2SS
55 ZS 12
STEPRO
STI!PRI

Cref-3

26#

22#
260
28#
28#

ROCMD2
RDINTF
RDREAO

;S definition)

26#
2 ••

PARTITION.
PART FTN

PART-PAS
PASe-OFF
PAS ASN.
PAS-ATH.

OSN_OFF.

PART-LTN

'38

26.
26#
2 ••

2.'
260
26#
28.
28#
2&#
260
260
26#

25M
260
260
28#
2&#
26/1

21*
28#

26 ..

134

Hard Disk I/O Control 'u"cttons
SyMbol

Cross Raf.,..ence

ST!PR2
ST!PR3
STEPRC
ST!PRI
STEPR&
5TEPR7
STEPR&
SUPRI
STEPRA
STEPRI
STEPRC

I .. ;5 de'tnit ;onJ

Cref""

28 ..
21"

STEPR D~~.
ST AST D~~

2 ...
2 ...
28.
21*
2 ...
28#
2 ...
2 ...
2 ..
2 ...
2 ...
260'
2 ...
2 ...

TEMP PTR
TRKO'i.
TRKOE.
TRUE

11&
2"
2'"
2 ...

WDISKl
WDISK10.
WDISK2
WDISK3

STEPRD

STEPRE
STEPR~

- -

WGATE.

WINI OFFSET.
WINI SEG
WPC ii~F .

WPRCMP

WPRSHT
WTY!!RR

12o"
110.

28"

XIB
KlB
X8I
X8I
X8I

28"
2."
2 ...
2 ...
2""
2 ..
2'"
2 ...
28"
41

CN
DlSKF.

aSN.

!RRC
UB LON.
XIB SC
XIB SN
XBaSK1
XI FLOPPY.

XCPRSNT.

XLT F.

174.

13"

47
115

115

&3
100
2 ...
2..
2'"
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...

W DISK .
W:DISKF.

--- as
x.. ---

114

102.

10"

131"

171
188
117
ln

170
118
51"
52

57.

2 ...
20"

PAGE

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Assemble,..
Hard Dtsk Driver

•
5

1-1

PAGE

SO,132

TITLE

Hard DiSk Dr;ve,..

NAME

HDD

01/30/13

7
8
9

CGROUP
CODE
ASSUME

0000

10
11

GROUP

CODE
BYTE PUBLIC 'CODE'
CS:CGROUP. DS:CGRDUP, ES:CGROUP,

S~GMENT

EXTRN

RDXLT:IIYTE

SS:CGRDUP

PUBLIC
PUILIC

HREAD

PUBLIC

11
n
11

PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUILIC
PUll I C
PUll I C

HFORMAT

13
14

20
21
22
23

21
21

30
31
32
33

0000

ooe.

MAXTRK

0002
0003

0&
0020

STEP RATE
PRECDMP

DW
DB
DW

00
00

RETNS
DB
RETR lES 01

o
o

0001

0007
0001

0000
00

ERRCODE DW
DB

WATWYF

error code save area
write with verify flag

OOOA

XLT F

translate tabl.

OOOs

35
3&

writ. sectorls)
writ. sector Is) w;th verify
format track(S)
HINIT
init hard disk drive
HMCHK
medta check
HVOISK
verify disk
;
hard d;sk interrupt handler
IHTHDL
XLT_F, ClTPN, MAXTRK,STEPRATE. PRECOMP

.LIST

25
28
27

read sectorls)

HWRITE
HWRITEY

ENDIF

152
STEPRI
128/.

..ax track "
step rate value
write pre-camp value
of sectors do retry
ret ry count

flag

Tha Microsoft MACRO Assemble,.

02-20-84

PAGE

1- 2

Hard O;Sk Drive,.
PAGE
Hard D;sk rout;nes are:

31
31

1. HREAD - read sector(s)
HWRITE - write sector(s)

"'2
'3
••

write

sector(s)

with verify

HWRITEY

4.
5.

HFORMAT - format track(S)
HINIT - init hard disk drive

7.
a.

HMCHK - medi. check
HVDISK - verify disk
INTHDL • hard disk interrupt handler

Other support

..
• 5

51
52
53
54
55

routines are:

1. RETRY - error recovery after a read
2. HOMET - restore head
3. MOVEMX - move head to max. track
4. MOVEH - move head
S. LDTSKF
load hard disk task f,1e
S. DUTCMD - output command and wait for

7.
8.

ADVTNS
ADVTNT

DELAY

•
-

advance
advance

to
to

n8)(t
next

, og; ca'
logica'

command completion

sect or
track

* *' * t h; s i s as dependent

- delay O.S ms

12
63
60

Default values for all the variables are set
Winchester drive. They are:

for

the RDS1/RDSO

SECPTRK
SECSIZE
NUMHEAO
(RDXL T)

66
67
68
69

70
71
72
73

sector per track
sector size
numbar of surfacas per cyllndar
CP/M skew table with skew factor
this is the only itam here that
dependant

512
4

Yalues has to

loaded for

dlffarent drive:

RDS1

MAXTRK = 305
STEPRATE = 0
PRECDMP : 200/4

76
77

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard DiSk Drlver

02-20-84

PAGE

ROSO
max. cylinder number
step rate value
write prBcomp value

152
6

128/4

1- 3

PAGE

71
80

••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• * ••••••••••••• ** ••••• * •••

82
83

HREAD

ENTRY:

surface/drive #
BIT 0-3 surface II
BIT 4-7 dr ive
8L
sector II
ex
sector II
OX
cyl inder If
ES:OI ; buffer start address

17
II
II

10
11

EXIT:

82
13

Z flag is set if error
: ERROR STATUS
AL
0, NO ERROR
1, ERROR
3. DRIYE OEFFECTIVE
S. DISK DEFFECTIVE
OOH, WRITE VERIFY ERROR
OFH, SOFT ERROR
DAM NOT FOUND
AH, 81T 0
BIT 1
TRACK 0 ERROR
BIT 2
ABORTED COMMAND
BIT 4
10 NOT FOUND
BIT 6
CRt ERROR DATA FJELD
BIT 7
BAD BLOCK DETECT
(RETNS) = NUMBER OF SECTORS PERFORMED THE RETRY

14
95

II
18

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
10'
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

'HARD DISK READ SECTOR

* •••••••••• ** ••• * •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
HREAD:

0008

fE'C

OOOC

C6 06 OOOS

CLD
MDV

R 00

BYTE PTA RETNS.O

set forward flag
no any sector do retry yet

ENDlF

117

read sector(s)

111
1"
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

121
128
130
131

132
133

0011
0011
0014
0016
001.
0018
001a
0010
001F
0022
002'
002.
0026
0027

loop

HREADS:

EI 0105 R
7. 37
80 20
EI 014F R

CAL L
..oNZ

MOV
CALL

LDTSKF
HREAD2
AL.RDREAD+ATRETRY
OUTCMO

load task f ; le
error if pass 1 imit
output read cO~Nand

AL,AL
HREAD3
RETRY
AL. AL
HREAD2

orror'?
Sk i P ; f no er r or
error recovery
still nave er,.o,.~
abort at this point

save cy 1 ; "der

save sector count

HREAD10:
OA CO
74 07
EI 01FO R
OA CO
75 27

..0.
CAll

DR
..oNZ

HREAD3:
52
51

PUSH
PUSH

The M;croso.'t MACRO ASS8I1bl.,.
Hard DISk Dr tv ....

13.
13&
13a

In
131
131
1.0
141
142
143
144
14S
I.'
147
14S
141
150
151
152
153
15.

0021
002.
002E
002E
002f
0031
0032
003.
0035

MDY
MDY

DX,D~~SET DATA
CX, SECS I2E/2

EC
IA EO
Ee
I. C.
A.
E2 F7

IN
MDY
IN
XCHG
STOSW
LOOP

AL,DX
AH,AL
AL,DX
AL,AH
HREADI

get data port .ddr
get sector stze tn words
es:d; has buffer addr
II) get data byte
12) save to htgh byte
II) get next byte
I.) ",ake t"to correct orde ..
115 ) save into buff.,.
1.7) lOOP for whol. sector

CX
OX

restor. sector count
.. estore cylinder 1/

strobe

I I 0100

HREAD 1 ,

0031
0031

10 O.
EI I I

MDY
OUT

AL,SIU~R

0030

ES 01.F R
1!2 Cf

CALL

ADVTNS
HREADS

advance to next sector
loop for m"lt i_sector

AX,AX

assu... no 8rror
.. etry befor."

0040

LOOP

004.

158

0040

0049

33 CO

XDR
TEST

7. 02
80 OF

.lZ

oa 0005 R H

MDY

EI 12 10

.62
0050

NOT
.IMP
ENDIF

The M;crosoft MACRO AsseMblar
Hard D;sk Drtv.,.
165

PRE READ
LED DH

02-20-'.

11&

PAGE

l-S

surface/drive number
BIT 0·3 surface.
BIT •• , drive.
BL = sector 1#
ex = sector count
DX e cy1lnder" II
eS:DI - bu'fer star"t address

110

Z flag is set if error
AX • ERROR STATUS
AL • 0, ND ERRDR
= 1. ERROR
• 3, DRIYE DEF~ECTIYE
• S. DISK DE~~.CTIYE
• ODH, WRITE YERI~V ERRDR
= O~H. SD~T ERROR
AH. BIT 0 = DAM NOT ~aUND
lIT 1 , TRACK 0 ERROR
lIT 2 , AIDRTED COMMAND
liT 4 • 10 NOT fOUND
lIT a , CRe ERROR DATA FIELD
liT 7
BAD ILDCK DETECT

III

u.
.1.

1&7

111
110

.12
.13

,,'I

••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• * ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

214
215
211
217
21&
21'

to ".ndl. LED

1&1
112
113
.84
1&5

212

r.ad

I!NTRV:

177
171
171

1213

HWRITE - hard disk write sector (without verify)
HWRITEV • write sector w;th verify

171

III

pro __ .... y
;5 the

this

RET

111
170
171
172
173
174
175

200
201
202
203
204
205
201
207
201
201
210
21.

set soft error

PAGE
-_._ ..........•........•........•.....•.•.•...•..•.....•.•......

11&

167

,.7
U'

" •• dy

HREAD2~

0040

IVTE PTR RETNS,OfFH
HREAD2
AL, SERR

163

,..

buff.,.

RDCMD2,AL

ENDIF

158

...

1-.

PDP
PDP

00.2
0044

161

IA 0010

PAGE

0037
0031

155
156
157

lao

02-20-'.

005.
0051
OOSI

CI 01 0001 R 01
EI 01

0058
00 ••
0050
0050

CI 01 OOOB R 00

HWRITEY,
MDY
.lM~

IVTE PTR WRTWYf,1
SHORT HWRITEI

MDV

IVTE PTR WRTWYI',O

HWRITE1,
CLD

; SET WRITE WITH

YERI~V

CLEAR WRITE WITH YERIPV fLAG
SET

~DIIWARD

FLAG

SI •

IUF~ER

ADDII

ENDIF
OOSE

II "7

MDY

SI,DI

write sector
0010
0010
0013
00 IS
0087
OOIA
OOIC

R
•• 0105
.C

lOOP

HWRITES,
CALL

.lNZ

10 30
EI 014~ II
OA CO
7S .3

MDY
CALL
DR
.lNZ

LDTSKf
HWRITE2
AL,RDWRITE+ATRETRV
DUTCMD
AL,AL
HWltITE2

"LAG

LDAD TASK fILE

error if pass " . t t
OUTPUT WRITE CMD
.RRDR~

AIDRT

EIIIIDR

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Herd Disk Dr;ver
220
221
222
223
22'
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
23'
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
203
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
25'
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
266
2.'
2S8
2.'
270
271
272
273
274

008E
OOIF
0070
0073
0076
0077
OO'7S
0079
0079
007A
007B
0070
007E

52
51
BA 0060
as 0100
lE
06
1F

0010
0011
0012

lF
59
SA

0013
OOIS
oOla

2E:

PAGE

02-20-84

PUSH
PUSH

OX
CX

SAYE cyl inder

MOY
MOY

OX,DFFSET DATA
CX, SECS I IE/2

PUSH

OS
ES
OS

GET DATA PORT ADDR
GET SECTOR S I IE in words
SAYE OS

PUSH
POP

SAVE SECTOR

AD
EE
8A C4

OUT
MOY
OUT

••
.2 F9

C6 06 01E7 R 00
01
68
015'7 R
CO
10

COUNT

DS=ES

OS,SI HAS BUFFER ADDR
( 16) GET DATA FROM BUFFER
(8 ) OUTPUT DATA TO RO
(2 ) GET HIGH BYTE
(8 )
( 17) LOOP FOR WHOLE SECTOR

HWRITE21 :
LODSW

LOOP

OX,AL
AL,AH
DX,AL
HWRITE21

POP
POP
POP

OS
CX
OX

GET OS BACK

MaY
MOY
OUT

BYTE PTR CS: IRODRQ,O
AL,SBUFR
RDCMD2,AL
OUTCMD1
AL,AL
HWRITE2

CLEAR INT FLAG
STROBE BUFFER READY

RESTORE SECTOR COUNT
RESTORE cylinder /I

0090
0092

BO
E6
E8
OA
75

0094
0099

F6 06 0009 R FF
7. OF

TEST

009B
0090

BO 20
E8 014F R

MOY
CALL

AL,RDREAD+ATRETRY
OUTCMD

OOAO
00A2
00A4

OA CO
BO 00
75 08

OR
MOY
JNZ

AL,AL
AL ,WTVERR
HWRITE2

00A6
00A8
OOAA
OOAA
OOAO

80 01
E6 68

MOY
OUT

AL, SBUFR
RDCM02,Al

STROBE BUFFER

ADVTNS
HWRITE5

ADVANCE TO NEXT SECTOR
lOOP FOR MULTI SECTOR

OOAF
OOBl

33 CO

XOR

AX,AX

SET NO ERROR STATUS

CALL

LED OFF

W'"' bl' nk

save
de-select

0080

CAL L

OR
JNZ
check

018F

E2 81

f o.

HWR I TE 11 :
CAL l
LOOP

wr it e

NO YERIFY
OUTPUT READ COMMAND
TASK FILE SHOULD CONTAIN THE SAME
cy1inder/surface/SECTOR INFORMATION
ERROR'?
ASSUME WRITE YERIFY ERROR
SKIP IF NO ERROR

READY

LED OFF:

00B1
0082
00B4
00B6
00B7

ver i fy

BYTE PTR WRTWVF,OFFH
HWRITE11

RET

00B1

with

WAIT UNTIL RO GETS
ERROR'?
ABORT IF ERROR

HWRITE2:

SO
80 38
E6 66
58
C3

PUSM

MOV
OUT
POP
RET

The M;crosoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk Driver

275
276
277
278
27.
280
281
282
283
284
285
2a6
287
288
2&9
290
291
282
293
294

A~,SSZ512+DRIYE3

dr; ve

SDM,AL

1 -7

PAGE

****************************************************************
HFORMAT

HARD

DISK

TRACK

FORMAT

ROUT]NE

ENTRY:
BH : DRIVE/surfece HUMBER
OX = cyl ;nder 'If
CX = TRACK COUNT
ES:OI = FORMAT BUFFER
ThiS format rout ine is used to format (CX) treckS.
ES:DI holds add,tional parameter ;nformat1on.
Each sector requires a 2 bytes sequence. The first
byte deSignates whether a bad bloock mark is to be
recorded in the sector's 10 field. A 'OO'H is normal;
a '80'H indicates a bad block lIIark for that sector.
The second byte indicates the logical sector number
to be recorded.
ES:DI expecting total number of bytes:

28S

216
217
298

* 16 * (number of track to be formatted)

EXIT:
Z f lag

299

300
301
302
303
300
305
306
307
308
30.
310
311
312
313
31.
315
316
317

1-6

is set

error

**************************.*.**** ••• **.*.*.*.************.*.*.**
0081
008a

HFORMAT:

CLD

;

SET FORWARD FLAG

;

GET BUFFER ADDR

ENDIF
00B9

88 F7

MOV
format

OOBB
OOBB
OOBD

OOC'

B3
E8
75
80
E.

OOCS

80 SO

OOCI
OOCD

OA CO
75 20

OOCO
00C2

HFORMAT5,
MOV

51,01

track

loop

BL,40
LDTSKF
HFORMAT2
AI.,SECPTRK
SECTC,AL

Al,FMTTRK
OUTCMD
AL, AL
HFORMAT2

OUTPUT WRITE

OR
JNZ
PUSH
PUSH
MOY
MOY
PUSH
PUSH

OX
CX
DX,OFFSET DATA
CX,SECPTRK
OS
ES

SAYE cylinder /I
SAYE SECTOR COUNT
GET PORT ADOR
GET
OF SECTORS PER TRACK
SAYE OS

0105 R

CALL

3A
10
.2

JNZ
MOY
OUT

bytes for

gaps

LOAD TASK F]LE
error

SET

OF SECTORS PER TRACK

pass

1 imit

318

311
320
321
32.

ooca

323

324
325
32.
327
32a
32&

OOCF

0000
0001
0004
0007
OODa

ea 014F

52
51
BA 0080
0010
lE
06

MDY
R

CAll

ERROR'?
ABORT IF

DS=ES

CMO

ERROR

MACRO ASS ... bl.,.
DiSk Dr tv.,.

Tile Microsoft
Hard

330
331
332
333
33.
335
331
337
33S
331
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3U
341
3.1
3.7
3.1

OODI
OODA
OODA
OODI
OODC
DOn
OODF

3110
351
352
353
3&0

1F
AD
I!E
SA C.
EE
E2 1"

02-20-a.

PAGE

POP
HI'ORMAT1:
LODSW
OUT
MOV
OUT
LOOP

2E: CI DB 01E7 R 00
BO 01
E' n
Ea 0117 R
OA CO
n 07

MOV
MOY
OUT
CALL
OR

00".

001'5

EI 0180 R
E2 Cl

OOI'A
OOFC
OOfC

33 CO

XOR
HfORMAT2:

~MP

11'

ODE.
ODE A
OOEC
OOEE
OOFI
00'3

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble,.
Hard Disk Dr;var

351
357
351

GET OS BACK
RESTORE SECTOR COUNT

RESTORE cylinder

CLEAR INT !'LAG
STROBE BUfFI!R READY
WAIT UNTIL RD GETS IT

~NZ

BYTE PTR CS: IRDDRD, 0
AL,SBUfR
ROCM02,AL
OUTCMOI
AL,AL
HFORMAT2

CALL
LOOP

ADVTNT
HfORMATS

ADYANCE TO NEXT TRACK
LOOP FOR MULTI TRACK FORMAT

AX,AX

SET NO I!RROR STATUS

02-20-a4

HMCHK

PAGE

ERROR"?

ABORT II' I!RROR

bl ;nk

.nd RET

1'9

MED IA CHECK
AL

= 0,

Ii'

10,

ERROR

RDS1

......................................•.........................

313

3U
311
387

•

LED OFF

319

380
381
382

HMCHK:

OOFE
OOI'E

BI OAOO

0101

311
381

MOV
RET

AX,OAOOH

; .. eturn with RDS1

i····················································· ...•.......

370
371

HVOISK - VERifY DISK

372
373

37.
37.

• DISK OEFI'I!CTIYE ERROR VALUE

i····················································· ._ ........ -

375

377
371

0102

37.
3ao

0102
010.

HVDISK:
80 OS
C3

•

PAGE
..•.......•....•............................•........•...•...•

355

31&

DS:SI HAS BU..,ER ADDR
1111 GET DATA I'RDM 8UI'I'I!R
181 OUTPUT BAD BLOCK MARK
121 GET DATA FROM BUFFER
lal OUTPUT LOGICAL SECTOR
1171 LOOP fOR ALL SECTOR

DX,AL
AL, AH
DX,AL
HI'ORMATI

PDP
PDP
PDP

OOEI
0012
00E3

I-a

MOV
RET

AL,OISKOF

RETURN WITH DISK
DEI'I'ECTIVE ERROR

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• ble ...
Hard DIsk Dr tve,.
381
382
383
38.
381
381
387
388
389
380
31'
312
313
38.
38S

...

LDTSK' -

load 'TASK

~JLE',

controlle ... registars 2 - I

ENTRY:

IH
IL

II:

drive/surface
sector II

•

cyl inde ...

II:

•

AX •

• max track

(MAXTRK)
EXIT :

and

flag

II
sat

no error

lOOlH (10 not found error) and Z flag
if track
(MAXTRK)

is cl •• rad

•....•........•••.••..•..•.....•.•....•..•.•..•....•..•••.•.•...
010.
010'
010'
010t
010E
0110

0112
0114

LDTSKI' :
18
3.
77
aA
1&
'A
.1

1001
11 0000 R
11
C2

..
CI

load error coda
cneck pass 1 'mtt

MOV
CMP
JA
MOV
DUT
MOV
OUT

AX,1001H
DX,MAXTRK
LDTSKI'I

AL, SSZS 12
AL,.H
SDH,AL

get

error I f

)

AL,DL

low cylinder

CYLDL,AL
AL,DH
CYLDH,AL

hign cyl inde"

0111
0111
011A

10 20
OA C7
18 I I

MOV
OR
OUT

011C
0111

'A C3
.1 83

MOV
OUT

AL,.L
SECTN,AL

get

sector

0120
0122

10 01

AL,I
SIICTC,AL
AX.AX

1 sactor

33 CO

MOV
OUT
XOR

I I 82

0124

AND
RET

AX,AX

set

Z flao

02-20-14

PAGE

0128
0126

0128

sector
with

StZ8

surface

tI,

assu,..

d,.ivaO

LDTSKI'I :
23 CO
C3

The Mtcro50ft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk Dr tver
411
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
421
421
430
431
432
433
434
435
438
437
431
431
440
441
442
443
4 ..
445
44&
447
44.
441
450
451

PAGE

PAGI
•...••.•.•.•.•..•.....•...••••......•.•..•.•.......•••.•.•.••••.

317
318
311
.00
401
402
403
404
405
401
407
40'
401
410
411
412
413
410
415
418
417
411

02-20-8.

I-II

PAGE

****************************************************************
HINIT -

ha~d

ENTRY:
EXIT:

Interrupt vector must be set
AX = error status

disk init

~outin.

********* •• *****************************************************
0128

0128
012A

FC
1'1

012.

0120
012'

10 02
11& I I
II 0118 R

MOV
OUT
CALL

AL,SINIT
RDCMD2, AL
DELAY

0132
0135

AI 0003 R
EB 81

MOV
OUT

AX,PRICOMP
WPRCMP,AL

013'
0131

OC 20
1&

DR
OUT

AL,DRIVIO+SSZSI2+HIIADO
SDH,AL

0131
013E
0141

I. 0001
IA 0004

MOV
MOV
CALL

ax,l

sector 1

I I 0243 R

DX,4
MOVED4

move head to track 0

0144
0147
0141
014C

AO 0002 R
04 10
E8 0141' R
EI 0011 R

MOV
ADD
CALL
JMP

AL,STIPRATI
AL,RISTDR
OUTCMD
LID_DFP

set step-rate and
restore
output the restore cmd
turn off LED and RET

; set forward direction
,TRY IT WITH INTERRUPTS ON

CLD
STI
ENDIF

set software init
.'10w 0.5 "5

set si28/drive/surface register

The Microsoft MACRO Ass ... ble ...

02-20-84

1 -12

PAGE

Hard D;sk Dr;ver
452
453
454
455
455
457
458
458
480
481
482
483
484
48&
481
487
4sa
461
470
471
472
473
47.
475
476
477
471
479
480
481
4a2
483
484
4a5
486
487
48B
481
490
491
412
493
494
495
49&
497
49B
499
500
501

PAGE
.....••....••..•..•..
_•••..•.....••...•...•..••.••......•.•....•
OUTCMD

DUTPUT COMMAND TD WINNIE CONTRDLLER

AL • COMMAND
AX : ERROR STATUS

MOV
OUT

BVTE PTR CS,IRODRO,O
RDCMD,AL

CLEAR INT FLAG
DUTPUT COMMAND

PUSH
PUSH

BX
CX

SAVE REGISTERS

MO'

BL, . - .

ABDUT 8 SECDNDS TIME DUT

MD.

CX,32185

32815*38 CLDCkS*O,2USI

TEST
JNZ

BYTE PTR CS:JRQDRO.O"P'H
OUTeND.

WAJT ,..OR INT. 17 CLOCKS
.IMP IF INT • • CLOCKS
17 CLOCKS

.a_ ..................•.......•.............•....•.•••.•..•...•.•
01.,.

C1'"
0155
0157
0117
01sa

015a
0158

01SB
01SE
015E
0164

0166
0168
01SA
01Se
016C
01SE
01SE
0170
0172

017'
0176

017.
017A
017C
017E

01.,E
0180
0182

018'
0186
0188

01SA

aUTCMD:
2E, C6 01 01.7 R 00
III 87
OUTCMD 1 ,
53
51
B3 20

OUTCMD2:
B'

80"7"

01aE

LOOP

OUTCMDll

DEC
JNZ

MOV

AL.DRIYEDF

SET HARDWARE

MO.
MO.
OUT
IN
IN
IN
XCHG
JMP

AH,AL
AL.SIIUP'R
RDCMD2.AL
AL.ERROR
AL,ERRDR
AL,ERROR
AL ,AH
SHORT OUTCMD5

SAYE MAIN IRROR STATUS
STROIIE IIUF~ER READY

IN
AND
JNZ
IN
AND
JNZ
XOR

AL,RDSTAT

GET STATUS
CHECK WRITE FAULT

PDP
POP
RET

DUTCMD2

OUTCMD3,
10 03

FLAG

~RROR

OUTeNOI:
IA
BO
E6
E4
E4
E4
8&
EB

EO
01
68

61
61
61
C4
OE

READ RD ERRDR STATUS
(THIS IS NOT IIUG!!. WAIT UNTIL
ERROR REGISTER IS .ALID)
FORM ERROR STATUS

OUTeN04:
E4
24
75
E4
24
75
33

67
01
E4
CO

AL, DWRT~

OUTCMD3
AL.RDSTAT
AL. ERRF
OUTCMDI

GET STATUS AGAIN
CHECK ERROR
ERROR

AK.AX

NO ERRDR

CX
BX

RESTORE REGISTERS

OUTCMD5,

018e

018e
0180

210MS

DUTI:"'011:

2E, F6 06 OlE? R
75 la
E2 F6
FE CI
75 EF

59
58
C3

The Mieroso,t MACRO Assembler
Hard DiSk Driver
502
503
504
50S
506
507
SOB
50S
510
511
512
513
514
61S
616
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
52B
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
53a
539
540
541
642
543
544
545
546
547
S4a
549
SSO
551
552
553
554
555

ENTRV,
EXIT,
USED,

1"13

PAGe

PAGE

*.*_ •• _._-_ •••• *.* •••• *_ •••••••• *_ ••••••• _ ••• _ ••••••••• * ••

_-.* ..

ADYTNS .. advance to next sector
ENTRV:

BH = surface
s sector II
DX a cylinder II
(RDXLT) c translate tabl.
(XLT F) c O i f NOT USE translate table

ilL

USED,

* ••

<> 0

USE

NOTE:

Tn;s routine is OS dependent
(XLT F) must be set before enter this
routine. (ThiS flag will fix the logical
not logical and physical not physica' prOblem.)
Actually only routines HREAD. HWRITE, and
HWRITEY calls this routine.

....... *-•. _._ •. _..... _..... _* ........ _---_ ..••. *.*_.* •• ** ••• _-*
OlaF'
OlaF
0194
0186
018a
018a
019D
OlaF
01Al
01Al

AD.TNS,
F6
75
FE
80
7E
83
EB

06 OOOA R FF
08
C3
FB 10
2A
01
lC

51
67
06

01A.
01A5
01AB
01A9
01AC
01AE

OE
07
BF 0000 E
8S 0010
aA C3
F2/ AE

01110

8A lD
07
SF
E3 02

0182
0183
0184
0188

JNZ
INC
CMP
JLE
MD'
JMP

BYTE PTR XlT _ .... OFFH

ADYTNS3

8L
BL,SECPTRK

check

using translate tab'.

yes

just set to next sector •
pass boundary?

ADVTl

B L, 1

yes, reset sector
and update surface/cylinder

SHORT ADVTNT

ADVTNS3,

01A3

01A2

TEST

PUSH
PUSH

PUSH

PUSH
PDP
MO.
MD.
MDV
REPNZ
MO'
PDP
PDP
JCXZ
POP
RET

0187

018a
0"8
0189

5.
8A

CX
DI
ES

save registers

CS
ES
DI, DFFSET RDXLT
CX,SECPTRK
AL, BL
SCAS8

I!.S

al.aYTE PTR [DII
!S
DI
ADVT2

get translate tabl.
gat sectors per track
oet sector
check in XLT

get next sector II
restore registers
if not

in XLT

AD.T2,
IE 0000 !

PDP
MD.
JMP

CX
Bl,RDXLT
AOYTNT

oat first sector

The Mtcrosoft MACRO As ••• bl.r
Hard Disk Drtv.,.

s ••

•••

.1.
588

.?O
S?1
S?2
S?3

1-14

PAGI

ADYTNT - advance to next track

.10
.11
• 12
.13
.14

'1'
51.

PAGE

... ... .........................•.........................•.•.•

III
.I?

.I?

02-20-84

•• TRY:

.H s surface •
DX

•

cy,tnde,.

•...........................................................•...
Olio
0180
018'
01C2
01C4
01CS
01C?
01C?

ADVTNT:
.. I
80
?C
32
42

C?
.. , 04
03
....

INC
CMP
..IL

XOR

INC

bump surface

IH
IH,NUMHIAD
ADVTl
IH,IH
oX

check

pass

sat surface

II
liMit
II

-0

bump cy 1 i "dar II

ADVTl :
C3

RIT

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler

PAGE

1-15

Hard Disk Drive,.

S?4

PAGE

•• a ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

5?S
5?1

S??

CLTPN • Convert Logical Track II to Physica'
surface/cylinder Numbe,.

5?B

sao

sa2
513
514

58?

saa
580
591

592

EXIT:

8H: surface II
DX

USE:

logical
cylinder

track

NONE

••••• _- •• _-** ••• _--_._* •• ***********************.******.***.***

SIS
586
58.

ENTRY:

otca
otca
OteA
01CD
01CF
0101

CLTPN:
.A FA
ao E7 03
01 IA
01 IA
C3

513
594
Sl6

MOV

AND
SHR
SHR
RET

BH,OL
BH,03H
OX,1
DX,I

low track byte
keep surface on1y
rid of surface bits

get
get

;**************************************-***** •• * •• _**-***._****.

596

CPTLN • Convert Physical surface/cylinder Number
to Logical Track Number

SIB
100
601
602

eXIT:

IH: surface #
OX • cy1inder II
OX; logica' track

USE:

51?

103
604
605
106
60?
10.
109
610
611
612
613

eNTRY:

;** ••••• *-.***.**_ •••• _*--*---*********.*****._*-******-*****.*Ot02
0102
0104
010&
01Da
01DA
01DC

CPTLN:
01
01
33
aA
03
C3

12
12
CO
C?
DO

SHL
SHL
XOR
MOV
ADD
RET

OX,1
DX,I

make room for

AX ,AX

AL,BH
DX,AX

get surface It
surface It

add

surfaCe tt

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.abler
Hard Disk Drtvar

I"
IU
III

120
121
122
123

132

OIlS
OUI

.1
CF

133
134
135
131

01E"I
01E1

121

821
121

INTHDL

- INTERRUPT HANDLIR

ENTRV:
IX IT:

NONE
NONE

INTHOL:
50
2E:

AX
BYTE PTR CS: IRODRO
AL. RDSTAT

PUSH
INC
IN

01 0111 R

ACKDWNLIOGE INT
CLEAR INT

ENDIF

12S

130
131

PAGE

.•.•••.•..••.•.•......•..•.•........•....••.••.•••.•••..•..•....
0100
0100
0101
OU3

125

1-11

...... ....... •..•..•.•••...••.•.••.••••........•.. ......... .

114
III
118

124

PAlO.

02-20-14

IRODRO

PDP
IRET

LABEL
DB

IVTE
0

INTERRUPT FLAG !!,
THIS IVTE lETTER GO WITH CODE SEIO
SINCE. OS IS UNKNOWN WHIN INTiRRUPT

131

131
139

i····················································· .......... .

140

141

DELAY

DELAY ABOUT 0,5 MS

ENTRY:
EXIT:

NONE
NONIE

142

143
144
145
8"
141
141
8 ..

850
851
852
153

i····················································· .......... .
01EI
01E8
0111
OUC
011E
O,IE,

DELAV:
51
BI

00 ••

E2 FE

DELAY 1 :

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard DiSk Dr iver

RETRY

15.

ENTRY:

.&2

EXIT:

B.O
881

,13
liS

01FO
01FO

.,2

.,.

01'A

"3
814

0'''0

01FF

24 03

0201
0203

0205
0201
020B
0210

81'
111
.,1
110
881
882
183
184
liS
BI.
.81
III
8..
890
691
892
113

0.2 US

1-17

.~~o~

recovery

AX
or;g;n.' error status
BX = drive/surface/sector
OX : cy 1 ; nder II
AX = or;g;na1 error status
(RETNS) updates

RETRY:

A3
FE
IE
C&

.61

..........................................................•.....

114

110
111

PAGE

02-20-84

LOOP COUNT
CLOCKS

PAGE
................................................................

1&4
B5S
BSI
851
158

188
111
168

CX
eX,148
DELAVI
CX

PUSH
MDV
LOOP
PDP
RET

01F3
01F1

0007 R
06 0005 R
0006 R

04 00

01FD

MDV
INC
MDV
MOV

ERRCOOE,AX
BYTE PTR RETNS
SI.DFFSET RETRIES
BYTE PTR (S I I. 0

SAYE THE ORIGINAL ERROR
UPDATE RETRY II
RESET LDCAL RETRV COUNT

MDV
AND

AL. (SI 1
AL,OOOOO011B
RETR Y2
IP. (5 II
8P,111111001J

GET RETRV COUNT
TIME TO DO NEW TRICKS~ (EVERV 41
SKIP THE TRICK IF NO
GET THE RETRY COUNT AGAIN
ONLY KeEP THE BITS WE WANT
SHIFT TO WORD OFFSET
PERFORM THE TRICK
WAIT FOR HEAD TO SETTLE

RETRY 1 :

10
' I 2C
81 E5 OOP'C
01 FD
2E: H I. 0224 R
E8 01EI R

~N2

MOV
AND
SAR
CALL
CALL

BP.1

CS: MOVEHR (IP 1
DELAY

READ SECTOR RETRY
0213
0213
0218
0218
0218

0210
021'

0221
0223
0223

RETRY2:
EI

0105 R

CALL
MOV
CALL
OR

10 20

ea 01.F R

OA CO
14 04
FE 04
EB OA

INC
~MP

RETRY3:

RET

LDTSKF
AL.ROREAO+ATRETRY
OUTCMO
AL.AL
RETRY3
IYTE PTR (SII
SHORT RETRY1

RELOAD REGISTERS
ISSUE THE READ CDMMAND
ERROR'?
NO ERRDR. FINALLY
1 MORE RETRY
TRY MORE

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bl.,..
Hard Disk Dr tva,..

1-18

MOVEHR - MOVE HEAD ROUTINES

•••

• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
0224
0224
0228
0221
022A
022C
022E

MOVI!HR
0214
0243
0233
0251
0230
0280

R
R
R
R
R
R

LABEL
OW
OW
DW
OW
DW
OW

WORD
SAME
MOVI!04
MOVEI4
HOMET
MOVEMX
GIYEUP

nRST ROUND STAV ON SAME cyl; nde,..
OUT 4 cyl 'nde,.
IN 4 cyl ;nders
DO A RESTORE
MOVE TO INNER cy 11 nde,..
TIME TO GIYE UP

MOVE TO ~NI!R cyl 'nder
0230
0230
0231

MOVEMX:
PUSH
.IMP

12
EI OA

OX
SHORT MVUI

SAVE cyt ,"de,.
GO TO LOAD MAX cY' ;nde,.

•

MOVE

MOVE IN 4 cyl inda,.,S
0233
0233
0234
0237
0231
0230
0230
0241

MOVEI4 :
12
13 C2 04
31 18 0000 R
72 OE

cy 1 t ndar

PUSH
ADD
CMP
.IC

OX
DX,4
DX,MAXTRK
MOVEH

SAVE

MOV
.IMP

OX, MAXTRK
SHORT MOVEH

LOAD THE MAX cyl tnde,.
PERFORM MOVE HEAD

ADD 4 cylinders
CHECK PASS MAX cy'; nder 1/
IF ( MAX, THEN PERFORM MOVE HEAD

MVUl :
8. 18 0000 R
EI 01

MOVE OUT 4 cylinders
0243
0243
0244
0247
0241

0248
024B
024E
0251
0253
0251
0257

MOVE04:
52
13 EA 04
7. 02
33 D2

PUSH
SUI
.INS
XOR
.IMP

MOVEH

MOVE HEAD

CALL
MDV
ADD
CALL
PDP
RET

LOTSKF
AL, STEPRATI
AL,SEEK
DUTCMD
DX

OX
OX,4

SAY! cyl inde,. 1/
SUI 4 cyl tnde,..S
(
0
.lUST USE 0
MERGE TO MOVE HEAD

DX,DX
MOVEH

MOVEH:
I!.
AO
04
E.
SA
C3

0105 R
0002 R
70
014F R

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.,.
Hard Disk Drive,..
74'
7&0
751
752
753
754
755
751
757
751
751
710
7.1
782
713
714
785
711
717

PAGE

PAGE
._._._._._
... _._ ...... _.... _........•.......•.........•••••••.••

1'4
1.5
1.1
1.7
•• 1
700
701
702
703
704
70B
701
707
70B
701
710
711
712
713
714
715
711
717
711
711
720
721
722
723
724
721
728
727
728
72'
730
731
732
733
734
73'
738
737
73.
73'
740
741
742
743
744
745
741
747
748

02-20-84

02-20-14

PAGE

LOAD REGISTERS IcyllnCle,. "I
GET STEP RATE an" tssue s •• k
RESTORE OLD cyl i ndar

1-11

PERI'ORM RESTORE
0251
0251
025B
025D

HOMET:
AO 0002 R
04 10
EI 0141' R

MOV
ADD
.IMP

AL ,STEPRATI
AL,RESTOR
OUTCMD

GET STEP RATE
ISSUI! RESTORE COMMAND

GIVE UP AI'TER SO MANV RETRIES
0210
0210
0211
0214
0214
0211

G IYEUP:
PDP
MOV

51
AI 0007 R
SAME:
C3

RET
CODE

ENDS
END

AX
AX,ERRCOOE

GET RID OF RETURN ADOR
RETURN THE ORICINAL IRROR

HEAD

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Asselllbla,.
Drtv.,.

02-20-84

PAGE

Hard DIsk

Symbols-'

SegNants and groups:

N a

•

CGROUP
COOE

Si28

a1 ;gn

combine class

GROUP
0285

BYTE

PUILIC

TyDe

Value

Att,.

Numbe,.
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numba,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe"
NUl'lbe,.
NUl'lbe,.
NUnlDe,.
NUnlbe,.
Nu .. be,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Number
Number
Number
Nuraber
Nuraber
NUrlber
NUMber
NUniber
Nul'lber
Number
Number
L NEAR
NUMber
Number
L NEAR
Number
Number
Numbe,.
Number

0004

'CODE'

Symbols:

N a

1ft

•

AIRTC.
ADYTI.
AOVT2.
AOYTNS
AOYTNS3.
AOYTNT
AST OFF.
ATRETRY.
IAOSD.
BAT OP'F.
BID AST.
BID lAT.
BID lOT.
BID DPD.
SID HOM.
SID OSN.
BID PAS.
BID PST.
BID UKN.
BITO'
SITI
SITIS.
SIT2
BIT3
BIT4
SITS
IITI
BIT?
IK EC OP-F.
IK LSN OFF
IK MEC OFF
10iT OFP

-----

-- -

CBSY

CISY2.
CLRIL.
CLRSPL

CLTPN.
COItDIP.
(:PMalaO.

CPTLN.
CR
CRCER.
CTRL Q
CTRL S

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mbler
Hard

01C?
0181
011F
01Al

0180
002&

CDOE
COOE
CODE
CODE
CODE

0000
0010
0012
0005
0002

0008
0003

0001
000'

000&
000'7
0000
0001

0002

aooo

000.

0001
0010
0020
0040
0010
0001
0003
0008
0021
0010
0001

0004
oooa
01CI
0002
0001
01D2
0000
0040
0011
0013

02-20 ....

COOE

Globa'

CODE

PAGE

Syrwbols-2

Dtsk Dr t val'"

CTRL Z
CYLDH.
CYLDL.

Number
Number
Numbar

DAMNF.

Numbe,.

0001

DATA
DATARQ
DELAY.
OELAYI
OISKOF
DPOE HAG.
OPOE PTN
OPOI! INIT .
DPOE LTN
DPDe: LU.
OPOE OPF
OPOE OST
OPOE PN.
OPOE PON
OPO OFF.
OPD START OFF.
OROY
DRDY2.
DRIYEO
DRIYEI
DRIVE2
DRIVE3
DRIVEDF.
DRIVEM
ORVSEL
DSTATO
DSTATI
DWRTF.
DWRTF2
ERRCODE.
I!RRP
ERROR.
FALSE.
PMTTRK
GIVEUP
HDIR
HOISK.
HEADO.

Number
Numbar
L NEAR

oooa
oal

----- -

HaAD02

HEAOI.
HEA012
HEAD2.
HEAD22
HEAD3.
HEAD32
HEADM.
HEADM2
HFORMAT.
HPORMATI
HPORMAT2
HPORMATS

L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Number
Numbar

001A
OOIS
001'

DOlO
01EC

0000

oooe
OOFO
OOOE

Numbar

0001

Number

0020
ODDS
0002
OOOA
DOl?
0020

Numbar

Number
Numbar
Numbar
Number
Number
Numbe,.

Numb.,.
Numbar
Number
Numbar
Numbar
Number
Number

CODE
CODE

OOOS

0040
0040
0000

oooa
0010
DOli
0003
001.
0001

Number

DOli
DOli
0020
0020

L WORO

0007

CODE

Numbar

0001
0081
0000
0050
0210
000 a
0004
0000
0000

CODE

NUIDb.,.
NUllbar

Nu .. bar

Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
L NEAR

Numb."
NUfllba,.

N"mba,.
Number
Numba"

Numb.,.

Number
Number
Numbe,.
NUlllba"

Numbe,.
Numba,.

L NI!AR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

0001

0002
0002
0004
0003
0001
OOO?
OOOE
00"
OOOA
OOFC
0011

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Global

The fltt crosoft MACRO Assembler
Hard D;sk Dr t val"
HINIT.
HIYEC A.
HIVEC I.
HMCHk-:HOMET.
HREAD.
HREADI
HREAD10.
HREAD2
HREAD3
HREAD5
HVDISK
HWRITE
HWRlTE1.
HWRITE11
HWRITE2.
HWRITE21
HWRITES.
HWRIlEY.
!D8IT.
IDBITV
IDNF
lNTHDL
IROORQ
LDlSKF
LDTSkF 1.
LEO OFF.
LF
LINDEX
LSTEPP
MAXTRK
MOYEH.
MOYEHR
MOYE]4
MOVEMX
MOVED4
MSCTF.
MSOOS.
MVI41.
NCYLD OFF.
NT AST OFF
NUMHEAD.
OSN OFF.
OUlCMD
OUlCMD 1.
OUTCMD 1 1
OUTCMD2.
OUlCMD3.
OUTCM04.
OUlCMD5.
OUTCMD6.
PART FTN
PART 'TN
PART PAS
PASE OFF

---

02-20-84

, NEAR 0129
,, NEAR 0214
OOFE
, NEAR 0258
Number
NUMber

0001

,
,,
,,
,,
,,

,
,,

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk Driver

PAS ASN.
PAS ATH.
PAS 8SH.
PAS BTN.
PREeDMP.
PRE READ
ROBASE
RDCMD.
RDCMD2

WORD

41 iss
Number

Number
Number

RDINTF
RDREAD

Humber
Number

RDSTAT

Number
Number

RDWRITE.
RDXLT.
RESTOR

RETNS.
RETRIES.

RETRY.
RETRYl
RETRV2
RETFlY3
SAME

SBUFR.
StANID
SCTEXT
SOH.
SECPTRK.
SECSI1E.
SECTe.
SECTN.
SECTS1
SEEK

SEEKC.
SEEKC2

SERR
SINIT.
SSCTF.
SS1128
SSZ1K.
SS1256
SSZS12
STEPRO
STEPR1
5TEPR2
STEPR3
STEPR4
SlEPRS
SlEPR6
STEPR7
STEPRa
STEPR9
STEPRA
SlEPRATE
Sl~PR'

STEPRC

002E
00"
0040

0026
0011
0102
OOSI
OOSO
OOAA
00B1
0079
0060
0051

BYTE
Number

BYTE
,,, BYTE
HEAR
,
NEAR

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
Number
Humber
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
BYTE
Number
Number

CODE

Glob.l

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Glob.l

CODe
CODE

Glob.'

Glob.l

Glob.l
Globa'

G'ob.l

OOEO
OOAO

0010
0100

01E7
0105
0126
0081
OOOA
0002
0004
0000

0248
0224
0233
0230
0243
0004
0002
0230
0040
0020
0004
OOtC
014F
0157
015E
0158
016C
017E

otac

01 BE
0000
0002
0004
0005

02~20·84

Number
Number
Number
Number

Syllbols"3

011.

HEAR

NEAR
NEAR
HEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
Number
Number
Number
NEAR
L BYTE
NEAR
NEAR
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
WORD
NEAR
WORD
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
Number
Number
NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Number
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
NEAR
HEAR
NEAR
Number
Number
Humber
Number

PAGE

CODE
CODE
CODE

CODe
CODE

Global

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODe
CODe
CODE
CODE

PAGE

Symbols·4

CODE

Globa 1

CODe

Externa1

0004
0003
0002
0000
0003

FALSE
0060
0067
0068
0008

0020
0067
0030
0000
0010

0005
0006
01FO
01FD

0213
0223
0264
0001
0040

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

CODE

0080

0066
0010

0200
0062
0063
0060
0070
0010

0010
OOOF
0002
0000
0060
0040
0000
0020
0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007

0008
0009

OOOA
0002
OOOB
OOOC

CODE

Glob.l

Th. Mt crosoft MAcllO Asse .. bler

Disk

Hard

02 - 20-14

PAGE

SyMbols".

Dr1ver

STIIPRO
STI!PRE
STEPRF
STEPR OFF.
ST AST OFF
TRK02.
TRUE
WGATE.
WINI OFFSET.
WINI SEG
WPC ifE'F.
WPRCMP
WPRSNT

NUmber
NUMbe,.
Numbe,.
NUMbe,.
NUMbe,.
Number
Number
Number
NUMber
Nuraber
NUMber
Number
NUMber
NUMbe"

WRTWVF

WTYERR
XII 10
XII as
XII CN
XII OISKF.
XII aSN.
xla ERRC
XII lDN.
XII SC
XII SN
XCPRSNT.
XlT F.

Numbe,.
Number
NUMber
Humber
Number

TRKOE..

----

NUMber

Warning
Errors

Severe
Er"r"ors

BYTE

OOOD
OOOI!
000,.
004C

0021
0080
0002
0001
0010
0014

0011
OO.A
0081
0001

0008
0000

OOOA

000.
0000
0003

Number
Number"
Number
Number
Number

oooe

OOOA

BYTE

COOE

oooa

0001
0001
0002
0002

CODE

Global

Hard 0; Sk Driver
Symbol

I- ; s def ;nit ion)

Cross Reference

ABRTe.
ADVT1.
ADVT2.
ADYTNS
ADVTNS3.
ADYTNT
AST DFF
ATRETRY.

23"
52.
54&
150
526
349
23"
23_

BADBD.
BAT OFF.
BID AST.
BID 8AT.
BID lOT.
110 OPO.
liD HOM.
110 OSN.
110 PAS.
BID PST .
110 UKN.
BIT'O
81T1
81T1S.
81T2
BIT3
BIT4
BITS
BIT&
8IT7
BK EC OFF.
BK LaN OFF
BK MEe OFF
80DT OFF

23"
23_
23"
23_
23.
23.
23"
23"
23.
23.
23.
23.
23"
23*
23"
23"
23"
23"
23.
23.
23.
23"
23.
23"

C8SY
CISY2.
CGROUP
CLRIL.
CLRSPL
CLTPN.
CMDIP.
CODE
CPMa&ao.
CPTLN.
CR
CRCER.
CTRL -'I
CTRl 5
CTRl Z
CYLDH.
enDl.

23#
23.

DAMNfE'.
DATA
OATARO
DELAY.
DELAY'

56.
551#
200
533#
531

572#

123

215

524#
566#

250

23"
23"
21
23.
7

23.
607.
23.
23#
23#
23"
23#
23.
23"
23"
23"
23"
436

851#

Cref·1

5a1#

...

766

404
402
'3'

222

84U
851

680

326

6.6

Hard Disk Dr tv.,.
SVMbO' Cross •• ,.,.ence

'" 3'J'Is daflnltlonl

DlSKDP
DPDE PLAG.
DPDE PTN
DPDE:INIT :
DPDI_LTN
DPDE LU.
DPDI DI'P
DPDE DST
DPDE PN.
DPDE PDN
DPD _OP,. .
DPD_START_ D"".
DRDY
DRDY2 .
DRIYID
DRIYEI
DRlVE2
DRIYE3
DRIYEDF.
DRIYEM
DRUEL
DSTATO
DSTATI
DWRTI'.
DWRTF2

23_
2:1"
2:1"
2:1"
2:1"
23"
23_
23"
23_
23_
23_
2:1"
23"
23_
23_
23 ..
23_
2:1"
2:1"
23"
2:1"
2:1"
2:1"
2:1"
2:1"

ERRCDDE.
ERR'
ERRDR.

32"
2:1"
2:1"

.18
US
•• S

P'ALSI! .

'MTTRK

2:1"
2:1"

2:1
:III

GIYEUP

'0'

'J'O ..

HDIR
HDISK.
HIADO.
HEAD02
HEADI.

2:1"
23"
2:1"
2:1"
2:1"
23.
2:1"
2:1"
23"
23"
23 ..
2:1_

---

HEAD12

HEAD2.
HEAD22
HEAD:I.
HIAD32
HEADM.
HEADM2
HFDRMAT.
HFDRMATI
H'DRMAT2
HPDRMATS
HINIT .
HIVEt A.
HIYEt:_ .
HMtHK.
HDMET .
HREAD.

4.,
2'Jl
4'0

412

:103 ..
:138
:122
350
42."

311
312.
1'J

2:1 ..
23"
13

Cross Reference

HREAD3

HREADS
HYDISK
HWRITE
HWRITEI.
HWRITEll
HWRITE2.
HWRITE21
HWRITES.
HWRITEY.

13."
125"
122
12'
120"
11

11'

24'
214
22.,,,
212"

4.,

347

:lS3"

3 ....
'52"
111 ..

'OS

HREADI
HREAD10.
HREAD2

'12
4 ••

a41

:1:1,..

H."d DiSk Dr iva,.
Symbol

Cr.f-2

is definttion)

Cre' -3

142
130
131 ..
151
3'."
201 ..
20:1 ..

IS'

151_

24:1

2SS

2 ....

25 ...

211
2:12
211

11, ..

IDBIT.
IDBlTV
IDN'
INTHDL
IRDDRD

2:1 ..
23 ..
2:1"
20
2:1.

824"
342

414

a,.

.2.

831i ..

LDTSKF
LDTSKI'I.
LED_D".
LI'
LINDEX
LSTEPP

121
400
181
23"
2:1"
2:1"

213

.,..

314

:II'"

,.S

'42

211"

3S4

451

MAXTRK
MDVEH.
MDVEHR
MDYEI.
MDYlMX
MDYED4
MstTF.
MSDDS.
MYU1.

21
'2:1

311
':14

'22
'41 ..

'J2S

'04
'0&
44.
23"
2:1"
714

28 ..
'72'
'01 ..
'7" ..
712"
'JD:I

NtYLD DI'''.
NT _AST_D"F
NUMHEAD.

2:1"
23"
23"

DSN D"".
DUTCMD
DUTCMDI.
DUTCMDll
DUTCMD2.
DUTCMD3.
DUTCMD4.
DUTCMDS.
DUTCMD •.

2:1"
124
241
4'73"

:120

41i0

PART PTN
PART LTN
PART PAS
PASE DP,.
PAS ASN.
PAS:ATN.

&7.

a""

''7 ...
4'7,
.a.
• al"
2:1"
23 ..
23 ..
23"
2:1"
23"

'J:ll"

'24"

SII
211
34S
"S
.'7a
413

a.o..

4.a"

u •

251
4 ....

.8:1"

8 • .,

'41i

'JIiS

Hard DISk Drtve ..
SyMbol Cross Reference

I .. Is definition)

PAS ISN.
PAS ITN.
pRlCaMp.
PRE REAO

23 ..
23"
2'
23.

RalASE
ROCMa.
RDCMa2

23 ..
23 ..
23 ..
2311'
2311'
2311'

ROINT~

RDREAD
ROSTAT
ROWRITE.
!IOU T .
RUTaR
RITNS.
RETRUS.
RETRY.
RETRY'
RETRY2
RETRY3

nil'

"11'
23.
2111'
3011'
l2a
172.
17.

SAME
SIU~R.

SCANID
SCTEXT
SOH.
SECPTRK.
SECSIZE.
SECTC.
SECTN.
SECTSZ
SEEK
SEEKC.
S.EKC2
SERR
SUIT.
SSZ'Z&
SSZ'K.
SSZ2.1

ssun

STEPRO
STEPR.
STEPR2
STEPR3
STEPR.
STEPRI
STEPR.
STEPR7
STEPR&
STEPRI
STEPRA
STEPRATE
STI!PRI
STEpRC
STEpRO
STEPRE

.3a
• IS

113

..0

201

301

432

12'

23
US
•• a

2.0

2Sa

344

431

4a4

4a3

• 23

..
•• ...

411

210
.14

215
S40
441
"3

113
714

127

•

II., ..

11411'
IIZII'

702
2311'
2311'
2311'
2311'
2311'

71311'
147

2311'
Z311'
Z3.
2311'
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
2311'
2311'
2311'
23.
23.

SSCT~.

27.
37

nil'

C... e'-4

272
3,.
.31

317
4"

23.

257

343

401
327
221
414

.42
12a

54.

'44
lIa
'34

271

40.

•••

•• a

7.3

nil'

23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23"
23.
23.

n.
nil'

2.11'

753

2311'
2311'
2311'

H... d DiSk Dr tve ...
Sy ..bol

Cross "eference

III' Is

STEPRF
STEPR D~~.
ST ASl a~~

23.
23.
2311'

TRK02.
TRKOE.
TRUE

2311'
2311'
23.

WGATI!.
WINI_DHSET.
WINI_SU
WPC DH.
WPRCMp
WPRSNT
WRTWYF
WTYERR

2311'
2311'
2311'
23.
23"
23"
33"
2311'

XII_IO
XII_IS
XI'_CN
XII DISK~ .
XII:DSN.
XII ERRC
XII LON.
XI' SC
X. .:SN
XCpRSNT.
XLT ~.

2311'
23"
2311'
23"
2311'
2311'
23.
2311'
23"
2311'
2'

- -

def init ton)

on
lIa

202

3111'

121

._7

C .. ef-S

The Mfcrosoft MACRD Ass •• bler
Hard Disk Inttialtzation

02-20-14

,-,

PAGE

PAGE 80,'32

2
3

TITLE

Hard Disk Initialization

NAME

HINIT

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

•

Equtpment Corporatton

1
1

01/22/13

"12
'3

0000

14
15

,.
,.,.'7

CGRaUp

GROUP

CODE
ASSUME

SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC 'CODE'
CS,CGROUP, DS,CGROUP, ES,CGROUP, SS:CGROUP

22
23

2'
25

2.
27
21
29
30
3'
32

0004

MNPARTS

47
'I.
'II

HREAO,NEAR, HWRITE,NEAR, HWRITEV,NEAR
HFORMAT,NEAR, HINIT:NEAR, HMCHK,NEAR
HVOISK,NEAR, INTHDL,NEAR, PSTR,NEAR
INI_TAB,WORO, PTRSAVE,DWORO, HOSKO,BYTE
PARTITION,WORD
GETFTN,NEAR, GETPEA,NEAR, CLTPN:NEAR
XLT F:BYTE, MAXTRK,WDRD, STEPRATE:BYTE, PRECOMP,WORO
BUFFER:WORO, PART_SIZE,ABS
XOPTION:BYTE

PUBLIC
PUBLIC

DSK INIT, RHOME, NDRV, HNFMT
UP_iAT, TEMP_TRK, TEMP_SEC, HO_INIT

EOU

02-20-"

STRUC
CMDL!N
DI
UNIT
01
CMD
DB
STATUSW OW
DB

0001
~~

0.
.,~

0000
OOO!
00'2
0014
0018

;0 data packet

100AT

0000
0002
0003
0005

, -2

PAGE

PAGE
;Define offsets for

42
43
4'

'I'
'II

EURN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN

.LIST
I'

T~. Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk 1 n t t i . l i zat ; on

33
3'
35
31
37
3.
31
40

CODE

.,.,

?~7~~"
~7

MEDIA
TRANS
COUNT
START
10DAT

;LENGTH OF THIS COMMAND
;SUB UNIT SPECIFIER
iCDMMAND CODE
iSTATUS

~
~
~
~

• DUP

( ~)

01
00
OW
OW
ENOS

SUITTL

Common Driv. p.r .... t.r block de' init ions

~
~
~

;MEOIA DESCRIPTOR
;TRANSFER ADDRESS
iCDUNT OF BLOCKS OR CHARACTERS
;FIRST BLOCK TO TRANSFER

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
Hard Dtsk Inttializatton

02-20-84

~AGE

Comlllon Drtve parameter block dafinitions
&2
.3
14
.5
.S
S7

.1
S.

10
11

..
..
12
13
84

0000
0002
0003
0005
000&
0001
OOOA
0001

'?"?"?"?
'?"?
'P'?'!''?

0000
OOOF
0011

'?'?'?.,
'?'?'?'?
'?'?'?'?

,?7

'?"?'?"?
'?'?'?'?
'?"?
'??.,"?

DIP

PAGE
STRUC

SECS Z
ALLOC
RESSEC
FATS
MAXDIR
SECTORS
MEDIAID
fATSEC

OW
DB
OW
DI
OW
OW
DB
OW

SICTRK

;Sector $;ze in bytes.
;Numb.r of sectors per .lloc. block.
;Reseryed sectors.
;Number of FAT·5.
;Number of root directory entries.
;Number of sectors per diskette.
;MecH. byte ID.
;Number of ~AT Sectors.

?
?
?

?
?

(dpb)
(dpb)
(dpb)
(dpb)
(dpb)
(dpb)
(dpb)
(dpb)

End of D"ive Paramater 'lock.

57
51

.,0

HI!ADS

HIODIN

0013

01"

ENDS

, 0013

D"II_OP'F IOU

;Number of Sectors per track.
:Number of he.ds per cylinder.
.Number of hidden sectors.

72
73
7.

; Size of DPI

SUI TTL

Tha Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk In; t i ali zat ion

02-20-.'

Hard Disk Drive initalizatton rout;ne.

PAGE

1-4

Hard DiSk Drive ;nit.lization routine.
77
7a

PAGE

PUILIC

- INIT

;Entry from IIOSINIT

MOV
CALL

NDRV,O
HINIT

; lnit ia' ly no drives
;nit hard disk

PUSH

CS
ES
DI,OF'-SET IUF'-eR

..
II

0000
0000
0006

CI 0& 0012 R 00 80
Ea 0000 E

0001
OOOA
0001
OOOE
0011
0013

DE
07
.F 0000 E
EI 00E3 R
22 CO
74 05

POP
MOV
CALL
AND
.lZ

12
13
14

001S
0011

el 0042 R
EI 00

I.
I'

001A
0010
0020
0022
0024

Ea
AD
OA
75
el
EI
33
C3

12
83

al
17
la
as
10

HO INIT:

sat buffe" add,.

fa. r • • d

RHOME
AL.AL
DINIT2

re.d no ...
cneck _ny .r,.or

MOV
.IMP

eX,OFFSET HNFMT
SHORT DINITX

pr int .rror .. essage

CALL
MOY
OR
.lNZ
MDV

HINIT
AL,NDRV

in;t hard disk
••
get
of drives prasent

horae track

II
II

100
101
102
103
104
105
10&
107
101
10'
110
111
112
113
114
115
111
117
118
111
120
121
122
123
124
125
121
./ 127
12.
121
130
131

0027
002A
002C

0000
00E2
CO
01
00a2
0000
CO

DINIT2,

R
R

DINlTX:

DINITY:
;

0020
0020
0031
0031

IA 21 0012 R
2E, C5 11 0000 E
II 17 00

003'
003E

C7 47 12 0000 E
IC 4F 14

0041

0042

00 OA 17
41 4E 47
.a 15 20
84 20 14
20 I I "3
74 20 8&
81 74 74
Sl' 72 20
20 70 11
.,4 I I IF
21
00 OA 00

ODIC

00.,1'
00a2

DEUCE

CALL
XOR
RET

IX.O~FSET

MOY
MOV

s •• U

; IF NOT.

NOMSDOS

TELL THE USI!R

ItSTR

AX,AX

;RETURN

INIT ENTRY

DSK INIT ,
MDY
LDS
MDY

" any msdos p.rt it ions ••• hare

AL .AL
DINITY

(HARD

INIT ALREADY DONE,

AH,NDRY
eX,CS,[PTRSAVI]
IIYTE PTR [IX .MEDIAI,AH

;

PTR [eX.COUNTI,OFFSET
WORD PTR [BX.COUNT+2I,CS
WDRU

" OF DRIVES

.lUST RETURN INFDI

of drives fo. MSDOS
" INI
- TAl

RET
41 52 4E
3A 20 54
18
72
&8 73 I I
20 IE 1'IF 72 10
I I 14 20
IE 8F 74
72 74 I I

IE 81

HNFMT

Th. nard diSk IS nat

CR, LF, 'WARNING,

' a. not part it ioned!'

CR,LI',O

formatted

00 OA 14 sa u 72
s. 20 11 72 I. 20
IE II' 20 4D .3 2D

NDMSDOS DI

CR. LF I 'Tne"e

no MS-DDS partttions on

02-20-14

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk Initialization

Hard Disk Drive
132
133
lU
13&
131
137
131
131

53 20
69 74
20 IF
&5 20
20 84
6B 2£ 00 OA

00A6

72 74
IE 73
74 81
72 84

70 61
SF
6E 20

15.
156

157
15.
159

180
1&1
112
1&3
184
185

ooca

4F
42 41
44 60
4F 53
41 53
50 41

OOCF
OOCF
0000

00
00

ooe3
OOC7

OOD1

0003
0004
0006
0007
0001
OOOA
OODC
OODE
OOEO
00E2

0000
00

40 00
00
00
4£ 00
54 00
S3 00

54
44

'the hard disk.' ,CR,LF,O

SUITTL

Winchester

02·20·14

;

Wi nchester

0087
008B
OOIF

HOME block
must

PAGE
I'" aader

BM HOM
BM BAT
BM OPD
BM OSN
BM- AST
8M: PAS

DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB

HDMEER
HT ERR C
HT ERR 10

- - ST AST
NT - AST

OPE/OPO bu; lder

LABEL
DB
DB

WORD

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

BAT SN
IAT LEN
BK
IK MEC
IK EC

0000
0000
00

TEMP
SAVE SEC
NDRY

OW
OW
DB

-LBN
-

1- 6
&

'HOM' ,0
'8AT' .0
'DPD' .0
'OSN'.O
'AST',O
'PAS'.O

00
0000
00
0000
0000

BAT- TN

HOME block reader & OPE/OPO builder

PAGE
be the same order as the equates

OW
DB
OW
DB
OW
DB
OW
OW

0000

1-5

The M; cr o$oft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk In i t i.l i zat ion
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
14'
149
150
151
152
153
154

PAGE

initalizatio" routine.

home track error word
home track 81"'1"'01'" code
home track
block 10

0
0

start

track

for

AST

of tracks "
for AST
track
"BAT
BAT sector "
BAT lengt h "
logical block

max ent ry count
entry count

;

" of drivel"'S

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mbler
Hard Disk Initialtzation

02-20-14

PAGI!

1-7

Winchestar HOME block r.ader & DPE/DPO butlder
PAGE

III

:**** ••• *.***.**~ •• *.**.* •••• *.~

117
111

170
171
172
173
174
175
17'
177
171
171
180

ES:DI

113

114
11&

II'

117
III
11.

home track error word
(AL ; error code. and AH & error blOCk)
AL I: 0, no er r or
AL & I, sector read error Ihard error)
AL & 2, block JD not found
AL • 3, block checksum error
AL & 4, no partitions

.nd
AH
AH
AH
AH
AH
AH
AH
AH
AH

110
111

182
113

184
115
118
117

III
III

213
214
215
211

sector buffer start address.
It must contain one s.ct~r .e.ory 1512 bytas).
Since there are more than 1 sector re.d in this
routine, the sactor buffer start address, DJ.
will be saved in (TIMP).

EXIT :

111

212

*•••••• *•••• *•••••••••••••

This routtne assu.es that the RD controller board is installed.
ENTRY:

182

200
201
202
203
204
205
20e
207
201
201
210
211

......

RHOME· Read 'HOM' block and other necessary blocks to build
the logical partition and .,tarnate sectors.
More t"formation can ba obtained from Y2 spec. ODS.MeM

III

waRD HOMEIR
WORD ST AST
IVTE NT:AST

= 0, unknown ara.
1,
2,
3,
4,
S,
6,
7,

'HOM' block
'IAT' block
'DPD' block
'OSN' block
'AST' block
'PAS' block
PRE-lOOT block
10 lOOT block

I:
I:

AX. homa track error word.
which can be a.a.ined later.
st.rt track
for altarnate sactor araa
= • 0' tracks reserved for alternate sector area

&
I:

i····················································· ......... .
RHOMI!:

00E3

00E3
00E4
OOEI
OOEA

I I 31 OODI! R
33 CO

OOED
oOIF
OOF'1
00,"3
OOF'I
OOF'I
OOFC
OOFD

set dtrection 'or ward
save Duffer start .ddr

A3 OOCF R

CLD
MDY
XDR
MDY

TEMP,DI
AX,AX
HOMEER,AX

13 02
33 D2
14 01
18 01"B R
7S 42

MOY
XDR
MDY
CALL
JHZ

IL,2
DX,DX
AH,IID_HOM
REAOINB
RHOM'

sect or 2
track 0
HDM ID
re.d HOM block
abort i f error

2.: II 44 40
4.
A3 0000 E

MOY
DEC
MOY

AX,ES:NCYLD_OFF(SI]
AX
MAXTRK.AX

save

in;t error word

217
211
211

220

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk Initialization

PAGE
Winc~ester

221
222
223
220
22&
228
221
221
22.
230
231
232
233
234
235
238
237
231
231
240
241
242
243
2U
24S
248
247

0100
0104
0107
010B
O,OE
0113
0118
011.
011C
0120
0124
0121

0128
0121
0120
0130
0132
0135
0'31
013A
013A
013D

HOMI! block re.der •

get

..."

cyl inders
track

1-I

OPE/OPO builder

2.: II 44 4A
A3 0000 1
2& : IA 44 4C
A2 0000 1

MOY
MOY
MDY
MOY

AX,ES:WPC_DFF(SI]
PRECOMP,AX
AL,ES:STEPR_DFF(SI]
STEPRATE,AL

get write pre_coMp v.lue
save pre_co.p
get stap rate v.'ue
save step rate

10 31 OOD. R 00
010 •
7& 22

CMP
MOY
JHZ

IK_LIH,O
AX,10.H
RHDM4

check part i t toned
"ssullle no partitions

I. 54 17
IA IC 11
.1 4C lA
23 CI
I. 010'
74 OF

MDY
MDY
MDY
AND
MDY
JZ

DX ,WDRO PTR ES:DPD_DFF(SI]
; get DPO track number
IL, BYTE PTR ES:DPO_DFF+2(SI]
; get sector
CX ,WORD PTR ES:DPD_DFF+3(SI]
; get lenCllt~
CX,CX
check .ny entry'?
AX,104H
assume no partitions
RHOM4

14 03
7S 01

MDY
CALL
JNZ

AH,IID_DPD
READINB
RHOM4

set block ID
read OPD block
abort I f error

I I 013E R
I I 01FO R
33 CO

CALL
CALL
XOR

BHPAR
IHDRY
AX,AX

but lCi hard disk partition
au; ld hard diSk drive DPE
no error

MOY
RET

HOMEER,AX

sava ho .. e track error word

2&:

2.:
21:

I I 0171 R

RHDM4:
A3 OOCF R
C3

•

DPI

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mble,.

Hard

Disk

Wincheste" HOME
24.
2 ..
250
251
252
253
254
2SS
258
257
251
251
260
261
252
253
264
265
266
267
288
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
271
277
278
27.
280
281
282
283

PAGE

02-20-8'

1 -I

I"ttt.,iz.tion

i··

~'ock

re.d.,. & DPE/DPD bu;lder

PAGE

s ** •• _. ___ • __ ._ ••••• _••••••• _._ •••••••• _•••••••• _••••••••••••

'HPAR
ENTRY:
EXIT :

Build Hard disk PARtition first/last track.
none

;*****.***** ••••••• **** •••• **** •••••••• ** •• * ••• ** ••
013E
013E

**._._-*_ .•..

.HPAR:
8. 3S OOOE R

MDV

51,TEMP

get

OE OODC R
23 CI
74 30
83 CS 20

MDV
AND
JZ
ADD

CX,BK_EC

get entry count
any entry'?
done if no entry
point to entry start add,.

0153
0158

26: 80 3C ~O
75 22
26 : 80 7C DB 02
75 18

CMP
JNZ
CMP
JNZ

BYTE PTR ES:DPDE_FLAG(SI),DPDE_I
BHPARS
BYTE PTR ES:DPDE_OST(SII,MSDOS
BHPARS

IT
; check ;n;ti.l;z.d~
Skip if not
check this OS type~
Skip this if wrong as

015A
015D

AO OOi!2 R
3C 04

01SF
0161
0165

FE OS 00£2 R
E8 0000 E

MDV
CMP
JZ
INC
CAL L

AL,NDRV
AL,MNPARTS
BHPAR4
BYTE PTR NDRV
GET PEA

get
of drives SO 'ar
check max
done if max drives reached
update #
drives
get partition entry addr

01Sa
011C

26 , as 44 OC
89 07
26: aB 44 OE
89 47 02
83,C6 20
E2 D3
C3

MDV
MDV
MoV
MoV
ADD
LDoP
RET

AX,WORo PTR ES:DPDE FTNISI]
WORD PTR PART FTN(BXI,AX
AX,WORD PTR ES:DPDE LTNISII
WORD PTR PART LTN[BXI,AX
51,OFFSET DPDE OFF
IIHPAR 1

get 'irst track W
save to partition table
get last track II
save to partition table
set to next DPD entry
loop , or all ant r ; 8S

OU2
0146
0148
014A

DUO
014D
0151

011E

0172
0175

017.
017A

ex.ex

BHPAR.
5I.OFFSET DPD_START_OFF

buf fe"

add ...

.HPAR 1 :

.HPARS:
BHPAR.:

PAGE

The "Hcrosoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk In i t ' a1 ; zat ; on

1-10

Winchester HOME block reader & DPE/DPD builder
PAGE

284
28.
286
207
288
289
290
291
212
293
210
295
296
297

; ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• * •••• _••••• * ••
READIN

ENTRV:
AH : block ID
8L : sector nUNber
OX : log; ca 1 t rack number
ES:(TEMP) : sector buffer start addr
EXIT:
: error word defined in RHOME routine
• I TEMP)
flag is set if error
BVTE 8K LaN
100ica' block number, byte 3
WORD 8K-M~C : max entry count. byte la7
WORD 8K:EC
: entry count. byte a-9
AX

218

289
300
301
302
303
300
30&
300
307
30a
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
311
311
320
321
322
323
324
32S
326
327
32a
329
330
331
332
333
33.
335
335
337
331

- This rout ine re.d in • Win; sector into the buffer area.
It also checks the correct block ID and checksum,
Some useful data are also being col.cted.

; ••••••••• * ••••• - •••••••• ** •• ** •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
017B
017B
017C
0170
0180
0181
0182
0184

SA
5.
7. 01
C3

0115
0185
0181

42
42

READINB:
53
52
E8

PUSH
PUSH

0187 R

CALL
PDP
PDP
JNZ
RET

BX
DX
READIN
DI

save sector
save track II

READINBI

READ I NI 1 :

0187
0187
018B
018E
0112
0115
OIlA
019D
OUF

DIAl
01AS
01A8
OIAA
01A8
DIAD
DIAl'

aa 3E OODE R
AO DODO R
~E ca

C6
EO
BO
7S

DX
DX
READIN

try to raad the alternate blOCk

MoV
CALL
MoV
MOV
MoV
CALL
MaV
JNZ

HT ERR ID,AH
CLTPN 01, TEMP

save block ID
convert to physical
get buffer start addr
set sact or count
set phys i ca 1 f 1 eg
read sact or
assume hard error

READIN:
21 GODO R

Ea 0000 E

INC
INC
JMP

3E OODE R
0001
06 0000 E 00
0000 E
01
4A

eX.1

BYTE PTR XLT_F,O
HREAD
AL,I
READIN10

check corract block ID

Dl EO
D 1 EO
BE 00a7 R

Mav
Mav
DEC
caw
5HL
SHL
Mav

DI,TEMP
AL,HT ERR ID
AL
-

get' buff-ar addr
get block ID

AX,I

*'get string start addr

AX,1

Sl,oFFSET 8M_HOM

02-20-14

T"_ Microsoft MACRO Ass ... blar
Hara Disk 1 n t t ;.1 ; .at ion

PAGE

I-II

Winchester HOME block reader & DPE/DPO builder
33.
340
341
342
343
344
341
348
341
341
34.
350
3101
3102
353
354
3&5
351
351
351
358
310
351
312
313
314
31S
3&6
317
31&
381

0114
0111
OIl'

03 ~o
II 0211
10 02
110 30

0181
OUF
01C2

II 31 OOOE R
I. 0100
33 DB

01.2

AOO
CALL
MOV

01C4
01CI
01CI
OICA
OICC
OICE

21, AD
03 01
12 FA
23 DB
10 03
75 11

0100

II 31 OOOE R
28, IA .4 03
A2 0008 R
2&, I I 44 01
A3 OODA R
2&, IS 44 01
A3 OODC R
32 CO

SI,TIMP
CX,SI2/2
IX,IX

get buffer start addr

LOOS
ADO
LOOP
AND
MOV

ES ,WORD PTR 151 J
BX,AX
REAOIN3
IX,IX
AL.3
REAOINIO

gat data
add to check sum
loop for whol. sector

~NZ

01DP'

0112
01es
01E1
OIEB
01!!1

01IP

IA 21 0000 R
C3

MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
XOR
READIN10:
MOV
RET

02-20"'4
W;nc~.ster

get sec1:or
,nit check

count
sum

HOME block

Ch8cksum:O~

aSSUNa check sum error

information

; get buffer addr
gat logica' block number
AL,BYTE PTR ES:8K LBN_DFF(SI]
; save i t
BK LBN,AL
get max entry count
Ax7wDRD PTR ES:BK_MEC_OFF(SI)
; save i t
BK MEt.AX
get ent~y count
Ax7wDRD PTR ES:IK_EC_DFF(SII
save it
BK EC,AX

51 ,TEMP

AL 7AL

.~~o~

~estore

PAGE
reade~

1 - 12

a DPE/DPD

bu;lde~

PAGE

310
311
372
373
374
3710
371
377
37'
379
UO
U1
U2
313
315
31.
3.7
311
311
310

correct check sum

MOV
MOV
XDR

save some useful

0104
0'01
0101

assume ID not found

READIN3:

The Microsoft MACRO ASS.Nbl.~
Hard DiSk inittalization

3 ..

CDMPS
AL,2
REAOIN10

~NZ

check

o.c.

51.AX

; •••••••••••• * •••••••••••••••••••••• * ••• * ••• * •••••••••••••••••••
ENTRY:

EXIT:
USES:

(PARTITION) should cantain f;~st & last track
numbe~
fo~ all
d~ives.
if anyone of them
is not p~.sent. tne fi~st t~ack numb8~ should
contain a O.
DPI are built
ALL

; ••••• * ••••••••••••••••••• * •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
BHORV,

01FO
01~0

01F3
01F&

391

01F,
01F.
OIFA
OIFG

312

01FF

383

0201

.F 0000 E
IE 0000 E
• 1

000 •

Mav
MaV
MaV

DI.OFFSET PARTITION
SI.OFFSET HDSKO
CX.MNPARTS

PUSH

CX
IX,PART ~TN[OII
CX,PART:LTN[OII
8X.IX
I"DRYl

get f; ~st t~ack
get last track
check th,s part it ion
skip H not

IHORY2 ,

., ,

pa~t;t;o"S

II
II 10
II 40 02
23 oa
74 05

MOV
MOV
ANO

S8
II 0213 R
5E

PUSH
CALL
POP

save OPE
but ld this OPE
restore OPE

0210

II C1 0000 E
13 CI 13
S.
1!2 1!7

ADD
ADD
POP
LOOP

OI,PART_SIZE
SI,OPI_ OF~
CX
BHDRY2

restore partition count
loop unt i 1
p.~tttions

0212

RET

p~.s."t

314
385

0203

318

0204

387

0201
0201
0201

311
318
400
401
402
403
404
405
401
407
401
401
410
411

o20e

020F

IOPI

set to next part it ion

8DPI - Build Disk Parameter .'ock Fields
fo~ Winch.st.~
logtcal diSk drive
ETNRY:

413
414
415
411
417
411

5 I

421
422
423
424

OPB

: ••• ** ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• * ••••••••• * ••••••

412

/ 41'
420

IHDRV I ,

first track #
'ast track #
DPE addr

EXIT,

:* ••••••••••••••••• *.* •••••••• * •••••••••••• * ••••••••••••••••••••
0213
0213
0215
0211
0211
021A
021C

10PI,
21
401
01
DI
Dl
Dl

CI
11
!1
11
11

SUI
INC
SHL
SHL
SHL
SHL

CX,IX
CX
CX,I
CX,I
CX,I
eX.1

'tot.l tracks

totel sectors

Tile Microsoft: MACRO Ass •• bler
Hard DISk Initialization

02-20- ••
Wi nchester

.211
.2.
• 27
• 2.

.n
430
.31
.32
.33
.3.
.3.
.3.
• 37
43&

.31

•• 0
•• 1
.42
•• 3

...•••

021E
0221
022 •
022 •
0228
022'
0221
022D
022~

0231
0233
023B
023 •
023.
0230
023~

0242
0243
02.11
0247

024.

4.7
4 ••

02.B
02.0
0250

••

.C 01
10 0002

1-13

PAGE

HOME block reader

•

OPE/OPO builder

MOY
MOY

WORD PTR SECTORSISII,CX
IP,2
aSSU .. A I sactors per

MOY
SUI
SUI
SHR
SHR
MOY
SHR
ADD
ADD
MOY
XOR
DIY
AND
INC
ADD
CMP
MOV
.JL
SHR
MOV
RET

AX,CX
oet tot., sect: ors
AX,32+11
2 reserved tracks+1. sectors for OIR
~AT
tot., sectors for data
AX,IP
AX,I
sect ors par cluster
/
AX,I
. , .1
.X,AX
AX,I
/2
AX,BX
+3 and 1 may ba overflow
AX,.
IX,512
DX,DX
;THIS MAY ~IX A lUG PIS
BX
AX,O,.FH
don·t ra.ove this t nstruct ; on
AX
AX,AX
2 copies of "AT
AX,.P
enough sector for "AT
.P,AX
BOP.l
AX,I
I FAT
WORD PTR FATSECISI],AX

10PII:
.1
20
2_
01
01
.1
01
03
OB

CI
OO:SO
C.

••

E.
O.
E.
C3
000.
0200
33 02

••
~7

211 OO,.F
.0
03 CO
3. CII
.1 E.
7C D'
01 IS

••C3 ••

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• blar

...

PAGE

•

~AT

1-14

Hard Disk Inittaltzation

Winchestar HOME block re.der a DPE/DPD butldar
PAn

;***** ••• *******.*.* •••• *** •••• *******.***********.********.****

4110
4111
•• 2
.113

.5.

caMPS •

cONpa~.

ENTRY:

05:51 = message to campare end wtth 0
ES:DI = buffer addr
Z fLAG is set if equ.'
AL, 51, 01

.55

.sa

.57
.11 •
• 51
•• 0
•• 1

.12
.51
.14
.85

...
411
4"

.70

eXIT:
USES:

string

i···--··_······_·_····················_·····_········-... _.. __ ..
0251

CaMPS:
COMPS2:

OZ51

0251
02&2
0254
02&1
02117
02 ••
0251

AC
22 CO
74 03
AI
74 F.

LODSB
AND
.JZ
SCASI
.JZ
CaMPS 1 :

RET

AL ,AL
CDMPSI
COMPS2

get: byte
end of st ring"?

dona.

yes

s .... byte'
if equal. k •• p gotng

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass •• oler
H.rd DiSk Inltt.'ization

02-20-'.

I'AGE

1-11

Wtnchestar HDM! block r •• der • D,e/DPD butlder

....,.
.. ,
..•••,
....,
.'"
."2
• .,3

."5
.,.,
."
."

PAGI
02SA
02SA
021C
02SE
02'0
0213
02'7

UP_BAT:
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
JMP

IC C'
n D.
II CO
I~ 0000 I
II , . 02~2 R
IA 11 02~4 R

.'0

;~.*

AX.CS
DS.AX
IS.AX
DI.DPPSIT IUP~IR
DX.TEMP TRK
IL,TIMP:SIC
WT_IAO_I

;SITUP IS:DS:

set up workino buffer 15:D]
get bad track II
and sector "

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• * ••• * •••••••••••••••••••

•• 2
•• 3

WT_IAD_I - wrtte bad btt

•• 5

ENTRY:

487

SO,
102
503

so.

lOS
506
507
soa
SOl
S10
51 ,

512
513

514

02 ••
02&.
02'~

0273
02'7&

027'

027D
0211
0211

0284
0211
0288
0288
021D
0211
0211
021.
02'0
0211
0213
0216
0217

IE 0010 R
3E OOOE R
C2
II 000" R
aA lE 0001 R
II OE 0007 R

AI
AI

3D OOIl'A
"2 01
H
C3
2D OOIl'A
E2 ~4
C3

i····················································· •.•.....•.
- SAVI _SIC.I.
sava sector
•
TENP,DI
save

WT lAO I:
NOV
NOV
NOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
WT IADll :
CMP
JI
INC
SUB
LOOP
RET
WT IADI4:

52
53
SO
Ea 0171 R
5a
7S 56

518
518

520
521
622
623
62'
525

0211
028D
02811'
02A1
02A3
02A7
02AI
02AI
02AO
0211

II 3E OODE R

D, 10
03 ~O
IB OE OOEO R

49
I I 0001

D3 EO
25: 08 44 OC
26 : C7 45 O. 0000

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Hard Disk Initialization

BL .IAT_SN
eX.BAT_lEN

c .... ck in this block
by cOflpar. with entry size
set to next sect or

can't find I t , don't update IAT

AX.2S0
WT IADI4
BL
AX.2S0
WT IADll

PUSH
MOV
CAll
POP
JN2
MOV
MDV
SHL
ADO
MOV
DEC
MOV
SHL
OR
MOV

DI, TENP
5 l, D I
AX,l
51,AX
eX,SAVE_SEC
CX
AX.l
AX.Cl
ES: 12[SI].AX
ES :WORD PTR 4[DI].0

02-20-&4

addr

•

DX.IAT_TN

DX
BX
AX
AH.81D_IAT
Re:AOIN8
AX
WT BADIS

PUSH
PUSH

84 02

buffer

gat bad track 1/
get IAT track
get BAT s.ctor 1/
get langt I'll

AX.DX

save track 1/
sava sect or 1/
save track of fset
set

PAGE

in IAT

r.ad the sector
rest ore offset
i f error don't update IAT

515

S16
517

NOTI: .,1 IAT Nust stay In the s ••• track

,
•• 2
•• 0

•••
485
•••
•••
•••
500

track

IL I; sector II
IS:DJ I: buf'er

•• 7

.13

into IAT

buffer addr
buffer addr
word of fset

get
get

get sector 1/
bas. 0
set 1 bit
sh i ft into position
set the bit
cl.ar checksum

1- 16

Winchester HOME block reader. DPE/DPD builder
526
527
521
529
530
531
532
533
53.
535
536
537
53.
5:..
540
541
542
543
544
0.5
546
147
541
549
650
151
502
.53
55.
555
55S
557
55.
559
580
561
562
583
584
SS5

02B7
0289
0288

33 DB
18 .7
81 0100

02C4
02CI
02CA
02CB
02C!:
02CF

02DO
02D'
02D2
02D3
0206
02DI
02DE
02D~

02EO
02!1
02E2
02E3
0214
02E7
02EC

aX,ax
51, DI
CX,512/2

LaDS
ADD
LOOP

ES :WORD PTR [SI J
eX.AX
WT aCLP

get a word
accumulate result
do'em all

NEG
MOV
PDP
PDP
MOV

BX
ES:.[DI].IX
BX
DX
CX.1
BX
DX
DI
CX
CLTPN
BYTE PTR XLT _~ ,0
HWRITE
CX
DI
DX

c omp 1 i nuant
store new checksum
"estora sector
and track
wr it.
sector
Sava for 2nd wr ita

DX
Dk
CLTPN
IYTE PTR XLT _F,O
HWRITE

Step to 2nd copy of BAT

WT ICLP:

021E

02BE
02CO
02C2

26: AD
03 oa
E2 FA
F7

26:
5B
SA

SD O.

0001

53
52
07
51

PUSH
PUSH
PUSH

PUSH
CALL
MDV
CALL
PDP
PDP
PDP
POP
INC
INC
CALL
MOV
JMP

el 0000 E
C6 O. 0000 E 00
EI 0000 E
59

IF
SA

42
42
Ea 0000 E
C8 06 0000 E 00
E8 0000 E

5a
5.
C3

WT BADB5:
POP
PDP
RET

AX
AX

02F2
02F4

0000
00

TI!MP TRK
TEMP SEC

OW
DI

CODE

ENDS
END

convert to phySical
set transl.te f lao
update the bad bit
restore wr ite params

02EF
02EfI'
0211'0
02'1

021>5

init new cnecksum
gat buf fer of f set
of words in buffer

XOR
MOV
NOV

convert to physical 1/
set translate flag
update the bad bit and RETURN

;

0
0

clean stack and exit

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
Mard Otsk Intttalizatton

02-20-1'

PAGE

Sy .. bolS-1

Structures and records:

N • ,. •
DBP.
SECSZ.
ALLDC.
RESSEC
FATS
MAXDIR
SECTORS.
MEDIAID.
I'ATSIC
SICTRK
HEADS.
H IODIN
IDDAT.
CMDLEN
UNIT
CMD.

Width
Shift

II 'ialdS
Width
Mask

0013
0000
0002
0003

0001

OOOS
0008
000.
OOOA

OOOB
0000
OOOP'

0011
0018
0000

0001

0001
0002
0003

STATUSW.

MEDIA.
TRANS.
CoUNT.
START.

DODD
OOoE
0012
0014

Sag.ants and groups:

N •

m a

CGROUP

CoDE

Size

al t gn

cOllbine class

GROUP
o2FS

BYTE

PUBLIC

'CODE'

SymbolS:
N a m e

ABRTC.
AST OH.
ATRETRY.
BAoeD.
BAT LEN.
BAT-o",.
BAT:SN
BAT_TN
BDPB
8DP81.

BHDRV.
BHDRVI
8HDRV2
BHPAR.
BHPARl
BHPAR4

BHPARS
BID_AST.

The Microsoft MACRO Assa.bler
Hara Disk Initialization

BID lAT.
BID-BOT.

Blo-oPo.
BID-HOM.
BID-DSN.
BID-PAS.

Blo:PBT.
BID_UKN.
81TO

IITI

BITIS.
IIT2
BIT3
BIT4
BIT5

BlTI
IIT1
BK EC.
IK:EC_Ol"F .
BK LBN
BK-LBN OFF
BK:MEC-

BK_MEC_OFF
BM AST

1M-BAT
IM-oPD
1M-HOM
IM-oSN
BM-PAS
BOOT OFF
IUFFER
CBSY
CBSn.
CLRIL.
CLRSPL
CLTPN.
CMDIP.
COMPS.
COMPSI
CoMPS2
CPMBIIO.
CR
CRCER.
CTRL 0

CTRL-S
CTRL:Z
CVLDH.
CYLDL.
DAMNF.
DATA
OATARO
DIN 1T2
DIN ITX
DINITY

o ISKDF

Type
Number
Number
Number
Number
L WORD
Number

Attr
0004

0021
0080

L BYTE
L WORD

0007
0012
0006
0004

L NEAR

0213

NEAR
NEAR

0224
01FO

CODE

NEAR

0208

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR

01F.

CODE

013E

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Number

0140
017A
0175
0005

02-20"8.

Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Nunber
Number
NUNber
Number
NUNber

0002
0008
0003
0001
0004
0006
0007
0000
0001
0002
8000
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040

NUNber

ooao

L WORD

OODC

NUNber

0008

L BYTE

0001

Number

0003

L WORD

OODA

Number
L BYTE

00C7

L IYTE
L BYTE
L BYTE
L BYTE
L BYTE
Number

V WORD

PAGE

Symbo 15- 2

CODE
CODE
COOE

0006

ooca

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

0021
0000

CODE

External

Ext erna 1

OOIiB
OOIiF

00B1
00C3

Number
Number
Number
NUMber

ooao

L NEAR

0001
0004
0001

0000
0002

CODE

L NEAR
L NEAR

0251

L NEAR
NUmber
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number

0251

CODE
CODE
CODE

Number

(

0000

0259
0001

0000
0040
0011

0013
001A
0015
0014
0001

0060
0001
001A
0027

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

002e

Number

OOOS

CoDe
CODE
CODe

(

The Mtcrosoft. MACRO Ass ... bler
H.rd Disk Intti.ltz.tton
OPI DH.

----- -

opoi HAG.

OPOE ~TN
OPOE INIT.
OPDE LTN
OPDE LU.
OPOE O~~
OPO! OST
OPOE PN.
OPOE PON
DPD DFF.
OPD START O~'.
DRDY

DRDY2.
DRIVEO
DRIVEt

ORIYE2
DRIVE3
DRIVEOF.
DRIYEM
DRYSEL
OSK INIT
DSTATO
DSTATl
DWRTf.
DWRTf2
ERRF
ERROR.
FALSE.
fMTTRK
GETFTN
GETPI!'A
HOIR
HD 15K.
HDSKO.
HD INIT.
HEADO.
HEAD02
HEAD1.
HEAD12
HEAD2.
HEAD22
HEAD3.
HEAD32
HEADM.
HEADM2
HFORMAT.
HINIT.
HIVEC A.
HtVEe B.

HMCHK~

HNFMT.

HOMEER
HREAD.
HT ERR C

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Assembler
Hard O;sk lnit;al;zation
HT ERR 10.
HYDISKHWRITE
HWRITEY.
IOBIT.
IDBITV
IONF
IN! TAB.
INTHOL
LF
LINOE)(
LSTEPP
MAXTRK
MNPARTS.
MSCTF.
MSDDS.
NCVLD Oft'F.
NOR V NDMSDOS.
NT AST
NT-AST OFF
NUMHEAD.
DSH OFF.
PARTITION.
PART FTN
PART-L TH

PART-PAS
PART-SIZE.

PASe-OFf
PAS ASH.
PAS-ATN.
PAS-SSH.

PAS-STN.

PRECOMP.
PRE READ
PSTR
PTRSAYE.
ROBASE
ROCMD.
ROCM02
RDINTF
RDREAD
RDSTAT
RDWRITE.
REAOIN
READtNl0
READIN3.
READINS.
READINBl
RESTOR
RHDM'.
RHOME.
SAYE SEC
SBUFR.
SCAHID

02-20-1.

NUrlbar
NUMber
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
NUmber
Number
Number
Number
Number
Nunber
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Numbor
Number
Number
Number
Number
L NEAR
L NEAR
Number
Number
Y BYTE
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
L NEAR
L NEAR
Number
Number
L NEAR
L BYTE
L WORD
L NEAR
L BYTE

PAGE

Sy .. bols-3

CODE

Global

tODE
CODE

Ext erna'
External

CODE
CODE

External
G loba'

CODe
CODe

Ext erna 1
External

CODe
CODe
CODE
CODE
CODE

Externa.l
Global

PAGE

Symbols-4

CODE
CODe
CODE
coDe

Ext erna 1
Ext erna 1
External

CODE
CODE

Externa'
Externa'

CODE

Externa'

0002
0040
00£2
0082

CODE
CODE

Global

0003

CODE

0013
0000
OOOC
OOFO
OOOE
0001
0020
0008
0002
OOOA
0017
0020
0040
0040
0000

oooa

0010
001.
0003
0018
0001
0020
0068
0069
0020
0020
0001
0061
0000
OOSo
0000
0000
0008
0004
0000
0000
0000
0000
0001
0002
0002
0004

0003
0006
0007

oooe

0000
0000
0114
0294

0000
0042
OOCF
0000
OOCF

02-20-a4

BYTE
NEAR
NEAR
L HEAR
Number
Number
Number
Y WORD
L NEAR
Number
Number
Number
Y WORD
Number
Number
Number
Number
L BYTE
L BYTE
L 8YTE
Number
Number
Number
Y WORD
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
V WORD
A 1 'as
L NEAR
Y OWORD
Number
Number
Numbe,.
NUmber
Number
Number
Number

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Number
L NEAR
L NEAR
L WORD

Number
Humber

0000
0000
0000
0000

ooeo

OOAO
0010
0000
0000
OOOA
0002
0004
0000
0004
0004

Ext erna 1

0020

0004
001C
0000
0000
0002
0004
0000

CODE

External

0005
0004

0003
0002
0000

0000
FALSE

CODE

External

0000
0000
0060

CODE
CODe

Externa'
External

0067
0068

oooa
0020

0067
0030
01 a7
01ES
01C4
0178

0185

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

0010

013A
OOE3
OOEO
0001

0040

CODE
CODE
CODE

Global

Th. Mlor •• oft MACRO A•••• bl.r
H.rd DI.k Inltlallaatlon
aCTIXT
aDH.

NUMbe,.
Nu ..be,.
NUllbe,.
NUllbe,.
NLI.be,.
NUMbe,.
NUMbe,.
Nu .. be,.

SI!C~T.K.

al!caul.
.ICTC.
SICTN.
SI!CTSZ
.I!IK
aI!IKC.
.I!IKC2

Nu ..b.,.
Nu .. ber

••••
• INIT .

Nu .. be,.

•• CTF.
SSZ12a
SSZIK.
SSZ2S.
.SZSI2
.TI!".O
.TI!PRI
STI!"R2
.TI"R3
STI"R4
STIPR'
STI!P.I
SUPR1
STI!PR.
STI!PR.
STI!PRA
STIPRATI!
STI!PRa
STI!PRC
STEPRD
STI!PRI
STI!PR"
STI!PR 0 .....
ST_AST
ST AST 0 .. "
Tl!NP

TEMP_SEC
TIMP_TRK
TRK02.
TRKOE.
TRUE
UP_IAT
WGATE.
WINI_O .... SI!T.
WINI_SI!G
WPC OF".
WPRCMP
WPRSHT
WTYERR
WT IAOll
WT:BADB4
WT_BADI'
WT_BAD_I

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mble,.
Hard Disk Initialtzatton

WT ICLP.
XBi 10 .
XII:. . .
XII CN .
XIIII-DISKP'.
XB.:DSN.
XIB_IRRC
XIS_LON.
XII_5C .
XIS_5N .
XCPR5NT.
XLT_". .
XOPTION.
warntng Seve,..

errors

02-20-a.

Errors
0

Numbe,.
Nu .. be,.

NUMbe,.
NUMbe"
NLlllbe"
NUllbe,.
NUMbe,.

Murabe,.
NUrlbe,.
NUllbe,.

Nu .. be,.
Nu .. be,.
NUllbe,.
NUMbe,.
NUllbe,.
Numbe,.
NUllbe,.

Y IVTE
Numbe,.
NUllbe,.
NUllbe,.
Numbe,.

Nu,.be,.
NUllbe,.

L WORD
Numbe,.

L WORD
L IVTE
L WORD
Nu.. be,.
Numbe,.
Nu .. be,.

L HI!AR

OOaO
00 ••
0010
0200
00.2
0013
DOlO
0010
0010
0010
OOOF
0002
0000
DOlO
0040
0000
0020
0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
000&
000&
0001
000.
000'
OOOA

0000
OOOB
OOOC
0000

COOl

OOOI!

OOOF
004C
0001
0021
OODE
02F4
02F2

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Glob.'
Global

CODE

Global

00&0

0002
- 0001
02&A

NUNbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Number

0010

Numb.,.
NUNbe,.
NUllbe,.

OOBt
0001
0000

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NI!AR
L NEAR

02&1
021E
02E"
0211

CODE
CODE
CODE
COOl

02-20-&4

PAGE

0014
001&
004A

L NEAR
Numbe,.

021E

Number

OOOA

Number

000",
0000

Numbe,.

Number
NUMber
Number
Number
Number
Number

V BVTE
Y BVTE

oooa

Symbols ....

COOl

0003
OOOC
0001

0006
0002
0002
0000

0000

CODE
CODE

Externa1
Extarna1

Hard Disk Inttt.ltzatton
SYMbOl

Cross Reference

A8RTC.
ALLOC.
AST OF~.
ATRiTItY.

21"
.a"
21"
21"

IADID.
IAT LEN.
IAT DF~.
IAT SN
IAT TN
lOP.
10PII.
IHORY.
IHORYI
IHORY2
IHPAR.
IHPAR1
• HPAR4
IHPARS
110 AST.
110 BAT.
BID IDT.
lID DPD.
110 HDM.
BID DSN.
lID PAS.
lID PIT .
110 UKN.
lITO
BIT1
BIT1S.
IIT2
IIT3
BIT4
IITS
BITO
IIT7
IK EC.
BK EC OFF.
IK LBN
BK LIN DFF
IK MEC
BK MEC DFF
SM-AST
IM-BAT
IM- DPD
8M- HDM
1M OSN
BM PAS
BOOT OFF
BUFFER

21"
15a ..
21.
157.
US.
31.
42".
243
313
3aa.
242
215.
213
267

easy
CBSY2.
CGROUP
CLRIL.
CLRSPL

2'"

-----

-- -

Cref·1

411
411
48'
41'.

445
3a4.

31'.

402
25a.
2a2
273
281

283 •
28'.

21~

21"

51 ,

21"

231
214

21.
29"
21"

29"

28.

21.
21 ..
28"

21 ..
21 ..
21"

21"
21 ..
21"

29"

20 ,
3&4
227
3&0
363
3&2

1&1.

21 ..
151.
21.

160.
2'"
147_

315
31'

1441f

14S_

331

143N
,461f

148*

23"

476

21.

12
29 ..
29"

Hard Disk Init tal ;zat ton
Symbol Cross Reference

(

CLTPN.
CMD.
CNOIP.
CMDLEN
CODE
COMPS,
COMPS1
CDMPS2
CDUNT.
CPM8SI0.
CR
CRCER.
CTRL_O
CTRL 5
CTRL:Z
CYLDH.
CYLDL.

210'
39"
21 ..
3'"
,2
340
465
462.
4'.

DAMNF,
DATA
DATARQ
DBP.
DINIT2
DINITX
DINITY
DlSKDF
DPI_DFF.
DPDE FLAG.
DPDE FTN
DPDE INIT.
DPDE LTN
ePDE LU.
OPDE DFF
DPOE DST
DPOE PN.
DPOE PDN
DPO "OFF,
DPD START OFF.
DRDY
ORDY2.
DRIYEO
DRIVE1
DRIVE2
oRIVEl
DR IVEDF .
DRIVEM
DRVSEL
'DSK INIT
D5TATO
D5TATI
DWRTF.
DWRTF2

29 ..
29"
29 ..
53"
90
13

----- -

Is d.fintt ton)

29"

29 ..
29 ..

Is definition)

322

13"

543

552

56.

461_
.67

, 16

, 12
'27

129

232

233

2'"
2'"
29 ..
21"

72
9U

100N

74 ..
29 ..
21 ..
29"
29"

400
266
277
266
279

21"

102.

2 ...
29"

211
268

29"
29"
29 ..

231
26_

nil'

29"

29 ..
29 ..

29"
28"

21.
21"
29 ..
29"
26
21"

106N

28.

29"
29"

ERRF
ERRDR.

21"
21"

FALSE.

29"

Cref~2

461N

21"

137

Hard Disk Inttialization

I' is definltionl
~ATS

10"

FATSI!C

14'

~MTTItK

21'

III!T~TH

21.
21.

III!TPI!A
HDIR
HDISK.
HDSKO.
HD_INIT .
HEADO.
HEAD02
HEADI.
HEAD 12
HIAD2.
HEAD22
HIAD3.
HEAD32
HIADM.
HEADM2
HEADS.

21'
21'

H~ORMAT.

17"
70"

,..

27
28'
21.
21'
21 ..
21 ..
21"
21"
21"
21"
21"

447

271

311
71

II'

...

HIDDI!N
HINIT .
HIYI!C A.
HIYEC-I.
HMCHK":"
HNFMT.
HDMIER

17"

2.,
21"

17"
2&
150"

HREAD.

HT ERR C
HT-ERR-JD .
HYDISKHWRITE
HWRITEY.

18"

11 ••

210
321

241

151"

112"
ta ..

,.
""..

IDIIT .
I DII TY
IDNF
INI TAl.
INTHDl
IODAT.

321

333

1545

15"

311

(

111
41

LF
llNDEX

29 ..
29 ..

LSTEPP

21 ..

MAXDIR

1'"
22"

MAXTRK

MEDIA.
M\!DJAID.

45 ..

115

127

128

137

220
101

13 ..

MNPARTS.

31"
21 ..

MSCTF.
MSDOS.

272

2'"

2&1

29 ..

218

317

~--------------------------------------------------------------------------~I
Symbol

,. ,s def,nition)

Cross Reference

NDRV

NDMSDOS.
NT AST

12'M

Cref".

107

185 ..

271

274

NT-AST OFF

NUMHUD.
DSN_OFF.

29 ..

PARTITIDN.

20 ..

385

PART f'TN

2 ...
2 ...

27a
280

PART-lTN
PART-PAS
PART:SI ZE.

PAS! OFF

PAS ASH.
PAS:ATN.
PAS_BSN.

PAS_ITH.
PRI!COMP.
PRI_READ
PSTR
PTRSAYE.
RDBASE
RDCMD.
RDCM02
RDINTF
ROREAD
ROSTAT
RDWRITE.
READIN
READIN10
READIN3.
READINI.
READIN"
RESSEC
RESTOR
RHOM4.
RHDME.

2."
23"

390

391

381

2 . .'

21"
21"
21"
21"
22 ..
21 ..
ta ..

222
100

1810

loa

28"

2."
21"

2 ...
2 ...
2 ...

21"
30.
328
3 •••
215

320"
342

355

367 ..

30' ..

512

312

239
316M

21"
211

221

231

240

201 ..

SAYE_SI!C
SIUFR.

164 ..

414

520

SCANID

21 ..
28 ..

SCTI!XT
SDH.
SECPTRK.
SECSIZE.
SECSZ.
SECTC.
SECTN.
SECTORS .
SECTRK
SI!CTSZ

SII!K
SEIKC.
SEIKC2
SI!RR

....

352

21 ..
21 ..
29"

n ..

17'"
21#

....

2 ...

12"
21"

211

2 ...

29'"
29"

425

24& ..

Ha .. d DiSk

Initialtzation

Sy.bol C.. oss R. . . . . . nc.
SINIT.
SSCTF.
SSZI2I
SSZIK.
SSZZIl
ssn 12
START.
STATUSW.
5TEPRO
STEPRI
STEPR2
STEPR3
STEPR4
STEPRS
STEPRI
STEPR'
STEPRI
STEPRa
STEPRA
STEPRATE
STEP ...
STEPRC
STEPRD
STEPRE
STEPa.
STEPR OFF.
5T AST
ST AST OF'

I" Is d.f t nit ;on)
21.
21"
21.
21.
2 ••
21.
4 ...
401lf
21.
21.
2 ...
2 ...
21 ..
21 ..
21"
21.
21 ..
21"
2."
22 ..
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
21 ..
2 ...
183.

UNIT

3."
2'

UP_IAT

WPC iiF •.
WPRCMP
WPR5NT
WTYERR
WT IADII
WT IADI4
WT BADB.
WT BAD B
WT BtLP.

332

221

50S
SO,"

514

551'

.93.
529.

532

2 ...
21 ..
2 ...
2'"

In;tia,t:zation

Symbol Cross Reference

;s def i nit ion)

2'"

2 ...

2a.
2 ...

XLT F.

21#
2U
22#

KOPTION.

24*

KtPRSNT,

323

511.

4'2"

2 ...
2."
29"
2."
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
500.

259
582"

502

XBB 10
XIB IS
XBa CN
XBa:o I5KF .

201
4'1
4"

2'
2'
4 ...
2 ...
2 ...
21 ..

WGATE.
WINI OFFSET.
WINI SEC

XBa OSN.
XIIB:ERRC
XBa LDN.
XIIB se
xlla SN

223

21 ..
114.

Hard Disk

224

21 ..

TEMP
TEMP SEC
TEMP TRK
TRANS.
TRk02.
TRkOE.
TRUE

C"ef-I

325

544

553

tref-I

34&

351

41'

511

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bler

02-20-'.

PAGe

Character 10 for MSDOS 2.00

•

PAGE
TITLE
NAME

2
3

•

'0/04/13

.0
12

for MSDOS 2.00

••

Character 10

COMPANY CONPIDINTIAL
Copyright Ie) 1 •• 3 Digital Equip.ent Corporatton

I
I
1

80, '32
CHARACT

0000

tGROUP

GROUP CODE

CODE
ASSUME

SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC 'CODE'
CS:CGROUP, DS:CGRDUP, ES:CGRDUP

14
11
11
11
11
11

PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC

CON, AUX, PRN, CLK, AUX2
CLKISR, INTRET, CLK 80 SO, CLK_'S_20,
OUTHEX, PSTR, PASTCDN -

EXTRN

RUPT1201 :NEAR, INITCOM:NEAR
PRG1201:NEAR, DFLT120':NEAR, DFLTBUF:NEAR,

EXTRN

23
U

21
21
21
2_

EXTRN

RCYENA:NEAR.

EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN

GITCHAR:NEAR, DUTSTAT:NEAR, OUTCHAR:NEAR
PUTCHAR:NEAR, OUTNOW:NEAR, ROMOOEM:NIAR
SETMOOEM:NEAR, BRKDN:NEAR, BRKOPP:NEAR
RCYINT:NEAR, RCYCANCEL:NEAR, XMTMTY:NEAR

EXTRN
EXTRN

STRATEGY:NEAR.PTRSAVE:DWORD
DSKTMR: BYTE

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Character ]0 for MSDDS 2.00

RCVDIS:NEAR.

XMTCANCEL:NEAR,

INSTAT:NEAR.

CLK_AD~,

HACK7201:NEAR.

TICKER

RDSETUP:NEAR

INCHAR:NEAR

VECT7201:NIAR

STATCHG:NEAR, STCANCEL:NEAR

PAGE

1 -.

. L] ST

32
33

34
3S
3S

EEOO
OF.'
OFCC

SYSRAM

0014

ESCOFF

ESCSTR
STRINX

EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU

OEEOOH
OF.7H
OFCCH

SYSRAM segment
8 bit char buffor
st,. i no i nda)(

STRINX-ESCSTR-1

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.,.
Characte" 10 for MSDDS 2.1)0

02-20-a4

:117
3.
31
40
41
42
43
44
4.
41
4'
41

10
II
52
.3
54
55
5'
5'
S.

PAGI

0000
0002
0004
0001
oooa
OOOA
OOOC
0001
0010

0012
0014
0011
0018
001A

0011
001.
001.
OOAC
OOID
OOCO
0013
01 , .
OOl'A
OOPA
0015
OOIS
001&

0032
0034

003.

70
71

003.
003'
003A
003C
003E
0040

00.1
0085
OOIS
0113
0141
OIlF
0085

00.2

008.

0044
0041

0151
0151
013.
0085
0113

12
13
U

'1
87
72

73
74
75
71
77
71
7.
10
II

0030

00 ••

OO.A
004C

R
R
R
R
R
R

CaNTIL:

0011
0011
0085
OOAC
02AF
0011
OOIS
OOB&
OZII
0211
00 IS
OOBI
008.

10
II
12
13
14
I.
I.
17
II

100
101
102
103
104
101
101
107
101
101
,,0

DW
DW
DW
DW
OW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
XCOM_ TaL,
DW
DW
OW
OW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW

80 3E 0.137 R 01
7. 03
II 0000 I
C3

OO.~

0011
0011
0017
0011
00.1

21, CI 01 013'7 R 03
II OE
21 , CI 01 0137 R 02
.1 01

2E: CI O. 0137 R 01

,
/

RETURN
RITURN
RETURN
CMDERR
GETTIME
IUSY
RETURN
RETURN
S!iTT IME
SETT IME
RETURN
RETURN
RETURN

CINIT
RETURN
RETURN
XC 10CTL
XC IN
XC NDIN
RETURN
RETURN
XC OUT
XC OUT
XC OSTAT
RITURN
XC 10CTL

r •• d
non·d,

r ... d
input status
flush buff
wr it e
I
writ:e/v.r
10 wr i'te stat
11 not used
12 not used

•

not used
not used
not us.d
reserv.d
read
read non-a
not us.d
7
not used
wr it:e
I
wr i'te/v.r
I
10 not used
11 not used
12 not used
I

2
3
4

••

2
3
4

,
I

PAGE

not used
not used
not used
raservad

I
I

10
11
12

Initialize Driver.
Ret urn current ... dia code.
Get Bios P.r .... t e,. Block.
10CTL
r •• d.
Non-d input
Return status. (Not used)
P'1uSh tnput buff.,.. (Not used. J
write.
Block wr ita with v.rify.
RetUrn output status.
Flush output buff .... (Not used. )
10CTL

1-3

CINIT,

C1N1T1,

CMP
.INZ
.IMP
RET

BYTE PTR XC _DIV,1
CINITI
INITCOM

f ; rst

check

only

intt

t tme

once

AUn,
MOV
.IMP

BYTE PTR CS:XC _DEV,3
SHORT XCOMM

dav;ca a.tended cOIWm port

MaY
.IMP

IYTE PTR CS,XC _DIV,2
SHORT XCOMM

devtce

MaY

IYTE PTR CS:XC _DEY,1

device canlm port

PUSH
MaY
.IMP

PRN,

~O73

.1
IE 00:14 II
I!I OA

0071
0071
0071

.1
II 001A II
II

CLK:

PUSH
MaY
..IMP

SI
S I, O~~SIT CLKTIL
SHORT ENTI!R

0071
007C

'1
IE 0000 R

CON:

PUSH
MaY
..IMP

SI
S I ,O~I'SET CaNTIL
SHORT ENTIR

001~

0070

pr; "t.r port

AUX:
XCOMM:

ooa~

SI,O~~SIT

XCOM_TIL

SHORT ENTER

Common co. .and d1spatch. PIck up useful tl'l;"g5
and dispatch to the right routtne wtthin the tabl •.

I II

007~

120
121
122

007~

0080
0011
0012
00a3
0014
001.

12
.7

124
121
121
127
121
121
130
131
132
133
134
131
13'

a
1
2
3
4
5
I
7

10 davice liaS i " t ar face
00'1
OOSI

".
".
,,7
In

02-20-14

RETURN
RETURN
RETURN
CMOERR
CONIN
CDNINXDR
CONISTAT
LCONHUSH
CONOUT
CONOUT
RETURN
RETURN
RETURN

PAGE
004E
0041
0053
OOSS
OOSI

112
"3
114

DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
OW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW

CLKTIL:

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.,.
Characte,. 10 for MSDOS 2.00
12
13
84
85
8'
87
aa

a-2

Davice CDlllriland dispatch tables.

001C
0011
0020
0022
OOZ.
OOZI
OOZI
002A
OOZC
OOZI

PA~I

INTIR:
DISPATCH PROC FAR
PUSH
AX
PUSH
IX
PUSH
CX
PUSH
DX
PUSH
DI
PUSH
as
PUSH
IS

007~

0011
0011
0010
0013
oOla
0011
OOIA
OOIC

01
21: CI 11 0000 I
C7 47 03 0100
II

.1'

C4 7' 01
aA 47 02
I.
03 ~o
03 ~o

LOS
MaY
MaY
LIS
MaY

IX,CS:PTRSAYI
WORD PTR IIX. STATUS 1,100
CX, Ilx. COUNT!
D I, IIX. TRANS I
AL,IIX.CMol

ADD
ADD

SI,AX
SI,AX

caw

get data pkt,
.at dona bit
CX 0 count
ES:DI
buff.,. add,.
co .... nd
AL
...ka It word
add of'sat

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Asse .. ble ...
Character 10 for MSOOS 2.00
137
131
138
UO
141
142
1.3
U4
US
UI
147
141
14S
150
151
152
153
154
155
151
157
151
158
180
181
182
183
184

oOeE

02-20-"

PUSH

OO'~

OOAO
OOAI
00A3
00A4
OOAS
OOAI
OOA7
OOAI
GOAl
OOAA
OOAI
OOAC

FC
FF 14
07
IF
SF
5A

OOAC
0010
0015

C5 IE 0000 I
.1 4F 03 1003
C3

CMDERR,

0011
OOIA
OOIF

C5 IE 0000 E
.1 4F 03 0200
C3

BUSY,

5B
S.
5E
CB

POP
CLO
CALL
POP
PDP
PDP
PDP
POP
POP
POP
POP
RET
DISPATCH INOP

RETURN,

LOS
OR
RET

02-20-.4

185
116
117

WORD PTR [SII

set forward directton
perform fune

IS
DS
DI
DX
CX

AX
SI

IX,PTRSAVE
WORD PTR [IX.STATUSI,.003H

IX,PTRSAVE
WORO PTR [IX. STATUS I, 200H

PAGE

1-5

PAGE
Non destructive console read. If char is
ava; 'able. return i t • • 'se return busy set.

lea

ooco

171
172
173
174
175
171
177
17a
17.
180
111
112
113
114
liS
11&
117
lIa
liS
110
191
112
113
11.
liS
116
117

OOCO
00C3
OOCS
00C7

III

Sat IUSY.

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble ...

111
200
201
202
203
20.
205
206
207
201
201
210
211
212
213
2U
2111
211
217
211
211

1-.

sat cOMmand error.

Characta'" 10 for MSDOS 2.00

1&1

PAGE

Ooel

Doce
DOCE

0001
0005

0001
OODa
0001
OODF
00E2

BF 0004
CO 11
22 CI
H
ED
I. IEOO
IE co
II OFII
21, IA 44 14
SI
03 Fa
28, IA O.
C5 3E 0000
al 46 00
C3

CONINXDR,
Mav
INT
AND
~Z

MOV
MOV
MaV
MOV
CIW
AOO
MOV
LOS
MOV
RET

01, •
ROM
CL,CL
BUSY
AX,OFf'SET SVSRAM
IS,AX

:~:::;:~~EE~~:T:;~OFF[Sli
51 ,AX
AL,es,[SI[
OI,PTRSAVE
[OJ MEDIA[ ,AL

consol. input
00E3
00E3
00E6
OOEI
OOEA

OOEC

IF
CO
22
74
C3

0004
11

CI
CA

CONISTAT,
MaV
INT
AND
~Z

Leval 2 console status
Check any cha ...
Nona - return busy
sat SVSRAM segment
str ing addr

; gat str ing inda.
... ka tt word

gat char from buffer
gat pkt pt,..
return i t

sta~us

D I ••
ROM
C L ,CL
IUSY

Leve' 2 console

RET
console input

ODED
OOEO
OOEI
OOEF
OOFO
00F3
00F4
00F5
OOFI
00F7
OOF.

01
17
51
EI 010A R
51
5F
07
AA
12 F.
C3

CONIN:
PUSH

PUSH
PUSH
CALL
POP
POP
POP

01
CX
LCONIN
CX
01
ES

STasi

LOOP
RET

CONIN

Wrtte Character(s) to
OOFA
OOP'A

OOFI
OOFC
OOF!
OOFE
OOFF
0100
0101

~he

console.

CONOUT,
06
IF
II F7

PUSH
POP
MOV

IS
OS
SI,OI

PUSH
PUSH
LODSI
XOR

CX
SI

CONDUT1,
111
SI
AC
33

01,01

s~.tus

Check any char
None • re~urn buSY

get potnter tnto DS:DI

get out put c ha r
do conso1. ou~put

The ... icrosoft MACRO Ass ••ble,.
ID for MSDOS 2.00

02-20-a.

PAGE

a-I

Char-act e ...

220
221
222
223
224
221
228
227
22a
221
230
231
232
233
234
235
231
237
238
231
240
241
242
243
244
24S
24&
247
248
24_
250
251
262
2153
254
255
251
257
251

280
21'
282
283
264
215
286
267
268
268
270
271
272
273
274

0103

0101

0101
0107
010_

E2
C3

,.
~S

010A
OlOA

010D
010F
0111
0113

0117

01 I.
01 '1
011D

CONSOLE

input.

EXIT ,
USE,

AL
ALL

0002

18
CI
F7

MOW
INT
AND

DI,2
RDM
CL,CL
LCDNIN

BF 0002
CD
22 CI
75 F7
C3

0120
0121
0122

012E
012F

SA
51

0130

5B
la
C3

012.
012A

0131
0132

status

level

none

PUSH
PUSH

PUSH
PUSH
PUSH

CX
DX
51
DI
B'

2 consol. ; n

An" en_rect.,..,

ke.p fluSh

A char.cter from

USE,

PUSH
PUSH
PUSH

XOR
INT
PDP
PDP
PDP
PDP
PDP
PDP
POP
PDP
RET
fast

st; "

to the console.

D1,01
ROM
ES

BP
01
Sl

DX
CX

canso'. output

PAGE

FASTeCN:

0133

0133
013&

check

watt

DI,2
ROM
CL,CL
LCDNFLUSH

~NZ

012B
012C
0120

0125
012&

not an"

RET

SO
53
11
52
57
55
01
33 ~F
CD 18
07
SD
SF
IE

0'23
012.

LCONOUT;

0' IE

01"

watt

cha,.act e,.

the console input buffer.

Flush

LCONFLUSH,
MDW
INT
AND

Out put

0111

RET

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.,.
Charact.,. 10 for MSDDS 2.00
275
278
277
278

RDM
SI
CX
CONDUTI

LCONIN,
BF
CD
22
7.
C3

01,.

INT
POP
POP
LDOP
RET

Ea 011E R
CF

CALL
IRET

LCONDUT

i nt errupt

serv ice rout; ne

have cha,.actcu"

The Mtcrosoft MACRO As .... 111 ...
ID fo .. MSDOS 2.00

etlaracte,.
2'71
210
211
2.2,
213
214
211
211
21'7
211
2'1
210
211
212
213
214
211
211
21'7
211
211
300
301
302
303
3104
301
301
30'7
301
301
310
311
312
313
3"
311
311
31'7
311
311
320
321
322
323
324
32S
321
327
321
321
330
331
332
333

02-20-'4

PAGII

I-I

PAGE
AUX. PRN.
013'7

0131
0131
013C
013P
0141
0143

XC OilY

IA 2E 013'7 R
III 0000 E
22 co
'7. 15
I I DOli R

XC OSTAT:
MDY
CALL
AND
.INZ
.IMP

•

AUK2 co_on routines

co .... output stat us

CH.KC_DIY
OUTS TAT
AL.AL
XC IN2
IUSY

oat dey;ce "
"lOt r.ady?

co .... Input characte ..
0141
0141
014'7
0141
DIU
0140
OlIO
01S2
0153
0154
015S
0151
01S1
OISI

XC IN:
1'7
II
01
IA 2E 013'7
III 0000 E
IA CI
07

PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
MDY
CALL
MDY
PDP
PDP
PDP
STDSI
LDDP

SF
AA
E2 EE

DI
CX
liS
CH.XC_DEY
GETCHAR
AL,CL

go to get charact ...

CX
DI
save

In buff.,.

XC IN

XC IN2:
C3

gat Clevice "

RET

co... output characte ..
DIll
01 ••
011C
011D
0111
OIlP
0110
0182
0111
0111
OIlA
0111
OIlC
OIiE

XC DUT:
2.: IA O.
47
&7
01
SI
aA DO
aA 2E 013'7 R
III 0000 E
S'
07
IP
E2 EI
C3

MOY
INC
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
MOY
MOY
CALL
PDP
PDP
PDP
LOOP
RET

CX
DL. AL
CH.KC_DIIY
PUTCHAR
CX
liS
DI
XC OUT

eomll non destructive
01"
DIU
01'73
01'7'

gat char act er

AL.IS: (011
DI
DI

Input

XC NDIN:
IA 21 013'7 R
III 0184 R
'71 01

MDY
CALL
.INZ

CH.KC_DIY
COM_NDIN
KC NOINI

oat devtce "
gat I t

check

any

input

(
The Microsoft MACRO As.embl.,.
Characte .. 10 .or MSDGS 2.00
334
331
3,31
33'7
331
331
340

01'71

onc

C4 3E 0000 II
21: II 40 OD
C3

01.1

III OOBI R

0110
0111

3C1

342
343
344
341
34.
3147
:141

341
3110

02-20-14

LIIS
MDY
RIT
XC_NDIN1:
.IMP

PAGE

DI.PTRSAYE

.1 0000 II
3C PP
7& FI
21: I. 7'7 08
21: I. DC
C3

CDM_NDIN:
CALL
CMP
.INZ
MDY
MDY
COMNDIN1:
RET

; get packet pointe ..

IYT! PTR IS: IDI.MIDIA] ,CL

;

save characte,.

in packet

BUSY

Non~d.struct.d

0114
0114
0117
OIl.
0111
OIiP
0112
0112

I-I

input

INSTAT
AL.OFPH
XC NDINI
51";'ES: .IDUT (IX I
CX.IIS:O(SII

check Input status
any characte .. "
..eturn if no
get buffe .. address
gat character and status

Tn .. Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bl.,.
Character 10 for MSDDS 2.00
351
352
353
354
355
3&1
351
351
3S1
310
311
382
313
384
385
388
367
311
389
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
3.0
3al
3a2
3a3
384
3a5
386
3a7
388
311
310
391
312
393
384
395

02-20-.4

XCIOCP
0000
0001

0002
0003
000'

00
00
00
00
00

XC
XC
XC
XC
XC

a"10

PAGE
STRUC

----

FUN
DB
RC
DB
CHAR DB
STAT DB
BUF
DB

XCIDCP

0005

PAGE

0
0
0
0
0

funet; on II

rat urn code
char.cter
char.ct er status
CCI or

IOCTL

ENTRY:

ES:DI

0113
0193
Ot.7
01SA
OtiC

aA
BB
03
ac

2E 0137
0004

OtlE
01Al

26,

aA OS

01A2

01AS
OtA7

OtAI

••

BE
03
03
FF

KC_IOCTL:
MOV
MOV
ADD
MOV

DF
C2

OtA!

FO
FO
2'

OtAB

OlDF R OlEC R 01EF R

01._

01f'2

01F8

01lrp'

0228

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

0183

OtCS

otca
0101

0107
01DO

0201
0243

02S'
0263
027.
0213

OtF!!
021&

0235

024A

R 0201
R 0221
R 023C
R 0251
R 0210
R 0270

450

pOinte,.

eH
ax

BX.DI

add packet offset

DX.I!S

AL.U,[DII

get

device

buff.,. address

segMent

51. AX
51. AX

5I.oFFSET KIoc TaL
-

funct i o n "
make i t word
get offset
add word of f set

~MP

WDRD PTR

perform

DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW

R
R
R

CH.xe_DEY
BX.OFFSET XC_BUF

MDY
caw
MOV
ADD
ADD
XIOC TBL:
DW

R
R
02". R 0280 R

025":'
0260

Tn .. Microsoft MACRO Assembler
ID for MSDDS 2.00

44.

packet

, function 1/
byte 1
return code
, char.ct.,.
byte 2
, charActe,. status
byte 3
byte 4 to byte n , buf far
byte 0

02~20·a4

[S I I

function

FUNO.FUN1.FUN2.FUN3

FUN4.FUNS,P'UNS
FUN7.FUN8,FUNI
'"UNto, ,"UN1', FUN1:!
F'UN13,FUN14,FUN15
FUN1S,FUNt7,FUN18
F'UN19.FUN20,FUN21
FUN22.FUN23,FUN24
FUN25

PAGE

Character

396
3.7
398
319
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
41S
418
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
421
427
428
42.
430
431
432
433
434
431
436
437
43a
439
..0
441
442
'\
..3
.. 4
/ 445
446
447
..a

buff.,.

eNDS

8 - 11

PAGE
OtDF
010F
otEf

01E2
OtE3
OtES
OtES
01E7
OtE8
OtEa
OtEC
G1EC
OtEF
OtEF
011'2
OtF2
01F4
o U'5
OtFS
01FI
01Fa
O,.B
0111'E
0111'E

0201
0201
0202
0203
0208
0208
0208
0209
020A
020D
020D
020E
0201'
0212
0215
0218
0216
0217
0218
021a
021a
021e
021D
0220
0221
0221
0222

sa CB
06
57
£8 0000 E

,.UNO:

MOV
PUSH
PUSH
CALL

cx.ax
es

POP
POP
MOY
RET

DI
DS
I D I .XC_RCI.AL

~MP

DFLT7201

DI
PRG720t

FUN RC:

SF
1 I'
aa 4S 01
C3

ret urn

funct;on

code

FUN 1 :
E8

0000 E

0000

FUN2:
~

~MP

DFL TlUF

MOV
PUSH
PUSH
CALL

CX .IX

FUN3,

06
S7
0000 E
EI EB
E8

~MP

DI
RDSETUP
SHORT I'UN RC

~MP

RCYENA

~MP

RCVDIS

PUSH
PUSH
CALL

F'UH4:

0000

FUNS,
EI

0000
FUN6,

06
57
Ea 0000 £
ea DE

~MP

DI
INSTAT
SHORT FUN RC

FUN7:

01
57

E8 0000 E

SF
IF
a8 45 01
&9 4D 02
C3
08
57
Ea 0000 E

SF
IF
C3

os
&7

45 02

PUSH
PUSH
CALL
FUN CHAR:
POP
POP
MOV
MOY
RET
FUNa,
PUSH
PUSH
CALL
FUN AX,
POP
POP
MOV
RET
I'UNt ,
PUSH
PUSH

ES
DI
INCHAR
DI
DS
IDI.XC_RCI.AL
WORD PTR IDI.XC_CHARI.CX

ret urn funct ton code
return char and status

ES
01
GETCHAR
DI

DS
WORD PTR
ES
DI

IDI.XC_CHARI.AX

return char

and status

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Asse.bler

.. ,

02-20-84

PAGE

1-12

Char act ar 10 for MSDDS 2.00

452
413
414
4SS

.. I

4S?
451

458
410
411
412
413
484

4IS
41&
48?
411
411
470
4?1
4?2
4?3
474
4?5
4?1
4??
478
471
410
481
482
413
4 ..
485
411
48?
48&
489
410
411
412
413
414
415
41&
497
411
411
500
801
502
503
504
505

0223
02Z.

0221
0221
022C
022D
022E
0231
0233
023S
0235
0231
023C
023C
02.0

0243
0243
02 ••

0241
0241
024A
024A
024.
024C

024F
0251
0251
0254
0254
025?
0217

0258
025A

0251
0251
0210
0210
0283
0213
0285
0288

028?
021A
0210

021D

II 0000 E
EI IE
21: IA 55 02
01
5?
E, 0000 E
'A Cl
EI

027.
02'7.

21:

IA IS 02

.1 0000 I

021.

02.5
02.8

OUTCHAR
Al,Cl
SHORT ~UN RC

MOV
.IMP

Dl,ES:[DI.XC_CHARI
PUT CHAR

MOV
.IMP

Dl,IS:[DI.XC_CHARI
OUTNOW

PUSH

CAll
.IMP

DI
ROMOOEM
FUN_AX

PUSH
PUSH
CAll
.IMP

ES
DI
SETMODEM
SHORT FUN RC

.IMP

BRKON

FUN 15:
E9

0000 E

FUN 11 :
EI 0000 E

.1 CB

.IMP

IRKOFF

MOV
PUSH

CX ,IX
ES

FUN 17 :

08
5?

PUSH

CAll
.IMP

SHORT

.IMP

RCVCANCEl

MOV
PUSH

CX,IX
ES

PUSH
CALL

.IMP

FUN RC

.IMP

XMTCANC£L

I. CB

MOV

CX,BX

0000 E
E9 01E1 R

CALL

HACK720,

.IMP

FUN RC

.IMP

YECT7201

MOV
.IMP

CX,BX
STATCHG

0000

II '8

RCVINT
~UN

,.UN'.:

EI 0000

FUN":
8B CI
08
5?
E8 0000 E
E9 01EI R

XMTMTV

FUN20:
E9

0000 E
FUN21 :

FUN22:
U

0000 E

FUN23:
8B CI
E9

0000 I
FUN24:

02-20-.4

I I 0000

PAGE

.IMP

STCANCEL

PUSH
PUSH

ES
DI

FUN25:
08
5?
EI

0'14 R

IB 83

get char

P'UN1.:

01
5?
E8 0000 E
EB IS

0280

02.0
02.3
0213

Ol,ES: [OI.XC_CHARI
IS

FUN13:

01
S?
.1 0000 I
EI Dl

The Microsoft MACRO Ass ... bl.r
Character 10 for MSDOS 2.00
801
50?
50.
SOl
510
511

MOV
PUSH
PUSH
CAll
MOV
.IMP

~UN12:

027B
027.
027D

OUTSTAT
SHORT FUN RC

FUNll :

21: IA S5 02
EI 0000 E

0270

02?0
02?2
0275

CAll
.IMP
~UN10:

CALL

COM_NDIN

.IMP

FUN CHAR

1- 1:S

get return coda

The Microsoft MACR.O ASS8mbl ....
Character 10 fo. MSDaS 2.00

518
518
520
521
522
523
524
525
521
527
521
521
530
531
532
533
534
535
538
537
53.
535
540
54'
542
543

021A
02ac
0210
021E

544

028F

545
54&
547
&41
54.
550
551
552

PAGE

8-14

PAGE

112
513
514
515
518

02-20-14

028F

0210

0281
0212
0283
0285

.....

T;~.

and Data Data Ar ••.

Inttialized till. and data.

;
don't change the order
1096+31+21+31+30+31+30+31+31+30 ; Oct 1 • . . 13
OAVS
OW
MINUnS DB
o
HOURS
o
DB
TICKS H DB
o
high byte for 0.01 sac
o
SECONDS DB
low byte for 0.01 sac
TICKS L aB
o
;.**** don't change t ha order

05&1
00
00
00
00
00
3C
3C

TICKIR
CLK 80 50
CLK:'.:20

01AA

DB
DB
OW
DB

CLK_AO~

&0
ao
42&
-3

; 1/80 or

1/50 counte ...
;.0/10 H2 constant sat by io;ntt

;'/&0.OS02*2Sa.100E42& Dr ,/ ••.•• 15.2S.*100~512
:110·10.052).'0:·3 or ISO·.9 .••• S) •• 0~+3

SETTIME • set time

028&
0211
028A

028B
021C

0210
021F

02A2
02A.
02A5

02A6

02AA
02AE

ENTRY:

ES:DI

Mav
PUSH
PUSH
PDP
POP
XCHG

SI,OFFSET DAYS
DS
ES

time source buffer

SETTIME:

021.

BE 021A R
IE
0&
IF
0'
17 F7

XCHC DS,ES

ES
51,01

SETTIME1:
BB 0003
F3/ A5
OE
1F
IA OE 0282 R
R
II OE 02"
C3

CX,3
MOVSW
CS

MOV
REP
PUSH
PDP
MOV
MOV

:RESTORE DS:

CL,CLK 60 50
TICKER7cL-

;RESET COUNTER/TIMER

RET
GETTIME

- get time

ENTRY:

ES:DI:

MOY
MDY
REP
RET

51,OFFSET DAYS
CX,3
MDYSW

!S3

554
S5S
55&
157
551
5S1
510

02AF
02AF

0282
0286

02B7

time desttnat:;on buffer

GETTIME:

BE 028A R
0003

F3/ A5
C3

58'

The Mtcrosoft MACRO ASS8mbl.,.
Cl'la,.act.,. 10 fo. MSOOS 2.00

02-20-8.

...

582
5a3

585
SIS
587

sn
.11

570
571
57Z
573
574
575
57.
577
57a
571
sao
511
582
513

sao

51&

sas

517
511
511
SlO
581
512
583
584
U5
"I
117

sea
UI

aoo
aOl
a02
a03
804
&01
a08
107
aOI
riOI

v/,.,0
111
au
.,3

PAGE

1-15

PAGE

clock
OZB.
OZB.

028.

OE
IF

OZBA

interrupt

servtce. We have a

CLKJSR:

PUSH
PUSH

POP
NOTE:

OS
CS

;05

".18

IDS

clock.

, CS

the ao/so ticks/second constant(CLK_'&_201 and
value I CLK_AD~} must be sat by ; 0; nit. default

adju::;tment

028 ..

OZBC
OZBO
02C4
02Ca
02CC

113
aA
AO
03
aa
A2

02CF
0203
02DI
0201
020A
020C
020F
02E2
02E5
02EI

FE
75
AO
FE
71
A2
AO
A2
Ba
aa

02EC

FE
31
72
la
IA
21
FE
31
72
al
FE
ao
72
aa
FF

02C1

02"0

02F4
02FI
02FA
02FE
0302
0301
030A
030C
0310
0314
0318
031.
031F
0323
0323
0321
0328
0327
032a

PUSH
PUSH
MOV
MOV
ADO
MDV
MDV

AH,TICKS_H
AL,TJCKS_L
AX,CLK_ 1& 20
TICKS _H, Ait
TICKS_L,AL

get ticks l'I;gl'l byte
get ticks low byte
add const ant fo. 0.01
save v.'ue

OE 0281 R
4E

OEC
MOV
OEC

TICKER
CLKRET
AL.DSKTMR
AL
OV
DSKTMR,AL

count

0000 E

ZI oZaE R
0210 R
0& 0213 R
21 02aE R
0210 R

~NZ

CI
03

0000 E

0282 R
0281 R
003C
21 028E R
oa
01
2D
21
IE
IE
oa
01

OV:

021F R
021F R

INC
CMP
.IB

02aF
0215
0281
02aC
021C

R
R
R
R
R

MOV
MOV
SUB
INC
CMP

" 021C R

21
01
3E
oa
2.
O.

MDV
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV

021D R
02aO R 18

MOV
INC
CMP

021D R
021A R

MOV
INC

AL. eLK_1O_SO

TICKER,AL
AX,IO
TICKS _H,AH
SECONOS
SECONDS,AL
CLKRET
SECONOS,AH
BL,CLK_AO~

TJ CKER, BL
MINUTES
MINUTES,AL
CLKRET
MINUTES,AH
HOURS

HDURS.24
CLKRET
HOURS,AH
OAYS

down t ;ck.,.

t ; ilia yet1
do disk timeout

procesSing

jump i f t tme,. . ' r •• dy exp;red
set naw value
get 10/50 H. constant
.. eset tha t ;cker
AH=O. AL·eO used as constant:
reset 0.01 sac count to 0
ALI80

SECONDSIIO
get adjust value
adjust t icka ... avary minute

ALleO
MINUTES·O

HDURSsO

CLKRET:
CO a4
SB
.1
IF
CF

INTRET:

INT
PDP
POP
POP
IRET

PRaF ILl
BX
AX

sec

save value

fo. usar

, "tar-face

is 10 Hz.

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.ble,.
Characte,. 10 .or MSOoS 2.00

02-20-14

114
lIS
8,.
11'7

PAGE

a-II

PAGI
type b .. a. hex. '01 lowed by a spaca.

III

I,.
120
121
122
123
124
12S
121
12'7
121
121
no
131
132
133
134
135
131
83'7
131
13.
140
141
142
143
•• 4
1411
141
"'7
"I

032.
0321
032E
0330
0333
033.
0331

IA C'7
EI 0331 R
IA C3
0331 R
10 20
011E R
C3

out h • • : "oy

033.
033A
0331
0330
0331'
0340
0343

SO
51
al 04
02 II
.1
.1 0344 R
.1

out2 :

0344
0341
0341
034A
034C
0341

OF
30
3A
02

out ,":

0111 R

0351

24
DC
3C
'72
04
EI
C3

out 1:
ol'lr:

and
or
ClOp
Jb
add
ca11
ret

0312
0355
0351
035'
035A
031D

2E, IA 07
.3
3C 00
'74 F7
I I 011E R
I I 1'3

pstr:

IOOY

.a
.a

.',bh

call

oLlt2

100Y

.',bl

moy

outZ
aI,

call

lconou't

Call

lIlost

f frst

do ' •• st

ret
type al a. hex.
push
push

a ..
c ..

"Oy
shr
pop

c',4

call

pop

a1,e1

Ck
out1h
a ..

type lsnybbl. o. al.

...

Type a

850
151
152
113

0311'

115
III

inc
CliP
Je
call

The Microsoft MACRO Asse ..ble,.
Characte ... 10 'or MSooS 2.00

al.csdb")
bk
.1,0

ohr
1conout
pstr

ENDS
END

PAGE

SYlilbOlS" 1

Mask

Intt t.l

Macros:
N a m e
CALRIT
SID.
TASU.

Length

0001
0002
0002

Structures and records:
N

•me

loDATA
CMDLIN
UNn
CMD.
STATUS
MEDIA.
TIIANS.
COUNT.
START.
XCIoCP
XC I'UN
XC IIC.
XC CHAR.
XC STAT.
XC SUI'

Width
Shift

0011
0000

ftelds

Width
0001

0001

0002
0003
0000
OOOE
0012
0014
0001

OOOS

0000

0001
0002
0003
0004

Sea··nts and groups:
N

• .. e

CGIIDUP
CODE

S;ze

. , tan

cOMtatne

eless

GROUP
031'

SYTI

PUSLIC

'CODE'

Type

Value

AUr

Nu .. ba ...
Nu.. ber

0040
0001
0002
an'7
0042
001A
DOli
DOn
0040
0042
0044
0041
24AI'
0011
0001
0001

SYMbols:
N a IO e
A'7201.
ASAUD.
AMDDIM
APPKOl'
AS'7201
ASCSUa
AUX.
AUX2
AUXDP.
AUXP
AUK PIIN.
S'7201.
aAKGIIIID.
aAUDMAX.
SSAUD.
alTo

Nu..be,.
A,tas

N".. be,.

Nu .. ber
L NIAR
L IIIAR
NUMbe,.

Nu.. be,.
NI.I.be,.

Nu.b.,.

.uNbe,.
N".be,.
Nu..be,.
Nu..be,.

0-1,.'''''

null t ermt nat ad st r ; ng.

02-20-U

COOl
COOl

Is 4 btts

..aka asci t

.1, 'I '+1
out1
a1, ' . ' " ' I ' ' ' '
lconout

j .. p

CODE

ionly

.'.Ofh
.,. '0'

Globa'
Global

Til. Nt or oaoft MACRO ASS •• bl.r
IG .or MSDDS 2.00

01-20-.4

etteraet.r
IITI
IIT2
IIT3
UT4
IITS
lIT.
IIT'7
INDDIIM
IIIKIIIIII

HUMb.,.
N",.be ...

IIIKD~~

l NIAll
l NIAll
Nu.. ber
l NEAR

Nu ..be ...
Nu .. be,.
NUrlbe,.

Nu.. be,.
NUNbe,.

Nu .. b.,.

PADI

Sy.Dols-2

CDDI
CDDI

ElEte,.na'

0002
0004
0001
0010
0020
0040
0010
OO~~

l
l

NIAR
NEAR

SIT'7
0000
0000
0043
OOS.
0003
0011
0001
0000
0004
OOOD
0005
oooa
OOOS
0000
0002
000.
OOOA
000.
0007
0041
00&1

NEAR

OO,S

CODE
CODE
CODE

Nu .. be,.

ClK INT.
CMDERR

l NEAR
l NEAR
l NIAR
l WORD
l IYTE
l IYTE

0040
02B.
0323
OOlA
0213
0212
0215

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

NUribar

002t

COMDMA

NEAR

OOAC

N ..... b.,..

0043
0114
01.2

A1;.s

IIIKON.
SS'7201
SUSV
CIDATS
ClliN.
CIMODII
CIPDRT
CaPRTV
CIRADII
CIRCVI
CIRXOF
CIU ZE
CISTAIIT.
CISTPI
CIUI.
CIUDF

NLI.be,.

N".. be,.
NUNbe,.
NUllbe,.

Nu .. be,.
N" .. be,.
NUNber
NUllbe,.
Nu .. be,.

BVTE

Nu .. be,.
Numbe,.
NUNbe,.
NUllbe,.
NUlllbe,.

CIXD~F

CIXDN.
CINIT.
CINITI
ClK.
ClK 1IX
ClKISII
ClKRET
ClKTIl
ClK 18 20.
ClK:_O:SO.
ClK_AD~.

COM NDIN .
CDM:NDINI.
CON.
CDNlN.
CDNINXDR
CDNlSTAT
CDNOUT
CDNOUT 1.
CDNTal

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

CR1.

Numbe,.
Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

CR17101.
CR1TXI!.
CR2.
CR27201.

The Microsoft

MACRO Ass.mble,.

DP'LTaUp',

DISPATCH
DSKIO.
DSKTMII
DSR.
DTR.
INDTXIE.
INTER.
1017201.
IRR7101.
ISCOFF
ISCSTR
EXCDM.
FASTCDN.
FRMERII
FUNO
FUNI
FUN10.
FUN".
FUN12 .
P'UN13,

FUN 14 .
FUN 11 .
FUNII.
~UNI7.

FUN,. .
FUN 11 .
~UN2

FUN20.
~UN21 .
~UN21.

FUN23.
FUN24.
FUN211.
FUN3
FUN_
FUNS
FUNe
FUN7
FUNe
FUN.
~UN_AX

0011
OOED
OOCo
0013
OOPA
OOPE
0000

Numbe ...
NUlllbe,.

Numbe,.

Clob.,

Globa'
Global
Global
Global

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CaDE
COD!
CODE
CODE
CODE

Global

0001

0002
0010

PAil!

Sy .. bols-3

0003
0004

OOOs

Al ;85

BIT3

N" .. ber

0006

l WORD

021A
0011
0013

MUlllber
Number
Nuraber
Nuraber
Number
Nuraber

CODE

0015
0002

02 - 20- 84

Characte,. ID for MSDDS 2.00
CR3.
CR4.
CRS.
CTS.
DATMAX
DAVS
DC1.
DC3.
DEYCDM
DEYMAX
DIIYPRT
DEYXCDM.
DFlT7201

NEAR
NIAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NIAR
NEAR
NEAR
NIAR

Externe'

CDDE

0001

NEAR

0003
0002
0003
0000

NEAR

0000

CODE

F PRDC

CD DE

Externa'
External
Lengt h ~002D

NUllber

007F
0015

V IVTE

0000

CODE

Externa'

Al ;8S

IIT2
IIT2
0021

Al ;85
NUliber

NEAR

OO'7F

NUliber
Number
Number
NUllbe"
Number

003.
0030

NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NIAR
NIAR

0133
IITI
01DF
01EC
0221
0235
023C

NEAR

0243

NEAR
NEAR
NIAR
NlAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NIAR
NEAR
NIAll
NEAR
NIAR
NEAR
NIAR
NIAR

02_A
02S1
0254
0257
0210
0283
01EF
0280
0270
0271
027B
0280
0213

Alias

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

CODE

001.
O~I'

00"5

01~2

01FI
OI~E

0201
020.
021.

0221
0211

CODE
CODE
CDDE
CODE
CD DE
CDDE
CODE
CDDE
CDDE
CODE
CODE
CDDE
CODE
COD!
CODE
CODE
CDDE
COD!
CODE
CDDE
CD DE
CODE
CDDI
CDDE
CDDE
CODE
CODE
CDD!

Glob.'

Tho Microsoft MACIIO As .... bl.,.
10 for MIDOS 2.00

Ch .... ct ...
~UN CHAII
~UN:IIC
GETCHAR.
GETTIME.
HACK7201
HOURI.
INCHAR
INITCaM.
INSTAT
INTRET
KDP.
KSP.

LCON~LUSH.

LCONIN
LCONOUT.
MINUTES.
MODEMAX.
OHR.
aUTl
OUTIH.
aUT2
aUTCHAR.
OUTHEX
OUTNOW
OUTSTAT.
OV
OVRERR
PARERR
PC7201
PC lAUD
PCCRI.
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCR4.
PCCRS.
PCDATI
PCDHT
PCFAIL
PCFLAG
PCJD

PCLEN.
PCMASK
PCMaDE
PCMOOM
PCPRTY
PCRAOR
PCRATE
PCRCVA
PCRCVB
PCRCVF
PCRXOF
PCS7201.
PCS IlE
PC5TART.
PCSTAT

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble ...
Charact.,. 10 for MSOOS 2.00
PCSTCA
PCSTCF

PCSTPB
PCTXB .
peTXOF
PCXMTA
PCXMT'
PCXO ••

02-20-14

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L BYTE
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAll
L NEAR
NUrlb ...
NUrlbe ..
L NEAll
L NEAR
L NEAR
L BYTE
NUrlbe ..
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Al ias
Al ;as
NUrlbe ..
Number
Number
NUllbe ..
Nu .. be ..
Nu .. ber
Number
Nu .. be,.
NUllbe,.
NUllbe,.
Nu .. be"
NUMber
Numbe,.
NUllbe"
NUllbe,.
Nuntbe ..
NUrlbe,.
NUllbe,.
NUllbe,.
NUrlbe,.
Nu .. be,.
Nurabe,.
Numbe,.
NUllbe,.
Nurabe,.
L BYTE
Nurabe,.

0200
0111
0000
02A.
0000
0210
0000
0000
0000
032.
0010
0114
010A
0111
02.C
0002
0311
0341
0344
0338
0000

0321
0000
0000
020~

0004
0026
0014
0000

0037
0015
0027
0001
002A

0033
OOOA
0018
002B
0017
002F
0012
0031
0000
0003

0022

0021
0028
002e

Number

0010

Number

OOlC

PSTR
PTRSAVE.

0003

L NI!!AR
V DWORD
L NEAR
Numb.,.
Numbe,.

0352

Symbols-5

CODE
CODE

Global

002D
0081
0041

Exte,.na'

0043
0084
0000
0000

CODE
COOl
COOl

Global

Ext.rna'

Ext.,.n.'

0000

0020

Numbe,.

oooe

Numba,.

000.
0010
0002

Numbe,.

0006

L IYTE

0000

Nu .. be,.
Nunba'"

OOOE
000.
OOOA
BITO
0000
0000
0000
0000
IITS
BIT6
0000
0000

0015
BITO
BlT4
0018
0018

A1 'as

IIT3

L NEAR
L BYTE
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

0000

02 ••
0000

A1,as

0216
021.
0041
0042
IITI
lITO

SR1.

Numbe,.

SR2.

0001

NUllbe,.

0002

Numb.,.

PAGE

OOZE
0000

Number
Number

A1 ;as

CODE

0030

Number

NUmber

Ext.,.".,
Global
Ext.rnal
Extern.l

OOOP'
0021

Numb.,.
Number
Numb.,.

Number
Number

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

OOOC

Numb.,.

L NEAR
L NIAR
L NIAR
L NEAR
A1 ;as
Al,as
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
A1 ;«s
A1 ;as

COOl
CODE
CODE
CODE

OOOD
0001

Number

Nu .. b.,.

Ext ... n.'
Ixt ... n.,
Ext ... n.'
Global

oooa
oooa

02 .. 20 ....

A1 ;as

Ext ... ".,

IITI
11T4

PRTYMAX.

RICOUNT.
RIDFL T
RIHEAO
RIIN
RILIN.
RIMAX.
RBOUT.
RISTART.
RITAIL
RIXD ••
RIXON.
RCVlRK
RCVCANCEL.
RCVDIS
RCVENA
RCVINT
RCVOFF
RCVXOF
ROMODEM.
RDSETUP.
RETURN
RI
RLSD
ROM.
RST7201.
RTS.
RUPT7201
SECONDS.
SETMODEM
SITTIME.
SETTIMEI
SPARE41.
SPARE42.
SPDI
SPSEL.

ext ... n.'

0010

PRG7201 .
PRN.
PRNDP.
PRNP
PROFILE.

PUTCHAR.

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
COOl
CODE
COOl
CODE
COOE

SV_b01 S- 4

0011

Numb.,.
Humber
L NEAR
L NEAR
Numb.,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.

PCKON.

'AGE

CODE

COOl
COOl
COOl
CODE

Externa'
External

CODE
CODE
COOl

Ext .rna 1
Ext.rna 1

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
COOl

Ibctarna'

Ext.rna'
Externa'

Ext.rna'

02-20-1,

Til. Microsoft MACRO Assembler
Character 10 fDr MSooS Z.OO

PAGI

Symbols·'

SR3.
SRLSD.
SRTS
STATCHG.
STCANCIL
STPIMAX.
STRATEGY
STRINX
SX'720'
SYSRAM

Numb.r
Al ;.s
Al ... s

0003
BIT'

L NIAR
L NEAR

0000
0000
0003
0000
O'CC
OD'D
IEOO

CODE
cOal

Ext.rn.'
External

CODE

Ext .... n.l

TICKER

L IYTE
L IYTE
L BYTE

0211

CODE
COOl
CODE

Glob.l

CODE

Externa'

Number

L NEAR
Nurabe ...
N"nlbe,.
NUnlbe ...

TICKS H.
TICKS L.
UART
YlCT.,ZO'
YERT
WPRSNT
XA.,20'
XAIAUD
XAMODEM.

Nu .. be,.

L NEAR
Numbe ...
NUflber
NUlllbe ...
NUllbe ...
NUllbal"

XA57201.
X87201
XaMODEM.

lIT,

021E
0210
0041
0000
0040

000'
0028
0021

DOFf

N ..... b ...

002A

NUllb.r
Numba ..

00Z8
OOOZ
0028
OOIF
0034

NUnlber

0002
0137

XI$"ZO, .
XCOMM.
XCoM TIL
XCPRSNT .
XC OEY
XC IN.
XC IN2
XC IOCTL
XC HDIN.
XC HDIN'
XC OSTAT
XC OUT
XlOC TIL

Nu .. b.,.
L NEAR
L NEAR

XMTBRK

Al ;85

BIT3

XMTCANCEL.
XMTMTY
XMTXOF

L NEAR
L NEAR

0000
0000

Al ;8$
Al ;85
NUlllb.1"
Numbe,.

BlT2
BIT'

-----

L IYTE
NEAR
NEAR

0'48
0158

NEAR

0113

NEAR
NEAR

oleF
01"

CODE
CODE
CODE

0131
0159

CODE
CODE

01A.

CODE

NEAR

NEAR
NEAR

XMTXDN

zao.

'?N

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

CODE
CODE

Ext ... nal
External

0047
0010

Warning S.v.r.
E .. rors
Er,.ors

Ch ..... ct ....

SYnlbol

10 fDr MSDOS 2.00

C ... oss a.f .... ence

31"

3'
3'
3'
3'
3'

3'_

A720' .
AIAUD.
AMODEM
APPXOP'

3'_
3'_
3'_
3'_

AS720'
ASCSUI
AUX.
AUX2

3'"
3'_

AUXDP.

AUXP
AUX PRN.

3'"
3U
3U

87201.

3'_

IAKGRND.
BAUDMAX.
nAUD.
liTO
liT'
BIT2
EIT3
IIT4
BITS
BITS

BIT7
IMODEM
IRKERR
IRKOFF
IRKON.
8S720'
BUSY

CIDATI
eBLEN.

CaMODE
CapORT
CIPRTY
CIRADR
CIRCYI
CIRXOF
CISIZE
CISTART.
CISTPI
CITXB.
CITXOf
CIXOH
CIXoN.
CGROUP

C,.ef . ,

I. ;5 da. ;n;t ;on)

31W
3'"

'?N

3'
3'
3'

3'"
3'"
3'

3'
31W

3'"
3 H'
3'

3'
3'
3'
3'

31"

3'.
3'.
3'"

3'
3'
3'
3'
3'_

3'"
3'"
3'.
3'"
3'

3'
3'

3'
3'
3'

212

3'"
3'

3 ",
3'_

3'
3'
3'"

3,..
3,.
3'

3'
3'
3'"

3'"
3'

3'
3'
3'
3'"
3'"

3'"
3'"
3'"
3'
3'

3'
3'.
3'"

3'"
3'"
3'"
3'.
3'

....
'3"

3,..
3'_
3U

3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'_
3'"

3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'

3'"
3'"
24_
24 ..
3'"
80

471
477

3'_
3U

3'
3'
3'
3'
3'

162.

174

192

3U
3'.
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3U
3'_
31"
3'"

3'"
"

338

3'"

3'"
3'
3'

3'
3'
31"

3'"
3'"

3'"
3,,,
3'
3'

3'"
3'"
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'_

3'
3'
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"
3'"

3'"
3'"
3'
3'
3'
3'

3'
3' ..

3'
3'
3'"
3'*
3'*
3'*
3,..
3'

Character ID 'or MSDDS 2.00
Sy .. bo' Cross "'.'arenee
CIIIIT .
CIIIIT,
CLK.
CLK1"
CLKISII
CLKIIIT
CLKTIL
CLK_"_ZO.
CLK 10_10.
CLK ADJ.
CLK:IIIT.
CMD.
CMDIIIII
CMDLIN
CDDII
CDMDMA
CDM_NDIN .
CDM_NDINI.
CON.
CDNIN.
CDNINXDII
CDNISTAT
CDNDUT
CDNDUT' .
CDNTU
COUNT.
CRI.
CR,720' .
CR1TXIE.
CR2.
C1I2720' .
CR3.
CR4.
CRS.
CTS.

DATMAX
DAYS
DC' .
DC3.
DEVCDM

ts .. eflnlt tonI
." I."

.1"
'01"

3,,,
11

.1."

II.

.13
I ••

11
11

11
3,,,
3111'
U

3,.,
11
31.
332
3.."
11

117

133
'1

111"
12
110

.. ..

,SO '"

215'"
41'"
31.
31'"
31'"
31'"
31.
31.
3''''
31.
31'"
3,,,,

223
111
131

14.

343"

lOS

'01"

.7.

12"

110"
117'"
,70'"

101

107
S2."
127"
12."

SI.

lSI

20'
211'"

3,.

11.'"
31.

S:17

DEVPRT
DEVXCDM.
DHT7201
DHTIUP.
DISPATCH
DSKID.
DSKTMR
D5R.
DTR.

3''''
3,,,,
31'"
31.
31.
20'"
20.
120'"
31.
30'"
31'"
31.

410
412
ISO

INDTXIE.
ENTER.
ED17201.
ERR7201.
ESCDPP

31'"
.04
3.",
31'"
3""

DI!YMAX

Cre'-2

117

5.4

Sa7

'08

111'"

'07

17a

Ch.r.cter 10 for MSDDS 2.00
SYMbol Cross Reference
ESCSTR
EXCDM.
PASTCDN.
FRMERR

PUNO
FUN.
FUN.O.
FUN ••.
PUN12 .
FUN13 .
FUN ...
FUN 11.
PUN,..
FUN1'7.

FUN 11.
FUN 11 .
PUN2
FUN20.
FUN21.
FUN22.
FUN23.
FUN24.
FUN2S.
FUN3

FUN4
FUNS
FUNB
FUN7
FUN.
FUn
FUN AX
PUN CHAR
FUN RC

34'"

3.",
17
31'"
38&
381
310
310
310
311
311
38'
382
312
382
313
311
313
313
314
3.4
314
385
3.'
3&8
3..
3..
388
388
381
443"
433"
403'"

definit;on)
177

27.",

471.

47B ..
47.",
480.
48 ••

4 •• '"
4.,,,,
4.4'"
4'''''
100'"
102'"
lOS ..
507"
413'"
4 . . '"
421.

424'"
421'"
43e",
44.",
470
11.
42.
442

21'"

4'8
B03

104

2111'

,..

432
17
344

427

813'"

520'"

22'"

21 ..

3111'

Cr.' -3

31.'"
40e"
453"
.'0"
413"
4.,,,,

30.
558'"

HACK7201
HOURS.

KDP.
KSP.

.18

GIITCHAR.
GETTIME.

INCHAR
INITCDM.
INSTAT
INTRET
IDDATA

.'"

452

458

'OB

31'"
31.

LCDNFLUSH.
LCDN IN
LCDNDUT.

201
253'"

MIIDIA.
MINUTES .
MDDEMAX.

31"
5 .. '"
31'"

241'"
232'"
277

241
23B
123

143

113
SII

33S
100

102

1&2

475

48S

413

411

..-

Charact:_r ID fDr MIIDDS Z.OO
SyMbD' Cro.s a.ference
oHR.
DUT'
oUT'N.
DUTZ
oUTCHAR.
DUTNEX
oUTHDW
DUTSTAT.
DV
OVRERR
PARERR
PC7Z0,
PCIAUD
PCCR' .
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCU.
PCCR5.
PCDATI
PCDHT
PCI'A!L
PCI'LAG
PClo
P:LIN.

PCMASK
PCMDDI!
PCMoDM
PCPRTY
PCRADR
PCRATE
PCRCVA
PCRCva
,"CRCVI'
PCRXDI'
PCS720, .
PCSIZE
PCSTART.
PCSTAT
PCSTCA
PCSTCI'
PCSTPI
PCTXI.
PCTXOF
PCXMTA
PCXMTI'
PCXDI'F
PCXDN.
PRC'7201.

PRN.
PRHDP.
PRNP
PRDI'ILI!.
PRTYMAX.
PSTR
PTRSAVI!.

14,

.,.

133

...
12'

12 • .-

.117

22''7
23.2Z.-

'U.211

".
3'.-

'11,

II •• "

3,.3''3",
3''3''3,,-

3''3,,3",

3,,3",
3,..
3",
3,..
3",
3,..
3",
3",
3",
3",
3",
3101
3101
3,..
3101
3,..
3101
3101
3'"
3,,,
3101
3'"
3101
3'"
3101
3101
3'"
2D ..
'S
3101
3101
3,.3,,'7
2'.-

Char.ct er 10 fDr MSDDS 2.00

....
.....
402

.01
,21

...

PUTCHAR.

23"

RICDUNT.

3'"
3,..
3101
3,,,
3101
3101
3101
3''3101
3101'
3101
3''25.2,..
2101
25.3101
3101
23.20 ..
4'
70

RIHEAD
RIIN
RILEN.
RIMAX.
RIDUT.
RISTART.
RITA! L
RIXDPI'
RBXDN.
RCVIRK
RCVCANCEL .
RCVDIS
RCVENA
RtVINT
RCVDI'I'
RCVXOF
RDMDDEM.
RDSETUP.
RETURN

Cref -4

IS,
1.3.'31.-

14''-

Symbol Cross Reference

RaDP'LT

IS de" nit I Dn)

153
'55

112

;s def;ni'ttonJ
32'

,.2

334

Cref-S

3.7

•• 7
.22
.20

...•••

.17

43
75

157 ..

'72

180

220

234

243

283

.'4
3,
3,
3,
3'

saB
3'
3'
3'
3'

31
31
31
31

31
3,
3'
3'

III
ItLSD
ROM.
IlST720' .
ItTS.
RUPT720'

3101
3, ..
3,,,
3,..
3,,,

SECDN'DS.
SEQ.

&22_
3'
3,
3'
3,
3,

5.3
3'
3'
31
3,
3'

SETMDDEM
SETTIME.
SETTIME'
SPARE4' .
SPARE42.
SPDI
SPSEL.
"\ SR, .
SR2.
5R3.
/ SRLSD.
SRTS
STAIIT.
STATCHG.
STATUS
STCANCEL
STPIMAX.
STIIATEGY

2 ...

47.

13'"

110'
130
1108

,58

3'
3'
3'
3'

3'
3,
31
3,

31
3,
31
3'

3'
3'
3'
3'

3'
3,
3'
3,

11 ..

543"
3,..
3101
3101
3101
3101
3,..
3101
3'"
3101
3, ..
27"
3,.27.3, ..
2'"

3'
3'
3'
3'

113

3'
3,
3,
31

3,
3,
3,
3'

C"aracter ID for MSDOS 2.00
Sy.bol Cross .eference

(If

STRINX
SX7201
SV.RAM

:11.

3'"
331f

175

TABLE.
TICKER
TICKS H.
TICKS:L.
TRANS.

31
11

52'"

11231f
311f

UAU
UNIT

31<1
311f

VECT7201
YERT

2.1f
3'"

WitRSNT

31.

XA7201
XAIAUO

3",
311f
31.
31.
31<1
31.
31.
352"
.5

XAMDDI!M.

XAS7201.
XI7201
XIMOOEM.
XIS7201.
XCIOCP
XCOMM.
XCOM TIL
XCPRSNT.
XC BUF
XC CHAR.
XC DEY
XC FUN
XC IN.
XC IN2
XC lOCH
XC NOIN.
XC NDINI
XC OSTAT
XC OUT
XC RC.
XC STAT.
XIOC TBL
XMURK

definition)

31
52."
117.
1177
132

31
541
117.
11'0

Cre'-'

11.2
511

1111

454
100

46'

...

SOl

.... ••

300
101.

103

31<1
3S."

---

358_

as
354 ..
73
211
72
74
333
79
77

---

355.

37.
437

••

44.
97

21._
30aN

307

372"

330_
337_
287_

7.
400

4 ••
2 ••

283M

300

320

373

331

346
313.

325

43.

357_

XMTCANcrn.
XMTMTY
XMTXO"
XMTXON

3ao
3'"
21*
25 ..
31<1
31<1

3a5_
415

492

3IN

zao.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMTAB

PAGE

,-,

1
2
3
4
5

PAGE
TITLE
SUBTTL

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
Copyright (C) 1982, 1183 Digital Equipment Corporation
All rights reserved.

•

•
I

,132

COMTAB
TABLES & CONTROL BLOCKS FOR COMM PORTION OF YERSION 2 BIOS

10
11

12
13

caMIIaS.Aas

verSion /YOO"01/

APRIL

15
16

17
18
11

20
21
22
23
24
2&

18a3

DEYELOPMENT

version /YOO"021
,JUN 02,
1S83
change default values for optional comm
port to be the same as comm port.
SECT
0000

GROUP
ODE
SSUME

CDDE_SEG,REL

GROUP
CODE
SEGMENT BVTE PUBLIC
CS: CGROUP,

NLIST

'CODE'
ES: CGROUP, S5: CGRDUP

OS: CGROUP.

The Microsoft MACRO AsseMbler
CDMTAB

02-20-.C
TABLES. CDNTROL BLOCKS

a- ,

PAGE
~OR

COMM PORTION

.LIST
LIST
NMLIST

2.
21

YERSION 2 BIDS

not

list Macro expansion

PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC

PCCOM
PCXCOM
PCPRT

port control block for CONm port
port control block for extended CONm
port control block for printer port

PUIILIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUIILIC
PUIILIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC

DFLTCOM
DfL TPRT
DFLTXCOM
NYMCOM
NYMPRT
NYMXCOM
DATISCOM
PRTYCOM
PRTBAUD
PRTYPRT
DATBPRT

default comm control block for comm
default comm control block for printer port
default comm control block for optional comm
NYM comm control block for comm
NYM comm control block for printer port
NYM comm control block for optional CONm
NYM -) CCI values for comm data btts
NYM -) cca values for comm PARtTY bit
NYM -) CCI values for printer baud
NYM -) c:a values for printer par tty
NYM -) ece values for printer data bits

PUBLIC
PUBLIC

XIAUDl
XBAUD2

translation table from Comm control block
to value to be programmed to ganerator

50
5'
52

PUBLIC

HYECTOR

the hack vector table of 4 double word
po;nters that points to user service routines

3'
32
33
3C
35
36
37
3a
39

C'
C2
C3
CC
45

C'
C7
ca

The Microsoft
COMTAB

MACRO AsseNbler

PAGE

e· ,

TABLES & CONTROL BLOCKS FOR CDMM PORTION OF VERSION 2 BIOS
53

55
55
57
58
59
60
51
62
63

COM TAB
Thts file contains al' the tables and control blocks for
Communication part of the 8105.

the

--- PORT CONTROL BLOCKS -----

These blocks contain all the information kept on each port.

57
&8

89
70
71
72
73

0000
0000
0004
oooa

7.
75
77
78
79
80

0010
0010
0013
0014
0016
0018
001A
001B
0020
0022
0024
0025
0027
0028
002A
002C
0020
002F
0031
0032
0034
0036

,.
.,

..
.2
a3

a.
a.

••

89
90
91
92
93

9S
95
97

OOOC

0037

99
'00

'0'

102
103
'00
lOS

0048
004A

0000
0000
0000
0000

HVECTOR LABEL
DW
DW
DW
DW

0000
0000
0000
0000

PCCOM

55 58
00
01El R
0002
0006
00
00 00 00 00 00
0040
0042
00

(

0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0

port
port
port
port

BYTE
'AUX'

A on the mother board
B on tha mother board
B on the optional comm board
A
the optional comm board

DB
DW
DW
DB
DW
DW
DB
DW
DW
DB

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PORT CONTROL BLOCK FOR COMM
device name
st at us
address of default device settings
port add~ess for modem signals
baud rate generator address
9600 baud
image of S cont~ol registers
7201 data register address
port address of status/control reg
FLAGS
.
mask for databits/parity
receive char interrupt service flag
address of receive character
interrupt service routine
transmit buffer empty service flag
address of transmit buffer empty
service rout ina
status change service flag
address of status Change
service rout ina
count of
times harware failed

eBLEN dup (0)

length of comm control block

$+2

RBLEN+2*RBDFLT DUP

FFoO
00
0000
0000
00
0000
0000
00
0000
0000
00

LABEL
DB
DB
DW
DW
DW
DB
DB
DW
OW
DB

WORD

OFFSET NYMCOM
2H
05H
OH
0,0.0,0,0
40H
42H
0

OFFOOH
0

004A R
50 (

(last
(0)

part of PORT CONTROL BLOCK)

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass •• ble,.

02-20-84

PAGB

1-2

CONTAI
TAILES & CONTROL BLaCKS POR CONN PORTION OP VERSION 2 IIOS
101

Tho Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMTA8

02-20-&4

PAGE

10- 1

TABLES & CONTROL BLOCKS FOR COMM PDRTION OF VERSION 2 1105
107
108
108
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
121
130
131
132
133
134

OOIA
OOBA
0080
009E
OOAO
OOA2
00A4
OOAS
OOAA
OOAC
OOAE
OOAF
OOBI
00B2
OOB.
0086
00B7
00B9
OOBB
OOBC
OOBE
OOCO
OOCl

PCPRT

4C 53 54
00
01F2 R
FFFF
OOOE
00
00 00 00 00 00
0041
0043
00
FFOO
00
0000
0000
00
0000
0000
00
0000
0000

00
11

[

PORT CONTROL ILOCK FOR PRINTER
dev ice name
st at us
address of default device settings
port addr.ss for modem signals
baud rat e generator address
9800 baud
image of 5 control rag i st er 5
7201 data ragister address
port address of status/control rog

LABEL
OB
OB
OW
OW
OW
DB
DB
DW
DW
DB
DW
DB
DW
DW
DB
DW
OW
OB
OW
DW
DB

BYTE
'LST'
0
OFFSET NYMPRT
OFFFFH
OEH
OH
0,0,0,0,0
41H
43H
0
OP'FOOH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CILEN DUP

DW
DB

$+2
RBLEN+2*RBOFLT DUP

LABEL
DB
DB
DW
OW
DW
D8
DB

BYTE
'UC l'
0
OFFSET NYMXCOM
20H
21H
OEEH
5 DUP (0)

PORT CONTROL BLDCK POR EXTENDED CONN
d.vice n ....
st.tus
address of default dav;c. satt;ngs
port address for ",odam sign.'s
baUd rate generator address
8.00 b.ud
;"·08 of S control .... gis't.,.s

DW
DW
DB

28H
2BH
0

7201 data ,.agi star .ddr.ss
port address of status/contro' rog

FLAGS

mask for databits/par ity
... ceive char interrupt service flag
address of receive character
interrupt service rout tn.
transmit buffer •• pty service I lag
address of tranSJlit buffer ... pty
service rout ine
status Change service flag
address of st.t us change
service rout ine
count of II t ira.s h.rware f . ; led

(0)

,.ngt h of comm control block

135

136
137
138
138
140
141
142
143
144
145
14&
147
14a
148
150
151
152
153
154
155
15&
157
15&
158

0002
000.

0004 R
SO

(

(0)

( '.st p.rt of PORT CONTROL BLDCK)

0124
012.
0127

0128
012A
012C
012E
012F

PCXCOM
55 43 31
00
0203 R
0020

0021
EE
05

00
013.
0136

013a

0029
0028
00

,.LAGS

PAGE

The MicrDsof~ MACRO Ass •• bl.r
CONTAI
TAILES •
tao
tal
112
113
184
taS

,.1

11"1

'"
'"

1"10
1"11
1'72
1"13
1"14
1"15
1"11
1"1'7

,.,.
,.,.
tao

013.
0131
OUC
013!!
0140
0141
0143
0145
014&
014.
014A

00
0000
0000
00
0000
0000
00
0000
0000
00

0141

""00

01SC

015e

0111 R
SO (

11'7

II'

110
111
112
113
184
liS
18'
18'7

II,
18,
200
201
202
203
204
20S
201
20'7
20,
20,
210
211

212
213
214
215

211

2,.,
2,.
211

220

OFFOOH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CILEN DUP

DW
DB

,+2

.... Sk

'.ngth of co .... cont r a 1 block

(0)

( last part of PORT CONTROL BLOCK)

RBL~N+2·R.DFLT

OUP (01

02-20-."
TAILES •

,..,.,

for d.~.bits/p.r i~y
receiva char in~errup~ service f,ag
address of receive charac~ ar
interrupt service rout tne
trans.; t buffer empty service f,ag
address of tranSlllt buffer e.pty
service rout; ne
status chang. service flag
address of status change
service rout i ne
coun~
of
t ' .. es harware fai led

01
DW
DW
DI
DW
DW
DB
DW
DW
DI
00

The M'crosof~ MACRO Ass •• bl.r
CONTAB
111
112
113
114
liS

10-2

CONTRCL ILOCKS FOR CONN PORTION OF VERSION 2 IIOS

PAGE

11 - 1

CONTROL BLOCKS FOR CONN PORTION OF VERSION 2 810S

Default

Co~mun;catton

Control IloCks (CCI)

for .ach port.

These ee.'s define the default settings for .ach port. The re.son
that tt is kept in thiS type of data struc~ure is that the application
par gram comMunicates with the IJDS to reprogram the devices in thas.
ec.'s. A separate one is kept for .ach port so tha~ customising
can b. easily accomplishad after the product is delivered.
Not. the following:
1 -

In ordar for the BJOS to function as defined, the state of
the 7201's must be known complately. The reason is that the
application can ask for certain variablas to be reprogra.med
without reprogra •• ing the whole 7201. This requires t~e values
that were progr •••• d into the 7201 to be kept tn .a.ory.
Howevar, on power up, the firmw.re already program.ed the 7201
.nd h.s not k.pt a copy of the control r.gisters. This laavas
only two alternatives. aither guess what v.'ues ware programmad by
re.ding NYM, or reprogram the devices w;th a new set of values
whtch may be diffarent frOM what is in NYM.

The problem with reading tha NYM are as follows:
al 8JOS become hardware aapendent.
b) Coda is oenaratad is large and awkward becausa
of the way NYM is sat up (YT102 hsa some funny rules
about implied NYM variables; eg there is no vartable
the number of data bits for the printer. it is t.pl ted
from the baud rate speCified!).
The approach taken h.re is to daftne a sat of different defaults,
independent of the NYM. Jf this becomes undasirable. a utility program
will ba wrttten to f;ll these data structures wtth values deduced from
reading the NYM.

Th. Mtc"Osoft MACRO Ass.mbl ...

02-20-1'

CDMTAB
TABLIS
221
222
223
22.
225
228
227
221
221
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
231
231
240
241
2.2
243
2"
245
24.
247
241
241
250
251
252
253
2&4
255
258
257
251
251
210
251
212
283
214
285
2&&
287
2'1
211
270

DIAl
DIAl
OlAF
0110
0111
01B2
01<13
01B4
01.5

01B'
0117
011.
Dill
01lB
0110
0181'
0111'
olCO
01CI
0lC2
01C3

0lC4
01CS
01CB
01C7

01Ca
OICI
01CA

OICC
DICE
0100
DIDO
0101
0102
0103
0104
01D5

0108
0107
OIDB
DID.
01DA
01DB
OlDD

01DF

•

DFLTCDM LABEL
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB

01
01
01
OS
01
10
10
11
13
02
02
0000
0000
0000

DB
DB
OW
OW
OW
DI'LTPRT LABEL
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
OW
OW
OW

02
01
01
04
03
DE
DE
II
13
02
02
0000
0000
0000

DFLTXCDM LABEL
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
OW
OW
OW

03
01
01
OS
00
10
10
11
13
02
02
0000
0000
0000

The Microsoft MACRO Asse .. bler

02-20-14

CDMTAB

TABLES

271
272
273
27_
275
27&
277
27B
271
210
211
212
213
2._
21.
21.
217
2 ••
211
210
Zli

212
213
2._
215
21.
217
211
211
300
301
302
303
30_
301
30.
307
301
301
310
311
312
313
314
311
311
317
311
311
320
321
322
323

OIEI
01E,
01E2

OIEE
01FO

01
01
01
OS
01
10
10
11
13
02
02
0000
0000
0000

011'2
0lF2
011'3
0lF4
011'5
OIFI
011'7
OIFI
011'1
OII'A
OIFB
OII'C
011'0
011'1'
0201

02
01
01
0_
01
DE
DE
II
13
02
02
0000
0000
0000

0203
0203
020"
020.
0201
0207
0201
0201
020A
020B
020C
0200
020E
0210
0212

03
01
01
OS
00
10
10
11
13
02
02
0000
0000
0000

01E3
DIE.
0115
OIE&
0lE7
OlEa

OIEi
OlEA
OlEa
01EC

021"
021"

•

PAGE

12-1

CONTROL BLOCKS FOR CDMM PORTION OF VERSION 2 BIDS

BYTE
1
1
1

default tabl. for COM ...
port nUrlber- for co ....
iliad.
data leads only
Dna stop bit
7 Space daota bits
no par tty
1'00 recetve baud rat.
liDO transtlit baud rate
xon charact:er to ba used
Koff charcoter to be used
rece. ve au'to KDN/XDFF enabled
t ransrai t au'to KDN/XDI'F enabled
no neWly defined receive buffer

1
11
11

DCI
DC3
2
2
0
0
0
BYTE
2

default tabl. for pr inter
port "urlber for p,.; nt er
IIIode
data leads only
one stop b;t
I d-.ta bits
No par tty
4100 receive baud rate
.'00 tran511;t baud rate
xon character to be used
Koff char-cter to ba used
race t ve aut a XONIXOFF enabled
t ransrai t auto XON/XOFF enabled
no newly defined racetve bu' f er

3
14

I.
DCI
DC3
2
2
0
0
0
BYTE
3
1
1

default tabl. for extended Coml'll
port numbe" for x COnt'"
mod.
data '.ads only
one stop bit
7 space data bits
no par tty Change
8600 receive baud rate
.800 tranSII;t baud rate
xon character to be used
)(off charct ar to ba used
raceive auto XONIXOFF enabled
transmit auto XONIXOFF enabled
no neWly defined receive buffer

0
18
18

DCI
DC3
2
2

0
0
0

PAGE

13-1

CONTROL BLOCKS FOR COM'" PORTION OF VERSION 2 BIOS

NVMCOM LABEL
DB
DB
DB

BYTE
I

DB
DB
DB
OB
DB
DB
DB
DW
OW
OW

NVMPRT LABEL
DB

DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB

OW
OW
OW
NVMKCDM LABEL
DB
DB
DB
DB

DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
OW
OW
OW
DATBCDM LABEL
DATBPRT LABEL

16
16

DCI
DC3
2
2
0
0
0
BYTE
2
I
I
4
I
14
14

DCI
Dt3
2
2
0
0
0
BYTE
3
I
I
&
0
11
11

DCI
DC3
2
2
0
0
0
BYTE
BYTE

default tabl. for Co .. m
port number for comm
mode
data leads only
one stop bit
7 Space data btts
no par tty
1100 receive baud rate
.100 transmit baud rate
xon character to ba used
xoff cnarct.,. to be used
I" ece i ve aut a KDN/XOFF enabled
transmit auto KDN/XOFF enabled
no newly definad receive buffar

default tabl. for pr i n'ter
port number for pr t nter
mode
data leads only
one stop bit
I data bits
No parity
•• 00 receive baud rate
4100 transmit baud rate
xon char act ar to b. used
Koff charcter to be used
recetve auto XoN/XOFF enabled
transmtt auto XDNIXOFF enabled
no newly defined receive buffer

default table for axtended Co ....
port nu .. ber for x comm
rlode
data leaCis only
ona stop bit
7 space data bIts
no parity change
1.00 recetva baud rata
liDO tranSlllit baud rate
1(on cha,.acter to be used
Koff cnarct er to be used
receive auto xoN/KDFI' enabled
trans .. it auto XDNIXDI'F enabled
no newly eseftned recetve buffer

NVM
NYM

-)
-)

CCB va"'".s for co .... data bIts
CCI values for pr int.r data bitS

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mble ..

13-2

~AGE

COMTA.
TAILES & CONTROL BLaCKS
324

325
321
327
321
321
330
331
332
333
334
335

0214
021C
021C
021C
0224
0224

The Microsoft

03 03 03 01 05 04
04 04

DI
PRTVCOM LAIEL
PRTVPRT LABEL

02 01 03 03 03 02
01 03

PRTBAUD LAIEL
01

02 0& 07 01 O. OC
OE 10

MACR~

~DR

COMM PORTION OF VERSION 2 liDS

3.3.3.1.5.4.4.4
IVTE
IVTE
2.1.3.3.3.2.1.3

BYTE
; NYM
2.5.7 ••••• 12.14.16

PAGE

Ass •• bler

NYM
NVM

CCI values for conlin PAR lTV bit
- CCI
values for pr inter par tty
)

- CCI values for pr tnter baud
)

1 '·1

COMTA.
TAILES •

CONTROL BLOCKS FOR COMM PORTION OF VERSION 2 BIOS

331
337
338
BAUD RATE TRANSLATION TABLES. If the value
baud rate not supported for that device.

339

340
341

is FF.

the particular

342

343
344
345

022C
022C

348

347
348

023D

341

023D

350
351
352
353

024E

00 01 02 03 04 os
06 07 O. 09 OA 01
OC 00 FF OE OF

8YTE
; tabl. for CDMM & XCDMM
O.1.2,3.4,S.I.7,.,9.0AH,08H.OCH.ODH,OFFH.O!H,OFH

XBAUD2

LABEL
DB

8YTE
; table for printer
OFFH.O,OFFH,OFFH,l,OFFH,2,3,4,OFFH.OFFH,I,OFFH.&.OFFH,7.0FFH

CODE

ENDS
END

XBAUD1

FF 00 FF ~F 01 FF
02 03 04 ~F FF OS
07 FI"
FF 01 H

LABEL

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass ... ble ..
COMTAI

02-20-&4

PAGE

Symbols" 1

Macros:
H

• •
m

CAL RET
SIO.
TAILE.

Length
0001

0002

Seg .. ents _nd groups:
H

CGROUP
COOl

Size

align

combine class

GROUP
024E

BYTE

PUBLIC

Att,.

'CODE'

Symbols:

•m

Type

V.'ue

AIAUD.
AMODEM
APPXOF
AS7201
ASCSUI
B7201.
BAKGRNO.

Number

0040

Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Alias

OOOE
0002

Numbe ...
Number

0042

Numbe,.
Number

0041

BAUDMAX.

Number

0011

Number

0006

BITO
8lTl

NUmber

BIT2
Bin
BIT4
BITS
BITI
BIT7
BMODEM
BRKIRR

Numbe,.

0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080

857201

Numbe,.
Number
Number
Number
Number

A7201.

BBAUD.

CIDAT8
CBLEN.
CBMOOE
CBPORT
CBPRTY
CBRADR
CBRCYB
CIRXOF
CIS I ZE
CIlSTART.

CISTPB
CUXB.
CBTXOF

Number
Number
Numbe,.

Numbe,.

Number
Number
Number
A1 ias

Number

CaxON.
CLKI8X
CRI.
CR17201.
CR1TXBE.
CR2 .
CR27201.
CR3.
CR4.
CRS .
CTS.
DATaCOM.
DAT.PRT.
DATMAX
DC1.
DC3.
DEYCOM
DEYMAX
DEYPRT
DIYXCDM.
on TCDM.
DFL TPRT .
D'LTXCOM
DSR.
DTR.
IIHDTXII.
11011201.
IIRR1201.
"RMERR
HYICTOR.
MODEMAX.
NYMCOM
HYMPRT
NYMXCOM.
OYRIIRR
PARIIRR
PC1201
PCIAUD
PCCOM.
PCCR'.
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCR4.
PCCRS.
PCDATI
PCDn T
PC"AIL
PC"LAG
"CID
PCLEN.
PCMASK
PCMODE

24AF

OOFF

BIT7
0043
0003
0011
0001
0000
0004

Number

0000

Numbe,.
Numbe,.

0005
0009

Number

OOOS

L BYTE
Number
Number
Number

0000
0002

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble,.
COMTAB
CIXDFtr

IIT7
OOlA

02 20-a4
a

Numbe,.
Numbe"
Numbe"
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Al'8S

0008
0007
0040
0001
0015
0002
0002
0010
0003
0004
OOOS

0214
0214
0006

BYTE
L BYTE

Numbe,.
Numb.,.
Nurab.,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

L BYTE
L BYTE
L BYTE

CODE

0006
OOOA

PAGE

Symbols-2

CODE

Global
Clobal

81T3
CODE

0011
0013
0001

0003
0002
0003
01AE
OlaF
0100

CODE
CODE
CODE

Global
Glob.l
Glob.l

Al ;as
Al illS
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numb.,.
Al ;as

IIT2
IIT2
0028
0038

L WORD

0000
0002

CODE

Global

L BYTE
L IVTE
L BYTE

01El

CODE
CODE
CODE

Global
Cloba'
Global

Al ias
Al ias
Numb.,.
Numbe,.

BITS
BI14
0010

0008

L BYTE

0010

CODE

Global

Numba,.
Numb.,.
Nurabe,.
Numbe,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.
Numbe,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.
Numb.,.

0001
OOOC
0000

Numb.,.

0030

81T6

01F2

0203

OOOE
OOOF

0028
0004
0021
0014

0000
0037
0015
0021

The Microsoft

MACRO Ass ...bl.r

02-20-14

PAGE

Syrabols"3

CODE

Global

CaMTAI
PCMaOM

NUllba,.

PCPRT.

L IYTE

PCPRTY
PCRAOR
PC RATE
PCRCYA
PCRCYI
PCRCYF
PCRXOF
PCS7201.
PCS I ZE
PCSTART.
PCSTAT
PCSTCA
PCSTCI'
PCSTPI
PCTXI.
PCTXOI'
PCXCOM
PCXMTA

Nuraba,.
Numba,.
Numbar
Numbe,.
Numbar
NUmbar
Numbar
Numba,.
Numba,.

L IYTE
Numbar
Numbar
Number
Numbar
Numbar
Numba,.

L IYTE

PcxaFF
PCXON.

Numbar
Numbar
Numbar
Numbar

'RTIAUD.
PRTYCOM.

L IYTE
L IYTE

PRTYMAX.

Numbe,.

PCXMTF

,RTVPRT.

L IYTE

RlCOUNT.
RIOI' LT
RIHEAO

Mumba,.
Numbe,.
Numba,.
Nu ... bar
Numba,.
Mumba,.
Nurabar
L BYTE
Kumba,.
Kumber
Number
Al ;as
Al ;as
Al 'as
A1 ;as
Al ;as
Numbar
A 1 ;.s
Al ;as
Al tas
Numba"
Number
Number

RIIN

RUEN.
RIMAX.
RIOUT.
RlSTART .
RlTAI L
RlXOFF
RlXON.
RCYIRK
RCyaFF
ReVXDP

RI
RLSD
RST720l.

RTS .
SPOI
SPSEL.
SRI.
SR2.
SR3.

0001
OOIA
002A
0033
OOOA
001.
0021
0017
0021'
0012
00%1

0000
0003
0022
0021
002.
002C
0030
0124
0010
002E
002D
0224
021C
0003
021C

Glob.,

CODE
CODE

Global
Global

COOE

Global

0000

0020
OOOC
000.
0010
0002
0001

0000

CODE

OOOE
0008
OOOA

lITO
IITS
IITI
lITO

BIT4
001.

IIT3
BITl

lITO
0001
0002
0003

SRLSD.

Al ;.5

BIT 1

A1 ;.5
Numbar

BITl
0003

MACRO Ass.mbler

CODE

001C

SRTS
ST'IMAX.

The Microsoft

CODE

02-20-'.

PAGE

Syrabols·.

COOE
CODE

Globa'
Global

COMTAI
SX7201

Numba,.

0010

XA7201
XABAUD

Numbe,.

0021

Number
Number
Numbar
NUfllber

0021

XAMODEM.

XAS7201 .
X87201

. . AUDI
XBAU02
XBMODEM.
XIS7201.
XMTIRK

L IYTE
L BYTE
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Al las
Al i.s
Al ias
Number

XMTXOF
XMTXON

"PH

Warning
I!rrors

Severa
I!rrors

OOFF'

002A
0021
022C

0230
0002
0021
IIT3
IIT2
IITI
0010

CDMTAI
Symbol

Cross

Raference

(O'

2 ...
260'
26 ..
2.
26
26
26

26
26 ..
A7201.
ABAUD.

Is de' ;nit ion)

Cre.-'

26
26
26
26#
2610
2 ...
2610
2."
26

260'
260'
2.
26
26
26
26
26
2 ...

26
26
260'
260'
260'
2610
2610
2610
26

26"
26"
2.
26
2.
26
2.
2 ...
2 ...

2.
26
26
2.
26
2.
26
26

2.
26
26
26
26
26
26

2.
26
26

133

172

22"

352

26
26
26"
26#
2 ...
2.*
21#
26
26

2'"
26"
2.
26
26
26
26
26#
2 ...

2610
26*
2610
26 ..

AMDDEM
APPXQF
A57201

26 ..

ASCSUB

26 ..

87201.

2610
26 ..
2 ...

BAKGRND.
IAUDMAX .
BBAUD.

28 ..

BITO

2'"
26"
21*
26#
2."
2."
26"
26#
2."
26#
2."

BITl
8IT2

IIT3

BIT4
BITS
BIT6
BIT7
BMODEM

BRKERR
857201

CBOATB

2610
26"
26#
2610
2610
26 ..
26#
21*
26#
2."
260'
2S2S2610
260'
21
260'
21
260'
26#
2."
260'

CBlEN.
CBMODE
CBPORT

CBPRTV

CBRADR
CaRCYB
CBRXOF
caSIlE

tBSTART.
caSTPB

CBTMa.
caTXOF
caXOFF
caXON.

CGRDUP
elK1SX
CODE
eft 1 .
CR17201.
CR1T)(BE.

CR2.

COMTAB
Symbol
CR27201.

CR3.
CR4.
CR5.
CT$,

DATBCOM.
DATBPRT.
DATMAX
DC 1 .

DC3.
D!VCOM
DEVMAX
DEVPRT
DEVXCOM.
OIl'LTCOM.

DFLTPRT.
DFLTXCOM
OSR.

DTR.
ENDTXIE.
£017201.
ERR7201.

Cross Reference

45
26#
26#
26#
260'
2IN
2."
26#
3S
36
37
2 ...
26#

~RMERR

26#
51

MODEMAX.

26#

NVMCOM
NYMPRT
NVMXCOM.

3a
39

DVRERR

26#

PARERR

26"
26#
26#
31
21#
2."
2&#
2 ...
21#
28#
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
21#
21#
2 ...
2 ...

PCIAUD
PCCDM.
PCCR1.
peCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCRO.
PCCRS.
PCDATI
PCDHT
PC~All
PC~lAG

PCID
PClEN.
PCMA$K
PCMODE
PCMDDM

Cref-2

322N

323M

231
232

248
249

2231t

240M
256.

2IN
26#
21*

HVECTOR.

PC7201

; s definition)

26#
21*
260'
2IN
26#

2'"

60"

7a
113
149

7S"

273.
290M
306N

26.
26S

281
282

298
2 ••

31'
31S

26
26
260'
2""
2610
260'
2 ...
26
26

260'
26*
2.
26
26
26
26
2110
2 ...

26
26
26 ..
26 ..
260'
2610
2 ...
26
26

26*
26*
2.
26
26
26
26
2610

26
26
2 . .'
26 ..
26#
2.*
21M
26

21.
2 ...
2.
2.
26

2.
26
2 ...

2.
26
26_
2._
2 ...
2'_
2.*
26

COMTAI
Sy .. bo'

'" Is

Cross Reference

PCPRT.
PCPRTV
PCRADR
PCRATE
PCRCYA
PCRCya
PCRCY"
PCRXDF
Pr.S720 1.
PCSI ZI
PCSTART.
PCSTAT
PCSTCA
PCSTCI'
PCST .. I
PCTXI .
PCTXD'
PCXCOM
PCXMTA
"CXMT'

2'"

ze"

RICDUNT.
RIDI'LT
RIHEAD
RIIN
RBLEN.
RIMAX.
RIDUT.
RISTART.
RITAIL
RIXO"I'
RIXON.
RCYIRK
RCVO,.,.
RCYXDI'
RI
RLSD
RST7201.
RTS.

2 ...
2 ...
2U
2 ...
2 ...
2&10
2 ...
2U
21M
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
21M
2 ...
2 ...
2'"

SEo.

332"
327 ..
32."
103

138

177

103

13.

177

26
26

26
2.

21
26
26

26
26
2.

26
2.

2.
26

SR' .

146.

2 ...

2'"
2 ...
2 ...
43
42
2'"
44

SPDI
SPSEL.

Cref-3

21"
2."
2'"
2, ..
2,,,
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
2'"
2 ...
2."
2'"
2 ...
2 ...

PCXON.
PRTlAUD.
PRTYCOM.
PRTYMAX.
PRTYPRT.

pcxa ... "

d.f'n~t'on)

110_

2 ...
2 ...
2 ...

COMTAB
SYMbo, Cross Reference

SR2 . .
SR3 . .
SRLSD.
SRTS

STPBMAX.

Cref-4

2."
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...

$X'7201

2 ...
2 ...

TAILE.

XA7201
XAIAUD

2 ...

XAMDOEM.
XAS'7201.

XI7201 .
XBAUD 1 .
XBAUD2 .
XIMODEM.
XIS7201.
XMTlRK
XMTXOF
XMUON .

21 ..
2' ..
2 ...
2 ...

48
49

2 ...

2."
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...

26
26
26
26

2.
2.
2.
26

21
2&

2.
2&

26
26
2.
26

26
2&
2&

26
26
26
26

26
26
2.
2.

Th. Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass •• bl.r
COMNVM

02-20-'.

1
2
3

•
,•
••
10

PAGI

,132

TITL!

CDMNYM

SUI TTL

COLLECTION

COMPANY

eON~IDENTIAL

ROUTINE IN THE 1105 THAT READS NVM

(e)

".2,

, •• 3 Dig'ta'

Equip •• nt

Corporation

11
12
13

RIADNVM.AII

SECT

15
11

1'7

CGROUP
CODE
ASSUME

0000

version

~UN

/YOO-01/

0',

' •• 3

DEVILOPMENT

CODE_SEG,RIL

GROUP
CODE
SEGMENT IYTE PUILIC 'CODE'
eS:CGROUP, DS:CGROUP, ES,CGROUP, SS,CGROUP
NLiST

The Microsoft

MACRD Assemble,.

02-20-84

PAGE

COMNVM

'-1

COLLECTION OF ROUTINE IN THE liDS THAT RIADS NVM
21
22
23
2.

. L 1ST
LIST
NML 1ST

PUILIC

do not
RDNVMCOM

,; st macro expansion

R.ad NVM for comm,

opt ion.' comnl,

PI'" ; nt 81'" dafa",t
wi 11 take NVM CaMM val"es

2'7

21
21

30
31
32
33

34
3&
31
3'7

31
31

.,.2
.3
••
••.'7

·
··
···
··

IURN
EURN
IURN

NVMCDM,IYTE
NYMXeOM,lYTE
NYMPRT,IYTE

EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN
EXTRN

DATICOM
PRTyeOM
PRTBAUD
DATIPRT
PRTYPRT

IYTE
IYTE
BYTE

IYTE
IYTE

eel for CONM
eCI for opt lonal comm
eCI for printe ...
NVM
NVM
NVM
NYM
NVM

values for
-- eCI
eCI valuas for comm
for
-- eel
values for
eel valuas for
- eel

co .... data bi'ts

)

pal'" tty

p" t "tar baud rates
PI'" inter data bits
pr inte,. parity

val"es

)
)

EDOO

NVMSEG

IOU

OIDOOH

base address for

00.'7
00 ••
OOAO
OOAI
00A2
OOAI
OOA&

SWSTOP
SWXOH
CDTPTY
XleOMM

IOU
IOU
IOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU

I'7H
I4H
OAOH
OA1H

NVM for 1/ stop bits In COMM port
NVM for auto enabl. xon/Ko'f for COMM
NVM for 1/ data and parity bits for COMM
NVM 'tranSlllit baud rate, for eontlll port
NYM for I'" ece i ve baud rat. for com.. port
NYM for 1/ data and par tty bIt 'or printer
NVM transnI;t and receiye baud for pr ;nter

RBCONM

PDTPTY
~leDMM

OA2H

OAIH
OAaH

NVM

The .'croso.t MACRO As.e.blar
CONIIVM

02-20-'4

PAGE

1-'

COLLECTION OF ROUTINE III THE IIOS THAT RIAOS NVN

••

•1
10
11
12
13

i .. • .... •·• ................................................................ _ ................................................................ ..

RONVMCON

••

ThiS routine Is called to r.ad the NYM and translate the values in NYM
for the CDMM. ~RINTIR and put the. into the BIOS co•• contrOl tabl.s.
Each tl •• that Its callad. al' 3 CONn contra' table. are updated. the
option.' com. table will take the values .ro. the CO ••.

'1
'7

I.
I.

.,10

..
..
12
13
14

II
17

70
71
'2
73
74
75
7.
77
71

EXTRY CONDITIONS:

EXIT CONDITIONS:

OS:IX
CH

pOints to liaS data are.

i .......... • ........ • ...... • .................................................................................... _ ............................... _ .. ..

0000
0000

RONVMCOM:
PUSH
MOV
MOV
MOV
NOV

0001

IE 0000 IE

000.
0007

oaOA

IF 0000 E
I. &000
Ie CO

OOOC

10 0'

MOV
TEST

74 02
10 03

0001!
0014

0011
00,.

21 :

FI 01 0017 01

001.

I I 0. 02
I I 45 02

001E
0020
0021
0021
002A
0020
0030
0033

10 0'
2.: FI 01 0014 0'
'4 02
FE CO
II U
O.
I . 44 OA
I ' 45 O.
I. 45 OA

003.
003A
003C
003E
0040
0042
0044

0047

21: AO OOA'
24 OF
FE CO
3C OF
72 02
FE CO
'1 44 01
I I 41 O.
28: AO 00A2
24 OF
FE CO
3C OF

,_,$:

MOV
MOV
MOV

IX
SI.OFFSET NVMCOM
OI.OFFSET NVMXCOM
AX. NVMSEG
n.AX

get address of Co •• eCI tD be butlt
get address of optional co •• CCI
potnt IS to NYM

AL. ,
; assu.e one stop bit for co •• port
ES: IYTE PTR 5WSTD~.IITO ; check if its one stop bit
If not. set It to 2 stop bits
L'_'S
AL.3
save i t In t~e comm eCI
CISTPI[SII.AL
CISTPB[ 0 I). AL
s.va It In tha aptional co •• port CCI

10
II

'2
13
14

..
IS
I.

17
II

".3
.2
14

004A
004E

0050

'00

0052

MOV
TEST
~z

L '_2':

L' 31:

Tha Microsoft MACRO Assa .. bler
CONNVM

INC
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV

; assu •• auto Mon/xof' anabled
es: IYTE PTR SWXD~f.IITO ; If NVM Indtcates disabled than.
L'_2.
AL
set marker to disable it
CBRXDFISI].AL
.ark co •• port
elTXOF [s I I • AL
CIRXOf(DI],AL
..ark op~ional co ... port
ClnOF [01 I. AL
AL.1

MOV
AND
INC
CMP

AL.IS:

L' 3S
ALCITXB[SlI.AL
CITXB[OII.AL
AL.IS: BYTE PTR RBCOMM
AL.OFH
AL

INC
MOV
MOV
MOV
AND
INC
CMP

02-20-&4

IYTE PTR XICONM

AL.O~H

gat transmit baud rata
mask out unwanted bits
tf nv. value < E. add 1

AL,OFH

alse add 2
put it into Co •• CCI
put it into opt ional co ... eCI
get receive baud rat.
.ask out unwanted bits
if nVIII value < E. add 1

AL.O~H

PAGE

'-2

COLLECTION OF ROUTINE IN THI lias THAT READS NVM
'0'
'02
'03.
'04
'05
,oa
'07
'oa
'01
, '0

",
, 12

0054
0011
OOS&

72 02
~E CO
a& 44 OS
a. 45 OS

OOIE

21: AO OOAO
24 OF
50
IB 0000 E
07
I. 4. 03
aa 411 03
lIa
II 0000 E
07
44 04
a. 45 04

oosa
0012

0014
OOBS

oo,a

, 13

0011
OOIC
OOIF

'14
'11
'17

00'3
0074
0077

'20
'2'
122

007A
0070

IE 0000 E

'23

0081

,,5

,,.

00'70

, 11

124
125

'21

'2'
12&
,21

130

13'

'32
133
134
135
,3.
'3'

'3'
'3a

140
'4,
142
143
'4.
141
,41
147
14.

-.s:

INC
MOV
MO'
MO.
AND
PUSH
MO'
XLAT
MO'
MO'
POP
MOV
XLAT
MOV
MOV

L '_4S
AL
CIRCn[SII.AL
elRCn [a II. AL
AL,es: BYTE PTR COTPTV
AL,OFH
AX

eX,OFFSET OATBCOM
IYTE PTR OATICOM
CIOATB[SII.AL
elDATI [0 II. AL
AX
••• 0 ...... 5aT PRTYCOM
PRTYCOM
CIPRTY [5 II. AL
CIPRTV[DII. AL

put
put

;t
;t

else add 2
into Con.... CCI
into opt ional co.m eCI

get data and parity bits
maSk out unwantad bits
save for later
trans late to gat
data bits

put i t In COIBm cca
put It In opt ional com.. CCI
now gat parity
save It
save ; t

In call.. cel
In opt ional CO.II cel

Now set "p the pr inter eCI
21: AO 00A5
24 OF

00&3

00'4
00'7
ooaa
ooal
ooac
OO,F
0010

II 0000 E
07
aa 44 03
S&
II 0000 E
07
I I 44 04

00.3
ooa,

28:

AO OOAI
OF
01
02
03
U
02
0000 I

00.1

24
14

OO'B
00'0
OOIF
00A2
OOAI
00A8
OOA.

75
14
aa
II
07
aa 44 05
aa 44 O.

OOAe
OOAD

OOAI

MOV
MOV
AND
PUSH
MOV
XLAT
MOV
pap
MOV
XLAT
MDV

S I. OFFSET NVMPRT
AL.ES: IYTE PTR POTPTY
AL,OFH
AX
IX. OFFSET OATBPRT
BYTE PTR OATIPRT
CIOATI[SII.AL
AX
IX. OFFSET PRTYPRT
IYTI PTR PRTYPRT
CIPRTV[SII.AL

address of pr intar eCI dafault tabl.
gat data bits and par ity
take o"t unwanted bit
save valUe .or later
translate into CCI values

MOV
AND
MOV

AL.IS : IYTE PTR PICOMM
AL.OFH
AH. ,
L '_'S
AH.3
eISTPI[SI).AH
ax. OFFSET PRTIAUO
IYTE PTR PRTBAUO
CIRCVI[SI).AL
CITXI[SII.AL

printer baud rata. and ,mp' ied stop bits
oet rid of unw.nted bits
assu ••
stop bit
I If baud rata 75. ts 2 stop bits)

restore caller 's registar
return to caller

~NZ

L'_.S:

MOV
MOV
MOV
XLAT
MOV
MOV
pap
RET

C3
CODE

ENOS
INO

put i t into pr intar cel
now translate tile parity
into pr ; nt er CCI

save It

save
stop bits into pr inter eCI
translate pr inter baud rates

save It

into pr inter CCI

T"O Mtcrosoft MAClla . . . . . . bl ...
caMIIVM

Macro.s:

a II

•

CALIlIlT
SIO.
TABLI .

02-20-1.

~AGI

Iyllbols-'

Longth
000'
0002
0002

•• g_.nts and groups:
II

CililaUp
CDDI

Stae

.'ta"

combin. eleS5

IIRDUP
OOAI

BVTI

PUBLIC

Attr

'CDDE'

SYMbOls:
II a

•

Typo

Valu.

A720' .
ABAUD.
AMDDEM

Nu .. be,.

A~pxa~

A1 ;8.

00.0
0001
0002
BIT7
OOU

AS7201
ASCSUB
B7201.
BAKGRND.
BAUDMAX.
BBAUD.
BITO
BlTl
BlT2
BIT3
BIT.
BITS
BITI
BIT7
aMDDIM
aRKIIRR
BS720'
CIDATI
eBLI!N.

CIMDDI
CaPDRT
CBPRTV
CaRADR
CaRCY.

Nu .. b.,.
Mu .. be,.
NUnlba,.
Nu .. be,.
N" .. ba,.
Nuraba,.
N"mba,.

Numb.,.

Numba ..
Nurabe,.
Numbe,.

Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.

001A
0041

2.A,
DOl'
0001
000'
0002
000.
0001
0010

0020

NUnlbe,.

0040

Numbe,.
Numba,.
Al 'as

0010

Numba ..

Numbe ..
Numba,.
Numba,.
Number

Numbe,.

OO~'

BIT7
0043
0003
001'
000'
0000
000.

NUlllb.,.

OOOD
0001

caSI ZE
CBSTART.
CBSTPI

Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
L IYTI
Numbe,.

CITXS.

Numbe,.

CaRXD~

CITXDF

T". Microsoft MACRO Ass ... bl.,.
CDMNYM

Numba,.

0009
oooa
0000
0002
0001
OOOA

02-20-14

CaXO~F

Numbe,.

CaXDN.
CDTPTY
CLK' . .

0001

Numb ...

0007

Numbe,.

OOAO

Nurab.,.

0040

Numb.,.
NUMbar

0001

CRt.

CR1720,.
CR1TXaE.
CR2.
CR27201.
CR3.
CU.
CRS .
CTS.
DATaCDM.
DATaPRT.

DATMAX
DC1.
DC3.
DIYCDM
DIYMAX
DIYPRT
DIYXCOM.
DSR.
DTR.
INDTXBe.
1011201.
IIRR7201.
~RMIRR

L'_',.
L '_2'.
L '_3,.
L '_4S.
L '_9$.
MODEMAX.
NVMCDM

NYMPRT
NYMSEG
NYMXCDM.
DYRIRR
PARIRR
P.COMM
PC720'
PCaAUD
PCCRI.
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCR4.
PCCRS.
PCDATa
PCDFLT
PCFAlL
PCI'LAG
PCID

Nuraba ...
NUlllbar

Numba,.
Numba,.

Numb.,.
Numbe ..
Al ;as

V BVTE
V BVTE
NUMbe ...
Nu .. be ..
N"'nlba ..
NUnlbe ..
NUnlba ...
NUnlbe ..
Numbe ..
Al,as
Al tas
Nu .. ber
NUnlb ....
Nu .. bar
Al,as
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Numbar

V IVTE
V aVTE

CaDE

PAGE

SymDols-2

CDDE

Externa 1
Ext erna'

0015
0002

0002
0010

0003
0004
0005
aIT3
0000
0000

CaaE

0001
0011
0013
0001

0003
0002
0003

BIT2
BIT2
002.

0031
0030
BlTI
0011
002A
0044
0058

0091'
0002
0000
0000

NUMber

IIDOO

V BYTE

0000

Al ;.5
Al ias
Nu .. bar
Nuraber
NUnlber
Nu .. bar
Numbar
Numbar
Number
Nu,.bar
Humber
Nu .. bar
Nu .. bar
Nurabar
Nurabar

alTs
aIT4
OOA,
0010
000.
oooa

OOOC
OOOD
OOOE
OOOF
0029
0004
0021
0014
0000

CDOl
CDDE
CDDE
CDDI
CDDE
CODE
CDDE

Ext .... nal
External

CDDI

£x1:e .. n,.l

Th. Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass.mbl.r
COMNYM
peL_ •.

02-20-"

PCMASK
PCMOOE
PCMDDM
PCPRTY
PCRADR
PCRATE
PCRCYA
PCRCYI
PCRCH

Nu .. be,.
Nu.. ber
Number
Numb.,.
NUmber
NUMb.,.
Number
NUnlber
Nu .. be,.
Nu,.be,.

peRKOII'

NUfllbe,.

PCS720, .
PCS I Z!
PCSTART.
PCSTAT
PCSTCA
PCSTCF
PCSTPI
PCTXB.
PCTXaF
PCX.MTA

Nuraber
Numbe,.

L BYTE
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
NUlllbe,.
Number
Numbe,.
Numbe,.
Numbar
Number
Number
Number
Number

PCKMTF'
PCXO,.,.
PCKON.

paTPTY
PRT8AUD.
PRTYCQM.
PRTYMAX.
PRTYPRT.
RICOMM

Y
y

RICDUNT.
IIIDFLT
RIHEAO

RBIN
RILEN.
RBMAX.

RaDUT.
RISTART.
RITAIL
R.XOfF
RIXON.

RCyaRK
RCYOfF
RCY)(OF
RDNYMCOM

III
RLSD
RST7201.

IITS.
SPOI
SPSE L.

A1 ias

Al ias
Numbe,.
Number

511' .
5112.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMNYM
SR3. .
SRLSD.
5RT5
5TPBMAX.
5W5TOP
5)(7201
XA7201
XA8AUD
XAMODEM.
XA57201.
X87201 .
XBCOMM .
KBMDDEM.
X857201.

XMTBRK
XMTXOF
XMT)(DN
.

Warn;ng Severe
Errors
Errors

SVMbolS-3

0037

0015
0027
0001

002A
0033
OOOA
0016
0021
0017
00211'
0012
0031
0000
0003
0022
0021
0021
002C
0030

CODE

OOtD

OOlC
002E
002D
OOAS
0000
0000
0003
0000
00A2
0000
0020

CODe
CODE

Exte,.nal
Externa 1

CODe

External

oooe

000.
0010
0002
0006
0000
COOE
0008
OOOA
lITO
BITS
BIT6
0000
BITO
BIT4
0018
BIT3
BI T 1
BITO
0001
0002

02~20~84

Number
Al las
A 1 i.s
Number
Number
Number
Number
Numbar
Numbar
Number
Number
Numbar
NUmbar
Number
HUmber
Al ias
A 1; as
Al ias
Number

SWXOH

'?N

BYTE
BYTe

Number
y BYTE
Number
NUrliber
Number
HUmber
Number
Number
Number
Numba,.
L BVTE:
Numbe,.
Numbs,.
Numbsr
A1 ias
Al ias
A1 ias
L NEAR
A1 ias
A1 ias
Number
Al ias

PAGE

0003
8 I T1
8 I T1
0003
0097
0094
0010
0028
0021

OOFF
002A
0029
OOAl

0002
0028
8IT3
BIT2
I I T1
0010

CODE

CODe

Global

PAGE

Symbols~4

caN."N
ly.I:lDl

Cross .ef.renc.
21.
21.
21.
21
21
21
21
21
2,..

A7201.
AsAUD.
ANODIM
APPXOf'
AI7201
AICIUI

2,..
2,..
21.
21"
21.
2",

17201.
IAKGRND.
IAUDNAX.
IIAUD.
lITO
IITI
IIT2
IIT3
11T4
IITS
liT.
11T1
aMODEM
aRKERR
IS1201

21"
2",
21"
2",
2",
2",
2",
2",
2",
2'"
2",
2",
21"
2'"
2",

CaDATI
CILIN.
CINODI
CIPORT
CIPRTV
CIRADR
CIRCYB

2",
21"
21"
21"
2'"
21"
2",
21"
2",
2",
2",
21"
21"
21"
21"
42"

ceRXOF

CIS IZE
CISTART.
caSTPB
CITXI.
CITXOf'
CIXOI"
CIXON.
CDTPTV
CGROUP
eLK1 ••
CODE
CRI.
CR17201.
CR1TxaE.

21.
21.
21
21
21
21
:al
21

21
21
21.
21.
21.
2'"
2,..
2,..
21

2",
2'"
21
21
21
21
21
2'"
2U'

21
21
2101'
21"
21"
21"
21"
21
21

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

21
21
21
21
21
21
21

21
21
21

74
21

111

112

121

11.

117

103
84

104
8.

141

U8
142

I.
BS

21"
21"
21"

2",

••a1

141

loa

21"
11

Cr of-I

IS ".flftttIDftl

21
21
21
21.
21.
21.
:aU'
21.
21

COMNYM
Sy"bol

CR2.
CR21201 .
CR3.
CR4.

I. ;5 CI:.,;nitton)

Cross Ref.r.nce

CTS .

21"
2",
21"
21"
21"
21"

DATICOM.
DATIPRT.
DATNAX
DC1.
DC3.
DEYCOM
DEYMAX
DIYPRT
DIYXCDM.
DSR.
DTR.

32"
31"
21"
2'"
21"
21"
21"
2'"
2'"
21"
21"

ENDTXBI.
ED11201.
ERR1201.

21"
21"
2'"

I'RMIRR

2'"

CR5.

L '_'$.
L '_21.
L 1 3$.
L 1-4$.
Ll:".

101
ua

MODIMAX.

21"

NYMCDM
NYMPRT
NYMSI!G
NYMXCaM.

Z8"
30"
3B"
21"

DYRERR

21.

PARI!ItR
PICDMM
PC1201

21.
41"
21"
21"
2'"
21"
21"
21"
2'"
2'"
21"
21"
21"
21"
2",

PCBAUD

PCCRI.
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCR4.
PCCRS.
PCDATa
PCD!'LT
PC!'AIL
PCI'LAG
PCID
PCLIN.

12
13

101
125

71"
B4"
IU

103"
13 ••

sa
121
10
II

133

110
12&

Cref"2

21.
21.
21
21
21
21
21
21"
2,..

21
21
2'"
21.
21"
21"
21.
21
21

21.
21.
21
21
21
21
21

2",
21"

21
21
2,..
21"
2,..
2",
21.
21
21

21.
21.
21
21
21
21
21
21"

21
21
21.
21.
2",
21"
21"
21

21.
21.
21
21
21
21
21
21.

21
21
21.
21.
21.
:al.
21.
21

CDNNVM
Sy .. bol

I'" ;s de' t ntt ion)

Cross Reference

PCMASK
PCNDDE
PCNDDM
PCPRTY
PCRADR
PCRATE
PCRCYA
PCRCV8

PCXOFF
PCXON.

21#
21#
21#
21<11
21#
21#
21<11
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21<11
21#
21#
21#
21#
2,.
21#
2,.

PDTPTV

.5#

PRTIAUD.
PRTYCDM.

3 ...
33 ..
2,.
3 ...

peRCYF
PCRXDF
PCS7201.

PCSIZE

PCSTART.
PCSTAT
PCSTCA
PCSTCF
PCSTPI
peTXB.
PCTXDF
PCXMTA

PCXMTF

PRTYMAX.

....

PRTVPRT.

RBCONM
RSCOUNT.

RSHEAD
R8IN
RBLEN.

R8MAX.
RBOUT.
_SSTART.

R8TAIL

RaxoFF
RBXON.
RCYBRK
ReVaf'F

RtYXOF
RDNYMCOM

RI
RLSD

RST7201.
RTS.

140
115

129

130

2,.
2,.
21#
2,.
2,.
21#
21#
2,.
21#
21#
2,.
2,.
2,.
21#
2S
2,.
2,.
2,.

RBDFLT

122
139
114

C,.ef-3

21N

SEQ.

21
21
21
21
21

21
21
21
21

; 5

definition}

21
21
21
21

COMNYM
Symbol
SPOI

Cr"OSS

Ref ... ance

SRLSD.
SRTS
STPBMAX
SWSTDP
SWXOFF
5)(7201

21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
21#
40N
41#
21#

TABLE.

XA7201

21#
21#
21#
2,.
2,.
43#
2"
21.
2,.
2,.
2,.

SPSEL.

SRI.
SR2.
SR3.

XABAUD
XAMODEM.
XA57201.
XB7201

KBCOMM

xaMODEM.
XB57201.

XMTBRK
XMTXOF
XMTXON

74
81
21

Cref-4

21
21
21
21

Th. Mlcr •••• t MACRD A•••• bl.r
COMIIOS

02-20-'.

~AGI

~AGI!

,132

TITLI
IUITTL
NAME

CDMIIDS
CDMMUNICATION PORTIDN Df YIRIIDN 2 liDS
CDMIIDI

••
.,•
•
I

10
II

12
1:1

CDMIIDS.A'.

14
IS
IS
17

verston /YOO-01/

APRIL II, 1 •• 3

version /YOO-02/

May 21,

DIYILDPMINT

11.3

altered the interfaces so that the co ••
control block does not have to be 1n user DS.
Take out the setting of the vectors in
INITCDM.
3 - Change GBTPCB so that there ;s an error if
application tries to access non eM;stng optional
co ... board.

20
21
22
23
24

version /YOO-03/

21
1 -

21
21
30

31
32
33
34

Jun01.1 •• 3

Compensate for the difference in hardware for
ports on the mother board and the optiona' com.
board. The Internal/external clock is differently
for both 7201. ThiS is cONpensated by a,ways
setttng the Modem signals to d.aSS8rted stat.
on co ld boot.

2 - 'Ix the specia' receive condition for PORT.
of both 7201.

37
3.

version /YOO-04/

31
40
41

version /YOO-OS/

42
43

Jun 20.

1.'3

Add error handling to progra ..ming of devices
Do not enable interrupts in the driver
Mask out hi order bit before Checking for
Mon/xoff type control characters.

4.
47

NOTE

41
10
11
12
13

Tfte Microsoft MACRO Assembler
CDM.IDS

Jun 13.1"3

Fix printer baud rate proble.
2 - Fix progr .... ing of 7M and 75 for .11 ports
-

this Module was to begin With. interruptable. this
may be deSirable in the future. so the places where
interrupts are enabled and disabled in the driver
are just commented out with the following .ark so
tha~
it can be easily changed:

PAGI
COMMUNICATIDN PDRTIDN

YERSIDN 2 BIOS

14
55
51

Ftx tfte tnterfaces to read and sat modem

1-23-83

s;gnals.

10
II

1-27-13

12
13

Add the hack as requested.
That is add 8105 call to ~.k. over 1/2 7201

14
IS
II

7-01-13

.Add status change interrupt service ca"s

Th. Mtcraso.t MACAO Ass •• bl.r

PAGE

02-20-1.

CDMBIDS
COMMUNICATION

pDRTID~

2-'

VERSIDN 2 BIDS

'10
'1'
'12
'13
74

SECT
0000

'1'
'1'
'17

Tne Microsoft MACRO Assembler

CGRDUP
CODE
ASSUME

GROUP
CODE
SEGM!NT BYTE PUBLIC 'CODE'
CS:CGRDUp, DS:CGRDUP, !S:CGRDUP, SS:CGRaUp
NLIST

02-20·14

PAGE

8-1

CaMBIaS
COMMUNICATION PORTION OF VERSION 2 BIDS
78

.LIST

EXTRN

port control block for comm port
port control block for extended co~m port
port control block for printer port

EXTRN
EXTRN

DFLTCOM:BVTE
DFLTXCOM:BVTE
DFLTPRT:BYTE

default comm control block for comm
default comm control block for Xcomm
default comm control block for printer port

EKTRN
I!XTRN

XBAUD 1 : BYTE
XBAUD2,BVTE

baud rate translation table for
baud rate translation table for

EXTRN
EXTRN

XDPTIDN:BVTE
RDNYMCOM:NEAR

tnis is zero, when optional com. port
r.ad NYM and set defaults

EKTRN

HUCTDR ,WORD

pun I C
PUBLIC
pun I C
PUBLIC

RUpT7201
XRUPT7201
INITCOM
WI NlTcaM

address of mother board 7201 interrupt
address of optIonal board 7201 Interrupt
cold start inItialize of all 7201
warm start initi.,ize of .,1 7201

PUBLIC
PUBLIC

PRC'7201

EKTRN
I!XTRN

14
15
16

EXTRN

87
18
II

.,
.3
••

PCCDM:BYTE
pCXCDM,BYTE
PCPRT:IVTE

82
".3

Comm • Xcomm
printer

present

;addrassas of the usar defined service routines

97
I'

100
101
102
103

10.
lOS

108

107
101

109

110
111
112
113
114
115
111
117
11&
111

120
121
122
123
124

PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC
PUBLIC

DFLT7201
DFL TlUF
RDSETUP
RCYENA
RCVDIS
INSTAT
INCHAR
GETCHAR
DUTSTAT
OUTCHAR
PUTCHAR
DUTNDW
RDMDDEM
SETMDDEM
BRKDN
BRKDFF
RCVINT
RCVCANCEL
XMTMTY
XMTCANCEL

repr-ogra ... 7201
reprogram 7201 to defau1t values
reset receive char buffer to default are.
read device setup information
receiver enable
receiver di sabl.
get input st at us
get input character
get input cnar return when avail.ble
get output status
write char.cter
write charcter. return when sucessful
write cnaracter immediately
read modem signals
set modem signals
transmtt break
ce.s& transmission of break
set receive character interrupt service
cancel receive char interrupt service
set transmit buffer empty service
cancel transmit buffer e.pty service

PUBLIC
PUBLIC

HACK'1201
VECT7201

setup 1/2 vector
clean up redirection vector

PUBLIC
PUBLIC

STATCHG
STCANCEL

status change service call
cancel status change service ca115

125
12.

'27

The MIcrosoft MACRO A•• e.Dler
COMBIOS

PAIII
COMMUNICATION PORTION 0' VIRSION 2 lIDS

12.
12'
130
131
132
133
13.
131

SUITTL

INTERRUPT .IRVICI ROUTINIS

i··--··---·.·.·····.·--··.·---------·--------·--------._--_ .. ----.-.R U P T ,

•

201

X R U P T ,

201

ThiS fs the interrupt handler routtne for the 7201, on the mother
board, and the .Quivalent for the extended co ••.

13.

13'
13.

These 2 routines are setup to share so •• co •• on coda.

1.0
UI
1.2
U3

Status reaister 2 of the 7201 wil' 'ndieat. the reason for the
interrupt. This wtl1 be used as • tabl. lookup to ca" the appropriate
servtce rout tne.

I ••

Stnce the only difference betw •• n the 2 interrupt handlers ara the
servtce rout in. tabl. and the '201 data port address. the two routines
can ba setup to usa so •• co •• on code.

13.

I.,
U,
1.1

U8
110
III
112
113

All the servtce routines 1tables INT7201, and XINT7201) .ust follow the
the fOllowtnG interfaces:
ON INTRY TO THI SIRVICI ROUTINIS,

15.

AX, ex.

15.

DX contatns the address of port A of the corresponding
'201.

liS
158
15'
118
110
III
112
113
114
III
181

In
188

III
110

112
113
114

ex.

ox,

DS, IS, IP are saved and can be used in
tn any way.

DS will potnt to the liDS data ar •• ('e sa •• as es)
i ......................................................................................................... ..

0000
0000
0001
0002
OOOS
OOOS
OOOA
OOOA

OOOB
OOOC
OOOF

12
B. OOEA R
BA 00.3
EI 01
53
52
BB OOFA R
IA 002B

Tn. Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
COMBIOS

RUPT7201:
PUSH
PUSH
MOY
MOV
~MP

XRUPT720 I ,
PUSH
PUSH
MOY
MOY

02-20-1.

co •• service routine
save registers

ex
OX
IX,O~'SET
INT'201
OX,15'201
SHORT RUPTCOMMON

IX
OX
.X,D"SIT XINT'201
DX,XIS7201

PAGE

get the service rout in. tabl.
get 7201 port e
status/control reg
) go to common table looku~ portion
f

IXtended comm service routine)
save registers
oet service rout'n_ tabl.
oet 7201 port If status/control reg

11"1

INTIRRUPT SIRYICE ROUTINES
11S

117
11.

17.

110
III
112
113
114
185
III

117
III
181
110
III
112
113

11.

liS
118

II'

191
200
201
202
203
204
20S
201
20'
201
20B
210
211
212
213
ZU
211
218
211
211
211
220
221
222
223
22.
221
228
22'

0012
0012
0013
001.
0011
0011
ODIC
0020
0022
0025
0026
002'
002'
0021

RUPTCOMMON,
50
IE
IC CI
IE 01
I I 28 OOAS R
IC 18 OOA. R
IE DO
BC OOEA R

PUSH

PUSH
MOY
MOY
MOV
MDY
MOY
MOY
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH

II
II

S'
0&
SS

AX
OS
AX,CS
DS,AX
SAVI_SP, SP
SAVE_SS,SS
SS,AX
SP,O"SIT COMM_STACK
CX

co •• on cod. for both service routines
save rest of registers needed
set up DS to point to liaS data area
Save stack pointers
iCOPV CS:

SS:

;Setup local stack

51
01

IS
IP

002A
002A
002C
002D
002F'
0030

33 CO
EI
10 02
EE
EC

XOR
OUT
MOY
OUT
IN

AX,AX
DX,AL
AL,2
OX,AL
AL,OX

.ake sure certain idiot proa~a_s
don't mess reg pointer
set up to read status register 2 •
. (not. AH s1: i 11 0)

0031
0033

CMP

AL,'
NXT-I NT I

Ranoe check the value to .ake sure
(should be 0 to 7)

0031
0031
003A
003D
00.0
00.3
00.1
00.,
OO.C
OO.F
00112

13 FA 43
IA
IA 00.2
II 0104 R
BI 0000 E

OX ,15'201
L I_IS
OX,O"SIT AS'201
RESET'201
BX,OFFSET PCCOM
IYTE PTR PCFAIL!IX!
CR'201
BX,a"SET PCPRT
IYTE PTR PCFAIL[lX!
CR7201
SHORT I NTEX IT

check if its com_ I printer 7201
I f so then
resat who le 7201

DO ••
00S4
ODS'
005A
ooaD
0080
0083

NUINT,

3C 07
30

,.
., .,
'1 n

CMP
~NZ

MOY
CALL
MOY
INC
CALL
MOY
INC
CALL

EI 00a3 R
BI 0000 E
21
'1
00a3 R
II ID

~MP

L I_IS:

BA 002A
EI 0104 R
B. 0000 E
'1 .7 21
.a 0013 R
II DC

0085
OOIS
DO.'
00.1

~BE

DI 10
03 DI
52

MOV
CALL
MOY
INC
CALL
~MP

NXTINTI,
STI
; "I"
SHL
ADD
PUSH

reprogram port A of
count up • hardware
(put back t.aOes of
r.program port I of
count up _ hardware
(put back ;.ages of
exit from interrupt

7201
faitures
7201 reg)
7201
failyreS
7201 rea)

(problem tn optional co. . port)
reset wnole 7201

DX,OP'P'SET XAS'201
RESET'201
BX,OFFSIT PcxcaM
IYTE PTR PCFAI L [IX J
CR'201
SHORT I NTIX IT

reprogram port A of '201
count up
hardware fat lures
(put back I.aga. of '201 reg!
extt from Interrupt

AX,l
eX.AX
DX

enable interrupts
multiply to use It as table off.ets
find address of serviCe ~outln.
save port I addreSS

The Microsoft MACRO ASS.nlb1.!'"
COMBIOS

02-20-14

PAGE

INTERRUPT S!RYlCE ROUTINES
221
221
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
23.
239
240
2.,
2.2
243
2 ••
245
246
2.7
2.a
2U
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
2.7
2&1
251
210
211
282
263
28'
285
266
2.7
2.1
219
270
271
272
273
274

••

008A
OOIC
0080
OOIE
00"70

17
5A
.A
BO 31
EE

0071
00"7'
00"72
00'73

5D
07
5F

00'7.

00'75
00'71
007A
007!
OO'7F
0010
0081
0012

51
BE

0083
00a3

ooal

CALL
POP
DEC
MOV
OUT

WORD

PTR laxl
DX
DX
AL,EDI7201
DX,AL

call service routine
restore port I address
get address of status/control reg 2A
;ssua "ond of intorrupt" to '7201
wrtte it to control reg 0 (port A)

POP
POP
POP
POP
POP
MOV
MOV
PDp
PDP
PDP
PDP
IRIT

restore reg;sters

INTUIT:

11 OOAI R
26 OOAI R

sa
5A
5B
CF

DI
51

CX
SS,SAVE_SS
SP.SAVE_SP
DS
AX
DX
ax

Restore entry stack

a 11 done,

ad i OS!

CR'7201 :
IS 57 12
IA .7 OE
B. 04
EO 0219 R
IA 47 08
01

DOli
0011
008e
0091
0013
0096
0011
0011
OOIE
OOAl

00A3

eo 0281 R

EO 0269

MOV
MOV
MOV
CALL
MOV
MOV
CALL
MOV
MDV

IA 47 OF
84 05
EB 0289

CALL

8A 47 OD
8' 03

MDV
MOV
CAL RET
~MP

DX, PC57201 I ax I
AL, PCCR4lax I
AH,.
WRITE'7201
AL,PCCR118XI
AH.l
WRITE7201
AL,PCCR51axl
AH,S
WRITE7201
AL, PCCR31" I
AH,3
WRITE7201
WRITE7201

get control register of '7201
de CR4 first
do CRl
do CRS
de CR3

; I nterna 1 stack and saved pointers
OOAI
OOAI
OOAA

0000

SAVE 5P DW
SAVE 55 OW

0000

, OOEA

0
0
84

COMM STACK

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMB I OS

DUP

( ?I

EOU $

PAGE

12 - 1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES
275
27.
277
278
271
210
211
212
213
21.
21S
21.
217
211
218
210
211
212
213
2 ••
2tS
296
297
211
219
300
301
302
303
30.
305
306
307
301
301
310

N T 7 201

X I

N T 7 201

This is a table of offsets for the interrupt service routines for
the NEC 7201 on the mother board, and the optional comm board.
The offsets are set up to use the '7201 status register 2 (status
affect vector) so that service routines can be fastest reached with
the l.ast code.
NOTE:

these 2 tables have to be contiguous

;~--.----

OOIA
OOIA
OOEC
OOeE
OOFO
00F2
00F4
00f'6
OOFI

021F
021B
0143
023E
0215
0295
013E
0241

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

OOFA
OOFA
OOFC
OOPE
0100
0102
010.
0106
010a

021A
0210
014.
OU3
02'76
027A
021'
0211

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

INT'7201

XINT720t

... -.-----.---.--- .. -.-.-.- .. -----------------------------._-

LABEL
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW
DW

WDRD
IITXEMT
BSTAT
IRXDAT
BRXSPC
ATXEMT
ASTAT
ARXDAT
ARXSPC

LABEL
DW
DW
DW
DW
OW
DW
DW
DW

WDRD
XBTXEMT
X8STAT
XBRXDAT
XIRXSpe
XATXEMT
XASTAT
XARXDAT
XARXSPC

Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port

B transmit buffer ellipty
B 8)(terna' st at us change
8 receive character ava, 'able
B special receive condit ion
A transmit buffer empty
A externa' status Change
A receive character available
A speci., receive condition

Port

transm,t buffer empty
ext erna' status change
receive character available
special receive cond;'tion
A transmit buffer .... pty
A external stat us Change
A receive character available
A special receive condition

Por~

POl""t
POI""'t
Port
Port
Port
Port

02-20-84

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMBIOS

PAGE

13-1

INTERRUPT SERVICE RDUTINES
311
312
313
314
315

;

DEFAULT TABLES OF SERVICE RDUT INES FDR THE 4 DEVI CES

311

317
311
311
320
321
322
323
324
321
32'
32'7
32.
321
330
331
332
333
334
335
338
33'7
33.
331
340
341
342
343

--.... --.. -..................... _..................................................... _ ...... -......... _........ _......................
PDItTA, PoRTI ar. for tn. '7201 on tn • .. at hal" bo.rd
PoRTXA, PoRTXI, ara for th. '7201 on tn. opt ton.l co .... port

;_ ...... _ .. _

010A
010A
010C
010E
0110

PoRTI
021f
02.1
0143
023E

R
R
R
R

011.

0211
028.
013E
024.

R
R
R
R

011A
01IA
011C
01IE
0120

02IA
02'0
0141
0243

R
R
R
R

0112
0112
0114
0111

0122
0122
012.

012'
012.

PORTA

PORTXB

PoRTXA
0271 R
027A R

02.8 R
02.1 R

the Microsoft MACRO Assembler
CoMUDS

................... _ .. _........................... _.. __ ...... _-_.- .. _- .... __ ...... - ...... - .......... _---_ ..

LABEL
OW
DW
DW
OW

WDRD
ITXEMT
85TAT
IRXDAT
BRXSPC

LABEL
OW
OW
DW
DW

WDRD
ATXEMT
A5TAT

Port
Port
Port
Port

B t r.nsmit buffe,. a .. pt.y
I ext ern.' status change
I receive character eva; lable
I specta' receiva condition

ARXDAT
ARXSPC

Port
Port
Port
Port

A tro8nSrlft buffer e .. pty
A ext erna' status change
A r.ce i va character availab'e
A special raceiva condit ion

LABEL
OW
OW
DW
DW

WDRD
XBTXEMT
XUTAT
XBRXDAT
XBRXSPC

Port
Port
Port
Port

8
8

LABEL
DW
DW
DW
DW

WORD
XATXEMT

Port
Port
Port
Port

A t ransmtt buffer arllpty
A ext ernal st at us change
A receive character av.tlabl.
A specia' receive condition

02·20 ....

XASTAT

XARXDAT
XARXSpe

PAGE

1.- 1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES

344
345
34&
347
341
348
3150
351
3&2
353
35e
355
35&
387
351
3151
3150
381

012A

HACKA:

012A
0121

1''' IE 0000 E
C3

012"
0121'
0133

FF IE 0004 E
C3

CALL

DWORD PTR HVECTDR

RET
HACKB:
CALL

DWORD PTR HVECTOR+.

RET
HACKXI :

0134

013.
0138

1''' IE 0001 E
C3

013.
0131
013D

,..,.. 1£ oooe £
C3

CALL
RET

DWORD PTR HVECTOR+.

CALL
RET

oWDRo PTR HVECTOR+12

HACKXA:

I transmit buffer empty
B extern.l st..tus Change
receive char act ar avat lab'a
spacial receive condition

The M;croso,t MACRO Assembler

02-20-.8

PAGE

15-1

CDMalDS

INTERRUPT SERYICE ROUTINES
312
383
314
31&
31.
38'7
31.
389
3'70
3'71
3'72
373
3'78
3'75
3'71
3'7'7
3'7.
3'79
3aO
3al
382
383
3a8
3aS
3al
3a'7
3a8
388
390
381
382
393
394

;------------------------------------------------ . _----_ . -........ _ .... -- . -. ----_ ....
A R X a A T

Recetve character

interrupt service routines.

All three ports uses the sa •• service routine. RECEIVER.
an entry to RECEIVER.
; _

ARKDAT:

0131
013E
0141

aa 0000 E
Ea oa

0143
0143
0146

la 0000 E
la 03

014a
0141

I. 0000 E

DS:I. Must potnt to the appropriate Port Control .'ock.

. -. -. -- _ .... _.... -_ .. _ .. ---.. --.... _ .. ----...... --.... -........ --.............. _ ............ -.......................... .
MOV
JMP

Port A receive character available
IX.Of~SET PCCOM ;
get Offset of the COMM port control block
SHORT RECEIVER
; go to common servtce routine.

MOY
..IMP

.X. OFFSET PCPRT
SHORT RECEIYER

MOV

; Port A rece;ve character available
IX.OFFSET PCXCOM ; get the extended CONM port control block
SHORT RECEIVER
i go to common service routine

IRKDAT:

XIRKDAT:
~MP

Port 8 receive character availabl.
get offset of the printer port control' block
go to common service routine

+++++++++ note this code f.,ls tl'lru +++++++++++++++++++

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMB 105

02-20-84

PAGE

!!! I!!!!

.....

11111111

16" 1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES

38'
391
39'7
318
391
400
401
402
403
404
405
401
407
408
401
810
411
812
813
814
41.
411
817
41.
419
420
821
422
423
424
428
428
427
428
429
430
431
832
433
434
431
43.
437
43a
439
440
441
442
443
444
44S
441
447

;

.... ----_ .......... --_ .... --_ .. -.. --.... -...... _ .. -.... -.... --.. --.. ------.. -...... ---........ -.. -.. --_........ -....
R E e E l Y I! R
ThiS is

common receive character routine us.d to process the receive
char.c~.r
interrupt; for all 3 ports (port A
I on the '7201 on the mother
board. and port 8 on the extended comm port).
~he

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

OS: BX

potnts to the port control block

EXIT CONDITIONS:
!!
;

014.
018.
018E
01&0
0151

01liS
0157
01&1
OIllC
OIllF
0111

01SS
01.'7
01lA
018C
01'70

a.
32
EC
ao
75
aA
ao
3A
75
ao
EI
3A
75
ao
EI

1'7 10
E4
7F
I.
DO
E2
57
08
57
7C
17
01
4F
71

RECEIYER:
MOY
XOR
IN

2F 02

CM.

7F
20
14 IF
21

NOTE

REC3

is an embedded entry potnt from speCial raceive characters

................. _ ........ -_ .. _........ ---_ .. -_.... -_........... -.... _ .... --.. _ ................... _ ................................ _ .. -. -

RECI :

14 40

..INO
MDY
AND
CMP
..INZ
AND
..IMP
CMP
..INZ
OR
..1M'

DX,PC7201[BX)
get data register of the ~201 PORT
AH,AH
Assume no error in character
AL.OX
read the character
BYTE PTR PCRXOF[BX].2
check if receiv auto XON/XOFF 8nabled
REC3
) if not. do not filter these chars
DL,AL
mask out hi order bit for xon/xoff
DL.O'7FH
protocol char •• cter ,!!
DL,PCXON[BX]
check if we have XON character
REC1
; Jf so clear flag for xoff received
BYTE PTR PCFlAG[BX[.NOT RCYXOF
SHORT RECX
; ) exit
OL,PCXOFF[BX)
; check if we have XOFF
REC3
; If not treat it 'ike other characters
IYTE PTR PCFLAG(eX],RCYXOF ; else set flag. xoff received
SHORT RECX

Thts is an embedded entry point for speci., receive characters !!
AX has character from the 7201 (not yet .odified according to the mask)
01'72
01'72
01'75
01'77
01'7'
01'7C

.1
22
OA
C4
so

REC3:

01'70
0181
0185
0,.,

21: al 41 00
21: 31 41 02
21: .1 7E 04
'7S IS

018.

57 15
CI
C2
IF 33

MOY
AND
DR

lES
PUSH
Cli
MOY
CM.

MDY
..INZ
buffer fUl,.
PO.

DX.PCMASK[IX[
Al. DH
AL.DL
BP.DWDRO PTR PCRADR[BX[
AX

gat the .. ask
.,tar the incoming character
get address of the raceiva buffer
save character to ba written
.ake sure interrupts are disablad here
get
characters in the buffer
check to s.e if we ara full
( first get address for next char tn)
If not go stora character in buffer

AX.ES:RBCOUNT[IP[
AX.ES:RBMAX[BP[
DI.ES:RIINUP[
RECI

replace last character with ascti sub
AX

cl •• n up stack

The Microsoft MACRO ASS •• bl ....
CoMIlOS

02-20-'4

PAGI

11-2

INTERRUPT SIRVICE ROUTINES
44'
441
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
411.
4111
4111
411'
4 ••
410
411
412
413
414
415
411
411
41'
411
410
411
.12
413
4'74
41S
4'71
4'71
47'
4'71
480
4'1
482
413
41.
481
481
4'7
41'
48.
410
411
412
413
41.
411
411

OllC
0110
0112
0111
Oil'
Oil'
0,.1
OIlA
OIlA
01lE
OIAO
01AO
DIAl
01AS
01AI
DIAl
DIAD
DIAl'
0113
Dill
OilS
0,.1
0117
0117
0111
Oil'
01Cl
01CS
01CI
01CI
01CI'
0101
01DS
0101

21: 31 lE DC
7S 01
2S: ' I n DE
EI 02

CMP
~NZ

MOV
~MP

oI.ES:RIHEADIIPI
REC4
OI.eS:RITAILIBPI
SHORT RECI

If next cha ... In points to top of buffe ...
set po; nt e ... to tall of buffe ...
go put asci t sub there

REC4:

115 ••

DEC
DEC

4'
4'

get address of last input character

01
01

RECII:

21: CI 01 lA
.1 43

MOV
~MP

BYTE PTR IS: 101 [.ASCSUI
SHORT RECX

(now place asci; sub into buffer)
put sub char act er there
ret urn to caller

RIICI:
40
21: 8 • • 1 00

INC
MDV
PDP
MDV
CMP

I21:
'

8. OS
21 : 31 111 DE
11 01
21: ' I n DC
III 02

~MP

AX
IIS:RICDUNTIBPI.AX
AX
ES:IOI[.AX
01 • ES : RB TAl L liP 1
REC7
DI.ES:RIHEADIIPI
SHORT RECI

INC
INC

01
01

MDV
CMP

I!S:RBlNIIP[.DI
BYTE PTR PCTXDFlIXI.2
RECX
AX.ES:RICDUNTIIP)
AX.IIS:RIMAXIIP)
RECI
AX.ES:RaXOFI'IIP)
RECX
IYTE PTR PC, LAG I IX). XMTX
RECX

~NZ

MDV
REC7:

47
41
21: 8. 7E 04
'0 11' 30 02
lS 22
21: ' I U 00
21: 3B U 02
1. OC
21: 31 OS 01
72 12
41 14 04
71 OC

REC':

115.,

~NE

MDV
CMP
~Z

CMP

TEST
~NZ

RECI:
;

0107
01DA
DIDO
01DP'
0113

IA
II
74
10

01E3
0117
01E8
01EC
01EF
01'2
0"4
01'1

10 l '
7. OF
~II 47
PI' SF
FE 41'
78 D.
CI 41
C3

17 21
011'1 R
04
4' 14 04

IT 01

STI
MOV
CALL
~Z

DR
RECX:
; "1"

STI
CMP
~NE

INC
CALL
DEC

~NS

17 00
RCVX:

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMBIOI

count up it cnaracters ;n tne buf fer
save new value for count
restore charact e ...
save new character
cneck I f at end of buffer space
If so upda'te po t nt er to th« be"tnn'ng

MOV
RET

02-20-'4

AH. PCXOFI' I IX)
AUTOXMT
RECX
aYTE PTR PCHAG IIX I. XMTX
IYTE PTR PCRCV. IBX) • 1
RCVX
IYTE PTR PCRCV~[IX)
DWORO PTR PCRCVA IIXI
BYTE PTR PCRCVFIIX)
RCVX
BYTE PTR PCRCVF I ax 1.0

PAGE

tncr .... nt input po t nt er
to next ava"able buffer space

(now 01 poi nts to na:act ava; 1 spac.)
update new address
check I f trans .. it auto xo'f enabled
I f not, go e)Cit
get count of chars In buffe,.. again
check I f buff.,. now fu' ,
> i f ful' see I f xoff should be sent
cneck If over hi water mark
> i f not .,1 done, go exit
; 1. over h; water ..ark, but auto
)xoff already sent, then return
l.tt .... pt to send auto xOff co .. es here)
en.ble tnterrupts aoatn
go send an xo.f

If not sucessful go exit
mark xoff sent by driver
;

•

_nabl. interrupts
rout; n_ to call
check I f there ;5
> exit I f none 10" one ;n progressJ
mark th.t a routine ;S betng called
c.ll serv i ce rout t ne
m.rk t.,.t rout t ne has returned
check th.t it S not c.ncelled
If It has, resat value to zero
return to caller

•

17-1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES
411
41,
41.
SOD
SOl
S02
S03
104
101
SOl
107
10'
SOl
110
II I

;

AUT 0 X M T
This routine is used by the drivers to sand the auto xon or xoff

ctl.racters.
This h.s to ba a spect., routine because when a driver sands
thase control en.reeters. dtfferent rules applies.
ENTRY CONDITIONS:

OS: ax
AH

points to port control block
has tn_ character to be transmitted
set if ch.racter cannot ba
tranSMitted

EXIT CONDITIONS:

512
513

114
111
111
517
111
111
520
121
122
523
124
121
121
121
121
121
130
131
132
13:S
134
1131
131
1:11
13'
1:S1

............................................................................................................................................... .

DX. AX

cl •• red if tt is sucessfully placed
into the transmit buffer.
destroyed.

--_ .................. __ ............... _--_ .... __ ........ -...... _. _-------- ... ----_ ...... ---- ...... ------

: ......
AUTOXMT,

011'1
011'1
011'C

II 11 12
IC

011'0
011'11
0200
0202
0204
0207
020A
0201
020C
0200
020E
0210

IIC
A' 04
74 01'
'A C4
22 47 11
OA 47 11
.A
4A
IE
10
OC 10
C3

021 I
0212
0214

10
:12 CO
C3

; "a

MOV
PUSH'
CLI
IN
TEST
~Z

MOV
AND
DR
DEC
OIlC

OUT
PDPI'
DR
RET
12_10':

PDPI'
XOR
RET

OX. PCST201 IIX 1

get .ddress of the 7201 status ,.e"
make sure interrupts are off

AL.OX
AL.IIT2
L2_10S
AL .AH
AL. PCMASK+ I IIX 1
AL.PCMASKIBX)
OX
OX
DX.AL

check if transmit buffe" empty

AL.IOH

AL .AL

> go axit if buffer not .mpty(Z'" set)
put the char.cter in transmit buffer
Mask outgoing data
(get address of date register)
. (not. Z is now c 1 •• r ad ; f )
. lOX not • 21
rastore "ags
clear Z flag
return to c."er
restore flaos
return with a set
return to calle,.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMBIOS

02-20-14

PAGE

11- 1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES
540
541
542
543
544
54S

A T X E M T
Transmit buffer empty
board.

548

547
54.

Interrupt service for chan"el A,

on the mother

549

550
651
552

0215
0215
0211

ATKeMT:
Ba 0000 E
EB oa

MOV

IX,aF~SET

~MP

SHORT

Port A transmit buffer empty
PCeDM ; oet offset of the COMM port control block
; go to common routine to complete service

TXBUF~ER

553

Sl4

5&1

xaTXEMT

557

&SI

Transmit buffer empty Interrupt service for channel A,
board.

510
561

....

562

563

564
565
566

021A
021A
021D

~--

.. -- ... ----- .. ------ ...... -- ... --- .. -.. -- .... ----- ... ------------------------------

XaTXEMT:
8a

or the mother

0000 E

; Port a transmit buffer empty
IX,QF~SET
PCXCDM ; get the extended COMM port control block
SHORT TXIUFf'ER
; go to common routine for tranmtt buffer empty

MOY

EI 03

~MP

567
568
569

BTXEMT

570
571

572
573
574
57.

Transmit
board.

578

579
580
581
582
Sa3

sao

585
586

587
588

sao
.10
591

021f'
021F
0222
0222
0226
0228
0228
022E
0231
0233
023'7
023A
023C
0230

interrupt on port

in the '7201 on the mother

----------------------------------------- Port
.. --- ... ---------- .... ---------- .. -I transmit buffer ampty

576

577

buffer empty

ITXEMT:
88 0000 E
80
75
FE
FF
FE
7.
C6

7F lC 01
OF
.7 lC
SF 10
4F tC
O.
47 lC 00
as 57 12
80 26
EE
C3

MOV
TXaUFFER:
CMP
~NE

INC
CALL
DEC
~NS

MOV
TXIUFX: MOV
MO\'

OUT
RET

Tne Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMSI OS

02-20-84

BX,OFFSET PCPRT

get the printer port control block
(Common code for all transmit buffer
empty service interrupt)
check if tne,.e is a routine to call
) ex i t if none (or one in progr ess J
mark that a routine is being called
call service routine
mark that routine nas returned
check that its not cancelled
If i t has, reset value to :aero
get control register address
issue end of transmit buffer empty

IYTE PTR PCXMTF (IIX), 1
TXBUFX
IYTE PTR PCXMTF[BXl
OWORD PTR PCXMTA [1.1
BYTE PTR PCXMTF[BX]
TXBUFX
BYTE PTR PCXMTF(BX1,O
DX,PCS7201(BX)
AL,ENDTXBE
OX,Al

return to caller

PAGE

- 1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES
582
593
51.
SIS
596
597
598

S PRE C E I V E

This ;s the common routine that is used to process the special receive
character interrupt condition. for all 3 ports (port A and B on tne
1201 on the mother board, and port 8 on the extended comm port).

598

800
801
602
103

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

aD.

BOS
106
807
BOI
809
810
811

B12
III

DS: IX

pOints to the port control block

EXIT CONQITIONS:
023£
023E
0241
0243
0243
0246

aRXSPC:
I I 0000 E
E8 10

MOV
~MP

XBRXSPC:

Port I (mother boardJ spaCial receive condition
BX.OFFSET PCPRT ; get offset of the printer port control block
SHORT SPREC
: go to common routine to handle it.

I I 0000 E

MOV

EI 01

~MP

I Port A (extended commJ spec,al rcv condition
IX,OFFSET PCXCOM ; get the extended CDMM port control block
SHORT SPREC
go to common routine to handla it.

MOV

BX,OIl'f'SET PCeOM

810
8,.

816

0248
024'

81 0000 E

02"
02"
024E
02.F
0251

II 57 12
EC
AI 02
7. IS

0253
0253

81 57

0256
0258
0258

80 01
EE
EC

025A
025C
025£
025F

IA EO
10 30
EE
10 E4 70

ARXSPC:

Port A (mother board) speCial rev condition
get offset of the COMM port control block

817
818

819
820
821
822

823
12'
12.
121
827
828
82.
830
83t
132
833
134
135
13&
837
83.
838
840
141
142
143
•• 4

SPRECIIVE:
MOV
IN
TEST
~z

get address of the 7201 status register
reao it.
see if it's a special receive condition or:
) go exit if its no interrupt pending.
note that above cneck only necessary for
port A on the 7201

DX,PCS720t(8X]

oet address of the 7201 status register
make sure interrupts are off
set 7201 pointer to status register 1

SPREe:
12
;

'-1%

%1%

0212

0282
0283
0214
0285

DX,PCS7201(IX]
AL,DX
Al,8ITt
SPRECX

MOV
Cli
MOY
OUT
IN
STI
MOY
MOV
OUT
AND

Al,SRl
OX, Al
Al,DX

read status register 1
now reenable them
AH, Al
save status in AH
AL,ERR7201
issue error reset to 7201
DX,Al
AH,PARERR+DYR!RR FRMERR ; keep par tty, overrun,

SPREC 1 :

4A
4A

DEC
DEC
IN

I I 0172 R

~MP

OX
OX
Al,DX
R!C3

franling arrors

(this entry point is shared with end of break
detect error)
On entry DX pOints to status/control reg
AH has tne error flags set for the character
now point to data register
get the data from 7201
go process character (in the sa •• way as any

The Microso.t MACRO Assemble,..
COM. IDS

02-20-a4

,. - 2

PAGE

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES

other character)
return to ca"er.

645
608

028a

SPRECX:

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler

RET

PAGE

02-20-84

CDMBIDS
INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES
647
648
64_
650
051
652
653
054
655
656
657
658
65_
660
661
662
663
864
8SS

W R

201

ThiS ;s a common subroutine used to write a
register

value into a control

in the 7201.

Th;S routine is created to save code, and take advantage of the
common data structure of . , , 3 ports 'PORT CONTROL BLOCK).
ENTRY

CONDITIONS:

OS :BX

pOints

the

po!"'t

control

block

AH
has the control register number
AL
value programmed into the register
interrutps are disabled.

EXIT CONDITION:
;

.................

••

•••••

____

•

____

___

•

__________

•

___________________

SS6

667
668
889
.70
871
872
873
874
675
876
877
878
679
8aO

0269

026C

028E

PUSHF

02SF

0270
0271
0273

I I C4

CLI
OUT
XCHG
OUT
PDPF
Ret

0274
027&

common code to write to CONTROL REGISTER 3
value to be written in AL
DS:BX po;nts to the PORT CONTROL BLOCK

WRITE7201 :

026.

57 12
C4

EE
EE
80

MDV
XCHG

DX,PCS720t(8XI
AL,AH

get status/control reg address of the 7201
set pOinter to correct control register
make sure interrupts off

AL,AH

now select the register number
now write to the control register

OX. AI.

OX,AI.

it!

ret are flags

return to cal,.,..

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Assembler
CaMBIaS

02-20-14

PAGE

2'-,

INTERRUPT SIRVICE ROUTINES

...

61.
882
113

;

1&5
8&1
617
lIa

.. t
BlO
19.
112
193

...II.

........................ _ .... _ ....................................... _ ............ -........................................................ -.... .
none of t~8 fo"woing conditions s~ould ever happen: port not used
But wa'"
service the interrupts per chance it ~appans.

- ...................... -_.. -.................................................... _.............................. _ ...... -............. .

0276
0278
027a

10 28
EB 02

OnA
027A

10 .0

. _ .. ... _
XATXeMT:

MOV
JMP

AL.ENOTXIE
SHORT XAEXIT

Port A transmit buffer empty
send end TXE anterrupt
go to common axit routine

Mav

AL.sx?201

Port A externa' status change
send status c~ang. aCknow'edged

MoV
OUT
RET

DX.2AH
OX,Al

XASTAT:

.. 5

117
lIa
619
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
70a

027C
027C
027~

0210
0211
0211
0283

XAEXIT:
IA 002A
IE
C3

OZIA

by •• and don't disturb again !

XARXSPC:
10 30
Ea 027C R

OZI&
02a&
021.

Icommon exit for _22 port )
address of contra' registar

MoV
CALL

AL.ERR?201
XAEXIT

Port A specia' receive condition
send speci.' condition c'aar
(use exit code to writa to crO on,y)

Moy
IN
RET

OX.2IH
AL.OX

Port A receive c~.racter avai'ab'e
read t~a data
drop it on t~e f'oor

MARXoAT:
IA 002a
EC
C3

T~e Microsoft MACRO Assemblar
caMllas

02-20"1.

PAGE

22-'

INTERRUPT SeRVICE ROUTINES
701
710
7 ••
712
713
714
715
718
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
72.
725
72&
727
72a
728
730
73.
732
733
734
735
736
737
73a
739
7.0
741
742
743
744
H5
H&
7n
Ha
741
7S0

75.

712
753
75.
758
758
757
7sa
75.
710
711

B S TAT

A S TAT

• X •

5 TAT

External status Change routines for a"
3 ports. These snara a cammon
routine XSTATCHG. T~ese routines are inc1uded only ~o ~and'e the case
where break was detected.
;

02al
021.
02aE

OZIO
02.0
OU3
0215
0215
021.
021a
021B
OUC
021E
02AO
02A.
02A.

.............................. -............................................ -.... ....................... --...................... -............ -. .
~

ISTAT:
I . 0000 E
EI oa

nSTAT:
BB 0000 E
IB 03

Moy
.IMP

; Po~t • externa' status chanoe. axtended comm
eX,OP'FSET PCXCOM ; potnt to port contro' b'ock
SHORT XSTATCHG
go process externa' status cnanoa

MoV
XSTATCHG:
MoV
IN
Moy
Moy
OUT
TEST
.1HZ

a. 57 .2
EC
8A 10
10 .0
EE
~& c. 10
75 18

02A&
02AA
02AC
0210

~& .7 14 O.
74 14
80 87 14 ~E
10 01

0212
0213

EE
EC

021.

02Ba
02BA

24
OC
aA
EB

70
80
EO
AI

02BC
02BC

'1.. %

7..%

oz ••

SHORT XSTATCHG

BX.D~~SET

PCPRT

ASTAT:
BB 0000 I

TEST
.IZ
AND
MoV
CLI
OUT
IN
STI
AND
DR
Mav
.IMP

XSTAT. :
O.

Port B external status change, mother board
point tg port contro' b'ock
• go process externa' status chanoe

MoV
.IMP

NaTI THAT

IX,oFFSIT PCCDM
DX,PCS720.[IXI
AL.OX
AH,AL
AL,SX7201
DX,AL

;

Port A externa' status change. mother board
pOin~
to port contro' block
go process externa' status chanoe
get address of 7201 status ~egister
read status
sava status
reset eXt.ern .. ' status change interrupt.

check if break is now on
) if it is, go set f'ao in port contra' table
If not, than first c~eck if it was on before
(if it was on and now Off. than
;
ft Must be t~e tai1 end of break)
IVTE PTR PCFLAG[IXJ,RCYIRK;
cneck 'n tne port contra' tab'.
XSTATX
;
If it was never on. exit
BVTE PTR PCFLAG[IXJ,NOT RCVBRK
; a'5e. c'.ar raceive break f'ao
AL,SR'
read other error on the characte,.
: make sure interrupts off
DX,AL
; first pOint to status register 1
AL,oX
: re.d the status
; reenabl. interrupts
AL,PAR!RR+OVR!RR+FRMERR ; keep parity, overrun. framing errors
AL,BRKRRR
set br.ak datect error
AH,AL
save it in AH (for co •• on exit routtnes.
SHORT SPREC1
go process character in the sa.a way as
spactal receive condttion with tne excaptton
that this is a break characte,. bit set
AH,BIT7

XSTAT,

BYTE PTR PCFLAGIIX],RCVBRK ; If br.ak detected for t~. first
; tima, sat tha flao in the port control
; block, and wait ttll 't Goes away bafore
; forming the break charactar.
INTERRUPTS ARI NOT ENABLED YET

The Microsoft MACRO ASs ... bl.r
COMBIOS

02-20-14

PAGE

22-2

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES
782
783
714
785
711
717
711
768
770
771

02CO
02CO
02C4
02CI
02C8
02CC
02CF
0201
0206

XSTATX :
10
75
FE
FF
FE

7F
OF
.7
SF
4F
71 04
CI 47
C3

21 01
21
22
21
21 00

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COM8IOS

CMP
JNE
INC
CALL
DEC
JNS
MOV
L3_10S: RET

02-20-14

IYTE PTR PCSTCF(IX].l
L3 lOS
IYTE PTR PCSTCF(BX]
OWORD PTR PCSTCA (8X]
IYTE PTR PCSTCF(8X]
L3 lOS
IYTE PTR PCSTCF(IX].O

PAGE

Do the status cnange service call
check if there is a routine to call
> exit if none (or one in progress)
mark that a routine is being called
call service routine
mark that routine has returned
check that its not cancelled
If it nas, reset value to zero

23- 1

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES

772
773

77.

SU8TTL

77S
776
777
771
771

1105 EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTiNES
P R G 7 201

Tl'tis is entry paint to the BIOS to reprogram the 7201. It is also the
interface to the initialize (soft and hard reset) the devices routines.

780

711
712
713
71'

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

05
CX
OX

IXIT CONDITIONS:

points to bios data area
has the offset of the Comm Control Ilock
has the saomant of tne Comm Control Block

785

716

717
711
711
710
711
712
713
71'
71S
716
717

tn.

ES:BP points to CCI

device number (comm, printer etc)
This is not to be altered by the
calling routines.

set to fF if for some reason the
request cannot be .. et. Also, the
high order bit of the appropriate
variable in the CCI is to be set.

to be left untouched tf request
sucessfu,'y programmed.

Intt ;ally CL
0201
0201
02DI
02DA
020E
02El

12'

02"4

121

programming devica unsueessful

DS:IX points to Port control block.

122
123

120

On entry to each subroutine,

0213
0215
0211
0211
0211
02Fl

a,.

"F prografllming device sueassful

ThiS routine will call many subroutines to perform each functton in
reprografllming of the 7201. The convention used will be as follows:

"1
'II

100
101
102
103
104
lOS
101
a07
101
101
110
III
112
113
114
115
III
117
&11

is set to 0 by PRG7201.

RG7201 :
IE C2
EI 0111 R
72 3S

MOV
MOY
MOV
CALL
JC

IS,DX
IP.CX
CH.U:!IP]
GITPC.
PRGIRR

set IS to have CCI segment address
point eS:IP to the CCI (comm control block)
oet port number
call to oet port control block for device
> exit if port does not exist

00
0311
03.2
0311
0317
0450
04Al

MOV
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL

CL.O
STOPII T
PARITY
MOD!
DATA. IT
RCYlAUO
XMTIAUO

assume everything is ok
go program. of stopbits
go program par;ty
sat mode. data '.ads or limited Node. control
go program. 0' data bits
set receiver baud
sat transmit baud rate

II EI
21: aA IE 00

EI
EI
II
II
II
.1

R
R
R
R
R
R

Tfto Microsoft MACRO Asso.blor
CoMIlDI

OZ-ZO-I'
liD. IXT.NTloN SIRVIC' ROUTINI'

IZI
IZ'
12'
121
121
130
131
132
133
83'
831
138
13'
138
131
8.0

021"
OZI'A
021"
0:1100
0302
030S
0301
0301
0300
0310
0313
0311
031'7
0311
031A

'1 0"0 R
Z.: IA •• 01
22 CO
03
Z,
II
21: IA •• OA
22 CO
03
18
30
.1 OS" 101
I. Cl
:U
C3

.,. .,

CALL
MOV
AND
.12

MDY
PRGCM2: MDV
AND
.12

XoNDI'I'
; sot any ne. xon/xof' characters
AL ,II : CIRXDI' liP I ; s.o H auto race tva xon/xo. Is changed
AL,AL
;
PRGCM2
; ) I f not go on to newt tftlno
; save naw value lonablod/ or not I
PCRXD'IIXI,AL
AL ,'1: CITXol'IlP I ; check auto tranSNtt xon/xoff
AL,AL
soo I f there ts • chang_
)
PRGCM3
I f nona. ao on to next tftlna
PCTXOl'IIXI,AL
.'se save new v.'ue
call rout: tna to setu" bu.f.r Llsao_
IU'I'I!R
AL,CL
pass .. eturn coda in AL
ALtO,.,.H
campl ' ... n't return cod • (to co,. ...ct v.'ue)
... turn to cal1ar

,,,

Moy
PRGCM3: CALL
Moy
XDR
R.T

10 00
C3

PRGI!RR: MDY
R,T

ALtO

02-20-a.

PAGe

The Microso't MACRO Assemble,.
CDMBlDS

liDS EXTI!NTION SERYICe ROUTINES

,.,
842

;

8.3

•••
I.S

............... _- ........ -- . -- .............. -- ........................................ -...... -.-- ......... ----- . -- . -- . .
•••••••••• This

~as

8.'

......
8'7

.'0
871
872
.73
87 •
• 7S
8"
877
8'"

to be tne first
S TOP I

•• 7

I ••
I.'
aso
lSI
IS2
153
I ••
•• S
a.1
157
1.8
I ..
180
I ..
In
In
8 ..
•• S

ineHeat. arror
,.eturn to c.'1.r

T~;S

routine is called to set up
ENTRV CONDITIONS:
EXIT CDNDTIDNS:

;

0311
0311
0311'
0321
0323
0328
0328
0320
032'
0330
0330
0333
0335
0337
033A
033C
033E

••

2.: IA
02
22 I!.
IE
10 "C 03
7. 01
2.: 80 .E 02 10
II
C3

.,.

•• n

2.
DO E.
DO I!.
• A .7 OE
2. '3
OA C4
I.
DE

para.eter to be programmed

t~.

DS:IX
IS :BP

number of stop bits.
points to
points to

t~e

PORT CONTROL BLOCK
Comm Control .'ock

Port control block updated.

.... _--_ . _---_ .......... --_ .. __ ....... _--_ .... _--------_ . _------_ ...... _-_ . _----------_.

SToPIIT:

MOY
AND
.12

CMP
oIBI!
DR
MDY
RET
MDY
SHL
SHL
MDY
AND
DR
MOY

get par tty from CD •• Control .lock
AH,I!S:CISTPBUPI
AH,AH
c~eck
if t~ere is a chanoe
) extt if no c~anoa
L4_10'
AH,STPIMAX
c~.ck to see
if in range
; If not In range. t~.n
L4
IVTE PTR I!S:CISTPIIIPI,.OH
eL ,OFP'H
indicate error
return to ca11er

PCSTPa[IXI,AH
AH,I
AH,I
AL,PCCR41BKI
AL,O~'H-IIT3-BIT2

AL ,AH
PCCR.IBXI,AL

save t~a value in Port Control .'ock
Mova it to correct value ,for 7201)
get value programmed into CR •
clear loweer 2 bits
set new ..ask
save new value for 7201 CR4

; Note that va1ue t~at goas Into control register. is not yet put
; It will be done .fter parity is determined
03.1

*******

; return to caller.

in!

Th. MlcrO.Oft MACRD A••••Ol.r
COMIIOS

02-20-'.

~AGI

21-1

liDS IXTINTION S.RYICI RDUTINIS

'7'
"0
.11
"2
'.3

PAR I T V

•••
•••,
•••
•••

ThiS

•• 1

~Dutin.

INTRV CDNDITIDMS:

In
III
I"
IZO
121
IZ2
IZ3
IZ.
IZS
IZ6
12.,
121
IZI
130
131

.polnts to tho PORT CONTROL ILOCK
points to the Co. . Control .tock

Port control block updated.
CL set to ,~ If port control block has errors

IXI T CONDTIDNS:

•• 0

III

OS :IX
IS:I~

.11

•• Z
•• 3
"4
"1
'1'
'1'
'1'
"I
100
101
'OZ
103
104
101
10'
10'
10'
101
110
111
In
113
114
11&

;s cat led to sat up the parity .

........ _.. _ ............................ _ .... --_ ........... -_ ........ _ .... ---- -- ....... -.... _ ............ _ .. _ ..... -...... .
0342
034Z
03.'
0341
0341
034~

0311
0311
03.1
031D
0311'
0311
0311
0385
0317
0388
031C
03n
03'3
03'5
03'"
03.,1
0310
031Z
0313
0383

0311
0311
0310
0311'
0310
0310
0313
031.
031.
031A

031C

~ARITV :

21: '0 'E 03 05
'Z 11
I. 03
21: 31 IB 04
'4 3Z
ZI: .0 n O. 00
21
ze: 10
O. '0
I I FI'
.1 ZZ

,. ••

IYTE PTII
LS
AH73
IYTE PTII
LS
BVTE PTIt
LS_Z'
IYTE PTR

MOY
AND
JZ
CMP
JZ
CMP
JNZ
CMP
JI
OR
MDY
RET

AH,ES:CIPRTY!ap]
get par tty froll Comm Control .'ock
check if there is a change
AH,AH
) exit if no chanoe
LS 11$
if ne. partty is MNDN!a then
AH73
skip 'ollowtng valtdlty check
LS_2'
IYTI PTR Es:caDATI!ap],D ; if par tty is Changed and,
data bit also Changed. go on
La U
.'5 •• par tty Changed and data bit not
IYTE PTR PCDATI!BX],S
and old data btt is 7S or 7M
LS
IVTE PTR ES:CBPRTY!IP],I H ;
m.rk partty requ.st in error
CL,OFFH
indic.te error in eca
.nd return to caller

CMP
JBE
OR
MOY
RIT

AH.PRTYMAX
sea if its in r.nge
LS_3$
If not then,
aYTE PTR ES:CIPRTY!BP],I H ;
eL.O~~H
set error return code
return to callar

MDY
XOR
CMP
JZ
MDY
DIC

PCPRTY! IX] ,AH
AL, AL
AH,3
La 13S
AL73
AH

LI_IS :
21: ,A I I O.
22 E4

'4 4.
10 FC 03
1&
ZI: '0 n 03 00
'7S OE
10 .,~ 21 05
'72 EI
21: 10 .1 O. 10
II 1'1'
C3

L&_2S:
10 FC 03
71 01
21: 10 .E O. 10
II I'F
C3
LS_3':

17 2A
32 co
10 ~C 03
01
10 03
I'E CC

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bl.r
COMBIDS

eS:C8DAT8[BP],5 ; cneck to s •• If 75 or 7M asked for
; ) If not, program par tty as requested
; 11s •• force no par tty
eS:CBPRTYIIP),AH ; .ake sure no partty asked for
i )
If so, go program the par tty
eS:C8PRTY[BPJ.O ; or partty is not to be Changed

CMP
JI
MDY
CMP
JZ
CMP
JZ
DR
MDY
JMP

02-20-1'

CL,Ol'~H

!S:CIPRTY[BP1.aOH ; Elsa .ark par tty request
indicate error in eel
th.n go program the partty

in .rro ...

SHORT La_2'

PAGE

save the v.'ue in Port Control .'ock
.ssume its no p.rity
tr.nsform value from eea as follows:
(cca v.lue. CR. value)
.ven (1,3); Ddd (2,11; none (3,0)

21-2

BIDS EXTENTION SERYICE ROUT! NES
132
133
13.
135
136
137
131
13'
140
'.1
1.2
1.3
1.4

031E
03AO
03A2
03A2
03AS
03AI
03AA
03AD
03AO
0310
0312
0315

74 02

ao 01

..,

aA
OE
10 U FC
OA c.
a. .7 OE

..,

aA
OE
I. 04
I I 0211 R
C3

JZ
MOY

LS_13$
AL,1

MOY
AND
OR
MDY

AH,PCCR4!aX]
AH,NOT (aITo+aITl)
AL ,AH
PCCR4! IX l. AL

MOY
MOY
JMP
RET

AL,PCCR4!BX]
AH.CR'
WRITE7201

LS_13$ :

LS ISS:

(now lIask cor .... ct for 7201 cr4)
get value programmed into CR4
cl.ar lower 2 bits
set new .. ask
save new value for 7201 CR4
(common ex;t path to sat CR4, not.
th.t th; s must .'ways Oe done! )
get value to be prog .....m.d to CR4
go to common rout t na to progranlln 7201
'and r at urn to c.'l.r wh.n Clone)
return to c.ll ....

02-20-14

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass •• bler
COMB! OS

PAGE

21- 1

liDS IXTINTION SERVICE ROUTINIS
'45
'.1
147
'.1
141
ISO
.51
'112
.53
154
ISS
lSI
'57
lSI

MOD E
ThiS routine ts called to sat up the mode,
.. ad ... control.
INTRY CONDITIONS:

DS:.X
IS: IP

data

' •• ds or

,tmtted

points to the PORT CONTROL BLOCK
points to
the CONm Control .'ock

Port control block updated.

EXIT CONDTIONS:

In
liD
I.,
182
113

..
,..

lIS

,.7
III
III

170
171
872
873
174
175

'76

177
'71
879
'10
I"
.12
'13
I ..

0311
0311
031A
031C
03e!

03Cl
03C3
03CI
03CA
03CB
03CB
03CE
0300
0302
0304
0306
0306
030'
03DC
03DE
03E1
03E3
03EI

MODE:
21 : IA I. 01
22 EO
74 2.
10 fC 02
76 01
26: 10 4E 01
11

MOY
AND

AH,ES:CBMODEIBPI
get the mode from r.oNm Control
AH,AH
check if there is a change
MODEX
) eKit if no change
AH,MOOEMAX
cheek if its in range
L6 1$
; if not then.
BYTE PTR ES:CIMOOEIBPI,IOH
CL,O~'H
set error return code
return to caller

CMP
.Je!

OR
MOY
RET

C3
I. 67 27
32 CO
FE CC
74 02
10 20

MOV
XDR
DEC
~Z

MDV

Block

PCMODE I ax I, AH
Al,AL
AH
MODE1
AL.20H

save the value in Port Control BlOCk
assume its data '.ads only
check if its data '.ads
) if so go program 7201
Elsa aSSUNe its l;mited mod ... control

AH,PCCR3IBXI
AH,OFFH-BITS
AL,AH
PCCR3IBX) ,AL
AH.CR3
WRITE7201

get old value in 7201 CR3
claar the bit that programs this
set ne. value
save new value
go to routine to program 7201
go do it.

MODE 1 :
MOV
AND
OR
MDV
MDV

IA 67 00
10 E4 OF
OA C4
sa 47 00
03
E9 0211 R

~MP

MODU:

return to ca11er.

RET

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMB IDS

PAGE

27-1

BIOS EXTENT I ON SERVICE ROUTINES

.15
.1&
'17

•••
•••
._2,

....

DATABIT

990

Th;s rout,ne

193

985
9.6

-_.

997

.99

1000
1001

1002
1003
100.

1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1011
1017
101.
1019

1020
1021

1022
1023
1024
1026
1026

03E7
03E7
03E8
03ED
03EF
03F2
03F4
03F.
03F8
03FC
03FC
03FF
0401
0404
0406
040.
040A
040C
040E
0410
0412
041.
0416
0418
041A
041C
041E

up the number

of data bits

paints to the PORT CONTROL BLOCK
points to
the Comm Control Block

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

DS:BX
eS:BP

EXIT CONDTIONS:

Port control block updated.

26: 8A 86 03
22 E4
74 10
ao FC 0&
76 08
28: .0 4£ 03 80
B 1 FF
C3

MDV
AND

OR
MDV
RET

N data bit from CONm Control Block
AH,ES:CBDATBIBPI
check if there is a change
AH,AH
) exit if no change
DATAl X
AH,DATMAX
check if its above maximum
; If not then
L 7 10$
BYTe PTR ES:CBDATBlBP1,aOH
indicate error i n . of dat.bits
CL,OFFH
set error code
return to cal leI"

aa 67 29

MDV
XDR
MDV
DEC

PCDATS I ax I, AH
AL,AL
DX. t FOOH
AH

CMP
~IE

32 CO
1FOO
FE CC
74 20
BO 40

FE CC
'74

ao 20
B6

FE CC
74 10

8S FF
FE CC
74

0.
7M

AL-:-40H
DH,3FH
AH

B6 7F
FE CC
02
82 .0

MDV
MDV
DEC

AL-:-20H
DH,7'H
AH

MOV
MDV
DEC

AL-:-SOH
DH.OFFH
AH

0' 7S

programn'; ng to

If so go program 7201

.N then do mark or space ;n software

MOV

(mask AND 7F)
assume it s 7 space
)
If so, go program 7201
else ; t must be 7M ( .. ask OR .0)

PUSH
MaY
MDY
AND

AX
PCMASKISXI,DX
AH,peCRSIBXI
AH.MOT (B1T6+BIT5)

save value for II data bits ;n receive
save new .. ask
get old value ;n contr 01 register 5
clear bits f Dr "data bits p." byte H

L7_'$:
89 57 1S
8A 67 OF

If it is then go program 7201
next assume its 8 bits
(mask AND FF. OR 00)

DH.07FH
AH
L7 '$
DL-:-aOH

save the value in Port Control Block
get register value for 5 data bits
get data mask for 5 data bit
If so go to it (CeB value 1)
) go program 7201
next assume its 6 data bits
(maSkS AND 3F, OR 00 )
(CC8 value 2)
) If it ;s go program 7201
next assume its 7 data bits
(mask AND " , OR 00)

)

;5 done by

MOV
DEC

MOV
MOV
DEC

;

0420
0422
0424
0426
0428
042.
0428
042C
042F'

called to set

----------------------------------------------------------------------DATASIT:

1027

102.
1021
1030
1031
1032
'033
103.
1035
1036
'037

Th. Mic,.osoft MACIlO .ss ... bl.,.

02-20-U

PAIIE

21-2

COMIIOS
liOS EXTEIITION SERVIce ROUTINIS

1031
IOU
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1041
1041
1047
104'
IOU
1010
1011

0432
0434
0431
0431
043C
0430

OA C4
I I 41

DR
MOV
MDV
CALL
PDP
IHL
MOV
AND
OR
MOV
MDV

043~

14
.1
II
DO
IA

01
0211

0442
0441
0441
044A
04.C

OA C4
47 00
14 03
I I 02 . . R

044f

I!O
11 00

aD 1!4 3~

••

~MP

DATAIX:

The M;crosoft MACRO Asse.bler
CDMIiOS

'0.

put in new v.'ue
#I d.ta btts
save it in the port control block
set to go to routtne to proo,. •• 7201
go do I t .
get II stop bits
racetve chars
put it tn correct place fo. 7201
get old value in cont ro 1 re,,' st.,. I
cl •• ,. tltts fo. -data bits p •• byt.put in new valu.
" data bits
save It t n the po,.t control block
set to go to rout;n. to pro,,"a ... '7201
go do I t .

AL,AH
peCRS[ IX], AL
AH.CRI
WRITI1201
AX
AL, I
AH,PCCR31IX]
AH,NDT IIIT1+IITI]
AL,A"
PCCRU,xl,AL
AH,CR3

'0.

'0'

WR)T1!7201

RIT

02-20"84

,.etu,.n to call.,. .

PAGE

28-1

BIOS EXTENTION SERYICE ROUTINES
1052
1053

1054
1055
1051

R C

1057
10sa
1058

ThiS routine

lOBO
10Bl

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

1082
1013

1084

lOIS

EXIT CONOITIDNS:

10&.

1072
1013
1074
1075
1078
1077

1078
1071
1080

1081
10'2
1083
1084

10as
10as
10a7

ouo
0450
0454
0451
045&
041B
0450
041'
0411

0486
04.7
0417
041A

046C
04'70

0473
047.

108a

0479

10as

047B

1080
1081
1082

1013
1094

DS:BK
AL
CH

points to Port Control Block
has value from Comm control block
device number

CL = FF device cannot be prograMmad as requested
bit in the Ctl is set to 1 in the receive
baud rate variable.
otherwise CL is laft untouched

1011
108.
10.1
1070
1071

called to reprogram the receiver baud rata

0471

041E
0481
0482
0.82

RCYIAUO:
21, IA 41 05
22 CO
74 2A
E8 04E1 R
3C FF
15 oa
Bl ~F
21, 10 4E os ao
C3

MOV
AND
~Z

CALL
CMP
~NZ

MOV
OR
RET

AL.ES:CIRCYI[BP] ; get new baud rate to be prooram~ed
AL.AL
sea if there is any change in rev baud
RCVaX
) axit if not
GETIAUD
gat the value to be written to generator
AL.OFFH
check if tne value is legal
RCVlSt
If not legal then
CL.OFFH
;
indicate programmtng failed
BYTE PTR ES:CBRCVB(apJ.80H ; mark the receive baud rate as not supported
and return to caller

RCYB 1 :
10 FD 02
74 17
26 , SA

aa
aA
ao
OA

CMP

CH.DEVPRT
; if the device is the printer skip following
RCV8PRT
;
treat it as speCial case
AH.ES:C8RCYBIBP); get new baud rate to be programmad
peRCVB(IK] .AH
save i t in port control block
AH.PCRATEI8KJ
get old value
AH.OFOH
save transmit baud rate portion
AL.AH
gat new baud rata value Iboth xmt & rcv)

MOV
MDV
OUT

PCRATE I ax], AL
DX,PCaAUDIBX]
DX,AL

..IZ

16 os

MOV
MaV
MOV

.7 2B
87 OA
E4 FO
C4

AND

RCVB2,
I I 47 OA

as 57 08

save the naw va1ue
get port address of baud rate generator
do it!

RCYIX:
C3

RET

108S

lOIS

; printer is a special case at this point we know that recaive baud rate
; is non zero .nd is valid

1097

lOla
1019
1100
1101
1102
1103

1104

0413
0483
0"7
041C
04aE
0482

RCVlPRT:
21, aA 4S 05
28: ao 7E oa 00
75 05
2S: I I 4. oa
C3

MOV
CMP

AL,ES:CBRCVBIBP]
BYTE PTR ES:CBTXBIBPI,O

~NZ

LI S$

MDV
R!T

Es7cBTXIIBP] ,AL

get new baud rate to be programmad
if .mt baud not specified
then
make transmit baud a rev baud
return to caller

The Mfcrasoft MACRO A•••• bl.r
COMIIOS

02-20-14

PAGI

lIDS IXTENTION SIiRYICII ROUTINIIS
11011
11011
1107
1101
1101
1110
1111
1112

.a 'II 01

041.
0417

21:
74 07

0411
0411i

21: 10 41 01 10
II ~~

04AO

LI_8':

LI _'0,:

ff x.t baud ts the Sa •• _.
rev baud then return to caller

CMP

I . : CIT . . [ I ' ) ,AL

LI_'OS

DR
MOV

IYTI PTR IiS:CIRCYI[IP),IOH ; II • • •ark .rror In CCI
CL.O~'H
'or recetv. baud

RET

The Microsoft MACRO Assembl.r
COMBIOS

PAGE

return to call.r

2'-1

lIDS IXTENTION SeRVICE ROUTINES
1113
1114
11111

i ............................................................................................................................................ ..

1111

x M T • A U D

1117
111.

1111
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125

This routine is called to reprogra .. the tranSllltt baud rate. This routtne
is naver called for the printer transmit baud rate ch.nge. The next 'ev.'
routine above this will determine if the printer has to be r.progr •••• d
.nd will call RCYBAUD; since transmit and receive baud r.tes lIust b. the
sa •• in the printer.
eNTRY caNDITIONS:

1121

1127
1121
1121
1130

poin1:s 1:0 Port Control alock
pOints 1:0 COIIII control block
device nUNber

DS:BX
ES:BP

CH
EXIT CONDITIONS:

1131

1132
1133
113.

CL : 'F device cannot be progra •• ed as requested
HO btt in the CCB is set to 1 In the receive
b.ud rate vartable.
ot"'erwise CL is 1eft untouched

......................................................................................................................................................

1135
1136

04A1

1137
113a
1131
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
114&
1147
1141
1141
1150
11&1
1152
1153
1154

04AI
04AS
04A7
04AI
04AC
04AE
0410
0412
0417
04.1
04.1
04BC
04BF
04C2
04C4
04C7
04CI
04C.

1155

oacc

1151
1157
1151
1151
'1180
11111
1182
1113
1114
1181

04C~

04Dl
0403
04D5
04D7
04DI
04DC
04D~

041i0

XMTBAUD:
26: IA 41 01
22 CO
74 37
EI 04EI R
3C
7S 01
11
21: 10
0& 10
C3

MOV
AND
~Z

CALL
CMP

~NZ

MOV
OR
RET

" .-

AL,eS:CITXI[IP)
AL ,AL
XMUX
GEUAUD
AL,D~FH

get new b.ud rate to be program•• d
check 1:0 se. if there is a chanoe
) extt if! there is no chanoe
oet ~he v.'ue to be written to oenerator
If its bad value then.

XMTBO
CL.OFFH
;
set return code
BYTE PTR ES:CBTXB[BP],aOH ;
indicate ~ranmit b.ud rat. in error
and return to caller

XMTID:
28: IA I I 01
I ' 17 2C
10 ~D 02
71 OS
II 87 21
iii 10

MDV
MDV
CMP

IA
10
DO
DO
DO
DO
OA

EO
EO
EO
EO
C4

II 47 OA
II 17 01
Iii

MDV
AND
SHL
SHL
SHL
SHL
OR

AH,PCRATElIX)
AH.OP'H
AL. I
AL, I
AL,I
AL, I
AL ,AH

get o1d va1ue program.ed into generator
save receive baud rate portion
move value to 1'10 nibble
.(CL not to be touched)

MDV
MOV
OUT

PCRATEl8X), AL
DX,PCIAUD[IXI
DX,AL

save new value into the port con1:rol block
get port address of baud rate generator
do tt f

~NZ

MOV

57 OA
U

save new value frON cca to

~MP

AH,ES:CITXI[IP)
PCTlIIIXI,AH
CH.DEVPRT
LI_I'
PCRCY.[.X) ,AH
SHORT La_4'

LI_4':
XNTax:

~he

Port control block

its printer then.

) skip

mark printer rev baud sa.e as xmt baud
res~
(programming oener.tor different)

get the new baud rat. value to be programmed

Tft. Mlcro.o.t MACRO A••••bl.r

02-20-S4

PAIII

21-2

CDMIIDI
liDS IXTINTIDN IIRVICI RDUTINIS
111.

0410

RIT

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMBIOS

PAGI
1105 EXTENTIDN SERYICE ROUTINES

1187

116.
1161
1170

1171
1172
1173

GET B A U D

ThiS routine is used to get the value to be that the generator is
to be programmed correspondino to the baud rate value specified in
the Comm control block.

11"7.
117.

1171
1177
1171
1171

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

DS:IX

11ao

1181
1182
1183
lta4
1185
1181
1187
1181
1181

CH
AL
EXIT CONDITIDNS:

;

1110
1181

04E1

1112
1113
lta4
1115
1111
1117
1118
1118

04E3

04El

0415
04E7
04EI

-----.................. -.................... ................ .................................................................. ..
~

CMP

check rang_
) If out of range

11
11

CMP
JA

AL,O
L34 10$
AL, iAUDMAX
L34_10$

PUSH
MOY
CMP
JNZ
MOY

BX
ax,OFFSET XBAUDI
CH,DEYPRT
L34 1$
Sx.D~~SET XSAUD2

save IX. for transla'tion
assume its printer port

Dec

AL
XIAUDI
IX

table starts at 0 (1
'translate value
restore register
return to caller.

AL,OFFH

out of range, indicate bad value
return to c.,18r

1200

04"2

1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1208
1207
1201

04F5
04F5
04F7
04FI
04F8

FE CI
07
51
C3

04FA
04FC

10 FF
C3

O.FO

has the value to be written
the baud rata oenerator

= P'P' this baud rate no supported

GETIIAUD:

3C
72
3C
77

53
BB 0000 I
10 FD 02
75 03
BI 0000 E

04EA
04ED

new baud rat. value

AL
AL

pOints to port: control block
tt ;s assuM.d that t t resides
in the s .... segment address as
the translate tables.
device number

XLAT
PDP

RET

see if

;ndica~.

bad baud

its the printer

) If 50 go do table lOOkUp
Else pOint to table for Com. & Xcomm
;n CCb)

02-20-14

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass •• bl.r
CDMBlDS

PAGIi

31-1

liDS IiXTIiNTIDN SeRVICE ROUTINIiS
120'
1210
1211
1212
1213
12,.
1215
1211
1211
1211
1211
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
122.
1221
122.
1221
1230

x 0 N 0 F P
ThiS routine t5 used to setup the characters to be used in tne
Kon/xoff protocol.
Note tnat tne protocol ts ttle sa.e. as a standard Kon/Koff. and that
the only change .'lowed ts whtch cnaracter can be used to perform
th;s.
ENTRY CDNDITIONS:

EXIT CONDITIONS:

CH
ES:IP

points to port control block
tt is assu.ed that tt resides
in the same segment address as
the translate tables.
deyice number
Comm control block

destroyed.

DS:IX

1231

1232
1233

1234
1235
123B
1237

1231

04FO
04FD
01501
0503
0505
0508
050e

xonof':
21: IA ' I 0"7
22 CO

MOY
AND

74 03

21:

OSOE
0510

"74 03

1240
1241

0513

1231

MOY
XONOF 1: MOV
AND

'"7 20
8A 41 oe

II 47 2E

XONOFX:

The Microsoft MACRD
COMBIDS

MOY
RET

PAGE

Assemble~

get new xon charactar
check if there ;s a change
) if not, go check xo'f
save new xon character
get new xoff character
check if there is a cnange
) go axit if no cnange
sava new value
return to caller

AL,ES:CIXON[aPI
AL,AL
Kono"
PCXON[IXI,AL
AL,ES:CBXOFF[IPI
AL. AL
KONOFX
PCXOH[IXI,AL

32-1

BIOS EXTENT ION SERVICE RQUTINES
1242
1243
1244
1245

;--------------------------------------------_._------------------------

124&

aUF FER

1241
1248
1249
1250

This rout'ine is called to calculate the buffer control
DS:IX
ES:8P

EXIT CONDITIONS:

CL = FF If unsucessful (buffer area too small)
CL
left alone otherwise.

1251

12S2
1253

information.

ENTRV CONDITIONS:

125_

pOints to port cont~ol block
pOints to Comm control block

1255
125&

1251
12&1
1211

051'

IUFFER:

051.
aSIA
OSIt
051F
OS21
0523

26: 81 4B OB
23 CO
14 SA
3D OOSO
77 OA
11 FF
26: 11 4E OB

1285

0529

126&

052B

1280

1281
12.2
1213
1264
1211
12 ••
121'
1270
12"71

1212
1213
1214

051'

0521

0520

ooao

Mav
AND
.JZ
CMP
.JA
MOV
OR
.JMP

AX.ES:CBSIZEIIP)
AX,AX
IUFFX

check if its ) default size
If not then,
;
set ~.tu~n code
WORD PTR ES:CBSIZEIIP1,aOH;
indtcate Offending yariable
SHORT BUFFX
go return to caller

AND
LES

AL.OFEH
i round down to evan numbe~
SI,aWORD PTR ES:CBRAOR(BP) ; get address of tne buffa~

AX.RIL!N+2*(RID~LT)
CL,O~FH

IUFF1 :
24 FE
2B: C4 , . 00

now calculate and enter all tne buffer control
0531
0532

12.4

buff.~

BUFF1

information

;

BUFF10: PUSHF
CLI

diable interrupts first
ThiS 'is an eMbedded entry pOint
for INITCOM. used when the default
buffer is set up
( ES:SI point to buffer area)
DS:8X paints to port control block
AX
nas tne size of the buffer

1275
1271

1211
121.
1219
1280
1211
1282
1213
128'
1285
1216
1211
12.1
1289
1280
1291
12.2
1213

check new size of
If its zero. exit

; First
0533

ao 61

41 31

053"7

053A
OS3D
0540

89 11 33

0143
0&45

as DB

054.

054C
OS60
05S.

ae 41 35
20 0010

....

C2 10
54 04
28: I I 54 01
2B:
54 OC
03 DO
B3

26 :

cl.a~

all

flags related to xonlxoff, since we now have a new buffer

AND
MOY
MOY
MDY
SUB

BYTE PTR PCFLAG[BXI,NDT
PCSIZE[BXI,AX
PCRADR[BXI,SI
PCRADR+2[BKI,ES
AX,RaLEN

MOV
ADD
MDV
MOY
MOV
ADD

DK,SI
DX,RILEN
ES:RBIN[SII.DX
ES:RBOUT[SII,DX
ES:RIHEAD[51I,DX
OX,AX

XMTXON+XMTXOF+RcvxaF+APPXaF)
save size of new buffer
saye new offset to buffer
saye segNent address of new buffer
subtract buffer space from buffer
n.ader information.
calculate address of first character in
(address wnere first cnar go tol
put it into buffer control info
use same offset for initial cnar out
use same offset for naad of buffer pOinter

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Ass ••bl.r
COMBIOS

02'20'14

'AGE

32·2

BIOS EXTENTI ON SERVICE ROUTINES
121.

121'
lZ17
lUI
lZI1
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
130.
1307
1301
1301
1310

D.'. 4A
4A
2a:

a4 DE

DEC
DEC
MOV

0117
oa,.

DX
IS : RIT A IL I S I 1 ,DX

(want address of til_ last word
of the buff.,.)
put .dd .... SS tnto buffer control tnfo

OSIC
OIIE

Dl EI
ZI: al 44 OZ

SHR
MOV

AX,I
ES: RBMAX lSi I, AX

divtde by 2 to gat •• x nUllber cl'lars
Save new value

OSI2
OSI7
OSII
OSID
OS,F
0571
OS7S

21: C7 04 0000
Dl .1
Z8: I I 44 oa
Dl Ea
Dl E.
26: I I 44 OA
ID

MOV
SHR
MDV
SHR
SHR
MOV
'OP'

WORD 'TR IS: RBCOUNT I S II,
AX,I
ES: RBXO~~ I 511, AX
AX.1
AX.1
ES:RaXONlsll,AX

; put indicate no characters In buffer
Ko.f threshold Is buffer half fu 11
save c.'culated lCo'f threshold v.'u.
calcuat e auto xon threshold ( 1/4 of
Koff 'tn,.esnold)
save v.'ue.
,.estore user f l.gs

OS78

BU~~X:

RET

02-20·84

The M;cr-osoft MACRO A558mb 1 sr
COMelOS

PAGE

33-1

810S EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
131'7
131.
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1321
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
13315
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
nss
1356
1357
13S8
1359
1360
1311

;

-- ..... -- -..... --........ -... _ ... _ ..... _ ....................... -...................... -_._ ........... _ .. -.... _ ...... D F

L T '7 201

Tn;s r-out;ne ;s called to reprogram a par-t;cular- dev;ce to the default
value.
CH
OS

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

0577
0577
OS7A

device number
po;nts to bios data area

DFLT'7201;

OS'7C

EI 0111 R
72 3C
E. OS8, R

CALL
JC
CALL

GETPCB
L 10 lOS
OH'TIUF

check if port is present
> ex i t t f not
call routine to setup default receive
char buffer- (and get address of pCb)

OS7F
0582
0585

I I O'7DF R
I I 0811 R
Ea 0000 E

CALL

CALL
CALL

RCYCANCEL
XMTCANCEL
RDNYMCDM

cancel rev
interrupt service
canee' xmt buffer empty service
go read NYM for default cornm values

osaa
0581
OUC
05.0
0592
05.15

ao 4' OE 40
ac OA
EI 02DI R
59

PUSH
MOV
DR
MOV
CALL
POP

CX
CX,PCOFLTIIX]
;
BYTE PTR PCCR4(aX],CLKI8X
OX,OS
PRG7201
CX

save device number
get adaress of default sett;ngs (cee)
; make sure its 16X for clock divisor
set segment of cce to bioS data a".a
go reprogram 7201 to default values
restore aevice number

0591

CI 47 14 0'1

MOV

IYTE PTR

OSSA
OUO
059F
05A2
05A4
OSA7

aA 47 OF
OC 01
as 47 OF
B4 05
EI 0269 R
E8 OSEA R

MOV
DR
MOV
MOV
CALL

AL, PCCRSIBX 1
AL,08
PCCR51BXI,AL
AH,CRS
WR! TE7201
RCVENA

OSAA

MOV
MOV
OUT

AL.SX'7201

OSAF

80 10
aa 57 12
EE

0580
0583
osas

84 01
I I 0281

MOV
MOV
CALL

AL,PCCRIIBXI
AH,CRI
WRITE'7201

0518

OSAC

aa 4' 04

SA 47 01
R

CAL L

PC~LAG(IXI,O

enable tr-ansm;tter- (note that at this
point the port is guaranteed to
be present. so it i$ ok to
wr;te to the device
enable the receiver

OX,PCS72011axI
DX.AL

RET

now set register

1 before anything .lse

02-20- . .

Tne Microsoft MACRO Assembler
CONBIOS

PAGE

34-1

BIOS !XTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES
13a2
1313
1314
1385
1311
1387
13'.
1311
1370

o F

ENTr.V CONDITIONS,

1371

1372
1373
1374
1375
137&
1377
1378
1371

L T I

U F

Tnis routine is called to reset receive character buffer area to the
default bu.fer.
has davice nunbar

EXIT CONDITIONS,
DS:BX
pOints to port control block
buffer pointer reset.
.-~--

0 ...

.. ------- .....

-~----

DFLT.UF:

13&0
13&1

onl

E. Dill

OSBe

'73

13a2
13a3

05lE

13&.

oSaF

13a5

OISCO

131.

05Cl

11
07
aD 77 37

1387
13aa

OSC.
OSC'7

••

CALL
JNC
RET

Lll

1$:

LEA
NOV
JMP

0050

0531

PUSH
POP

.... -- ...... --- .. -.... -.- .. ---- .. ----- .. -- ........ _-----_ .. ---_ ....

GETPCI
L"

get address of port control block
if port number invalid.
return to caller

pOint ES to bioS data .re. too
_ (~here default ccb is)
get the address of default buffer
get size of default buffer
go reset buffer control informatton
then return to calle,.

ES
SI,PCLEN(IX]
AX,RBLEN+2.RIOFLT
IIUFf10

13&1

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
CoMIIOS

02-20-1"

PAGE

110S EXTENTIDN SERVICE ROUTINES

1310
1311
'3.2

1313
1314

R D 5 E T U P

'315

'3"

This routinG is called to retreive the information that
into the specified port.

131 ..
1311
1311

~NTRV

CoNOITIONS,

ex,ox

contains offset,segment of eca
firs~
byte of cca must have
port number

'400

'.0'
'.02

1403
'.04
140S
'.06
"07

1401
1401
1410

EXIT CONDITIONS:

OaCA
OSCA
OSCC
OSCE
OSD2
0504
OSD7
0501

.--------- ....... -- .. -- .... --- ...

ROSETUP,
I. U
IE C2
2& , IA BE -00
32 co
R
Ea 01"
72 10
a3 C. 27

MOV
NOV
MOV
XOR
CALL
JC
ADD

OSDC

II F.

OSEI

"2'
'.23
1424

ou.

I. Fa
47

NOV
NOV
MoV
INC

OSU
OSES

FC
F'/ A4

1425
142.
1427

ou.

OSE7

aD H

OSEI

,.,,
'.,2
1413
,.,.
141S

1411
'4''7
1411
141.
1420
1422

ollOE

Be 0010

ap,cI

is programmed

:: 0
FF

------------~

port informat ion loaded
invalid port number, or port
not connected.

...... --- .. --- .. ---- .......... -_ .......... ---_ .. _ ..

paint ES:8P to comm control block

ES,oX
CH,E5dap]

AL,AL

GETPCB
L 12 10$
IX,PCNODE
Sl,lIX

CX,CBLEN-l
DI, BP
DI

CLD

REP
MOYSB
NoYSB
AL,OP'P'H

get port number
assume invalid port address
get addre~s of port control block (05:8X)
) exit if bad port number or not connected
paint to beginning of Port control block
that matcnes comm control block
get ready to transfer
transfer tne ~hole table mtnus port number
get dest inat ion offset into 01
point DI passed port number
get tne correct direction
move ~hole string
indicate information sucesful'y passed
return to caller

The Microso,t MACRO Ass •• bler

02-20-14

COM.IOS

PAGE

38-1

lIDS EXTENT I ON SeRYICE ROUTINES
1421
1421
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1431
1437
1431

R C YEN A
T~iS

lUI
, .... 0

1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1441
1447
'''41
144.
14S0
1411
1412
1453
1454

;

05EA
OSEA
OSED
05EF
051'0
051'0
051'3
05FS

05"1

....... -

routine is called to enabl.

1470

1471
1472
1473

receiver.

EXIT CONDITIONS:

Command ignored

........ -

_ .. -

-oo .. _ . . . . . . -

device number

..... oo . . . . . . . . -

. . . . . . . _ .. _

port

............. -

is tnvlatd

...... _ _ ....... -

... -

.. -

_ .........

RCyItNA,
EI 0'11
73 01
C3

L 13

aA
DC
aD
EI

47 00
01
17 14 OF
OF

CALL
.INC
RET

get port control bleok address
If port number is invlatd then •
return to caller

MOY
OR
AND
.IMP

AL,PCCR3[8XI
,.ead last value put into control registe,. 3
AL,BITO
; enable receiver
BYTE PTR PCFLAG[BX1,OF~H-RCVOFF ; set flag that receive,.
enabled
SHORT RCVCOMMON ; go use common code for disable. enable

1$,

IUS

1451
1457
1451
14151
1460
1481
1482
1483
1484
1415
1418
1417
1411
1411

t~e

ENTRY CONDITIONS,

Rev DIS
T~ts

OSI'I
051'1
OSI'E
0800
0801
0601
0804
0806

1474

060A
080A

1475
147,

0800
0801'

EI 0911
73 01
C3

EXIT CONOITIONS,

Coramand ignored if port

CALL
.INC
RET
MOY
AND
OR

RCVCOMMON:
MOY
MOY
.IMP

47 00

14 03
EI 0289

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

device number
is 'nvlaid

RCVDIS:

IA 47 00
24 I'E
aD 41' 14 20

routine is called to disable the receiver.

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler

get port control blcok address
if port number invalid than,
) return to caller
AL,PCCR3[8X)
get last value put into control reg;ster 3
AL,OFFH-8ITO
; clear last bit
BVTE PTR PCFLAGI8X) ,RCVDFF ; set flag that receiver is disabled
PCCR3(BXI,AL
AH,CR3
WRIT~7201

PAGE

COMBIOS

BIOS

EX~ENTION

restore CR3 value in port control block
write it to control register 3
go write it to the control register

37~'

SERYICE ROUTINES

1477

1471

1478

'4ao

14al
1412
1413

INSTAl
ThiS routine is called to get the status of the receive
character buffer.

1484

14IS
14a&
1487
1411
1488

ENTRY CONOITIONS,
EXIT CONDITIONS,

1410

1411
1412

AX destroyed.
AL It 0
no character avi.'able,
AL ~ FF character .vialable

DR invlid port"

. ----.. -................. --................. -- -................... ----........... -.... - ... --. -........ -........ ---.... .

1413

1414
14IS
141&
1417
14.1
14'1
1500
1501
1502
1503

has segment address of bios data area
has the device number

0112
0&12
0&14
OB17
0811
011C
0&11'
0621

0823
0825

INSTAT,
32 CO
Itl Dill R
72 DC
C4 SF 33
21, al 07
23 CO
74 02
80 1'1'
C3

XDR

CALL
.IC
LES

INSTX,

MOY
AND
.IZ
MOY
RET

AL.AL
; assume tnvlatd port numbar
GETPCI
; get address of the port control block
INSTX
; ) exit if port number invalid
8X,DWORD PTR PCRADRlax) ; get address of the raceive character buffer
AX,ES:RICOUNTIBX] ; get. cnaracters available
AX,AX
If no character avatlable then
INSTX
go exit (return coda ."
set)
AL,OF~H
elsa set proper return coda

The Mtcrosoft MACRO Assembler
COMIIOS

02·20·8'

PAGE

3a-l

8105 EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES
150'
11505
150a
1507
150a
11509
11510
1511
U12
1513
115"
1515
1511
151'7

i ............ • ........................................................................ • .................. .................. _ ...... --

INC H A R

This \s the lowest lavel of the routines availabl. to draw ..
character out of the receive charact.r buffer. This routine will return
to the caller if no character is available.

ENTRY

CONDITI~NS,

CH
AL

lS18

151'
11520
11521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
152'7
152a
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
'538
1531
l53a
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
,.4.
1545
154'
1547
154.
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555

device number

EXIT CDNDITIONS:
:I:

P'F

If c"aracter ava; lable BP,
status of character
a ascii character

ex,

is destroyed.

CH
CX

If none available, or invalid port number.
all registers except AX is preserved.
0126
DIU
0629
012.
082D
012E
012E
0831
013'
0135
0131
013A
013C
013E
083F
0143
014"
054A

0.4e
08150

0654
0151
085'7
0151
onc

oeBe
015F

INCHAR,
Ea 0911
73 03
32 CO
C3

CALL

~NC

get address pf pCb in to DS:.X
If lnvalid port number
set error code
return to caller

GETPCB

L'S_'$

XOR
RET

AL,AL

LES
CALL

BP,DWDRD PTR PCRAO.[8XI
TXXON

L15_'$,
C4 IF 33
Ea OalA R
IC
FA
21: aB 46
23 CO
74 20
48
28, as 46
28, ae 76
21: IB OC
2a, 3e 78
75 08
21: IB 76
Ee 02
41
4a
21,
71
eo FF

PUSHF

CLI
MOY
AND

DEC
MOY
MOY
May
CMP

May

00
08

~NZ
~MP

INCHAt:
01

INCHA2:
INCHAX:

ID
C3

INC
INC
MOY
MOY

AX,ES,RBCOUNT[8PI
AX.AX
INCHAX

g e t . characters

in the buffer
to see i f any characters
) go ex; t ; f none
count down
characters in the buffe"
updat e c aunt
get pOinter to next character drawn
get the next character 4 status
check to sa. if at end of buffer
If we ar-8 then, sat pointer to the
beginning of the buffer
(go put it into buffer table)
Else, i ncr amant po i nt sr by 2
(point to next character)
update painter to the next character
set return code: character available
check

AX
ES,RBCOUNT[8P],AX
S!.ES:RBDUT[BP)
CX,ES:otSI}

S I , ES , AI TAIL 18 PI
INCHA1

SI,ES,R8HEAOIBP]
SHORT INCHA2
151

SI
ES,RBOUT[BPI,SI
AL.Offh

restor. caller's flags
return to caller.

PDPF

RET

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COM.IOS

gat rec.iva character buffer to ES:BP
go do auto transmit xon/xoff chores
disable lnterrutps

PAGE
BIDS EXTENT ION SERVICE RDUTINES

1151
1557
1&51
1&51

G I! T C H A R

11580
15Bl

ThiS routine is called to read a characte,. out of the receive buffer, and
to .ait t;ll a characte" is available

1582
15&3
1514
158&
1581
1587

ENTRY CONDITIONS:
EXIT CDMDITIDNS:

1&18
lSI.

1170
1571
1572

1573

same as INCHAR
same as INCHAR, but character will always be availabl.
the character will be in AX

and

08.0
08BO
0183

ETCHAR:
I!& 0826

15H
1571

OBIS
0 •• '7

74 F'
8. Cl

1576

0.6.

CALL

INCHAR

AND

AL.AL

GETCHAR
AX,CX

MOY
RET

go to common routine to get character
cneck if sucessful
rapeat t ; l l sueesful
put character in correct register
return to caller

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bler
CDMIIOS

02-20-'4

PAGE

40-1

liDS EXTENTIDN SERVICE RDUTINES
1.77
157.
1.7.
1.'0
1."
15.2
, •• 3

T X X D N

...

This routine is called to see if its tim. to sand an XON thru the port.
It wtll exit ' ••• diately if xon. for any reason cannot be sent; and
• flao is sat to send the auto xon as soon as pOSSibl •.

"14

I •••

Th. criteria to sand an KDN ara as follows:

1 •• 7

""
, •• 0
,""
,
,.12
,.13
,.14
,,."

1
2

...

".7
1 •• a
1. . .
1100
"0'
1102
1103
1104
1101
1101
"07
110a
liD.
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1111
1111
lin
1111
1111
1520
1121
1822
1823
1824
1121
1121
lIn
1121
1821

an auto XOFF was previously sent by the driver
receiva character buffer reached. low •• rk

3 • application did not send an

NOTe:

XO~F

INTRY CDNDITIDNS:

DS:IX
IS:IP

pOints to port control block
points to recetva buffer are.

EXIT CDNDITIDNS:

CX
DS:.X
IS :IP

preserved
preserved
preserved

If application sent an xoff, and auto xoff was .'50 sent. then
at the low watar mark. auto xoff sent flag ;s cl •• red. but no
auto xon is sent I ! !

.........................................................................................................................................................
DIU
OIIA
01 . .

aD 7F 30 02
71 3.

CNP

0170
0174

FI 47 14 02
n IE

TIST

0171
0.7A
onc
DiaD
DIU
olal
OlaA
OlaE
OBIO
0 .. 4
0114
ol.a
OIlA
OIlD

FI 47 14 04
74 2A
21 : II 4. 00
21: 31 41 OA
7. 20
aD 17 14 FI
FI 47 14 aD

MDV
CMP

OBAO

TXXDN:

~NZ

TEST
~Z

~NZ

AND
TIST
~NZ

10 4F 14 02

DR
TXXDNS:

F'
71
aA
Ea
74

47 14 01
DC
n 2D
01F, R
04

TEST
~NZ

NDY
CALL
~Z

BYTI PTR PCTXDF!8XI.2
TXXDNX

; check if transmit auto xon/xoff
anabled. axit if not

IYTI PTR PCFLAG!8XI.XNTXDN
TXXDN5

If already flagoed to send ION asap
) go check if it can be sent

BYTE PTR PCFLAGIBXl,XMTXOF ; check if auto xoff was sent
; ) I f not go ret ur n
TXXDNX
AX.ES:RICDUNT!IPI
; gat
characters in the buffe"
; If buffer not at tha "ight threshold
AX.IS:RIXDN!IPI
TXXONX
; ) 00 return to caller
IYTE PTR PCFLAGIBX).NOT XNTXOF j cl.ar auto xoff sent flag
IYTE PTR PC~LAGI.X].APPXOF : check if application sent xoff
; ) if so return to caller
TXXDNX
IYTE PTR PCFLAGIBX),XMTXON j sat flao to transmit xon asap
; now try to transmit the auto XON
BYTE PTR PCFLAGIBX].XMTBRK ; check to saa if break being sent
) If so don't send tha auto xon now
TXXDNX
try to send the xon
AH.PCXDN!BXI
AUTDXNT
) I f not sucassful return to caller
TXXDNX

clear transmit xon .asap and xoff was sent flag

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMBIDS

02-20-84

PAGE

40"2

liDS EXTENTIDN SERVICE RDUTINES
1130
,.3'
1132

0lA2
OBAI

'0 17 14 F'
C3

TXXDNX:

AND
RET

IYTE PTR PCP'LAG!IXI.NDT (XMTXDN + XNTXDF)
; return to calla"

The MicrOSOft MACRO Ass •• bler
COMIIOS

PAGE

.1- 1

liDS EXT.NTION SERVICE ROUTINES
1133
1134
;

1135
113&
1137
1131
1831
1140
lUI
1"2

...... --- ..... _ ......... _------ .. ----- .... _ ... __ ._--_ .. _ .. ---_ .. __ .... _ . _--_ .......... -_ .. _-OUTSTA
ThiS routine is ca'lad to g.~ the status of the transmitter.
The it.~s checked are as follows:
I

1..3
1144
1145

Transmit buffer ampty
.. Not in an xoff~d Node

ThiS is the routine called when the application program wishes to
check the status. Note tnere ar8 otner iteliS that may be usafull
that can ba added to this, name'y:

1"8
lU7
lUI
11 . .
1110
165.
'152
1153
1154
1155
1151

1157
liSa

- break baing transmttted. If this condition artses. it is
up to the appication program to keep track of this.

- CTS not

prresent (for limited modem control). Nota that
in limited .. odem contra'. if CTS is not on. transmit
buffer wi"
eventua',y gat to .. point where it won't
be ready.

The following are the motivation to '.ave them out of this routine:

1151

•

1&80

'1.,
'662

1183
1164

- most CP/M programs are writ~en in Such a way that they
tend to check the status often and not a'ways needing
the remaining informat ion. In those cases. efftcHtncy
of execut ion tim. is the most important factor.

2 - The infor.ation on the other
other bios function ca"$.

'lIS
1181
,.67

IlIa

ENTRV CONDITIONS:

CH
OS

EXIT CONDITIONS:

OX
AL

, •• 1

,.70
,.71

,.72

,.73
1674
167S

1876
1677

items can be obtained in

dev ; c e nUMber
has 8105 segment address

destroyed
if character can be transmi~ted
that is transmit buffer empty.
not in an xoff'd mode.
Carry flao is cle.red.
I:

AL II: 0 OTHERWISE. AND
Carry f lao set.
AH
BIT6 sat means XOFF received
AH
IIT2 set means tranmit buffer not
empty

167a

'.'1
1610
1111

1612

1113

N01:8:

1684
,.15

the carry f lag set/not set is to be used on'y between
BIOS routines for quiCk execution time. and is not to
be used by the appication program, since we cannot predict

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMIIOS

PAGE
BIOS EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES

liaS
1887
lUI
1889

1610

what the operating system wi"
OIA'
0lA7
OIAA
OIAC
OlAF
0lB2

OUTSTAT:

,.IS

018'

,.16

011&
Oil.
0811

EI
72
aA
ao
81
EC
24
ao
32

OliO
OIlF
OIC 1
0&C3
OIC.

BO FF
74 03
32 CO
FI
C3

1 BI1

1&12
1813

1&14

, •• 7
1&18

09"

CALL

15
.7 14
EO 40
57 12
04
CC 04
EO

GET PCB

.IC

L 1&

MOY
AND
MOV
IN
AND
DR
XOR

AH.PCFLAGI8X]
AH,RCVXDF
OX.PCS7201(IX(
AL.OX
AL.8IT2
AH.BIT2
AH.AL

MOV

AL.OFFH
L 16 lOS
AL .AL.

1889

1700
1701
1702
1703
1704

do with this flag.

;------- .. _._-_ .. _--- .... _ .... _------_ .... _ .... -.- ........... _ .. __ .... --_ ............... _--- .. ..

.IZ

LII_5',
L18_10$,

XOR
STC

RET

get address pf pCb in to DS:8X
) exit if port number invalid
check if XDFF was received
get address of 7201 status/contro' register
r •• d the status
get the transmit buffer empty bit
Now set bit 2 in AH if transmit buffer
is not ampty
Note 7201 (value in ALI
has bit 2 set if buff.r IS empty!
assume ok to transmit (AH zero)
If its so go exit
Else set f'ag to indicate otherwise.
set carry f'ag to indicate canno~ transmit
; return to caller

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
CDMBlDI

02-20-14

PAGE

42-'

liDS EXTENTIDN SERVICE RDUTINES
"0&
110.
110'
110a
110'
11'0
11' ,
1112
1113

D U T C H A R
ThiS routine is called to put a character into the transmit buffer.
tf for any reasons the character cannot be immediately placed on to
the buffer, a return ts made to the callar. with an indicatton that
transmission was unsyeassful. No atte.pt ts made hare to find out
Why the character cannot be transmitted Ifor fast execution time). if
the 7201 has buffer empty. and the port is not Koff'd than the character
will be placed into the buffer.

"14

1111
11"
1111

",.

1111
1120
112'
1122
1123
1124
112'
112.
112'
112&
1121
1130
113'
1132
"33
1134

ENTRY CDNDITIONS:

CH
DS
DL

EXIT CONDITlDNS:

davice number
has 8105 data ar.a sagment address
character to be transmitted

is destroyed in all cases.
Itnts is Ok. since in the next
ca", tne value is reloaded froN
the 8105 descriptor).
CL s 0
cannot sand charactar
CL • FF cnaracter placed into tne buffer

Note, that to implement auto xon/xoff properly, tn. transmtt.d
characters have to be examined to se. if Koff or Kon
is sant by the application lor user).
further, i t is faster and eaSier to always check for this
;nstaad of on'y whan auto transmtt Kon/xoff ts enabled.

1'735

1131
113'
1131
1131
1140

,,.,

1142
,,.3
1144

OICS
OICS
OIC'
OIC.
OICI
olCC
OICE

17 ••

1148
114'
1141
1141
11S0

,,.,

0100
0103
0105
0108
0101
OIOE

oUTCHAR,

3A
'5
10
EB
3A

4' 20
01
17

,. 4,

oUTSTAT
CL, AL
OUTCHX

go saa if W8 can transmit. also get PCI
transfer return codes
) ax;t if wa can·t tranSMit.

CMP

AL,PCXONIIX1

~MP

L"_'$: CMP
~NZ

check if xon charcter is sent
; If it is, maka sure "app'ication sent Koff"
BYTE PTR PCFLAGIB)(l, NOT APPXDF ; f'ag is cl •• red.
SHORT L17 2$
now go sand character
AL,PCXOF~TBXJ
; ch.ck if xoff being sent
L17_2$
; ) If not go send the character
L1'71$

.'se. sat flag that application program sending Koff, and cl.ar f,ag
to send auto Kon as soon as possible.

".3

"54

,,..

~NZ

"12

save character to be transmitted
.ake sura intarrutps are off

AND

14 'F

211

CL ,DL

MDV
PUSHF
CLI
CALL
XCHG

IA CA
IC
FA
II. 01A' R
.1 CI
'2 21

17.5

11.'

08l!0
0lE4

OR
AND

ao 4' 14 10
10 17 14 '0

The M;crosoft MACRO Ass ... bler
CDMBlas

02-20-1.

BYTE PTR PC'LAG[IX],APPXOF
BVTE PTR PCFLAG[BX],NOT XMTXaN

PAGE

42-2

liDS EXTENT I ON SERVICE ROUTINES
".1

1"5'

11.0

11.2
1113
"14

1111

""
"17
"

OIEI
OIEI
olEa
OlEO
OIEF
01'2
01'3

.,..

OIFS
OIF.

10
C3

L "_2$:

al 5' 15
22 CB
OA C2
I ' '0
EE
1'1'

Mav
ANa
aR
MoV
aUT
MDY
DUTCHX: PDPF
RET

DX,PCMASK[BX]
AL,DH
AL.DL
DX,PC'201lBX]
DX, AL
CL,OFFH

now prepare data to be transmitted
.. ask tha outgoing data
get data register address of 7201
put out the character
set return code that character transmitted
restore caller·s flags
return to caller

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMBIOS

02-20-14
~IOS

1789
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
177&
17'1'7
1778
1771
17&0
1781
1782
1783
17&4
178&
178S
11.7
''78a
''78S

PAGE

43 - 1

EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES

PUT C H A R
ThiS routine is called to tr.nsmit • charact.r, and to repeat
the char.cter is sucessful,y accepted by the 7201

s .... as OUTCHAR

ENTRY CONDITIONS:
E~IT

Oe,..7

08~&

OUC
OI"'E

0700

CONDITIONS:

same as OUTCHAR
charcater will be taken by 7201

UTCHAR,

OU7

oua

until

PUSH
CALL
PDP
AND
Jl
RET

OICS R

SA
22 CI
7. F7
C3

The Microsoft MACRO Assefabler
COMB lOS

OX
OUTCHAR
OX
CL,CL
PUTCHAR

PAGE

s.ve ch.racter to be transmitted
call common routine to output char
restore character
check if it w.s sucessful
repe.t t i l sucassful

44 - 1

BIOS EXTENT ION SERVICE ROUTINES
1780
1781
1712
1793
1794
178S
1786
1797
1798
1718
1800

OUT NOW
ThiS routine is called to transmit the character
state of the modem signalS or .nything else.

Note that the absense of CTS, in limited modem control mode made
prevent the transmission of the character indeflnitely. It is for
this reason that the CTS signal is ignored for the transmission of
this particular character

laOl

1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
180a
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1818
1820
1821
1822
1&23
1824
1825
1826
1827
1821
1828
1830

,.31

.. /

1832
1833
1834
1835
1&36
1837
183&
1831
1840

, ,
1&42

regardless of tne

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

CH
DS
Dl

EX IT CONO IT IONS,
NOTE THAT THIS WILL

0701
0701
0704
070&
0707
0707
070'
070C
0710
0712
0714
0715
071'
0717
071A
071C
0710
071E
0721
0722
0723
0724
0726
072&
072.
0720
0"730
0731

has d.vice number
pOints to BIOS data are.
has character to be transmitted
cON.and ignored

if port number

tnvalid

NOT PROCESS auto XON/XOFF

OUTNOW,
E8 0811 R
73 01
C3

CALL
JNC
RET

l18 1$,
aA CA
57 12
F8 47 00 20
74 lE
ao 03
IC

TEST

EE
aA
24
I!E
10
Ea
42
42
EC
Aa
75
&A
B4

47 00
OF
0730 R

04
F&
47 00
03
EI 0288 R
IC
FA

MOV
MOV

II "_SS,

OUTN2,

Jl
MOV
PUSHF
Cli
OUT
MOV
AND
OUT
POPF
CALL
INC
INC
IN
TEST
JNl
MOV
MOV
JMP
PUSHF
ell

GETPCB
l18_1$

get address pf pcb in to DS:BX
]f port nu~ber invalid
) return to caller
E l58 cont; nue
CL,OL
save character to be transmitted
OX,PCS7201(IX]
; get status/control reg .ddress of 7201
IYTE PTR PCCR3[BX),BIT5 ; temporary disable "auto enabl.OUTN2
) If not used go wait for buffer empty
AL,CR3
(Now disable it)
make sure interrupts disabled
DX,AL
Al,PCCR31BXI
AL,OFFH-BIT5
DX,AL
OUTN2
DX
OX
AL,OX
Al,BIT2
l1& 5$
Al,PCCR3IBX!
AH,CR3
WRITE7201

if used

get value programmed into control reg 3
take out .uto enable bit
do it!
restore interrupt state
go wait for buffer empty and then send char
p01nt Dx back to status register
wait

for

bUffer empty

get origtnal value programmed into control reg 3
set up to use common routine to do this
go to it, and bye bye,
make sure

interrutps are off

The Micl"'osoft MACRO Ass .... bl.r
COMBIOS

02-20-14

PAGE

44-2

BIOS EXTEHTIOH SERYICE ROUT! HES
1143
1844
1145
1141
114?
114a
1141
1150
1851
1152
ta53
IIS4
1155
lisa
1157

0?32
0?33
0?35
0?37
0?3a
0?3A
0?3A
0?3C
0?3'
0?41
0"743

074.

0?45
0746
0"7.,

IN
TEST

EC
Aa 04
?5 03
10
EI FI

~HZ

AL.D)c
AL,IIT2
L 18_' $

w.it

POPF

CI
4F
CS
CI

SHORT DUTN2

MDY
MDY
AND
DR
DEC
DEC
OUT
POPF
RET

AL,CL
CX,PCMASK[IXI
AL,CH
AL,CL

restor. character to be tranSNIitted
gat mask for character

ox
ox

point to data rag; st er

OX, AL

send i t !
restore ca,ler'S ; nt e,.. r upt
ret ur n to calle,..

mask

PAGE

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler

CO"IIOS

tnterr-upt ,.ask
restore state
loop, t ; 1 , buffe'" empty

~"P

LII_'$:
IA
ae
22
OA
4A
4A
EE
10
C3

'0" buffer erwpty

BIOS E)cTENTIOH SERVICE ROUTINES

lasa

1159
1110
1 aSl

lIa2

R D " ODE "

1883
186.
1885
la68
118'

Th;s routine

is called to read the modem signals.

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

dev ; ce number

EXIT CONDITIDNS:

1188

18 . .

18?0

bitO-bit&

1171

btt 7

ta72
ta?3

bit 0

= ,
,

1a7.

= ,
0

modem signals not available

transmitter empty
transmitter not empty

1171

1178

1I?7
ta?l
1I?9

18ao
,.a,
,aa2
'883

,.a4

laas

lIaB
I,a?
taaa
1181
1810
188'
1112
1183
1884
"85
,.81
tal?
lila

0?4a
074a
074A

0?4D
0?4F
0?S2
O?SI
07S1
O?SI
O?SI
O?SD
O?SF
O?II
0?14
071?
0?18
O?IB
O?IC
0?8E
O?IF
0771

0??4

RD"OOEM:
CO
0111 R
2S
57 OS
11 FA f',FF
?4 O?
EC
34 .F
24 IF
el 02
10 ao
aA B? to
10 E4 eo
SO
I I 57 12
IC
Aa 04
sa
?4 03
ao CC 01
C3

XOR

33
ea
?2
'1

CALL
~C

MOY

c"p
~Z

IN
XOR
AND
~"P

L3S_'$: "DV
L3S_2$: "OV
AND
PUSH
"DV
IN
TEST
PDP
~Z

OR
L3S_'0$:

AX ,AX
GITPCI
L3S_'OS
OX,PC"DD"IIXI
DX.Of'FFf'H
L3S_'S
AL,DX
AL.OFFH
AL, 'FH
SHORT L3S 2'
AL,IOH
AH, PC'LAG [IX I
AH.OEOH

AX
DX,PCS72011IXI
AL.DX

set error code
get port control address
) exit if port is ,nva' id
get address of the modem signal port
se. if modem signals can be read
If modem Signals can be read then,
read tne stgnals
make it bit set means stgna' asserted
taka out unwanted signalS
Else, mark modem signals not ava; labl.
read the state of the port flags
take on'v high order 3 bits
save the i"for",ation
get control/status register for 7201
check if transmitter empty

AL,BIT2

AX
L3S_'0S
AH,IITO
RET

restore outgoing info
) if not empty exit
Else set fl.g that transmitter
; return to caller.

is empty

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.ble,.

PAGE

02-20-'.

41- I

CDMBlOS

liDS IXTINTIDN SIRVICE ROUTINES
1811

1800
1101
1102
1103
180.
1I0S
1101
1107
1801
1801
1110

...... -...... -.... -- .... -. ------- ................. --- .. -_ .... _ ................ _--- ............. _.......... _-- ..
SET 101 0 D E 101

This routine is called to set the ",ode. SignalS.
the

first

eH
DL

(to cl • • ,.

Note that

the diagnostic

ladS)

device numbe,.
Nod.m Signal •• sk

• FF if sucessful

cOif

port nuntbe,.

invalid or-,

Modem Signa' cannot be set

illS

",.

in the .. ask al"'8 set

EXIT CONDITIONS,

'" I
1112
1113

1120
1821
1122
1123
1124
1125
1821
1927
112a

bits

ENTRY CONDITONS,

,.,.

1811
1817
1811

077$
0775
0777
077A

077C
077F

....

07aA

BO
C3

1121

O.,aD

1130

071F

0911

72 I I
57 01
I I I'A FP'F'F

0713
071'
(,717
0788
071C

;

.... -----_ .... _-----_ ................................... -............ -- .... ----- . --- .. ------ .. --- .. --_ ..

SITMODEM,
MOV
CAL L
JC
MDV
CM.

JZ
AND
XDR
OUT
MOY
RET

2' O'
34 FF
eE

...

32 CO
C3

L20_'0S:

Al,Dl
GET.C.
L20 lOS
DX,PCMDDM1BX]
DX,OJrF'I'JrH
L20 10$
Al,OFH
Al,OFFH
OX,Al
Al,Ofl'P'H

put the lIIode. signals into correct reg
get port contro' block
) go exit if invalid port nUMber
get address of the port to set Nodem SignalS
s.e if modem signals can be set
> if not go extt with error condition set
clear first 4 bits
(zero bit value asserts the 11ne)
do i t .
set cOMNand processed return code
return to ca"er

XOR

AL,AL

; set error return cod.
return to caller

PAGE

41 - 1

RET

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
CDMBIO'

02-20-14
8105

EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES

1931
1932
1933
1134

1935
1936

1842
1944
1145

OTIO
OT90

18.6

114a

0793
0715
0718

, •• 9

0716

11&0

0711
071C
07 ••

IA
aD
aA
DC

4F 14
CI 01
47 OF
1O

07A1

1951

1852
1153

195.
19S5

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

EXIT CoNOTION$:

command ignored if port number

port number
invalid

._--------------------------.-.-_.-------------------------------------BRKON:

1843

1147

ThiS routine is called to initiate the sending of break.

113'7
1831
1139
1940
1141

Ea 0811
73 01
C3

R
L21

CALL
JNC
RET

GETPCB
L21 IS

MDV
OR
MOY
OR
JMP

CL, PCI'LAG lBX]
CL,XMTIIRK
AL,peCRS1BX]
AL,81T4
SHORT IIRKCOMMON

get .ddress of port cont r 0 1 block
I f port number ;"val id,
return to caller
Else,
set f 'ag to indicate br.ak being sent

IS·

set

byte to be written to 7201

go and wr ita it to 7201

1956
,.57

II R K 0 F I'

115a
1159

ThiS routine ;s call.d to stop the sanding of break.

, •• 0

1161
1982
1964

port number

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

EXIT CONDTIONS:

Command 'gnored

11&3

port

; nva'; d

1985
1166

1187
1188
illS

1170

07A3
07A3
07A&
07Aa

8RKO~F,

EI Dill

73 01
C3

CALL
JNC
RET

GET.CB
L 22_ IS

oet address of port control block
If invalid port number
> return to caller

MOY
AND
MOY
AND

CL,PCFLAG1BX]
Cl,NOT XMTIIRK
AL,.CCR51BX]
AL,NDT IIT4

clear f'ao that show break being sent

1971

1872
1173

187.
1875
1876
1877
197a
1879

lIao

1111
11&2
19.3

07AI
07AC
07AF
0782

8A 4F 14
80 El F7
SA 47 OF
20 IF

L22_'S,

get old value in control register 5
cl.ar send break bit in 7201

will have to consider sending the auto Xon.
This is messy, but necessary for proper handling!
If buffer empty, and auto xoff was sent, we must send it
now, since it rIIay be the last t ;me we oat control.
host is Xoff1d, and missed Xon because of break being sent!

The Mtc"oso,t MACRO Asse .. bler

02-20- ••

PAGI

.7-2

CaMBIa.

,.,.

1 •••
1 •• 7

078.
078.
0787
0711

lias IXTINTION SIRYICI ROUTINIS

.. ,.
II

OS
0211 R

8RKCOMMDN:
MaY
MaY
~MP

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMIIOS

PC~LAG(.X],CL

AH,CRS
WRIT17201

PAGE

restore f1aO
ThiS ;s to be written to control reo I
Go to,co .... on subroutine to do it.

48-1

8105 EXTENT ION SERVICE ROUTINES
11aa
19&9

1890
1991
1192
1993

RCYINT
Th;S routine is called to set up the receive character
service routine.

1194
1115
1196
1197
1118

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

CX.DX

EXIT CONDITIONS:

AL
AL

pOints to user

interrupt

information block

1991
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
200S

2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013

2014
2015
2018
2017
2018
2019

2020

078C
071C
0711£
07CO
07C4
07C6
07C9

....

: 0
inval;o port number
: FF function sucessfully performed.

RtVINT:

I.
C2
26: aA BE 00
32 CO
EO 0911 R
72 13

MOV
MOV
MOV
XOR
tALL

07C8
07CF
0700
0701
0704
07D7
0708
07DC

26 : C• • 6 01
IC
FA
18 .7 18
ac .7 lA
CI .7 17 01
10
BO FF

LIS
PUSHF
CLI
MOV
MOV
MOY
POPF
MOV

070E

point

BP,CX
ES,OX
CH,ES:!BP]
AL,AL
GETPC8
L23_10$

ES:.P to user's cont r

0' block

get port number
assume ; nva 1 id port number
get address of port control block
)
exit i f port number inva 1 id

AX,OWDRD PTR U: l]BP]

get address of routine to be cal led
disable interrupts to dO rest

PCRCVA[BX!,AX
PCRCVA+2(8XJ ,ES
BYTE PTR PCRCVF[aX!,1

put ; t into the port control block
put segment address ;nto PC b1cok
set flag to ;ndicate ; ts on
restore user's flag state
set sucessful ret ur n code

AL.OFFH

2021

2022
2023

L23_10$,

RET

;

r at urn to ca"er

2024
202&

2026
2027
2028

Rev CAN eEL
ThiS routine is ca'led to cancel tne receive cha,-aeter
service routine.

2021
2030
2031

; nt err upt

port number

2032

ENTRY CONDITIONS:

2033
2034
2035

EXIT CONDITIONS:

cOrilNand ignored if port

number

invalid

2036
2031

203.
2038
2040

070F
07DF
07E2
07E4

ea 0811
72

CS .7

CYCANCEL:
CALL
~C

17 00

MOV

GETPCB
L24_1$
BYTE PTR PCRCVF[BX],O

get address of port control block
i gno,. til command ; f i nva' ; d port II
clear flag to ca,l service routine

The Mtcr •••• t
COMBIOS

MACRO Ass ••ble,.

02-20-'.

I'AG.

BIOS EXTENTION SERVICE ROUTINES
20.'

0.,.,

C:I

L24_IS: RET

02-20-14

The Microsoft MACRD Assemble,.
COMB IDS

"eturn to

0.1'.,.

PAGE

BIOS EXTENT ION SERVICE ROUTINES
2042
2043
i - - · .......... -- .. ----- ..... ----- .. - - - - - - - - - - .. ------- .. -- ............. -- ....... _- .... - ....... _ ...... - ..

20".

2045

X M T M T V

20 • •

204?
2041
204'
2050
205'
2052
2053

This routine is called to sat up the transmit empty buffe,.
service routine.
ENTRY CONDITIONS:

CX,DX

pOints to the BIDS descriptor

EXIT CONDITIONS:

• 0

if port numbe,.
connected.

= ~F

20 • •

20B.
20&1

20S?
2051
2051
2010
2081
2082
2083
201.

2085
208'
208?
2081
2011
20?0
20?1
20?2
20?3

O?E,
O?E'
O?EB
O?ED
O?FI
0?F3
O?FI
O?FI
O?FC
O?FD
O?FI
oaOl
DaD.
DaD.
OaOB

20'74

oaoe:

20?S
20?1
20??
20?1
20?'
2010
2011
2012
2013
2084
2015
2011
201?
20.1
20 ••
20'0
2011
20'2
2013
20'4

OIOE
0811

0113
0.,1
01,.

interrupt

invalid or not

command sueessfully

impl •• ented

i------------- .. _------------------------- .. ------------ --------_ .. -------.
XMTMTV :
'1 U

.E C2
28: IA BE 00
32 CO
Ea OSII R
?2 20
21 : C4 n 01
IC
FA
a. 4? 10
ac .? IF
CI .? lC 01
80

IA 4? 01
OC 02
II t? 01
84 01
II 02n R
10 FF
C3

MOV
MOV
MOY
XOR
CALL
.IC
LIS
PUSHF
CLI
MOV
MaY
MOV
PDPF
MOV
OR
MOV
MOV
CALL
MOV
L2S_'S: RET
;--

IP,CX
I!S,DX
CH,U: IIPI
AL,AL
GETPCB
L2S IS
AX, iiWORD PTR

pOint

ES:IP to us.,.·s control block

get port numbe,.
aSSUMe inval ia POl"'t numbe"
get addrllSs of port cantrol block
)
tgnore command i f ;nva' id port
gat address of rout i n_ to be called
disabl. interrupts to do rest

IS: IIIPI

PCXMTA IIX I. AX
PCXMTA+21IX I, ES
BYTE PTR PCXMTF I ax I , I

put ; t into the port control block
put segment: address into PC bleok
sat flag to ;ndicate Its on
restore usar·s flag stat.
get i ... ge of control reg; st a,. I

AL,PCCR111XI
AL,CR1TXIE
PCCR 11 ax I. AL
AH,I
WRITE?201
AL,OFFH

save new value

WI'" i t .

to ?201

sat return 5ucessful code
return to calla,.

...... ----- . ------------_ . _---------------_ . __ ... __ ...... _- ........ -............... _- .... -.
X M TeA NeE L

ThiS routine is called to cancel the tranS_It empty buffe,.

interrupt

service routine.
ENTRY CONDITIONS:
EXIT CONDITIONS:

;

01,.

port

"LIII.be,.

-_ ...................... -_ ...... _ ..... -_ ........................... --_ ................ ----- ........ -.......... _ ...... _.. _. .

XMTCANCIL:

Th. Microsoft MACRO Ass ... bler
COMIIOS

02-20-"

.I-Z

~AGI

liDS IXUNTION SI!RVlCE ROUTINES
2015
2011
2017
201'
2011
2100
2101
ZIOZ
2103

0111
OIIC
OIU
0122
012S
0127
012A
012C
012~

II
72
CI
IA
24

••

0111 R
II
47 IC 00
47 01
~O

47 01
14 01
II 0281 R
C3

The Mic ... osoft MACRO AsseMbler
COMIIOS

CALL
JC
MOY
MOY
AND
MO'
MOV
CALL
L2I_IS: RET

02-20-14

GITPCI
L21_1$
IVTI PTR PCXMT~ IIX 1,0
AL,PCCRIIIXI
AL,HOT CRITXII
PCCR IIIX I, AL
AH,I
WRIT17Z01

get address
port cont ro 1 bloCk
ignore contftland I f po ... 't nuNb .... inval td
cl.ar "ag to call service rou't tne
gat i .. age
control reg i s't.r I

save new value
go wr f t . it to 7201
return 'to cal1.r

50-1

PAGE

BIDS EXTENT ION SERVICE ROUTINES
2104
2105
2101
2107
2108
2101
2110
2111
2112

HAC K 7

2 0

ThiS ... outtne is called to setup the ;nter",upt vectors so that on
the following inte ...... upt from the app ... opr iate 7201, the appl ;eat ion
service routine is called instead of 'the one in the BIOS.

2113
211.
2115
2116

ENTRY CONDITION:

CX.DX

EX IT CONO IT IONS:

NONE,

2117

2 t ,.
2111

point to • 5 byte desc ... ipto ...
whe"'. the fi ... st byte is the
device numbe .... and the next 4
are the Offset, and segment of
the user se ... v;ce routine.

2120
2121

2122
2123
2124
2125
2121

DEVICE NUMBER ARE

no check is done at all.

FOLLOWS:

2127

1
2

212.

2121

comm port (PORT A)
printer po ... t (PORT B)
optional comm IRS423) PORT B
optional comm IRS422) PORT A

2130
2131

2144

0130
0130
0132
0134
0138
013A
Oa3.
0130
0141
0142
0143
0144
0141

2146

0.4C

2146
2147

014F
OISO
01.'
Oa&2
0lS3

01
FA
al
a8
88
IE
07
FC
A8
12

0155
DIS.
oasl
DISC
OI5F

07
01 13
AF 0000 I
13 C3 02
8C 17 0000 E

2132
2133
2134
2135
2136

2137
2138
2139

2140
2141

2142
2143

2141
2141
21&0
2151
2152
2153
2154

2155
2158

ACK7201 :

II U
IE C2
2.: IA IE 00
32 H
41
01 E3
2.: C4 BE 01

17 0115 R
8F 01.0 R
0004

MOY
MOY
MOV
XOR
DEC
SHL
LIS
PUSHF

IP,CX
ES,DX
BL,!S:IBPI
SH,BH
BX
BX,I
IP,OWORO PH ES:

PUSH

CLI
MOV
MOV
MOY
PUSH

POP
CLD
L27_'$: STDS
LOOP
POP
SHL
MOY
ADD
MOV

AX,HACKTAI(IXI
0l,FlXTABl8Xl
CX,4
DS
ES

paint ES:BP to desc ... ipto .........
get device numbe ...
m.. ke it into offset to table
; point ES:ap to user se ... vice routine
make su ... e inter",upts are off
save segment of se ... vice routine

lap)

get add ... ess of the klUdge to jump to us ....
now mOdify the offset of se ... vice routin.s
'4 offsets to be fixed)
point ES to bios ..... e.
(make sure of di .... ctions cor ... ect)

WORD .TRIDll
L27_1S
ES

IX,I
HYICTORIIXI,IP
8X,2
HVECTOR I ax I ,ES

... epeat fo .... offset values
.... s'to ... e segMent of se ... v;ce ... outine
calculate save area fo ... v.eto ... (dev# ·1).4
save use'" service ... out;nes into the tabl.

T .... Microsoft MACRO ASS ... bl.,.
CDMIIDS

02-20-14

PAIII!

110-2

UDS I!XTI!NTIDN SI!RVICI! RDUTINI!S
21.'
2115.
2115.
2110
2181
2182
2113
2114
218.
218.
2111
2111
2111
2110

0 •• 3
0 •• 4

ID
C3

0...
0."
01"
01"
0."

012A
0121'
0134
0138

O.ID
OI.D
0.",
0'"
0.'3

001'2
OOEA
OOFA
0102

retnstate interrupt status
return to cal tar

PCPI'

RI!T
R
R
R

HACKTAI LAIEL
DW
DW
DW
DW
I'lXTAI

R
R
R
R

The Microsoft MACRO Ass.mbler
CDMBIDS

LAIEL
DW
DW
DW
DW

02-20-14

WDRD
HACKA
HACKl
HACKX,
HACKXA
WDRD
JNT"7201.a

lNT'201
lNT'201+U
INT'201+24

PAGE

51-'

BIDS EXTENTIDN SERVICE RDUTINES
2171
2112
2173
2174

2175
2178
217'
2171
217.
2110
2111
2182
2183
2184
2185
2181
211'
2111
211.
2180
2181
2112
2113
2184
2115
218.
2187
218.
218'
2200
2201
2202

VECT7201
ThiS routine is called to cl.an the vectors so that they will point
to the default service routines.

has daviee number

ENTRY CDNDITIDN:

EXIT CONDITIONS:

NONE. no check is done at all.

DEVICE NUMBER ARE AS FOLLOWS:
&
II

a
I

comm port (PORT A)
pr i "tar port (PORT . )
optional COM. (R5423) PORT.
optional co.m (R5422) PORT A

......... _-- . -....................... ---- ...... -- .................. _ .... _--- . ---_ ........................................ .
017S
0175
0177
08""

017A
017C
01.0
01"
01.7
oau

2203

0 •• ,

2204
2205
220'
2207
2201
2201
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
221S
2211
2217
2211
2218
2220
2221
2222

O.aA
olal
oaac
OlaD
oaaE
01.0
01.,

aA DO
32 I'F

DI
a.
al
II
FC
IE
07

E3
IF Oa.2 R
17 OalA R
0004

'C
FA

AD
AI
E2 FC

.D
C3

0192

V!CT7201:
MOV
XOR
D!C
SHL
MDV
MDV
MDV
CLD
PUSH
PDP
PUSHF
CLI
L2B_'S: LODS
STDS
LDDP
PDPF
RET
VECTAI

0.82

00,.2 R

oal4
01.'
01.1

OOEA R
OOFA R
0102 R

oalA
0.8A
OIIC
OIIE
OIAO

0112
OIOA
OIlA
0122

OURTAI
R
R
R
R

IL,CH
IH,IH
IX
IX,I
DI,VECTAB IIXI
51,DURTAB laxl
CX,4
DS

calculate the offset froN device

nu.be~

point to table to be fixed
point to default table
4 offsets to be fixed
make sure of direction for STOS, LDDS
po;nt ~S to 1105 ar ••

.ake sure were not
WDRD PTR IS 1]
WDRO PTR I DI I
L28_'S

LAIEL
DW
DW
DW
DW

WORD

LAIEL
DW
DW
DW
DW

WDRD
PORTA
PDRTB
PDRTXI
PDRTXA

INT'7201+8

INT7201
INT'7201+16
INT'7201+24

rep.at

interrupted

get default vector
put it into vector tabl.
unt i 1 .,1 4 y ect or s (par port I ar. f ; xed
reinstate interrupts status
return to caller

Th. Mlcr ••• ft MACRO A••••bl.r
COMUOI

02-20-14

'All.

1101 EXTINTION I.RVICI ROUTINIS
2223
2224
2221
2221
222'7
2221
2221
223.
22:11
2232
22:13
22:14
22:1S
22:11
22:1'7
22:11
22:1.
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2241
2241
224'7
2241
2241
2210
2211
2252
2213
2214
2215
2251
221'7
2211
2211
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2285
2218
228'7
22 . .
2211
22'70
22'71
22'72
22'73
22'74

ITATCMG

ThiS routine is called to •• t
..rvice rout tne.

0lA2
0lA2
OaA4
OaAI

oaAA
OIAC
OlAF

0111
oa ••
01 ••
Oal'7
OalA
OliO
0lC2
0lC4

oec,

INTRY CONDITIONS:

CX,DX

IXIT CONDITIONS:

AL • 0
'nv.,td port nu.be,.
AL • ~~ functton sueassfully parfor •• d.

potnts to usar t"formatton block

TATCMII:

II .1
aE C2
21: IA U 00
32 CO
EI 0111 R
'72 1:1
21: C4 41 01
IC
I'A
al 4'7 22
IC 4'7 24
CI 4'7 21 01
10
10 1'1'

up the status chanoe interrupt

MOV
MOV
MOV
XOR
CALL
..IC

I',CX
IS,OX
CM,IS: IIPI
AL ,AL
IIITPCI
LII_'0'

LIS
PUSHF
CLI
MOV
MOV
MOV

AX,OWORO PTR IS:l[IPI

gat address of routine to ba called
disable interrupts to do rest

PCSTCA [IX I, AX
PCSTCA+2 [ax 1,15
BYTE 'TR PCSTCI'[IXI,1

put 1t into the port control block
put segment address into PC bleak
set flao to 'ndicat. its on
restore use,.·s flao state
set suea.s.ul return code

lt~'''
MOY

pOint IS:8P to usa,.·. control block

oat port nu.. be,.
assu ... 'nvaltd port nUNber
get address of port contrOl block
) exit t f port nUnlbar t"va'td

AL ,OI'I'H
ReT

S T CAN C I

return to caller

ThiS routtne is called to canc.' the status Change interrupt
servtce routine.

oacs
oacs
oece
oaCA
OICE

EI 0111 R
'72 04
C. 4'7 21 00
C3

INTRY CONDITIONS:

port number

EX IT COND IT IONS:

cOM~and

ignored if port nUNber

STCANCIL:
CALL
..IC
MOV
L30_": RET

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler
COMBIOS

02-20-14

GETPCI
L30 "
IVTE PTR PCSTCF[BKI,o

PAGE

'nvaltd

gat address of port control block
ignore cOMmand if invattd port.
cl.ar flag to call service routine
return to ca".r

53- 1

liDS IXTENTION SERYICE ROUTINES
22'7&
22'71
22'7'7

;

22'7.

22'71
2280
2281
2282
22a3
22a4
22a.
22el

...................................................................................................................................................... ..
I NIT COM
This is the hard reset routine to reset all the variab'es and tables for
all three ports (comll, printer and extended co .... if it ;sinstalled)
ENTRY CONDITIONS:

potnts to BIOS data area
contains 2. if optionat co ....
port pr esent .

22e~

228.

2211
2210
2211
2212
2213
221.
211&
221.
221~

221a
22 . .
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2301
2301
230'7
230.
230.
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
231S
2318
2317
2318
2318
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
232.
2321
232~

BX1T CDNDITIDNS:
;

oeCF
OICF
0102

IA 0042
Ee 0104 R

oaD5
OaDA
OeOF
O.Bl
OIEI
01"

ao
CI
'7&
CI
IA
II

OIEC
oaEC
OIEE
oaFl
oaF3
011'7
oaF A
OIFC

oaFF
0801

I.
EI
'72
CI
EI
32
EI
FI
'7'

........................................................................................................................................................... .

INITCOM:

3E 0000 E 02
oa 0003 E 01
OB
01 0003 I 00
002A
0104 R
03
0111 R
OC
4'7 oe 15
01'7~ R
02
0'771 R
CD
II

L3'_"

MOV
CALL

OX,AS'7201
RESET'7201

reset

CMP
MOY
..INZ
MOV
MOV
CALL

XOPTION,2
PCXCOM+PCSTAT,l
L3,_,$
PCXCDM+PCSTAT.O

check I f opt ;on.' com.. board present
",ark that opt tonal board not presant
> I f not Skip opt; anal board's '7201
.. ark tnat opt 'anal board present
reset 7201 on the opt iona 1 board

MOV
L31_2S : CALL
..IC
MOY
CALL
XOR
CALL
L31_3' : DEC
..IMZ

DX,XAS~201

RESET'7201

0104
0104
0105
0101
080a
0101
0108
OIOC
O.OE

IC
FA
80 II
III
BO 02
EE
80 10
liE

on mother board

(now set default vatues to .ach port)
CH,OEVMAX
start with htghest device nUNber
GETPCB
get port control block address
L31_U
i skip this port if device don't exist
IYTE PTR PCCRll.X),CR17201 i set CR1 so to be progr ••• ad t.tar
OH T'7201
to default values
OL,DL
d.assart Nodam stgnals. and for the
SETMODEM
xco.m port. set tnternal clocking
CH
rep.at for
devices
L3"1_2S

.,1

Hota that if AL is O'~h.
thts is sat by PRG7201
0103

~201

some part of the defautt was not progra.med

RET
RISET'7201 :
PUSMF
CLI
MOV
OUT
MOV
OUT
MOV
DUT

first disable t nterrupt 5
AL,RST7201
DX,AL
AL,CR2
OX,AL
AL,CR2'7201
DX,AL

reset '7201
channal A
pOint to control register 2A
put

'7201

in stat us affect

vector Node

The

Mtc~osoft

MACRO As ••• bler

CDMBlDS
2321
2321

02-20-.'

PAlO I

OIDP

OlIO

The Microsoft MACRO Asse.bler

PDPP
RET

02-20-14

.11 done.

PAGE

CDMBI DS

BIDS EXTENTlaN SERVICE ROUTINES
2330
2331

13-2

BIDS IXTINTIDN IIRVICr RDUTINES

54-1

restore tnterrupt flags

Th. MIC~ •• Oft MACRO A •••• b'.~
CDMBIDI

02-20-.4

PADI

11-1

liDS EXTENT ION SERVICE ROUTINES
INDIP

2n2
233:1
2:1:14
2:1:11

i----------------------------------------------------- ---------------

2331

23:17
23:1.
23:18
2:140
2341
2342
234:1
2344
23411
2:14'
2347
2:14.
2:148
2:1110
2311
2312
2313
2314
2311
231'
2317
235.
235'
2310
2311
2312
2313
23.4
2315
2:111
2317
2:1"
2311
2370
2371

GeTPCB is called to get the port control block for the approprtate
device.
ENTRY CONDITIONS:

CH • devtce nUNber
DS • add"ess of bios data ar.a

IX IT COND IT I DN:

If port number valtd •

DS • seg.ent address of tne biOS data ar.a
All other reatsters are untouched
CARRY PLAG CLEARED
ELSI. Carry flag •• t.

08"
0811
0814
01"
0".
081A
OBIC
08t1!
0820

GITPCI:

082.
082A
012B

aD
77
22
74
aA
32
01
al
aD
74
FI
C3

082C
082C
OB2E
0130

0000 E
0000 E
0000 I

012_

PO 03
14
ED
10
DO
PP
E3
8P 082A R
7P 03 00
01

CNP
~A

CH.DIYMAX
CH,CH

L33_"

MOY
XOR
SHL
MOV
CMP
~Z

IL,CH
8H,IH
aX,1
IX,PcaTAB-U8XI
BYTE PTR PCSTATI8XI,O
L33_2S

L33_": STC
L33_25: RET
PC8TAI

LA8EL
OW
OW
OW

0832

CDDE

ENDS
END

The Microsoft MACRO Asse .. bler
COMBIOS

02-20-&4

WDRD
DPFSET PCCOM
DPPSET PCPRT
OPPSET PCXCON

PAGE

SYNbols-1

Macros:
N

• m

•

CALRET
SID.
TABLE.

Length
0001

0002
0002

Segments and groups:

• m

•

CGRDUP
COOl

cONbine class

IYTI

pun IC

Typo

V.'ue

Attr

Numbe,.

0040
OOOE
0002
IIT7

GROUP
0132

SyMbolS:

N
A7201.
ABAUD.
AMODEM
APPXDF
ARXDAT
ARXIPC
AS7201
ASCSUB
ASTAT.
ATXEMT
AUTOXMT.
B7201.
BAKGRNO.
IAUDMAX.
IBAUO.
BITO
BlTl
BIT2
BIT3
BIT4
BITS
BITI
IIT7
IMODEN
IRKCOMMON.
IRKERR
IRKDPP
IRKDN.
IRXDAT
IRXSPC
IS7201
ISTAT.
ITXEMT
IUPPI.

. , ton

5t2.

·..

•

NUNbe,.

Number
A1 'as

L NEAR
L NEAR
NUNber
NUMber
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
NUNber

0131

024'
0042

NUNbe,.
III LUliber

0008

NUllbe,.
NUnlbe,.

0001
0002
0004
000'
0010
0020
0040
DOlO
DOFF
0714
IIT7
07A3
0780
0143
0231
0043
02.1
021P
0521

NUNbe,.

Number
NUNbe,.

NUllber

NUNber
NUMbe,.
NUrlbe,.
NUllbe,.

L NIIAR
A1 'as

L NEAR
L NIIAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

NUMbe,.

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

'COD!:'

CODE
CODE

001A

0211
0215
01PI
0041
24AF
0011

check if port nUNbe,. valtd
) tf not go set error "aa •

L33_'1

AND

2372

2373
2374

known to be connected tne":

ax • address of the port control blOCk.

COOl
CODE
CODE

CODE
COOl
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODII
CODE
CODE

Globa'
Globa'

return

set up table pOinter
do table lookup.
check
port pre.ent
) go ax; t t, pr esant
set return code not to touch port
return to callar

com. port control block
prtnter port control block
extended CON. port control blockM

The Mtcrosoft MACRO As ....bl.r
caMBlas
aUFF'O
IUF'IR
IUFFX.
ClaAT,
CILIN.
CIMaaE
CapaRT
CIPRTY
CIRAOR
CIRCYI
CIRXaF
CIS I Z!
CISTART.
CIST .. ,
CITXI.
CITxaF
CIxaH
CIxaN.
CLK 18X
COMM_STACk
CR, .
CR1720' .
CRITXII.
CR2.
CR2720' .
CR3.
CR4.
CRS.
CR720'
CTS.

DATAl IT .
DATAIX
DATMAX
DC' .
DC3.
DEYCDM
DEYMAX
DIY"RT
DEYXCDM.
DP'LT7201

DFL TIUF .
DFLTCDM.
DFL T .. ItT.
DFLTXCDM
DSR.
DTR.
~NDTXIE.

ED 1720' .
I!!RR'720l.
I' IXTAB
FRMERR
G~TBAUD.

GETCHAR.

The Mt cr O$oft MACRO Ass ••taler
CDMBlDS

GETPCI
HACK720'
HACKA.

HACKl.
HACKTAI.
HACKXA
HACKxa
HYECTDR.
INCHA'
INCHA2
INCHAR
INCHAX
INITCDM.
INSTAT
INSTX.
INT720' .
INTIXIT.
L'O_'O'.
Ll1_"
.
L 12_'0'.
L 13_"
L14_"
LIS_'.
L 11_'0'.
L'I_S'
L17_"
L "_2'
L "_"
L'I_II'
L 11_',
L '_'"
.

t=~:::':

L22_"
L23_'O"
L24_"
L2S_1S
L21_"
L27_"
LZI_'I
LU_'O' .
L2_'OI
L30_"
LI1_"
L3'_ZI
L3'_3'
'\ L33_"
L33_Z'
.
/ L34_"
L34_'O"
L3S_"
.
L3S_'O"
L3I_Z' .

02 - 20-14

L NEAR
NEAR
L NEAR
NUMber
Number
Number
Number
Nuraber
Nu .. ber
Nu .. ber
Nu .. b.r
Nuraber
L IYTE
NUMber
Nu .. ber
N..... b.r
Nurab.r
NUnlb.r
NUNb.r
E NEAR
Nu .. ber
Numba ...
NUmber
NUNbe'"
Nu .. ba'"
Nu .. bar
Number
Numbe'"
L NEAR
A1 ias
L NEAR
L NEAR
Numbe ...
Number
Numbe ...
Number
Number
Number
Number
L NEAR
L NEAR
y IYTE
Y IYTE
y IYTE
Al las
Al ;a5
Nuraber
Number
NUllber
L WORD
At ias
L NEAR
L NEAR
L

OS31

0514
057S
0003
DO"

Sy .. bols-2

CODE
CODE
CODE

0001

0000
000.
0000
OOOS

0001
0001
0000
0002
0001
OOOA

CODE

oooa
0007

0040
OO.A

CODE

ODD'
0015
0002
0002
OD'D
0003
000.
OOOS

0013
BIT3
03E7
0.41'
ODDS
DO"
00'3
ODD'
0003
0002
0003
01i77

0511
0000
0000

0000
IIT2
BIT2
002.
003.
0030
08110
IITI
04E'
0"0

02-20-84

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L WORD
L NEAR
L NEAR
Y WORD
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
WORD
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR

PAGE

0911

0830
012A
0'21'
o.s.
0'31
0134
0000
0 •••

01118
0.2S
OstlE
oaCF
OS'2
0125
OOEA
007'
OSI8
OSIF
OSEI
011'0
DID'
0&2E
0lC4
OIC'
DIal
onl
0707
0723
073A
0054
0710
07 ••
07AI
07DE
07EI
01 . .
0121'
0152
oalC
OIC.
0211
DICE
OIEC
DalE
011'1'
012A
OIZI
041'5
04FA
07111'
0774
0711'

CODE
CODE
CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Global
Global
External
External
External

CODE
CODE
CODE

Global

PAGE

SYllltaols"3

CODE
CODE

Global

CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
COaE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CaaE
CODE
CaaE
CaaE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CaaE
CODE
CODE
c;aaE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

External
Global
Global
Glob.l

The MtcroSOft MACIIO Ass ...bl.,.
COMIJOS

L3_'01
L4_'I.
L4_'01
LI II.
LI-13'
LII:1II1
LII_U.
LII_U.
LI_', .

~~:::i

LI_'0S
LI_IIS.
LI_', .
LI_41.
MODE
MODEl.
MOOEMAX.
MOOEX.
NXTlNT
NXTINTI.
oUIITAI
oUTCHAR.
DUTCH X
OUTN2.
OUTNOW
OUTSTAT.
OYRERR
PARERR
PARITV

PC7Z01
PCIAUD
PCITAI
PCCDM.
PCCRI.
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCR4.
PCCRS .
PCOATI
PCDFL T
PC~A IL
PCFLAG
PCID
PCLEN.
PCMASX
PCMoOE
PCMoDM
PCPRT.
PCPRTY
PCRAOR
PCIIATE
PCIICYA

The Microsoft MACRO Assa.bl.r
CDMIJDS

"CRCn
PCRCYF
PCRXOF
PCS7201.
PCS IZE
PCSTART.
PCSTAT
"CSTCA
PCSTCF
PCSTPI
PCTU.
PCTXo~

PCXCOM
PCXMTA
"CXMT~
"CXOF~

"CXON.
POIITA.
POliTI.
PDIITXA
"oIlTU
PRG7201.
"RIICMZ
"IIGCM3
"RGERR
"RTYMAX.
"UTCHAR.
IIICoUNT.
IIIDHT
IIIHEAD
IIB1N
IIILEN.
IIIMAX.
IIIDUT.
IIISTART.
RITAIL
RIXoF~

RIXoN.
RCVll.
RCYI2.
RCVIAUO.
RCVIPRT.
RCVIRK
RCVIX.
RCVCANCIL.
RCVCoMMoN.
RCVDIS
RCVINA
RCVINT
RCVD ....
RCVX
RCV.oF
RDMDDI!M.

02-20-14

NEAR
NIAR
NEAR
NIAR
NIAR
NIAR
NIAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
Numbar
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L WORD
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
A1 ias
A1 ias
L NeAR
NUMber
Number
L WORD
Y BYTE
Number
Number
Number
NUllbe,..
NUNbar
NUMbe,..
Numbe,..
Nu .. be,..
NUlllbe,..
NUlllbe,..
Number
Numbe,..
Nu .. ba,..
Numbe,..
Y IYTE
NUl"ltJa,..
Numbe,..
Numbe,..
Numba,..

020.
0330
0341
0311
03A2
03AD
0313
0310
03CI
0421
03~C

04AO
0 .. 3
04C'
0401
03 ••
0301
0002
03Ea
002A
Don
oalA
oacs
oaFI
0730
0701
0lA7
IITS
11T4
0342

0010
0001
012C
0000
0001
OOOC
0000
OOOE
OOOF
0021
000.
0026
0014
0000
003'7
00115
00Z7

L IYTE
Number
Nu .. ber
NUnlber
Numbar
NUNIber
NUnlber
Y BYTE
Numbar
N"mbar
N"lIIbar
N"Nbar

L WORD
L WORD
L WORD
L WORD
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Number
L NEAR
Numbar
NUMber
Numbar
NUMbar
Number
Number
Number
L IYTE
NUNbar
Numbe,..
Number
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Al 'as
L NIAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Al '.s
L NEAR
Alias
L NIAR

SYMbols".

CODE
COOl
COOl
CODE
COOl
CODE
CODE
CODE
COOl
COOl
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Clobal
Clobal
Clobal

CODE
CODE
CODE

I:xotern.'

CODE

E»eternal

PAGE

SYMbols'"

OOOS

0000
002A

0033
OOOA
001.

OZ-ZO-"

Numbe,..
Number
Number
NUnlbe,..
Number

PAGE

0028
001"7
OOZF
0012
0031
0000
0003
OOZZ
OOZl
OOZI
002C
0030
0000
0010
ODIC
002E
0020
0112
010A
0122
011A
0208
0301
0310
0311
0003
081'7
0000
0020
OOOC
000.
0010
0002
000.
0000
OOOE
0001
OooA
0417
0.71
04110
0413
BlTO
0.12
0701'
OIOA
051'.
OSEA
071C
IlTs
01 .. ,
BlTI
07.8

CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
COOl
CODE
CODE
CODE

I!xternal

1:10ba1

Glob.'

CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
COOl

G'ob.,
lI'ob.,
Clobal
lI'ob.'

CODE
CODI!

G'ob.,

The Microsoft MACRO Ass •• bl.,.
COMIIOs

02-20-.'

PAGE

RDHVMCaM

NEAR
NEAR
HEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
HEAR
NEAR
NEAR
NEAR
HEAR
NEAR
NEAR

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

RDSI:TUP.

RECI
REC3
REC4
RECI
RECI
REC7
RECI
RECI
RECEIVER
RECX
RESET7201.
RI
RLSO
RsT7201.
RTS.
RUPT7201
RUPTCOMMOH
SAVE SP.
SAVE 55.
sETMiiDEM
sPDI
SPREC.
SPRECI
sPRECEIVE.
sPRECX
sPSEL.
SRI.
sR2.

SRl.

sRLsO.
sRTs
sTATCHG.
sTCANCEL

0000

DaCA

0117
0172
01 ••

01 IA
OIAO
0115
0117
0107
01 ••

01E3

ala.

A1 ,as

BlTO
II T'

Number

001.

A1,as

A1 ;«5

L NEAR
L NEAR
L WORD
L WORD
L NEAR
Al ;a5

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Al ;"5
Number
Number
Number
Al,as
Al'.s

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

0000

OOA.
0775

BITI
0253
0212
0248
02&.

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODe

BITO
0001
0002
0003

IIT1

IITI
08A2

OICS

CODE
CODE
CODE

TXBUn

L NEAR

TXXON.

NEAR

OSSA

CODE

CODE
CODE

TXXONS

NEAR

0894

TXXONX

NEAR

VECT7201
VECTAI
WRITE7201.

NEAR

06A6
0175
08.2

XAEXIT
XAMDaeM.

L NEAR

XARXDAT.
XARXSPC.
XA57201.

002.
0021
027C

CODE

OOFF

0286
0281
002A

T"_ Microsoft MACRO Assembler
COMIIOS

02-20-a4

L NEAR
L NEAR

027A

IATKEMT.
.87201

Number

0029

BVTE

0000
0000
0002
0141

XASTAT

KIAUDI

XBAUD2
XIMDDEM.

Number

V BYTE

XIRXOAT.

02'76

XIRISpe.

L NEAR
L NEAR

1857201 .

Number

.B5TAT
.ITKEMT,
XI NT720 I
XMTlO.

L NEAR
L NEAR
L WaRO
L NEAR
L NEAR

0210

A1 ;85

I]T3
04EO
0119

XMT.AUD.

XMTlRK
XMTlX.
XMTCANCEL .
XMTMTY
XMTKa~

XMTKaN

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Al 'as
A1,as

XONO~I
XONO~~
XONO~X

CODE

CODE
CODE

L NEAR
L NEAR

0243
0021

PAGE

CODE
CaDI!

CODE

CODE
CODE
CODE

048.

CODE

04A1

CODE

CaOE
CODE
CODE

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR

04FD
OS 13

CODE
CODE
CODE

BYTE

0000

CaDE

XRUPT720 I .
XSTATI
XSTATCHG
XsTATX

L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
L NEAR
Numb.,.

OOOA
02BC
0298

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Warning Seve ... e

Errors
0

02CO
0010

Exte ... n_'
Ext erna 1

CODE
CODE

XOPTION.

Symbols-7

CODe

OOF'A

IITl
0501

Glob.l

CODE
CODE

021A

07&1
lin

Glob.'
Global

CDDE
CODE

0219

Number
Number

Glob.l

CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE

Number
Number
L NEAR

XA7201
XABAUD

Global

CaaE

0318
0003
0010
0222
0237

NEAR
Number
Nunbar

Ext ern.l
Globa'

lin

0012
00A6

STOPIIT.
STPBMAX.
5X7201
TXIU',..ER

WORD

Symbols'"

Glob.,
Global

Ex'ternal
Global

COMIIOS
Symbol Cross Reference

'?N

I .. is definition)
7."
7."

7."
7.

,.
78

,, ......

,."

"7'"..

7.
7.
7.
78
7."

7'"
7.

A7201.
ABAUD.
AMOOEM
APPXOF
ARXDAT
ARXSPC
A57201
ASCSUB
ASTAT.
ATXEMT

78"
7.#
7."
7 ..'
291
300
7 ..'
7.#
218
217

1283
330
331
205
'56
329
32.

AUTOXMT.

484

B7201.
BAKGRNO.
BAUDMAX.
BBAUD.
BITO
BITl

BIT2
BIT3
BIT4

BITS
BIT6
BIT7
BMODEM
BRKCOMMON.
BRKERR
BRKOFF
BRKON.
BRXDAT
8RXSPC

BS7201
aSTAT.

BTXEMT
BUH1.
8Uf'Fl0

BUFFER
BUFFX.
CALRI!T
ellDATB

CILEN.
CBMDDE
CBPORT
CBPRTY

78"
78*
78"
7.#
78"
7'"
78"

7."
7 ...
7IN
7IN
78#
7."
1953
78#
117
116
285
2 ••
78"
29'
213
1262

1272"

'3"

1260

2.1
7."
7IN
7.#
7."
78"

520_

7.
78

7.
78
7."

1618

ere'-'
7a
7.
7.*
7."
78"
7."
7."
7."
78

78"

78 ..

7 ...
7'"
7."
7."
7."
78
7.

7a
7a
7a
7.
7'
7'"
78"

174a

1756

7a
7a
7a
a71

936
7a
525

7.
7.
7.
7.
78
78
736

1952

1975
1037
1045

78
78
78

7'"
7'"

7.
7.
7."
7."
7."
7'"

,."
78
7.

7."
7."
78
7.

7.
78

7'
7."
7'"

7'
,.
7.11

78"
78"
7'"
7."
78

7."
7'_
7.
7'
78

"7.
7."

7."
78"
78 It
78"

7'"
78

7'"
7."
7'
78
7.
78
7.
7'"

7.
7."
7."

7'"
7."
7."
7.

728"
550it
162&

7.
7.
7.
7.

375.
615"
2282

1 t 83

7a"

""
78

97.
1037
1045

, 621" ",.0
936
871

1696

1821

112.

81.

822

1887

1697

1835

,.4.

"94

1529
2353"

1110

illS

,.78

1984*

150
1967_
1944*

3U
32.
167
323
322

382"
607*,

203
720_
577it

1268"
1388

1257*

1265

...
...

1310*

.11

1000

1005

102

906

1418

862

817

900

COMBIOS
Symbol Cross Reference

CBRADR
CaRCVB
CBRXOF
C.SIZE
CBS TART .
CBSTPB
CBTXD.
C8TXOF

CD.OFF
CaXON.
CGROUP
CLK UX
CODE
COMM_STACK

CRI.
CR17201.
CRnXBE.
CR2.
CR27201.
CR3.
CR •.
CR5.
CR7201
CTS.

DATABIT .
DATAaX
DATMAX
DC1.
DC3.
DIVCOM
DEVMAX
DEVPRT
DIYXCOM.

DFLT7201
DHTIUF.
DHTCDM.
DFL TPRT .
DFL TXCOM
DaR.
DTR.

I" is def ;nit ion}

7'_
7 ...
7 ...
78*
78*
7 ...
7IN
7IN
78"

7IN
73

78"

,.8
7."
7."
7._
7."
7."
7."
7."
7."
209
7."
822
1002

7."
7."
7."
7."
7'_

.,."

7."
102
103

....
8'"

10'72

1079

108'

1100

1109

1106

1137

114'

2373

.26
1258

126.

.sa

863

1101

1103

830
1237
1233
7'
1339
U"

1147

273.

1358

2306
20'7'

23,.
2326
181
942

2099
104,

1475

1040

1349

212

220

1986
24a"

1823

183a

14.2
224.

1415
2271

9U"
1051.

1003

2303
10'2

235.

1327"
1330

2307

880

1149

119a

1371.

'S"
7."
7."

INDTxal.
1017201.
IRR7201.

7 ...
7."
7.N

588
231
633

F IXTA.
FRMIRR

2".
7."

211."
135

GETBAUD.
GITCNAR.
GET PC I

1075
lOS
2010

1,.0
1571"
1328
2038

123

2132"

HACK7201

C,.e'-2

1288

.1&

702
748
111011

1.7.
13'0

1013

20 ...

2085

,'.6

2304

,.1&

,..s

U ..

CONIIOS
SyrwtJio 1

I .. ;s

Cross Ref.r"nce

HACKA.
HACKl.
HACKTAB.
HACKXA
HACK ••
HVECTOR.

34 ...
350M

2143
3 ....
3&4.
14 ..

INCHAI
INCHA2
INCHAR
INCHAX
INITeDM.
INSTAT
INSTX.
INT720, .
INTIXIT .

114'
lS4.

1551.

152 ...
'554"
221,..

107

141."

1417

ISO'
212"
22,

1321
1311

I.'.
'443

deftnit ion)

351

Cr.f-3

311

21&4

21.,

21 . .

2111

2170

2213

2214

2301

IS ....

101
1540

'II
213

L'O_.OS.
L "_"
L12_'OS.
L '3_"
L14_ 11
L
LIS .OS.
L16 51
L17:lI
L'7_2$
L18_',
L I a_51
LII_1$
L '_'S.
L20_'OS.
L2'_'S
L22_'$
L23_'0$.
L24
LU:.S
L28_"
L27_"
L2a_"
L21_'O'.
L2_'O'
L30_"
L3'_',
L3'_2$
L3' 3$
L33:1$
L33_2'
L34_'S
L34_'0S.
L3S_'S
L35_'O'.
L36_2$
L3_'OS
L4_1$.

2,.,
2182
2UO ..
2114
2113
347

1572

'.03 ..
2117

2215

2211

23 ••

'3.,..
13.4 ..
142U

.. ,.4_.
, .. ,
,74.
17.,.
, ,

1&_"
-

1530

14 ....
'533"

1701

170'.

'70U

17.7

175O.

1751

,., B
113 ••

,.,."
'138

2011

1122
11.&"
1I7U
2022"

203.

2041.

'.'S
204
1819
,'4.
11.1

••

'14a"
215M

201S

2071 ..

201.

2103.

2149"
2206.

2'50
220a

2245

22 •••

521
2272
2217
2304#
2305
2355
2313

"8.
.112
,.13
lalO

1887
71S
a62

112'"

537 ..
2274"
2302.
2311

2310.

2357

231 ••

2385.
1201.
111.

1207.

la •• *

'.'6
, ,.
768

, a"M
77'.

I •••

COMSIDS
SYnlbol

L4_' O.
L5_1$.
LS_ '3$
L5_1I$
LS_2$ .
LS_U.
LI_ ,$.
L7 1$ .
L7 '0'
La:,o.
La_5S.
LI_".
LI_4' .

MOOE
MODE1.

MODIMAX .
MOOEX.
NXTINT
NXTINT' .
OURTA.
OUTCHAR.

OUTCHX
OUTN2.
OUTNOW
OUTS TAT .
OVRERR
PARERR
PARITY
PC720'
PC8AUD
PCITAI
PCCON.
PCCR •.
PCCR2.
PCCR3.
PCCR4.

pcells.

PCDATI
PCO~LT

PCF"AIL

peFLAG

Cross Reference

I .. ;5 d.'init;on)
a.o
II'

121
loa
"I

12'

I ..
'013
'004
1107
1102
1110
11152

.,.7a ..
82'

114

132

Cr.' -..

114
134 ..

131"

90'

.2 ••

104

110

112

III"

1021

103,

1033.

170.
10'7

'00 ••
1112.
110S,.
1153,.
1182,.

I., ..
178#
liS
la4"

113.

20'

223 ..

2111
111
1744
1122

221.#

'13

'.'4"
11.1"

835

,742
748

7'"
120
7 ...

131
114 ..
4 ..

.713

110
7 ...

,. ..

23S'
ao.
7 ...

,...

7'"
7 ...
7 ...

,. .
7a ..

.,a ..
7 ...
1111

PCID
PCLEN.
PCMAIK
peNOD!
PCNOON
PCPIIT.
PCPRTY
PCRADR

1'71'
80S.

7a ..
7."
'7'"
7 ...

,. ..
.,7 ...

...

12 ..

''738.

1787"
1131

1011
23 •• "

''78'

'.41"

1147

741
1113

207
253

37.
1357

5S,
2073

118
2071

721
201.

2311
2'00

251
250
2&.
913
133a
20a
423
'''I

177
a70
.031
'001

1.0
a73
'031

1044

,441
14,
.IS,

1411
.331
1174

1474

135
.346

.047
131
'34a

112'

1127

1837

2"
427
112.

211
4'71
1123

4'.

74,
'112

743
1741

7.1
".1

1213
1717

1344
1111

'441
1141

.47.
1172

62.
.4,S
1120
313

121

.031

1710

.110

I.,a

72'

2370

'2.5

.21.

.31S
434
971
1111
2.0
121
437

'13'

....
loa

'.34

18'0
'.1.

11.3

COMBIOS
Symbol

Cross Ref.r.nce

PCRATE
PCRCVA
PCRCVB
PCRCVF
PCRXOF
PCS7201.
PCS I ZE
PCSTART.
PCSTAT
PCSTCA
PCSTCF
PCSTPB
PCTU.

IN Is defin;t ion)
7 ...
7 . .'
7..,
78"
7."
78"
7..,

78"
7..,
78"
78"
78"
78"
7,,,
8",
7."
7."
7a"
7."

PCTXOF

PCXCDM
PCXMTA
PCXMTF
PCXOFF
PCXON.
PORTA.
PORTI.
PORTXA
PORTXB
PRG7201.
PRGCM2
PRGCM3
PRGERR

l27.
l21.
339M

333"
101
OZ8
832
"6
7.*
112

PRTYMAX,

PUTCHAR.
ReCOUNT.
RBOP'LT

7..,
7..,

RBHEAD

78"

RaiN
RUEN.

Cr.f-S

10a6

1090

1154

4 ••
10a5
489
417

2016
1151

2017

241

491
a29
521

1112

4,3

415

2018

2040

S ••

611

621

672

2362
2251
768

770

2252

2273

2286
767
784
'67

2298
2250

76&

472
218
584
S81

425
421
2219

833
310

IS07
584

612

725

2296

2069

2070
585

5a7

2071

2097

1499

1538

583
483
1236

1240

1750

1625

174&

.,1.

474

1302

1293

1547

460

1211

1387

448
442

465
471

1292

1543

1290
1300
1551

1387

78 ..

463

12.7

1545

1077

1089*

R.CV8PRT.

1083

.23
7 ...

RCVIIRK

RCVBX .
RCVCANCEL.
RCYCDMMON.
RCVOIS
RCVENA
RCYINT
RCVOFF'
RCVX
RCVXOF

450
477
1307
10811f

1071t1

1099#

741

743

119

1333
1473#
14641f

2037.

1351
200SN
1448

1441i1

7'N

490
7 . .•

7.
7.
78
7.

1304

1093#

106
IDS
118

1291

1616

107.

1449

78
7a
7.
7.

1788

440

RBOUT.

ReV.2.
RCVBAUD.

78
78
78
78

'39#
.20
1783N

475

Rev., .

1615

1341

834.

1287

7'"

1542

1812

8301f

441

7 ...
78"

2371

1820

2222
2221

1261

78tt

2218

lGB4

2220

7..,
78"
7",

ABSTART.

1354

1148

RBMAX.

RITA lL
R.8XOFF
RaXON.

731

1244

4B4
423

756

1471
486#

427

1213

1693

COM. lOS

Symbol

Cross Refel"'ence

RDMODI!M.
RDNYMCOM

ROSETUP.
REt1

REC3
REC'
RECS
RECI
UC7

,,.
92 ..
104
422
418

RECI

RECB
RI!CEIVER

RECX
RESET7201.

RI
RLSD

451
443
464
416
476
377
424
206

l- is

def ;n;t 10nJ

Cref~6

1177#
1335
1401#
425_

426

433_

644

452#
455#
451.
467.
4'70.
481.

3.4
420
217

413.

457

473

478

2213

2300

2319#

480

48S

487.

78"
78_

RST7201.

RTS.
RUPT7201
RUPTCOMMON

SAVE SP.
SAYE 55.
SED.

7."
7."

188
183

241
240

266#
267.

78
7.

78
78

78
SETMODEM
SPOI
SPREe.
SPRECI

115
7 . .'
109

SPREtI!IVE.

618.
122

TAILE.
TXBUFFER
TXIUFX
TXXON.

183#
17 ••

180

SPRECX
SPSEL.
SRI.
SR2.
SR3.
IRLSD.
SRTS
STATCHG.
STCANCEL
STOPllT.
STPIMAX.
SX7201

2322

&37"

7."
7 ...
7,,,

78
78

181'"

813
752

7'
78
78
78

7.
7.

78
78
78

78
78

2309

625"

846#

128

'04

7."
7."

.,.

7."

126

2239#

127

2270.
157 •

7."
7..,

a81
184

734

TXXOMS

7,
552
5a2
1135
1111

TXXDIIX

ISO'

1114

124

2113"

VIICT7201

78
78

ses

5., ...

5.,
'80'"
1822"

58'"
1117

1353

1120

112.

1127

1132"

7.
7.
7.
7.

7.
78

7a
7.
7a
7a

CDMIIDS

Symbo' Cross Reference

is definU:ton)

VIICTAI

211.

2212"

WR1T1I7201.

252
2077

25.
2102

7 ...
7."

XA7201
XAIAUD
XAEXIT
XAMDDIIM.

se ...

703

342
343
218
341
340

"rOS.

701 ..
22'.
113"

1"'7

1203

'"7."

XAR.XDAT.
XAUSPC.
XA.7201.
XA.TAT
XAUEMT.
XI7201
XIAUDI
XBAUD2
XIMDDEM.
XIRXDAT.
.aRISPC.
XIS7201.
XIS TAT
XSTUMT.
XI NT720 I
XMTBD.
XMTlAUD.
XMTBRK
XMT" .
XMTCANCIL .
XMTMTY
XMUO'
XMUON
XONO'"
XONO"
XOND'X
XOPTION.
XRUPT7201.
XSTATI
XSTATCHG
XSTATX

30'
310
7 ...
30.
307
7."

........

7 ...
30&
301
7 ...
304
303
173

1142
824
7 ...
113.
121
120
7."
7."
1235

1238

I",

25.

Cref'"

212

.....

143

'.2

1111
1757

1131

1041

1048

13110

1351

1471

.....

1200
338
337
174
335
334
302 ..
114 ...
1131.

1823
118U
1334

3 ....
81,.
'72 ••

563"

".0

1873

201 ••

2051"

471
1213

4.8
1810

1213
1821

1113

1131

123'7.

1232 ..
124,11
2215

17
737
722
742

1"70tl

71&"
72&

730 ..

783"

The Microsoft MACRO Assemble ..

02-20-.4

PAGE

I-I

lind of liD.
1
2
3
4
5

PAGE
TITLE
NAME

•

10. 132
End of B]OS
END

COMPANY CON'IDENTIAL

Copyr;ght

•

Ie) 11.3 Digital Equip ... nt Corporation

All rights .. eserved.

1
10

cgroup group code
code segment byte public 'code'
assuri. cs:cgroup

12
13
14

0000

15
11

17
11
11

20
21
22
23
24
2S
21
27
2.
21

30
31
32
33
34
3S
31
37
3.
3'
40
41
42
43
44
4S
41
,47

II.,

4'
10
II

&2
13
14
II

pub' 'Ie

."db; as

pub' ;c
pub' Ie

packet_adr.xfrpkt.i.lpkt
buffe .. ,ttraCk.tformat

pUb' tc

packet.fnccod.status.drvno.secno,trackn,nsect,d•• adr,eKst.t
paCket_base

pub' Ie

iMerely defines the end of the aIDS

··
·

0400
0400
0000

p.Cket_base equ this byte + .OOh
ttrack
equ
this byte + .oon
db • dup (Offh)
;Z80 Track position

04 [

0404
0004

tfor.at equ
this byte + .00h
db 4 dUp (Off~l
,ZIO diSk type bytes

[

000.

db 4 dup

[

; F iller

(Occ~l

··
·
··
·
·

040C

packet_adr equ this byte +

040C
OOOC
0000
040E
0001
0000

xfrpkt

,The p.cket for

t~.

0410
0410
0010
00
0411
0011
00
0412

packet
fnccod

this byte +
this byte +
0
this byte +
0
t~IS byte +

1.lpkt

status
d ... vno

equ
dw
equ
dw

equ
equ
db
equ
db
equ

thts word +
0
this word +
0

400~

;Sase address of pointerS/buffers

400~

;potnter to ·packet·

400~

.returned pOinter froN Z80

400~

;Z80 co. . . nd paCket

zao.
400~

i P'unc1: i on

code

400~

iretnd status,
400~

113'

,..7

Th. Microsoft MaCRO a •••• bl.r
I!nd of liDs

s,
liT
sa
ao

Sl
'2

••
S5

••
n

TO
TI
T2
T3
T.
TI
T•
.,T

·
·
·
·
·

0012 00
0.13
0013 00
O.U
oou 00
O.ls
0011 00
0.11
0011 0000
0.18
0011 00
0011

02-10-'.

paGI

db
.qu
db
oqu
db
oqu
db
oqu
dw
oqu
db

0
this
0
this
0
this
0
this
0
this
0

.ecnD
t ... aokn

"s.ct
dll•• d,.

exstat

0200

buffe ...

1-2

;C1r;va and side
byts + .00h
byte

• .00h

byts

_"dbtos 'abe' byte

0211

code ends

;axtenCiad status

;zao buffe ... ar ••

.nd

Th. Microsoft

MaCRO Ass ••ble ...

end of liDS

02-20-'.

PAUl!

SYMbols-1

Sa"... nts and Groups:
N .. II •

CGRDUP
CODE

lize

. , ton

combt n_ class

GROUP
0211

'VTI

PU.LIC

V.'ue

Attr

0011
0.11
0.12
0211
0.18
0.10
O.OE
0.11
0.10
O.OC
0.00

COOl!
COOl!
COOl!
Cooll
COOl
CODE
COOl!
CODE
COOl!
COOl!
COOl!
COOl!
CoDI
COOl
COOl
COOl
COOl!

'COOl'

Symbols:

N .. .. •
.U .... ER
DMAADR
DRVND.
INoIlos.
IXSTaT
.. NCCoD
UaPKT
NSICT.
PACKI!T
PACKIT _aDR
paCKIIT_IaSE.
SICND.
STaTUS
T .. oRMaT.
TRaCKN
TTRaCK
."RPKT

Save,. •
W·"'";"O
Irrors
• "1"'01"'.
0

Typ.
'YTI
WORD
SYTI
IYTI
.YTE
SVTE
WORD
SVTI!
'VTI!
IVTI!
.YTI
IYTI
IVTI!
IVTI
IVTI
IYTI
WORD

0.13

0.11
0.0.
0.14
0.00
O.OC

Global
Globa'
Global
Globo'
Global

G'obo'
Glob.'
GlObal

Globa,
Globo'
Globa'
Globa'
Global

Glob.'
Globo'
G'obo'
Globo'

proc.s~

iDMA address CObS)

• .OOh

;" of ••ctors to

word + .OOh

db 200h dup COCChI

0211

.Track

byte + .00h

L.ngth -0200

."....,

1ft" .f UOS

Cr ••• ....... nc.

Is "Oflftltl.,,1

•••

IU".II

CIIIDU'
CDDI

... •••
II
II

DMAADII
DIIYND.
.NDIIDS .
•• STAT

lIapXT
I.ICT.
PACXIT
PACXIT_A .. II
'ACXIT_BAS •.
• ICID.
STATUS

••

PAGE

'0,132
MSDDS 2.00 lIDS and System intti.l;zation
BIDSINIT

t:I

12.

.3 •

....
....
..

73.

.. NCCDD

Crof-I

.1 •

I"
41"
II •

I ••
4'"
24 •

IT'
13'

TI'DIIMAT.
TRACXN
TTIIACX

3.'
I.'
21.

II'RI'XT

4:U'

Tha Microsoft MACRO ASS.Mbl.r
MSDOS 2.00 aIDS and Syst •• tnttt.ltzation

02~20~

1
2
3

TITLI

NAMI

I-I

I
I
7

CDMPANY CDNI'IDENTIAL
Copyrtght (C) 1 •• 3 Digit.l EqutpNant Corporatton
r i gl'lts reserved .

•

A 11

cgroup group code

11
12
t:I

iThlS Module sets the proper packet ptr, inittaliz.s
ithe bios 10 devtces~ and sets up SVSINIT. Aft.r the DOS takes
;control. t:,is Nodule is overwritten.

I.
IS

11
17

"11
20
21
22

23
24
21

2'
27
2.
2'

30
31

II
II

00.0
.000

biosseg all"
btosstl aq ...

.01'1
iWhar. w. load lIDS,
1 •• 102. iganerous lIDS stza.

publ Ie

btosinit

•• trn
•• tr"
•• trn
•• trn
•• trn
•• trn
extrn
•• t,"n
•• trn

dev 1 st : byt •
;ainit :na.,.
_ndbios:na.r
hd intt:n •• r
iR •• d hON., .te
pstr:"ear
pack.t bas.:" •• r
ilocatton of biOS data
packet-adr:n.ar
ilocatton of ne. paCket ptr
dos_potnter:word
ii" MSIIOS
dskdav:word. hdskdev:near, au.2dav:naar. xoptton:byta

32
33

iSVSINIT axtarna's:

:S4

extrn sysintt:far

;.ntry pOint,

31
31
37

extrn curr.nt_doS_locatton:word

extrn ftnal_dos_,oeation:word

where the DOS
is loaded,
where tt wi,l
reside,
top of devtce
e.,ain,
stle, paras,

31
40

.xt~n

davte._,tst:aword

42
43
44

••
••
.7
••

extrn M•• orY_Size:word
extrn d.f .... lt_artv.:byt •
extrn bU".rS:byte
.xtrn ft'.S:byte

Th. Mlc~ ••• ft MACRO A••••Dl.~
MlOOo 2.00 liDS and Syst •• Inltlall.atl.n

••

,.••

02-Z0-"

,AOI

1-2

pao.

coet. seo•• nt byte publ Ie 'cocle'
a.su •• cs:cgroup,clS:Clroup

0000

,.
13

''7

••'1

USI'UL 10UATIS
C

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

'-0001
• 0000

"12
13

I.
I.

1'7

I.
II

70
71
'72

73
74
71
71
77

7.
7.

.,
.3
.a
.1
••'7
••
.1

• 0002
• 0001
• 001.
• 0000
• OOOA
•

000"7

• 001.
•
•

0013
001'

•

001A

• OlEO

.0
12

• "1:,.0

•

0000
0001
0002

vara t O"_"UMba,.
rav numba,..

IIOU
IIOU
IIOU

CR
L'
SIILL
ISC
CTRL_S
CTRL _0
CTRL Z

IOU
EOU
IIOU
IOU
IOU
1I0U
EOU

ODh
OAh
07H
ISh
13h
IIh
IAh

DDS lASE

IOU

OlllOh

iMSDDS.SYI base SegMant

IYItELDC

IOU

TItUE

; vector ralocate

lardata aqu

O'E'Oh

kfrpkt

• 0010

;V.rston nYMbar tnfo
YIR_ND
ItIlY NO
MOD NO

aqu
aqu
datl.n aqu
pkt fen
aqu
zaOtn't
aqu
wprsnt
aqu
xcpr-ant equ

',"00

• 0021
:I

IINDI'

ldrpkt

· ,.,.c
•

include dafs .aSh
-I
TRUI
IOU
IOU
NOT TRUI
'ALol

Moa:nUMba,. ~% update this _Quate

ldrdata+l0h

O'II'Ch
OIOh
021h
ODh
01
02

icarrtage return
iltna f • • d

; •• 11 characta,.
; ISCapa

:location of COMMand packet
.whe,..e zao thinks packet ptr ts
ilenoth of disk data and paCket
i lIIova packet

funct i on cod.

;zao interrupt
;Winnie present
;: Xcoma presant

12
13

ilniti.lize the 810S. then set the stuff for
iSYSINIT. and JUMP to it. All of tnis code gets
i overwr itt.n .

••
•1
• 1

iTha booted disk drive is in CX .

••

100
101
102
103

0000
0000
0002
OODa
0007
000'

ac
al
IC
aE
aE

biosintt:
MOV
MOV
MOV
mav
mov

ca
DO
0210 R
Da
CO

Tna Microsoft MACRO Assambler
MSDOS 2.00 lIDS .nd Systam intti.,iz.tion
loa
105
108
107
loa
101
110
III
112

113

lIa

III
III
117

lIa
III

120

121
122

12a
125

0001

02-20-1.

puSh

ilnitl.lize a"

oooe

OOOF

0010
0012
0011
0011
0017
OOIA
OOID
0020
0021
0023

33
al
IE
.E
IE
IF
I'

0000

12a
121

5t;
xor

CO
CO

mov

Da
'''0
0000 E
0010

mov
mov
mov
mov

puSh

eld
rap

'3/ A4

pop

002a
0027
0021
0031

I I "00

IWOV

2.:
28:
28:

mov

003a
003A
0040

E8 00
28: a3 31 'II'C 00

00a2
ooa.

I ' 0011 R
lIa 0000 E

ooaa
ooaD
ooa,
0052
OOla
0011
001.
OOSD
0012

ao 31 0000 I 01
75 13
EI 0000 E
OA CO
7. OC
I. 0000 II
C7 07 0000 E
C7 a7 02 Ooao
ao 3E 0000 E 02
71 OC
0000 E
C7 07 0000 E
C7 47 02 0040

130

PAGI

CI 07 21
C7 a, 02 0000 E
C7 08 'IIFC F'OO

IWOV

mov

out
watack: c .. p
jnz

;save booted drive

tha hardw.re • • nd the interrupt vectors.
tOintt

121
127

aX,es
SS •• x
sp.offsat stack .temp stack,
ds,.x
as.ax

;setup interrupt vectors IID.ASM)

;:Need ints on
ax.ax
es •• x
i sat ES: toO
ds
isave data segment
dS,.X
;.nd set it to 0 too
si,offset ldrdata
:Nove it from def.ult pkt
dl,offsat paCket_base
;to biOS area
cX,offsat dat1an
iNOV ."
the data
;.ake sure wa mov It In the right way
movsb
;quick_ove
dS
;restora mystarious ds:
bX,offsat ldrpkt
;build p.cket for .ove
byte ptr as:[bxl.pktfcn ico .... nd to .. ove paCk at
es:word ptr 21bxJ,offsat p.ckat adr
es:xfrpkt,offsat ldrpkt
zlOint ,al
icall tha zao
as:word ptr xfrpkt.O
ise. if any return yet
wat.ck
;:watt until h. does

;Print the svstem stgnon .. assaOe

131
132

133
131
135
135
137
131

139
110
III
112
113
101
liS

II.
117

lIa

III
110
lSI
112
113
Iia

mov

call

b.,offsat hello
pstr

iprint the h.ll0 .. aSS.08

iDo so ... preliminary h.rdware configuration (.djUst device table,

OOS?

0011
OOIC
0070
007.
007a

ClOp
jne

c."
Dr
je

xopt i 1:

jna

••

mov
mov
mov
Clip
mov
mov
mov

xopt, 2:

laOV

al Da

mov

S'
1"1 CI
•• OE 0000 I

inc
raov

xopt ton, wpr 5"t
xopt i 1
hd 'nit
a'-;.1
xopt; 1
bx.offset dskdev
word ptr O[bxl,offset
word ptr 2[bxl,offset
xopt ton. xcpr snt
xoptt2
bX,offset dskdev
word ptr O[bxJ.offset
word ptr 2[bxJ.offset
aX,seo sys;nit
dS •••

,have winnie?

,yes· ca"

h.rd disk init
i.ny units
;jump if none
,point at floppy
hdskdev
biosseo
;.Xtended com. present?
; jUrlP if non8
;pol"& at

III

1&.

,..

117

007A
007.·
007D

pop

floppy

.ux2dev
biosseg
;Setup for SYSINIT

ex
i oet boot ed
e l i dr i ve,
defau1t_drtv •• cl

e'tc. )

Tho Mlc,osoft MACRO ASS •• bIO,
MIDDI 2.00 liDS And Iysto. InltlollaotlDn

02-20-14

u,
UO
111
112
113
114
III
III
117
III
III

170
171
172
173
17.
171
17'
177

17'

17.
110
181
112
113
,.4
,.1
,.1
,.7
,.1
188
110
111
112
,.3
114
liS
,.1
117
,.a
11.
200
201
202
203
20_
20S
201
207
20a
201
210
211
212
213

0011
0013
0011

IC CI
01 0400
A3 0000 I!

.. ov

aX,es

odd

AX,lbIDssla/ll)

00 . .
OOIC
001.
0010
0083
001.

'1 0000 E
04
D3 I I
OS 0041
A3 0000 •
21, A3 0000 E

"OV
"DV
shr
add
"OV
IIOV

aX,offsat andb;os

: 10c of bios and (abov. ZIO ragton)

ax,41h

;convert to paragraph
; + base sao •• nt + 1

fina' dos locatton •••
CS:dos_poTntar.ax

:FORMAT uses this to find MSDDS

NOV

e',.
aX,el

Datarmina m•• ory SiZ8 (faster than SYSINJT)
OOIA
OOIC
00.'
00"
OOAI
00A3
OOA&
OOAI
OOAI
OOAE
0010
0013
001'
0011
00.1
008D

OO.D
DOCI
ooel

33 DI
IA 1000

xor
"OV

dX,1000h

bx,bx

"OV
IIDV
IIOV
not
.OV

; get byte
.co"p"",ent byte

c .. p

el,l.
01, OS' Ibx)
81
OS' Ibx) ,81
.'.8S: [tiKI

iSanlie'

not
"OV

ts't_...... :

'E C2

OE
21, IA 07
rl DO
21, II 07
21, 3A 07
' I DO
21, II 07
7. 01
II C2 1000
'E C'
7S 1!2

,Max

* of sections 'I.IK)

iwrtte

; tnvert

back

it back to or 'gtna1 va'ue

OS, Ib,,) ,81

jn.

idone if no match
istep to next 14K

done_rile ...
dx. tOOO.,

cl
tst_......

Jnz

,.
el 01
ca

as,dx

Add
doc

i 100p

t t 11 don_

done_lIIe ... :

..amory_size,dX
buffers,4

.. DV

11 0000 E
0000 E 04
01 0000 E 01

rnov
rnov

,.s,.

ox :s • of paragraphs in system
;,A good number ' .. aybe .ade larger by user)
;; Edit CONF'JG.SYS to Change
i

;setup the pointer to our chatn of 10 devices,
,and '.aye dafa",t driY. and buffers.

ooca
OOC,
OODS
OODa
OODA
OODI
OODC

Ie OE 0002
C7 01 0000
IA otoe
10 00
'A

EA 0000

moy word ptr device 1;5t+2,C5
mav word ptr device-,ist,offset devlst
dX,lOCh
."
*** Disable MHF'U for SVSINIT
may
.',0
; ; ; MHP'U port
c 1;
; ;; I nt S 0 f f f t r st
out
dX,a,
;;; Now disable
J.p
5ysin;t
.Invoke SYSINJT (ints restore in

0000 E

MOV

---- E

OOE1

he"o
labal
rapt 0
db
db
db
db
db
db
db
db

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSDOS 2.00 BIDS and Syste.. initialization
21.
216
211
217
218
211
220
221
222
223
224
22.
228
227
22B
221
230
231
232
233
234
235
238
237
238

current_doS_'ocation, ••

0100

70
.3 n
87 I I 7_
3a 33 20
51 7. II
71 7S I I
20
IE
70 n 72
IF IE
00 0& 00

0110

00E1

02*20*&.

0210

'Version
YER_NO+'O'
IREV ND/10)+'0'
IREV:NO MDD 10)+'0'
IMOD NO/IOO)+'O'
IMOD:NO MOD 1001/10+'0'

PAGE

I -S

db
db

IMDD NO MOD 101+'0'
or. l i

'CDpy~;ght

cr,lf,O

andm
72 51
20 31 3.

4_ 89

IC
70
43
8I

20 46
BD as
IF 72
7_ I I

iStack

byte

.,,'?,

fo~

booting.

dw 12. dup (7)

stack aqu •
code ends
end

11.3 Digita' Equip ... nt Corporation'

R~INIT)

Tft. Mtor •• oft MACaO ••••~I.r
MaDOS 2.00 DID• • nd Sy.t •• tnttt.,t •• tt.n

.... .

.... .1I.n

•• • •

Typ.

'.'u.

L NIAR

0000

NUllbe,.

000'

••••• nt • • nd .r.up.,

caaou,
COos

OZ-20- ••

AUK2DI •.
IIILL

L NIAR
Nu ..ber

1I0.1N1T
1I0SSIG.
BlOS.U.

IUPP.RS.
CR
CTRL_O
CTRL_S
CTRL_Z .
..•
CURRSNT_DOS_LOCATION
DATLIN
D.PAULT_DIIIVI.
DIVlCI_LIST.
DOVLST
DONI_MIIM
DOSBAS'.
DOS_POINTIR.
aSKDIV
INDBIDS.
ISC.
'ALSII.
,ILIIS.
,INAL DOS LOCATION
HDSKDiy. HD_INIT .
HILLO.
10INIT
IVRILDC.
LDRDATA.
LDRPKT

MOMDRY_SI ZI!.
MOD_NO
PACKIIT_ADR
P.CKET_IASII.
PKTI'CN
PSTR
RIIY_ND
STACK.
SYSINIT .
TRUE
TST_MIM.
VIR_NO

NUMbe,.
V IYT!

Nu.be,.

...... b.,.
NUlMbe,.
NUMbe,.
V

WORD

NUMbe,.

V BYTI
V DWORD
V BYTI
L NIAR
NUMbe,.

V WORD
V WORD
L NIAR
NUMbe,.
NUllbe,.

Y BYTI
V WORD
L NIAR
L NIAR
L BYTI
L NIIAR
A'ias

0000
0040
4000
0000
0000

OOBD
OliO
0000
0000
0000
001B
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
00111
0000

DOl.

L NIAR
L NIAR

0000
0000

NUllbe,.

OOZS

L NEAR

0000
0001

L NIAR

NUNbe,.

Ixt.,.".,

CODE

0210

0000
• 0001
00.1'
0002

IIxt.,.".,

Ext.rna'
Ixt."nal
Ixt."na'
Ixt.rn.,l

COOl
Ixt."n.,l

Ext.,.nal

Ixt."nal

Ixtern.,l

Ixt.rnal

CODE
Ixt.rn.,'

CODI

The M;croso't MACRO Assembl."
MSDDS 2.00 BIDS and Syst ... initialization

02-20-84

PAGI

WATACK .
WPRSNT .
XCPRSNT.
XPRPKT .
XDPTI I .
XDPT 12 .
XOPTIDN.
Z&OINT .

CDDI

003A

Numb.,.

0001
0002

Numbe,.

'"FC

L NEAR

L NIAR
Y IYT!
NUllbe,.

warninG Seve ....
errors errors

NIAR
NUlllbe,.

0012

00"
0000
0000

ext."na'
Ixt.rn.,'
IIxt.rnal

0000

NUNbe,.

"ulllbe,.

Ixt.,.n.,'

TRUE
"POD
OOOA

NUNb.,.

Gl .... ,

Ixtern.'

DOlO
0000
0000
0000

Nu .. be,.

E NIAR
L ~AR

caDI

DOlI

1'11'0

, WORD

Attr

0013
001A
0000

Nu .. be,.

"uMbe,.

'Aal

SymbOls"2

CODE
CODI
Ixterna1

MlDDS 2.00 SIDS and Systo. Inltla'ization
,. Is doflnltlon)

,..

IILL
IIOUHIT
Ila"IG.
IID.SIZ .
IU"IItS.

"I.
20

CGROUP
CODE

..
"."
..

Cit

CTRL_O
CTRL_S
CTRL_Z
CURRSNT_DOS_LOCATION
DATLIN
OI'AULT DRIVE.
DlYICE_LIST.
DIYLST
DONE_MIIM
DO.IASE.
DOS_POINTER.
DsKDEY

1'7.

II.

III

•••

"0.
"
"lor

3'.

10"
12'

11'7

II •
II •

II.

1 •••

"."
21"

III

30"

1"3

INDIIDS.
ISC.

2'"
13"

II"

'ALSE.
'ILls . . . . . .
'IHAL_DDS_LOCATIDN

5a"

ao ..

LDRDATA.
LDRPKT

L'
MIMORY SIZE.
MDD_NOPACKET ADR
PACKET-lASE.
PKHCNPSTR

RI'_HO
STACK.
SYSINIT .
TItUE

MSDOS 2.00 1105 and System

,,,.

4."
3'"

10lNIT
IVRELDC.

111

21"

30 ..
25 ..
133

231

112

I.""
• 0 ..

HDSKDEY.
HD_INIT.
HILLO.

II ,

II'

14"

20".

'0'

23 ..

'2"
'3"
""

22&

...,,""

123
134

10'

23".

13
122

.. ..

lIS

12&

'1""

I'"
2""
2."

12"

, II

34.

151

., ..

154

202

;"tt~.l'z.tion

(. is definition)

TST_MEM.
YIR_HO

1'75#

...."

II"

WATACK
WPRSNT

12."

ICPRSNT.
I'RPKT
XOPTII
XOPTl2
XOPTION.

138

Z'OINT

Cr .... 1

U..,.

AUIIDI,.

141
30"

121

13'

1" •

125
142
IS,.,
13.
127

128
141 ..

Cr af - 2

The Microsoft MACRD Ass •• bler
• MSDDS drtver tnittaltzation

02-20-14

PAGI!
TITLE
NAMI!

2
3
4
I

•

rAG I!

1- 1

10.132
• MSDDS drtv.r

initt.lization

7
1

•

01/23/13

cgroup group code

12
13

0000

code seo.ent byte public ·code'
aSSUNe cs:cgroup,ds:cgroup

15
11
17

pUbl te
extrn
extrn
extrn
extrn
extr"

20
21
22
23
24

e
e

26
27

2.
2'
30
31
32

e
e
e
e

t
II

008.
002C
0015

34
35
38
37

40
41
42
43

I:
I:

0040
0041
0042
0043
0044
0045
004&
0047
0011

e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e

e
e
e
e
e
e
c
e

toinit
r100:byte,xoption:byte
fast eon : ne.r.c lk isr: near. zlot sr: ne.r. i ntret: n •• r
physdtsk:near,inthdl:near
rupt720l:near. xrupt7201 :near
clk_IO_50:byte. clk_11_20:word. clk_adj:byt •• ticker:bVte

include 'odef.ash
;Rainbow Interrupt numb.,.s.
;1-Apr-a3 sgs added dskio int vector
;11-Mar-a3 sgs added profile Int vector (user clock)
;the Int profile is called by the RTe int.rrupt service for •• ch tick.
;The ax and ds register don't ne.d to be saved (done in clkisr].
prof,le equ
c lk i nt equ
dSkio
equ
;

U"
BS"

2c"

: 100. use,. tnterf .. ca to clock ;nterrupt
;IOHz 1nt.
:direct disk 10 for format

;17-Mar-83 sgs Changed to inclUde int 20·26
;interrupt 22-24h are duplicated at .2-44h for conSistency.
;These are the relocated Rainbow interrupts.
; interrupts, 20h-26h moved to 40h-48h
;ATTENTION Modules IOINIT and REINIT may have to be
;ehangad if int vectors 40h to 46h are changed
vert
spare41
spare42
comdm ..
aux_prn
axeom
uart

.ao

equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
equ
.. qu
.. qu
equ

00"
01"
42"
03"
00"

OS"
0."
07"

18"

;new VfiU"'t.

freq.

iDMA etrl opt; onal coml1l.
;7201 eomm. /pr; nt Br
i8xtentad comm. opt ion
:new UART vect or.
;Z80 interrupt.
inaw ROM access.

board

;DEe Rainbow ID port st uf f .

1S3

54
55

II
II

0010
0011

equ
equ

kdp
kSp

10"

;1251 data port.
;8251 status.

r-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
- MSDDS driver initi.lization
1S6

..••

.2
53

, 0040

0041
0042
0043

, 0001
0002

02-20-84

e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e

auxdp
prndp
auxp
prnp
;
;

Values

equ
equ
equ
equ

PAGE

1- 2

00"
01"

;7201 data,

'2"
03"

;7201 conn.and.

in XDPTION

wprsnt
equ
xcpr snt equ

01
02

;Winnie preset
;XCOMM present

.,sa

, EEOO
1FFE
, 0100

sysram
syspar
bitB

.. qu
equ
aqu

OEEOOh
01FFEh
0100h

;segment of system RAM
;offset to SYSPAR word
;Majik bit in SYSPAR

Til. ",.,.osoft "ACaD Assellbl.,.
MSDDS drtver .n.t ' a " . a t .on

'2
'3

.,••
••
••
.,

10
12
'3
'4
•S
• a

.,
'I

100
101
102
103
104
lOS
101
107
101
10'
110
111
112
113
114
115
118
117
111
111
120
121
122
123

0000
0000
0003

I" OOOC

0001

000'
000'
OOOA
OOOC
0001
0010
0013
00111
0017
0018

001.
ODIE
001E
0022
00211
002"
002E
002E

totntt:
IIOV
tnt

CD 21

push

'",. OOOE
CD

pop
IIOV
tnt

13
I'
IA
22
'4
13

IIOV
IIOV
IIOV
and

,.0

01AA
CO
0'

IIOV
IIOV
"ov

03
I'
IA

.,••
••
••

dt fOCh
40

;Set ... p RDM vectors

ioet clock rat. 'roll ,.011

OlE

0200

•

11 0000
11 0000 E

IIOV
.. ov
.. ov
.. ov

0000 E
I • 0000 E

clkx1 :

,.C

ds
dl,Ol1t
40

;dS:.btos, seo
; ret ... rn clock rat •

bl,lO
bit, -3
dX,4Z1

assu ... .0 H.
adj ... st v., ....
0.01 sec add v.lue
0
10 H.

bl,II0

tt's 110Hz

.".,
elklO
tll"I,+3

dx,I12

elk'O:

elk_IO_BO,bl

Clk_'1_20,dx
e lk_adj, bh
ttcker,bl

set 10/50 Hz
set 0.01 sec add valu.
set .djust v.'ue

;nit tick.r

cld

:P'or tile Rainbow, W8 must play horr t bl. g .... s
;wtth i nt errupt vectors. Copy tit. prOblem 2x
;vectors .'sewhere.
002,.
0030
0031
0033

IE
011
33 CO
aE Da

push
push
xo.
.. OV

dS
es

ax,.x
ds •• x

: Set up Winnie/leo .... vectors here lalso s •• XOPTIDN)
0035
003a
003A
0041

I. EEOO

0043
0045
0047

13
E4
24
3e
7&
13

004.
004B

004D
00411'
00411'

MOV
in
and
coop

EO
AO
02
01

.x, offset sysr ....
.s,ax
as:word pt. syspar, bit a
optnop
;assume XCOMM
;ch.ek vinnie present

MOV

bl.xcprsnt
al, '81"1
al,OEOh
. , ,OAOh
xopt;n;
bl.vprsnt

mov

cs:xoption,bl

;set opt; on byte

jn2
xopt i n1:

2E:

IE 0000 E

,."
33 CO

0057
0051

IE CO
I . 0010

OOSC
0080

ac 4F 02

0088
0011
0070
0073
0073
0078
007.
ooao
0013
00.3
0011

test
jnz

0054
0055

0083

.. ov
NOV

,., oa ,,.,.. 0100

IE CO
21:
75 11

Tne Mic~osoft MACRO Assembler
- MSDOS driver initi.,ization
124
125
12&
127
121
121
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
131
131
140
141
142
143
144
145
141
147
141
141
ISO
lSI
1&2
153
154
155
156
157
ISa
lSI
110
111
182
183
18.
115
III
In
III
III
170
171
172
173
17.
175
17.
177
171

1-3

p·oe

'0
.,".2
.3
••
.1

PAGI

,, P.,.st ,.e- tntt the default vector-s by tnYOktng aDM servtce

,.,."
,."

02-20-'.

02-20-a4

optnop: cl I
xo.
.. ov
"OV

PAGE

1-4

; Ints off here
ax .• x
8s.ax
bx,24h*4

,ES: baSil 0
;base of INT 24

C7 07 0000 E

MOV
.. ov

word pt. Olbx] ,offset RUPT7201
word pt. 21bxI,cs

2E: 10 3E 0000 E 01
75 01
C7 U O. 0000 E
.C 4F oa

c"p

es:xoption.wprsnt
notwin;
word pt. .Ibx] .offset tnt.":,,
word pt. Ilb"I,cs

2E: 10 3E 0000 E 02
75 01
C7 U O. 0000 E
.C U 01
C7 47 OC 0000 E
ac .F OE

jne

IIOV
IIOV

notwin; :
CIDp

jne
MOV
"ov

notxcorlm:
NOV
.. ov

es:xoption,xcprsnt
notxco.1n
word pt. .Ibx] .offset XRUPT7201
wo,.d pt. Blbxl,cs

icornm port h.ndl.r
;Winnie'"
:Winnie h.ndler
,XCDMM
,XCDMM handler

word pt. 12lbxl,offse. zaOisr
word pt. 141bxl,cs

00 ••
ooaE
0091
0094

I. 0010
BE 0010
IF 0100
F3/ AS

IIOV
cx,I.2
mav
st.20h*4
.. ov
di ,vert*4
.ep movsw

vect or 5
;COpy
v.rt.120h to 27111
"
ito In. .Oh-4'7h

0096
0011
009C
009D

I" 0010
AS
AS

'E OOAO

MOV
mov

; .. ove INT 40

OOSE
OOA1

e.OA4
OOAS
00A7

si,28h*4
di ,rom*.

movsw
movsw

I" OOA4
I. 0000 E
AB
IC ca
AI

mov
mav

isat FASTCON
d t • 2'''*'
ax, of<fset fast con

stosw
mov
stosw

ax,es

OOA'
OOAI
OOAE
OOAF
0011

I" OOBO

mov
mov

d1,clk_ i nt *4
isat RTC,
ax, offset elkisr

stosw
mOv
stosv

ax.es

0012
0015
oOla
0011
0011

IF 0110
la 0000 E
AI
IC el
AI

NOV
IIOV

di, prof; le*'
iset RTC user vaet or
aX,offsat tntrat ; set to i,..t

OOIC
001,.
00C2
00C3
OOCII

,F 0114
.a 0000 E
AI
Ie CI
AI

IIOV
.. ov

;disk 10,
di ,dSkio*'
aX,offsat phYSdiSk

stosw
IIOV
stosw

aX,es

Ba 0000 E
ac CI

stosw
MOV
stosw

aX,es

Th. MIO~ •••
MACRD A••••Dl.~
- MSDDI cI~lv.r Inltl.'U.tlon

OOCI

02-20-"

PAil

I-I

PAGE

1-8

.t I

110

•

The Microsoft MACRO Assembler
MSDOS dr ;ver t " i t i . 1 i 'Zat ; on

pao_

111
112
113
11.
liS

117
11.
11.
110
111
112
113
II.
,.1
liS
"7
II.
II.
200
101
202
203
20a
201
10.
107
20'
10'
110
111
212
213
21.
215
211
2'"
211
211
220
221
222
223
224
225
225
227
22'
221

Jn~.rrupt vector
relocation checks .. ,
chacks to sa. if r100 A or r100 I •
if r100 b then if ROM verston 1.02+, then
relocate vectors

d;, , • .,

;.ake sure fra •• ptr is preserved
iRom verston • check co .... nd

dx.o"set t ... p
bp.cs

;CheCk buffer
;sat fr ••• ptr to rOilS

int
pop

;and restore the fra .. e ptr

puSh
pop

;sat ds to as for conyentence

100Y

byte ptr Rl00,0 ,assu.e 100a
byte ptr te.p,O i100A doesn't return anythtng
.and don't GO any further
loIS

00C7
ooca
OOCI
OOCI
OODO
00D2

I'
IA
.C
CD
ID

0003

OOD.
OODS
OODA
OOD'

ca O. 0000 I 00
ao 31 0101 R 00
74 2S
AI
a8
3D
72
AI

IOOY

OOEI
0014
OOEI
0011
OOEI
OOEE
00'0
00'3

pUSh

001A
0101 R
CD
2a

100Y
100Y
100Y

CMP

0101 R
C4
3031
II
010C R
C4
3D 3032
72 11

xehCl
CMP

Jb
IWOY

••

xchO
CliP

;We now "ave •
001"
OOFA

oo,e

00'1
0101
010.
0101
0108
0107
010.
0101

0117

CI
10
14
I'

01 0000 E 01
20
AO
001C
0011
CD 2.

shvvac:

aX,word ptr te.p ;'etch digits
al,ah
iswap bytes",
icheck first ram _
ax, 'OS'
; just ba"
out
loll
aX,ward ptr te.p+3 .oet 2nd ROM _
. , ,ah
;swap bytes
,check other ROM _
ax, '02'
loll

1001 with current ROMSi relocate the hardware vectors
'em th.t type w. . . . .

moy

byte ptr r100,l

;t."

.1.2011
.... OAO ..
di.1Ch

iset up for rOM v.ctor re'ocat.

Int

pop
pop

eX,l.h

,and

t."

'the rOIll

ret

C3
00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00

firMware

100Y
IWOY
IWOY
IWOY

lotS:

iinvOke

t.rap

code ends
.nd

0,0.0.0,0.0,0,0,0,0,0,0.0,0

Mlcr.s.ft MACIID ......bl.,.

MSDDS driv.,. 'nit ,.,taatton
-T".

•• a•• nts and groups:
N

•

CIlIlDUP
CDDI
IYMto.,.:
N

•

AUXDP.
AUXP
AUX_.. IIN.
liT.
CLICIO.
CLICI.II
CLICX'.
CLIC_"_Z0.
CLIC_IO_SO.
CLIC_AD".
CLIC_INT.
CDMDMA
DIKID.
EXCOM.
"ASTCaN.
INTHDL
INTItET
lall
IDINIT

. , ton

combtne class

IVTI

'UBLIC

Typo

'Value

Att,.

NUMbe,.

0040
004Z
004.
0100
0011
0000
0021
0000
0000

'hIMbe,.
NUMbe,.

NUMber

L NIAR
L NIAR
L NIAR
V WaRD
V IYTI
V BVTE
NUMbe,.
NUMba,.

NUNba,.
NUMb.,.

L NIAR
L NIAIt
L NEAIt
L NEAR
L NIAR

0000

002C
00.3
001.
OO.S
0000
0000
0000
0101
0000

NUMba,.

0010

Nu .. be,.

0011
0073
0083
005.
0000
00.,
00.3
001.
0000
0011

L NEAIt
L NEAR
L NIAR
L NEAR
NI.I.ba,.

Numba,.
Nu_ba,.

V IVTE
Nu.be,.
L NEAR
L NEAR
NUnlba,.

Number
NUMbar

Numba,.

L IVTE
V IVTE

Warn'nG
Errors

S.v.~.
.rro~s

0000

001"
00.,
00.2
' .... E
EEOO
0108

0000

Numba,.
N"Mba"

0040

L NEAll
y IYTE

00."
0000

Numbar
Numbar

XRUPT7201.
ZIO . . . .
ZIOIIR . .

SV .. bo'S-'

GIIDUP
0117

K....
NaTWINI.
NDTXCaNN
D.. TND'
'HVSDIIK
PRNDP.
PRNP
,RD .. ILII.
11'00
RDM.
ItUPT7Z01
SHVVEC
' .. Altl., .
SPAIII.2.
SVS,AR
SVIRAM
TEMP
TICICER
UART
VERT
WPRINT
XC .. II.NT.
XD .. TlNI .
XD .. TIDN.

The Microsoft MACRO A.....bl.,.

PAGI

Stae

K.DP'.

• • • DO. drtva,. tnttta't._tton

OZ-IO- ••

L NEAR
L NEAR

CaDE
CaDE
caDI
caDI
caDE

I:xtarna'

external
I:xtarna'
extarne'

I!xtarna'
.xtarnal
I:xtarnal
Glob.'

CaDE
CaDE
CaDE
CaDE

Ixtarnal

CaDE

I!xtarna'

CaDE
CDDE

Extarnal

CaDE
caDE

Ixtarnal

CDDE
CDDE

Extern. ,

PAGE

SYlllbolS-2

caal

axternal

CDDE

IIxterna'

00 ••
0001

0002

02-20-'.

Numba,.

CDDE
CDDI
CODE
caaE
CaDI
CODE

'CDDI'

0000
004'
0000

MSDas dr tv .... 'nit

,.1 t •• t ton

Sy ..bol Cross Referenc.

........

Auxap.
AUXP
AUX "RN.

Is de. init ion)

sa ..

BlTl
CGRaUp
CLKIO.
CLKISR
CLKX1.
CLK
20.
CLK 10 10.
CLK AD::i.
CLK INT.
caDi
CDMDMA

113

••,. ..
." ..

--,.-

••
,."
13
IS

112

.5"

DSKla.

33"

.".
20"
1. .

KDP,
KSP,

I."
IS"

NaTWINI.
NaTXcaMM

138

aPTNap

114

US"

PHvsalSK
PRNDP.
PRNP
PRaFIL!.

20 ..
5""

1'7S

3,..

111

so ..
2H'

152
130

135
1. .
204
"3"

.......,...

SHvnc
SPARE.l.
SPARE.2.
SVSPAR
SVSRAM

212 ..
43 ..

TEMP
TICKER

180
22"

,.a

.2"

14a

MSDaS driver

tnt t

t., t aa't ton

WPIISNT
XCPRSNT.
XaPTINI.
XaPTlaN.
XRUPT7Z01.
ZIO.
ZIOISR

201

Is deftnition)

121

133
13a

21 ..

11&
122 ..
123
,.0

,. ..

,.3

13 ..

I."

,...

120

205

223"

...

SyMbol Cross Reference

212

113
111

....

UART

21."

"2M

..,...

VERT

20'

n" ..

Rl00
RaM,
RUPT'7201

22"

,."

11"

INTHDL
INTRET
lall "
lalNlT

1'7.

!'ASTcaM.

11 ..

'2"
183

22 ..
22"
22"
32"
12

ExcaM.

Cre'''''

4 ...

133

131

C".'*2

Rainbow™
MSTM-OOS V2.05
BIOS Listings
QV068-GZ

READER'S COMMENTS

Did you find this manual understandable, usable, and well-organized? Please make suggestions for
improvement.

Did you find errors in this manual? If so, specify the error and the page number.

Please indicate the type of reader that you most nearly represent.

o First-time computer user
o Experienced computer user
o Application package user
o Programmer
o Other (please specify)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Nam~e

__________________________________________________________________

Dme___________________________________________________________________
Organization,__________________________________________________________
Streffi~

_______________________________________________________________

City___________________________________________________________
State'_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Zip Code
orCount~---------------------------------------------------------------

·
1
1
1

---m-.--a a

Tear

mN.ot

id
t- FOa He

Ire

and Ta~-_-------------------Tfnn--------~~;;---

1
1
1

if Mailed in the
United States

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 33 MAYNARD MASS.
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

SOFTWARE PUBLICATIONS

200 FOREST STREET MR01-2/L 12
MARLBOROUGH, MA 01752

---- - -

Do Not Tear - Fold Here and Tape -- - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I
1

~1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

Guidelines for Producing
Translatable Products

digital equipment corporation

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may
appear in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may
only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by DIGITAL or its affiliated companies.
MS is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

~D~DD~D'M
DEC
DECmate
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter
DIBOL

MASSBUS
PDP

UNIBUS

VAX

P/OS

VMS

Professional
Rainbow
RSTS
RSX

VT
Work Processor

The postage-prepaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this
document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist us in preparing future
documentation.

Printed in U.S.A.

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION

1.1

WHO SHOULD READ THIS DOCUMENT?

If you are a software developer or documentation writer. read this
document before starting work on your product. This wi 1 1 ensure that
international requirements are bui It in. rather than added after the
development of a version for one country.

1.2

WHAT THIS DOCUMENT WILL TELL YOU

The first chapter of this document gives an overview of topics that
can affect the final quality of a translated product. These topics
are then presented in greater deta iIi n the rema i nder of the document.
with particular emphasis on developing software for translation and
writing text for translation.

1.3

WHY BUILD TRANSLATABILITY INTO THE DESIGN?

Sales of DIGITALis products are increasing to users whose native
language, customs. and conventions are different from those of the
developers of the product. These users are frequently unfami I iar with
computers.
If international requirements are not taken into consideration.
translation is likely to be difficult and expensive. The key is to
design a core product that does not have to be altered to be
translated.
Products to be translated must be developed in three stages:
I.

I dent if i cat i on of all
following categories:

i nternat i ona I

1-1

requ i rements

the

INTRODUCTION

I .4

•

Software

•

Documentation

•

Packaging and distribution

Development of the base system to meet the requirements of
one country/market without putting obstacles in the way of
international requirements.

Adaptation of the base system to
other countries/markets.

meet

the

requirements

SOFTWARE

Your product may appear in one country in more than one language.
Therefore it may have to include the ability to communicate in more
than one language, and to switch from one language to another easi ly.
Also, functions of many appl ications differ from country to country.
This means that different versions of the software will be required.
For example, an accountancy application must
conform
to
the
accountancy practices of the target country.

1.5

DOCUMENTATION

The documentation that DIGITAL provides in countries outside the
depends
on the product and the country.
Sometimes only
documentation is translated; sometimes nothing is translated.
factors that influence translation include:

U.S.
user
The

•

Legal requirements

•

National standards

•

General knowledge of
country

the

target

•

Availabil ity of English-speaking product support and
personnel

service

•

Nature of the product

the

1-2

English

language

INTRODUCTION

1.6

PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION

Translated products may be packaged as:
•

Distinct versions of a base product.
One kit is then
developed for each language by adapting the base product.
Each language's version of the product is then maintained and
supported separately .

•

Translated updates to a base product.
This leads
to
logistics problems of support and maintenance once there is
more than one version of the product in the field.

1-3

CHAPTER 2
DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

This chapter describes how to design software so that it
translated with a minimum of change to the original product.
When developing software
guidel ines:

that

translated,

can

•

Allow for the full DIGTAL Multinational Character Set.

•

Isolate user text in modules separate from the code.

•

A1 low for expansion of the text.

these

Specific guide1 ines are set out in the fol lowing sections.

2.1

CONSTRUCTING TRANSLATABLE SOFTWARE

The fol lowing topics are discussed:

2.1.1

•

Construction of messages and commands

•

How to handle errors

•

Designing Help

•

Representing characters of countries outside the U.S.

Screen Text

To make translation easier, isolate all text used to communicate
the user. Observe the following guide1 ines:

2-1

with

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

as variable-length strings in
Do not embed messages in code.

separate

•

Hold all messages
modules or files.

•

Do not modify messages by overwriting or by inserting English
text.

•

Try to store messages as one unit.
bear in mind the fol lowing points:

If this is not

possible,

- An Engl ish message which can be spl it neatly into, say,
three parts (see the example below) may not divide neatly
into the same number of distinct parts after translation.
- The order in which the different parts can be displayed
must be completely flexible, to take into account a
different sentence structure in another language.
For example, suppose you stored an error message in three
parts, as follows:
error n
input exceeds the quantity allowed
at line n
and the parts were translated into German.
wanted to display them in the order:

you

then

Error n, input exceeds the quantity allowed at line n.
the resulting message in German would be ungrammatical.
- Variables for which different values will be inserted at
run time must be allowed to occur at any point within any
of the parts of the message.
- Do not use the same piece of text in different contexts.
Although the text may be the same in Engl ish, it may be
different in another language. For example, consider the
two messages:
Printer has been disconnected
Device has been disconnected
If the text "has been disconnected" was stored as one
unit. and the words "Printer" or "Device" were inserted
as appropriate, there would be no problem in Engl ish, but
in French the participle "disconnected" would have to
agree with the gender of the noun; and in this case the
nouns have different genders.

2-2

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

•

Follow the GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT in Chapter 3.

Because translated text is frequently longer than the original (it may
occupy 25% to 50% more space), it is important to take the following
points into consideration:
•

Jf you want to display text at a particular position on the
screen, do not store the position in the code. The length of
the text will almost certainly change when it is translated;
therefore the system may need to display the translated text
at a different position on the screen.
You could either:
- store the position in the same file as the
can be changed when the text is translated.

text.

This

- use the length of the text as a parameter for calculating
its display position.
An example of a routine which must be able to
differing lengths of text is one which centres text:

handle

English version:
RAINBOW 100
Diskette Copy Program VI.O
Press EXIT to quit
French version:
RAINBOW 100
Programme de copie de disquette Vl.O
Appuyez sur <SORTIE> pour terminer
•

A routine that displays text must be capable of handling more
than one full screen of text at a time. In addition, you
must design the routine to allow the user to display the text
one page at a time.

•

Tables that are very tightly packed with information are
difficult to format on the screen when translated. In order
to accommodate the table on the screen, the translator may be
obI iged to use obscure abbreviations.
One solution is to split the table into several different
displays on separate screens.
Another is to arrange the
table in rows as opposed to columns.

2-3

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

For example. use:
Surname

Age

Nationality

Date of Birth

Occupation

Salary

rather than:

2.1.2

Surname

Age

Nationality

Date of Birth

Occupation

Salary

n
n
n
n
n

Commands

Making commands easy for the user to
understand
also
helps
translation.
Employ the user interface that the system supports for
commands, and observe the following guidel ines:
•

All command names. qual ifier names, and qual ifier values must
be table-driven, so that they can be easi ly replaced with
translated text.

•

Checking of user responses must be table-driven.

Consider the impl ications of translation before using English
• sentences
as input.
For example. can the software be
modified easily to recognize that "oui" is the same
as "yes"?
Use one or more of the
menus:

following

methods

2-4

select

response

commands

from

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

•

Positioning the cursor on the command.

•

Selecting a number.

•

Selecting the one or more letters of the command.
In this
case check the letter or letters against a table of valid
commands.
Do not hard-code them.
Allow also for the
selected letter(s) to occur at any position within the
command, since after translation, several commands in a menu
might start with the same word. Remember that you may need
to use more letters to make the translated command unique.

2.1.3

Handling Errors

Use the system-supported user interface for reporting errors.
Ensure that the error handler can use parameters in any order.

2. 1 .4

Des i gn i ng He 1p

Follow the GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT in Chapter 3.

2.1.5

Representing Characters Of Countries Outside The U.S.

There are two main ways in which products running on DIGITAL
represent alphabetic characters not present in ASCI I.

hardware

Using the DIGITAL Multinational Character Set. This is the
way that new software products represent alphabetics not
present in ASCI I. The DIGITAL Multinational Character Set is
represented using 8 bits.

Using the 7-bit codes standardized for the relevant countries
(just as ASCII is the U.S.
standard). These codes are
indistinguishable from ASCI I.
Up to 11 characters that
appear in ASCI I are replaced by other characters depending on
the language being represented.
These character sets are
called National Replacement Character Sets. They are used
extensively in Europe. The Rainbow 100+ supports the NRC
sets for applications doing CONSOLE IN/CONSOLE OUT (level 2)
character Input/Output.

For character-coded data in particular, your software should:
2-5

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

•

Not mask the 8th (most significant) bit of a byte. or use it
for special purposes. if the byte may contain character data.

•

Permit at least all graphic characters in text
comments.

•

Allow collating sequences to be table-driven.
To
be
completely accurate, collation needs to use a two-character
lookup, because, for example, German o-umlaut is regareded as
"oe" and u-um 1aut is regarded as "ue".

literals

and

Appendix B lists the characters that you should use when characters in
addition to the 94 graphic characters of ASCI I are needed.

2.2

LANGUAGE ISSUES RELATING TO FORMATS

The format of certain types of information varies from language to
language.
This section indicates how to take some of these different
formats into consideration. including:

• Numbers
• Dates

• Time
• Currency
• Addresses and telephone numbers
• Proper names and titles
2.2. 1

Numbers

Numbers may be displayed in several formats. Ensure that the user can
vary the format, and that any default can be changed to suit the
target language.
The format of a number may include any of the following:
or blank indicating a positive number, or
• +negative
number.

indicating

+ and - may be either prefix or suff i x - Prefix signs are
• The
always directly beside the first significant figure.

2-6

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

•

Parentheses denoting a negative number. For example.
(2356)
equals -2356.
This convention is chiefly used in financial
applications.

Numbers may be separated in two ways:
1.

Thousands - period. comma, null.
For example:

2.345
2.345
2

345

Decimal point - period. comma.
For example:
1. 34

(Eng I ish)

1. 34

(Continental European)

If your product allows numbers to be entered in a tabular form. do not
separate individual table entries with a period or comma. Instead,
use a space or a semicolon. For example:

123.456

876.886

956.907

892.654

174.987

217.767

563.982

786.653

543.921

2-7

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

2.2.2

Dates

Where your product displays the name of a day or month as letters. you
must allow sufficient storage and display space to accommodate these
names in other languages.
For example. this table shows the maximum number of characters you
must reserve for storage and display for French. German. and Dutch.
Note that month names are not always abbreviated.
French

German

Dutch

Longest day name

Longest month name

The position of each component in a displayed date may be varied or it
may be omitted completely.
The components required are described
below.
•

YEAR - 2 or 4 digits (two digits are frequently used)

•

MONTH NUMBER - number in range 1 to 12

•

MONTH NAME - Al low enough space for the name of the month not
to
be abbreviated. because. for example in French. a
three-letter abbreviation of month names results in confusion
between "juin" and "juillet"

• ORDINAL-DAY NUMBER - day number as an ordinal.

ORDINAL-DAY
• example:

1st
ler

2nd
2

day

For example:

(English)
(French)
(German)

number

ordinal

words.

First, Second (English)
premier, deux (French)
ersten, zweiten (German)
•

ARTICLE - for example:

•

DAY NAME - Sunday through Saturday (Engl ish)
dimanche through samedi (French)
Sonntag through Sonnabend (or Samstag)

•

the, Ie, den

DAY NUMBER - 1 through 31

2-8

(German)

For

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

•

Components may be separated by various editing characters
including (at least) hyphen, comma, period, space, and slash.
For example:
26-Feb-84

(DIGITAL standard format for dates)

jeudi Ie premier mars 1984
14/12 84

(European)

84. 11 . 17

(I SO Standard)

6/27/84

(USA)

1/5

(means 1st Mayor 5th January)

March 1984
Saturday 3rd March
Donnerstag

(German, Thursday)

Because some formats lead to confusion between the day and the
it is best to use a format that includes the month name.

2.2.3

month,

Time

Time may be displayed in either a 12-hour or 24-hour format.
comprises a number of components:
Give the option to have

A time

•

HOURS - One or two digits.
or a leading zero.

blank

•

MINUTES - Two digits with leading zero displayed.
If
HOURS field is absent, a leading zero may be suppressed.

•

SECONDS - Two digits with leading zero displayed.
If the
MINUTES field is absent, a leading zero may be suppressed.

•

1/100 SECOND - In the absence of other components, these are
displayed in the form OO.nn.
In conjunction with other
components, the 1/100 seconds fol low the second component,
separated by a period. For example, four minutes, three and
one-half seconds past two is displayed as 02:04:03.50 in
24-hour clock format.

the

The HOURS, MINUTES and SECONDS components must always appear
in the order shown and no gaps are allowed. That is, HOURS
2-9

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

and SECONDS is not allowed but HOURS and MINUTES is.
•

AM/PM - AM indicates morning. PM indicates afternoon. These
are used in 12-hour systems only. They are always shown as
capital letters. In some Scandinavian countries, M is used
to indicate noon.

•

ZONE - allow up to four characters to indicate the time zone.
For example: EST, GMT, MST, CET.

•

Separating characters may be placed between the components.
These include period, colon, comma, space, and null.
For example:
11 P.M.
13:56:08.40
14.06 hours, GMT

A combination of date and time can also be shown in ISO (International
Standards
Organization) format.
The standard ISO format is a
14-character numeric string, which can be stored as:
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
This shows

year, month, day, hour, minute, and second with no
characters, although leading zeros may be inserted in the
string where an entry is less than 10. The time is specified on a
24-hour clock, according to the standard specified by the local time
zone. Do not assume a time-zone differs from your time-zone by an
integral number of hours:
for example, Newfoundland, Canada is
normally 1 hour 30 minutes later than Eastern Standard Time.
sepa~ating

2-10

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

2.2.4

Currency

A number may be displayed as an amount of money
components:

using

the

following

•

A text string of up to four characters - for example, $, Fr,
or pts.
The text string may occur before or after the
numbers.

•

Sign placement - prefix floated or suffix

•

Decimal point character

•

Thousands character

•

Number of fractional decimal places

•

Scaling factor (normally 1)

The decimal point and the thousands convention for currencies may
differ from those used for numbers. For example, French usage is
1.746,23 for numbers but can be Fr1746.23 for money.
For any currency, there may be suffixes after integer amounts which
indicate that the preceding number wi 11 be scaled before use in
arithmetic. For example, thirty U.S. cents needs to be divided by
100 to give .3 in dollars ($0.30). This is indicated by a seal ing
factor of 0.01. This method could also be used to handle, say,
millions of dollars ($M) by using a scaling factor of 1,000,000.
Note also that the characters and digits representing some currencies
expand on conversion, and therefore require more display space. For
example: $1 becomes 1380 I ires. You may also need to distinguish
between the currencies of countries that use similar names. For
example, US dollars and Canada dollars; French francs and Swiss
francs.

2-11

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

2.2.5

Addresses And Telephone Numbers

Allow sufficient space
telephone numbers .
•

for

different

The order of the components
country to country.

layouts
of

addresses

and

address

differs

from

For example,
England
Mr S. B. Turner,

(title, initials, surname)
(number, street)
(town)
(county)
(post code)
(country)

55, High Street,
Grantham,
Lincolnshire,
GR1 OBT
England
Germany
Herr Dipl. Ing. Schmidt
Stolbergerstrasse 90
0-2000 Hamburg 55
FOR

(title, professional title, surname)
(street, number)
(post code, town, district code)
(country)

France
Madame Dupont Claudette
17, Rue Louis Guerin
F-69626 Lyon-Vi I luerbanne
France

(title, surname, first name)
(number, street)
(post code, town, suburb)
(country)
NOTE

Not all post codes are numeric.

For example:

RG2 OSU
•

Not all telephone numbers are the same length or have the
same
format.
Telephone numbers often include special
characters to separate different components.
Commonly used
separators are square brackets, parentheses, hyphens and
spaces. For example:

[1]-(603)-884-1234

2-12

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

(0734) 868711
Note also that the same number could be represented in
different ways depending on whether it was for national or
international use. For example:
National

(089) 9591-2323

International

+49 89 9591 2323

The 11+11 means that you should dial your own
prefix. This varies from country to country.

2.2.6

international

Proper Names And Titles

Allow for non-alphabetic characters in proper name and title fields
(for example. accented letters. apostrophes, and hyphens), to take
into account users with names such as de la Bassetiere. D'Agostino,
Torres-Ferrer.
Al low for different formats in title fields. to take
into account such titles as Herr Dipl. Ing.

2.3

LANGUAGE ISSUES RELATING TO CHARACTER SETS

This section covers three types of collating sequence, and refers to
the DIGITAL Multinational Character Set used by the Rainbow personal
computer.

2.3.1

•

Character string comparisons

•

Collating the DIGITAL Multinational Character Set

•

Collating sequences for European countries

Character String Comparisons

Where collated output is not required, character strings are collated
according to the numerical ordering of the DIGITAL Multinational
Character Set. This can occur, for example, in programming languages.
indexed file key processing, sort/merge and other utilities.

2-13

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

2.3.2

Collating The DIGITAL Multinational Character Set

These rules are used where the language of the text is not known:
•

The letters AE diphthong, 0 with
appear in that order, after Z.

slash

and

A with

ring,

•

The letter N with a tilde accent appears immediately after N.
It is treated as a separate letter fall ing between Nand O.

•

German small sharp sand OE 1 igature are treated
as
2-character
sequences, IISSII and IIOE II respectively.
If
storage or efficiency is a problem, then German small sharp s
is treated as a separate letter between sand t, and OE
1 igature is treated as a separate letter between the N with a
tilde accent and O.

Apart from the letters listed above, the letters in the Multinational
Character Set are treated as groups of letters with the same basic
collating value. Within a group, small letters are ordered according
to their numeric value, and capital letters immediately follow the
corresponding small letter. For example, the group for the letter A
is:
Sma II
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Sma 11
Capital
Small
Capital

a
A
a wi th grave
A wi th grave
a wi th acute
A wi th acute
a wi th circumflex
A wi th circumflex
a wi th tilde
A wi th ti Ide
a wi th diaeresis/umlaut
A wi th diaeresis/umlaut

The whole group is viewed as being equivalent to A.

2-14

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

2.3.3

Collating Sequences For European Languages

Unless the rules for a
following rules apply:

particular

language

state

•

AE diphthong and OE ligature are treated
strings. IIAEII and "OE II respectively.

•

German small sharp s is treated

the

otherwise.
as

the

2-character

string

"SSII.

•

N with ti Ide. 0 with slash and A with ring are treated as
they were separate characters with diacritical marks.

All letters with diacritical marks are treated as for
• collating
the Multinational Character Set. as described in
Section 2.3.2.
Dutch. Engl ish. French. Ital ian. and
rules.

Portuguese

have

additional

Although the above rules apply generally. there may be some exceptions
in certain countries. For example. some countries have special rules
for collating proper names. For instance. when collating proper names
in German. A with diaeresis/umlaut. 0 with diaeresis/umlaut and U with
diaeresis/umlaut are treated as 2-character strings, IIAE II , 1I0E II and
IIUE II respectively.
Danish and Norwegian:
•

U with diaeresis/umlaut is treated as if it were Y.

•

A with diaeresis/umlaut
diphthong.

•

0 with diaeresis/umlaut is treated
slash.

•

AE diphthong, 0 with slash and A with ring appear as separate
letters, in that order, after Z.

treated
as

were

with

Finnish and Swedish:
•

U with diaeresis/umlaut is treated as if it were Y.

0 wi th slash is
• diaeresis/umlaut.

treated

were

wi th

and
wi th
A with ring,
A wi th
diaeresis/umlaut
0
• diaeresis/umlaut
appear as separate letters. in that order,
after Z.

2-15

DEVELOPING SOFTWARE FOR TRANSLATION

Spanish:

2.4

•

All letters with diacritical marks, except N with tilde,
treated as though the diacritical mark is not present.

are

•

The string CH is treated as a single letter between C and D.

•

N with tilde is treated as a single letter after N.

•

The string LL is treated as a single letter between Land M.

DIACRITICAL INSENSITIVITY IN SEARCHES

Some text editors use a technique called "diacritical insensitivity"
in searches.
Just as case-insensitive searching allows smal I "a" to
match capital "A", diacritical-insensitive searching allows
"a"
without a diacritical mark to match "a" with a diacritical mark.
If your product uses the Multinational Character Set, diacritical
insensitivity could be included as a function in string-matching
algorithms. However, the user must be given the option of disabl ing
this function.
If the editor is in case-insensitive mode, the tables for upper- and
lower-case are effectively combined.
Thus, a search for "a" will
match every capital and small "a", with and without a diacritical
mark.
The correspondences between characters for diacritical-insensitive
searching are I isted in Appendix A. Note that although a search for
upper-case "A" will match upper-case "All with a diacritical, the
converse is not true. A search for upper-case "A" with a diacritical
will NOT match upper-case "A".

2-16

CHAPTER 3
GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

A clear writing style is of utmost importance in any
especially if the text is to be translated.

technical

text,

Errors produced during translation can sometimes be attributed to
inconsistent vocabulary and poor sentence construction in the original
text, combined with a lack of technical knowledge on the part of the
translator.
This chapter describes how to design screen text for translation, and
how to improve the quality of printed text. It also outl ines some
areas which require
special
consideration
when
writing
for
translation.
The following DIGITAL publ ications discuss
topics covered in this chapter:

•

Writing for the Reader

•

Personal Computer Documentor's Guide

•

Software Publications Style Guide

3-1

fully

some

the

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

3.1

DESIGN OF SCREEN TEXT

Well-designed screen displays make any software product simpler.
more pleasant to use. They also make translation easier.

3.1. I

and

Text Of Restricted Length

Screen text is often restricted in length.
For example, an error
message may be restricted to one I ine of the screen. Allow for the
translated version being at least 30% longer than the original.
For single sentences or phrases. try to reserve at least 50% extra
space; otherwise you impose restrictions on the translation that could
result in an ambiguous. or even meaningless, translated message.
Do not, however. restrict the length of the original Engl ish. in order
to end up with a short translated message. Always use as many words
as are necessary to make the original message unambiguous.
If you do need to abbreviate an Engl ish message. supply the translator
with the ful I text, and tell him what the restrictions on the length
of the message are.
Other ways of shortening text may cause problems in another
For example:
•

language.

Acronyms
Do not use acronyms, because they cannot be translated.
If
an Engl ish acronym is retained in a foreign language, there
is a risk that it might be similar to a word with negative
associations .

•

Abbreviations
In general, avoid abbreviations.
In particular, avoid abbreviating words that will remain in
English.
A translator could easily misinterpret such
abbreviations.
It is acceptable to use internationally
recognized (SI) unit symbols for units of measurement.

3.1.2

Short Words

Short, common words are easier to read and understand.
computer jargon. It can confuse and intimidate users.
3-2

not

use

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

Use

Instead of

assist. help
change
start
end
improves
show
stop
use
wrong

facilitate
modification
activate. initiate
terminate
enhances
demonstrate
discontinue
employ. utilize
erroneous

Use a short word in place of a long one only when you are sure that
the two words convey exactly the same meaning. In some cases. a
longer word may provide a clearer contrast with some other term you
have used. or may provide a more precise meaning. In these cases. it
is better to use the long word.

3.1.3 Short Sentences
Brief. simple sentences are generally easier to understand than
with several clauses.

those

When designing menu items and error messages. beware of omitting words
for the sake of brevity.
For instance. do not omit IIthe ll or "a".
This telegraphic style may make it impossible for the translator to
te 11 whether a word is being used as a verb. an adjective or a noun.
For example. does IIset to lock at next level" mean "set to the lock
which is at the next level" or "set this so that it locks at the next
level ll ?
This style can also obscure who is to perform a certain operation. or
the time at which it is performed. For example: "scratch files
deleted? (Yes or No) II might mean IIhave you deleted the scratch
files?1I or lido you want the scratch files to be deleted?lI.

3.1.4 Affirmative Sentences
Affirmative statements are generally simpler to understand than
negative statements. Using this form clarifies the meaning and helps
the translator to make an accurate translation.
Use

Instead of

Complete your entry before
returning to the menu.

Do not return to menu before
completing entry.

3-3

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

3.1.5

Active Voice

The active voice is usually easier to understand than the passive
voice.
Chapter 7 of the DIGITAL publ ication Writing for the Reader
discusses the use of voice in detail.
Use

Instead of

The EXAM switch verifies the
contents of memory.

The contents of memory are verified by
the EXAM switch.

3.1.6

Strings Of Nouns

Do not string nouns together as if they were adjectives. to produce
long titles or names.
Often. it is not clear which words qualify
which. Such titles and names are hard to read and often almost
impossible to translate.
Use

Instead of

A form for sorting the table

Table Sort Description Form

3.1.7

Stacking Words

Do not stack words. Stacked words require more eye movements and make
text harder to read.
Use

Instead of

Employee's Name:

Employee's
Name:

In addition. stacked words can lead to misinterpretation on the part
of the translator. who may not realize that the words are to be
translated as one unit. For example. if a part of a diagram were
1abe 11 ed:
Possible Load
Exclusion Records
the translator could interpret this as two distinct items.
lead to a mistranslation.

3-4

This would

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

3.1.8

Displaying Columns And Alphanumeric Character Strings

Three to five spaces between columns make
easier to read.

data,

especially

numbers,

Instead of

Use
1840
1877
1901
1907

1066
1492
1563
1701

1918
1928
1929
1963

1840 1918
1877 1928
1901 1929
1907 1963

Where appropriate, put strings of alphanumeric characters in groups to
make them more legible.
Use

Instead of

ABCD 123 456 789
BCDE 234 567 890
CDEF 345 678 901

ABCD123456789
BCDE234567890
CDEF345678901

3.1.9

Standardize Input Of Data

Standardize input of data for consistency and minimum confusion.
Try
to use an unambiguous format for dates. Use the month names, but make
sure that the product can accept the translated names.
Instead of

Use
Date of Birth:
Date of Hire:

3.1.10

Date of Birth:
Date of Hire:

24/July/55
01/Februaryl79

24/07/55
February 1, 1979

Al igning Lists And Displays

Generally, left-aligned, vertical lists increase legibility.
Use

Instead of

Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday

Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday

3-5

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

Data-entry fields often have two parts: a name, and a part that the
user can modify. If both parts are left-aligned, the text is usually
more legible.
Use

Instead of

Account Name:
The Widget Company
Street Address: 123 Maple Street
City, State:
Boston, MA
Post Code:
02100

Account Name: The Widget Company
Street Address: 123 Maple Street
City, State: Boston, MA
Post Code: 02100

3.1.11

Use Of Capi tal Letters

Use a mixture of capital letters and small letters for running text.
Use

Instead of

Text containing capital letters
and sma 11 1etters is eas i er
to read than text containing
all capital letters. Use capital
letters sparingly to HIGHLIGHT
special terms.

ALL CAPITAL LETTERS ARE MUCH
HARDER TO READ THAN A MIXTURE OF
CAPITAL LETTERS AND SMALL LETTERS.
THE WORDS BLEND TOGETHER AND LOSE
IMPACT.

3.2

IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF PRINTED TEXT

This section presents guidel ines for improving the quality of the
English text of technical manuals.
These guidelines apply at all
times, not only when writing text for translation.
Any increase in
writing qual ity will help the translator.

3.2.1

Logical Sequence

Describe events in the order in which they occur. A logical sequence
helps to keep the meaning clear and makes the translator's job easier.
Use

Instead of

Select the line number and
press DO.

Press DO after selecting the line
number.

3-6

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

3.2.2

Consistency

Keep to one idea within each paragraph or section. Try to keep to one
tense and person within each book. Use the passive voice selectively.
Try to identify the typical user of the manual and choose the most
suitable tense and person for that user. Generally. keep to this
throughout the manual. Fol low these guidel ines:
Use only one term to refer to the same concept.
Do not use slang or jargon.
Use terms consistently:
within a manual
across manuals
Remember that although the translator's command of English should be
high. he or she encounters the text in circumstances very different
from those of the Engl ish-speaking user. For instance, the translator
wi 11 not always have the opportunity to experiment with the product in
the way a user does.
Maintain your own glossary of terms with special meaning. and give a
copy of this to the translator.
Include titles of appl ications.
routines, and special ized terms. Where possible, check that your use
of terms is consistent with their use in other manuals. It is
possible that the translator may refer to, or be famil iar with, other
related technical manuals.

3.2.3

Coherence

Always try to I ink the sentences in a paragraph, using words such as.
"also", "but", "however", "simi larly", and so on.
Chapter 4 of
Writing for the Reader discusses in detail how to achieve coherence in
your writing.
Since it is possible that the translator wi 11 not have access to a
computer, or to the product you describe. the translator cannot
experiment with the system and may not be able to form a mental
picture of some of the things you describe. If there are two possible
meanings to what you are saying. the translator will have to render
one of the two meanings into the foreign language. For example,
consider the following use of the word "may":
Strings must

have

matching

3-7

quotation

marks

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

quotation marks at all, and numbers MAY have quotation
marks.
This is open to the fol lowing interpretations:
and numbers must not have quotation marks.
or
and numbers
quotation marks.

not

necessarily

have

Clearly, if the translator chooses the wrong interpretation, the
meaning of the sentence is changed dramatically. Even if your text
appears clear to an Engl ish-speaking reader, always try to look for
any possible ambiguity, which could lead to misinterpretation by the
translator.

3.2.4

Sentence Construction

Use short introductory clauses.
reader1s short-term memory.

This

places

1 ittle

strain

the

Place the subject and verb of a sentence as close together as possible
and use short sentences of 25 words or less. If you have to use a
long sentence, use commas to clarify your meaning.
See Chapter 6 of Writing for the Reader for a discussion about how
avoid writing complex sentences.

3.2.5

Clarity

When writing Engl ish text, try not to use two words together that have
more than four syllables.
Do not use two or more negative words in the same sentence.
with a concrete meaning, rather than abstract words.

Use words

Do not use abbreviations and acronyms.
Do not use Latin abbreviations. terms or phrases.
fol lowing equivalents:
c, ca, circa
cf.
e.g.
etc.

Instead,

about
compare
for example; for instance
and so on; and so forth

3-8

use

the

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

i . e.

vi a
viz.

3.3

that is
by means of; by using
namely

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR TEXT TRANSLATION

This section covers:

3.3.1

•

Culturally specific examples

•

Text concerned with handl ing language

•

Use of tables, diagrams, and figures

Culturally Specific Examples

The methods described in Section 3.2 were concerned with clarifying
meaning for the translator. But there are also ways in which text,
when translated 1 iteral ly, may be less suitable for a reader in
another country than for an English-speaking reader. For example:
To clarify a new concept, you give an example from everyday 1 ife,
which uses terms of reference with which readers in your own country
are fami 1 iar. For example, you might show how a particular accounting
package can be used to calculate mortgage repayments. A 1 iteral
translation of the example wi 1 1 only confuse readers in countries
where a mortgage system is not in use.
If there is no alternative but to give specific examples that are
unique to their country of origin, ask the translator to substitute as
much as possible of the example with local language equivalents.
Draw up a 1 ist of words or phrases that need adaptation, and include a
specific note if anything in the original must be retained. For
example, you might want measurements changed as a general rule, but
the word I inches ' kept to refer specifically to the number of
characters per inch put out by a printer.
Avoid using puns, metaphors, and simi les. It is always difficult, and
sometimes impossible, for the translator to find a suitable equivalent
for these in another language.

3-9

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

3.3.2 Text Concerned With Handl ing Language
If you describe any operation that involves the order of words in a
phrase or the characters in a word, any example you give will almost
certainly have to be adapted or rewritten for translation.
If you
gave as an example, a list of items rearranged in alphabetic order, a
translation of the MEANING of those items would not result in words
beginning with the same initial letters. The example would therefore
be meaningless.
If your list began with the words: apples, bananas.....
a literal
translation into French would result in: pommes, bananes ....•
One possible way round this problem might be to use proper names, for
example girlsl names (Anna, Beatrice, Cleopatra ... ) which would retain
the same initial letters after adaptation into the target language.
The attention of the translator must be drawn to special examples I ike
this.
Here are further examples of topics that give rise to the same kind of
problem:
•

Changes made to a word using the editor.
Engl ish example:
In the phrase la letter form Graham l , to change the word
IFORM I into IFROM I , place the cursor over the 10 1 , type
IR I , move the cursor one place to the right, press the
Iide I ete character ll key.
Literal translation:
In the phrase I (a) formulaire a lettres Jacques l , to change
the word IFORMULAIRE I into IDE I , place the cursor over the
10 1 ,
type IR I , move the cursor one place to the right,
press the Iide I ete character II key.
The translator will obviously be aware that following these
instructions will not produce the word DE. However, there is
not sufficient information available for the translator to be
able to adapt the example. In cases such as this, highlight
the example, and give the translator enough information to be
able to supply an equivalent example in the target language.

3-10

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

•

Use of "wildcards" to search
certain character positions.

for

words

without

specifying

WESTBORO,

EASTBORO

English example:
If you specify 'search for ????BORO',
will be found, NORTHBORO will not.
Literal translation:
(If you specify) I (Search for) ????STADTI,
OSTSTADT (will be found,) NORD STADT (will not.)

WESTSTADT,

Highlight examples like this for the translator, and ask that
they adapt them to make sense in the language of the
applicable country •
•

File names made unique by judicious choice of the first word
of the name, so that only a few keystrokes are necessary to
identify the file.
Engl ish example:
If you call your reports REPORT FOR MAY, REPORT FOR JUNE,
and so on you wi 11 have to type the whole name to identify
each document. Using MAY REPORT, JUNE REPORT, and so on,
you need only type the first word.
Literal translation:
(If you call your reports) RAPPORT MENSUEL DE MAl, RAPPORT
MENSUEL DE JUIN, (and so on you will have to type the whole
name to identify each document. Using) RAPPORT MENSUEL DE
MAl, RAPPORT MENSUEL DE JUIN, (and so on, you need only
type the first word.)
Note that the French language does not have the possibil ity
of translating these document names with the month name
first. Even if the translator has understood the principle
in English, it cannot be reproduced with this same example.
If you know that an example cannot possibly be adapted for a
particular language, you should try to find an alternative
example in English, wherever possible.

3-11

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

•

The ways in which a subfield of a . date.
POSITION. may be updated.

identified

its

In the date 15/24/82 1• the second field will change
p.m.

change

American example:

Literal translation:
(In the date) 124/5/82 1, (the second field will
12 p.m.)

For examples like this. you should simply highl ight the
problem for the translator. and ask him or her to deal with
it.
method of sorting a list of addresses, with
the
• The
assumption that the house number will appear BEFORE the
street name.
English example:
To sort a list of addresses so that all the house numbers
in the same street are in ascending order, select a NUMERIC
FOLLOWED BY ALPHA sort. The result will look 1 ike this:
1 High Street
34 High St.
76 High St.
3 Station Rd.

Literal translation:
(To sort a 1 ist of addresses so that all the house numbers
in the same street are in ascending order, select a NUMERIC
FOLLOWED BY ALPHA sort., The result will look like this:)
Hochstr. 1
Hochstr. 34
Hochstr. 76
Bahnhofstr. 3
Note that even though the translator can see that "Hochstr.
1" is not numbers fol lowed by letters, not enough information
is avai lable to supply the correct instructions to perform
this task.
You should therefore supply supplementary information so that
the translator is in a position to adapt the example.

3-12

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

In general. try to avoid basing examples of field manipulation.
searches. sorting. and so on. on any of the II language/country
specific ll categories listed in this section.
If the example could lose its value when certain features of the
wording or spelling are not reproduced in translation. make the text
as simple and expl icit as possible about the principle
being
ill ustrated. I nsert an extra phrase such as IICons i der th i s examp I e of
numeric characters followed by alphabetic characters ll •
In addition.
help the translator and the editor in the target country. by supplying
them with a 1 ist of the sections of your text which are I ikely to
require adaptation of this kind. Add details cf the criteria you used
in creating the original of these sections. Such notes would include:
•

The purpose of the example.

•

The restrictions that had been observed in the choice of the
original example (for instance, I'a file name not exceeding 6
characters " ) •

•

Indication of any text that was required ONLY for users
operating in Engl ish (for instance, if an English example was
inc I uded to show that the words "through" and IIthru ll were
interchangeable in a certain command).

3.3.3

Use Of Tables, Diagrams And Figures

When writing for translation. do not include humorous cartoons or
pictures that indicate words directly.
For example, a cartoon
famil iar to American readers might not translate into anything
remotely similar in another language.
•

Label all parts of flowcharts and diagrams
include a key to explain any symbols used.

•

Specifically avoid national
flags, baseball, and so on.

•

Avoid putting text in boxes within
problems if the translated text
or i gina I •

symbols,

such

clearly
as

and

mailboxes,

diagrams.
This causes
is much longer than the

With regard to illustration, number all the parts which require
explanation. and then supply a separate key in the text to explain the
numbers. This keeps any text to be translated separate from the
illustration itself.

3-13

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING TEXT

Alternatively, consider producing the diagram on one transparency, and
the
labelling on a second transparency.
In this manner, the
translated 1abe11 ing can be overlaid on the original diagram.

3-14

APPENDIX A
DIACRITICAL CHARACTER MATCHING

This appendix lists those characters in the DIGITAL Multinational
Character Set which have diacritical marks. Characters within the
same group are treated as variants of the same character.
Note that
these rules apply when the language is unspecified. More complete
rules are given in Section 2.3
Letter

Diacritical Character Group

,A
a
,

,
A

a
A

-a

A·

a
C

<r
~

,
E

E
A

.f'

..
,
I

,
I

Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Sma 11
Capital
Sma 11

A wi th grave accent
a wi th grave accent
A wi th acute accent
a wi th acute accent
A with circumflex
a wi th circumflex
A wi th tilde
a wi th tilde
A wi th diaeresis/umlaut
a wi th diaeresis/umlaut

Capital C wi th ced ill a
Sma 11
c with ced ill a
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Sma 11

E wi th grave accent
e wi th grave accent
E with acute accent
e with acute accent
E wi th circumflex
e with circumflex
E with diaeresis/umlaut
e wi th diaeresis/umlaut

Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital

wi th grave accent
wi th grave accent
wi th acute accent
with acute accent
wi th circumflex

A-I

DIACRITICAL CHARACTER MATCHING

..
A

..
I

,
,0

-·
..0'
0

0
""
0

u
,
u

u,
u

u•

..u•
u

V
"y

Smal I
Capital
Smal I

wi th circumflex
wi th diaeresis/umlaut
wi th diaeresis/umlaut

Capital
Small
Capital
Smal I
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Smal I

0 w th grave accent

o w th t Ide
o w th d aeresis/umlaut
o w th d aeresis/umlaut

Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Small
Capital
Small

U wi th grave accent
u wi th grave accent
U wi th acute accent
u wi th acute accent
U wi th circumflex
u wi th circumflex
U wi th diaeresis/umlaut
u wi th diaeresis/umlaut

w th grave accent

0 w th acute accent
0

w th acute accent

0 w th c rcumflex
0

w th c rcumflex

0 w th t Ide

Capital y wi th diaeresis/umlaut
y wi th diaeresis/umlaut
Small

A-2

APPENDIX B
DIGITAL MULTINATIONAL CHARACTER SET

This table describes the graphic characters included in the DIGITAL
Multinational Character Set. The first 128 character positions (octal
o to 177) are exact 1y the same as the ASC I I Character Set. Pos it ions
200 to 237 are addional control characters not described here.
Octal
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
250
251
252
253
254

Graphic character

c
£

o
@

255
256
257
260
261

262
263
264
265
266

.,J.L

267

•

reserved
inverted exclamation mark
cent sign
pound sign
reserved
yen sign
reserved
section sign
general currency sign
copyright sign
feminine ordinal indicator
angle quotation mark left
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
degree sign
plus/minus sign
superscript 2
superscript 3
reserved
micro sign
paragraph sign
middle dot

B-1

DIGITAL MULTINATIONAL CHARACTER SET

Octal

Graphic character

-----------------

270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337

»
'1,
'/2
i.

,
,

•
A

..A
A
•
A

,E
e
•
E

..,
E

,I
I

..
I

N
,

0,
0
0•
0
0
CE

..0,

u,
u
u•
u

....
't

reserved
superscript
masculine ordinal indicator
angle quotation mark right
fraction one quarter
fraction one half
reserved
inverted question mark
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal

A wi th grave accent
A wi th acute accent
A wi th circumflex
A wi th tilde
A wi th diaeresis/umlaut
A with ring
AE diphthong
C with ced ill a

cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal
cap tal

E w th grave accent
E w th acute accent
E w th circumflex
E w th diaeresis/umlaut
I w th grave accent
I w th acute accent
I w th circumflex
I w th diaeresis/umlaut

reserved
cap tal N w th tilde
cap tal o w th grave accent
cap tal o w th acute accent
cap tal o w th circumflex
cap tal o w th ti Ide
cap tal o w th diaeresis/umlaut
cap tal OE igature
cap tal o w th slash
cap tal U w th grave accent
cap tal U w th acute accent
cap tal U w th circumflex
cap tal U w th diaeresis/umlaut
cap tal y w th diaeresis/umlaut
reserved
German small sharp s

B-2

DIGITAL MULTINATIONAL CHARACTER SET

Octal

Graphic character

----------------340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377

•
,a

a
a•

a
.;i

•a

•

••,
••

•
••,
,
I

...

,
0

,
0•
0

'0
0
C8

,,
,

u
u

..•
u

small
small
small
small
small
small
small
small

a w th grave accent
a w th acute accent
a w th circumflex
a w th ti Ide
a w th diaeresis/umlaut
a w th ring
ae diphthong
c with ced i 11 a

small
small
small
small
small
small
small
small

e w th grave accent
e w th acute accent
e w th c i rcumf 1ex
e w th diaeresis/umlaut
i w th grave accent
i w th acute accent
i w th circumflex
i w th diaeresis/umlaut

reserved
small n w· th tilde
small 0 w th grave accent
small 0 w th acute accent
small o w th circumflex
small o w th ti Ide
small o w th diaeresis/umlaut
small oe igature
small o w th slash
small u w th grave accent
small u w th acute accent
small u w th circumflex
small u w th diaeresis/umlaut
small y w th diaeresis/umlaut
reserved
reserved

Mon 19-Mar-1984 17:28 GMT

B-3